Reopen console on windows when started from cmd.exe

Signed-off-by: Dušan Poizl <nou.spiro@gmail.com>

.gitmodules

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+[submodule "libXISF"]
+	path = libXISF
+	url = https://gitea.nouspiro.space/nou/libXISF.git

3rdparty/PCL_LICENSE

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-*******************************************************************************
-PixInsight Class Library License Version 1.0
-*******************************************************************************
-
-Copyright (c) 2003-2021, Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-
-2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-   notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-   documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
-3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names of
-   their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
-   this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-   permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-
-4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-   reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation and/or
-   other materials provided with the product:
-
-   "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed by
-    Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-
-   Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally appear,
-   this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF
-SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED
-AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
-(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-*******************************************************************************

3rdparty/include/pcl/APASSDatabaseFile.h

@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/APASSDatabaseFile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_APASSDatabaseFile_h
-#define __PCL_APASSDatabaseFile_h
-
-/// \file pcl/APASSDatabaseFile.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ElapsedTime.h>
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-#include <pcl/StarDatabaseFile.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::APASSStarFlag
- * \brief Data availability and quality flags for APASS star data.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_V</td>      <td>No Johnson V magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_B</td>      <td>No Johnson B magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_u</td>      <td>No Sloan u' magnitude available (APASS DR10 only).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_g</td>      <td>No Sloan g' magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_r</td>      <td>No Sloan r' magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_i</td>      <td>No Sloan i' magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_z_s</td>    <td>No Sloan z_s magnitude available (APASS DR10 only).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::NoMag_Y</td>      <td>No Sloan Y magnitude available (APASS DR10 only).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>APASSStarFlag::PosErrorHigh</td> <td>Uncertainty in right ascension or declination greater than 0.75 arcseconds.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-namespace APASSStarFlag
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      NoMag_V      = 0x0001,
-      NoMag_B      = 0x0002,
-      NoMag_u      = 0x0004,
-      NoMag_g      = 0x0008,
-      NoMag_r      = 0x0010,
-      NoMag_i      = 0x0020,
-      NoMag_z_s    = 0x0040,
-      NoMag_Y      = 0x0080,
-      PosErrorHigh = 0x0100
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \struct APASSStarData
- * \brief Star data structure for APASS catalog search operations.
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-struct PCL_CLASS APASSStarData
-{
-   double ra = 0;       //!< Right ascension in degrees, in the range [0,360).
-   double dec = 0;      //!< Declination in degrees, in the range [-90,+90].
-   float  mag_V = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Johnson V (Vega system).
-   float  mag_B = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Johnson B (Vega system).
-   float  mag_u = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Sloan u' (AB system) (APASS DR10 only).
-   float  mag_g = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Sloan g' (AB system).
-   float  mag_r = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Sloan r' (AB system).
-   float  mag_i = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Sloan i' (AB system).
-   float  mag_z_s = 0;  //!< Magnitude in Sloan z_s (AB system) (APASS DR10 only).
-   float  mag_Y = 0;    //!< Magnitude in Sloan Y (AB system) (APASS DR10 only).
-   float  err_V = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_V.
-   float  err_B = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_B.
-   float  err_u = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_u (APASS DR10 only).
-   float  err_g = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_g.
-   float  err_r = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_r.
-   float  err_i = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_i.
-   float  err_z_s = 0;  //!< Uncertainty in mag_z_s (APASS DR10 only).
-   float  err_Y = 0;    //!< Uncertainty in mag_Y (APASS DR10 only).
-   uint16 flags = 0u;   //!< Data availability and quality flags. See the APASSStarFlag namespace.
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \struct pcl::APASSSearchData
- * \brief Data items and parameters for APASS catalog search operations.
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-typedef XPSD::SearchData<APASSStarData> APASSSearchData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class APASSDatabaseFile
- * \brief APASS catalog star database file (XPSD format).
- *
- * This class implements an interface to XPSD files serializing encoded APASS
- * star data. As of writing this documentation (December 2020), APASS DR9 and
- * DR10 are supported and have been implemented.
- *
- * The most important functionality of this class is performing fast indexed
- * search operations to retrieve point source data for APASS stars matching a
- * set of user-defined criteria. See the APASSDatabaseFile::Search() member
- * function and the APASSSearchData structure for detailed information.
- *
- * This implementation provides the following data for the complete APASS DR9
- * and DR10 catalogs:
- *
- * \li Source positions.
- * \li Magnitudes on the Johnson V and B bands (Vega system) and Sloan u', g',
- * r', i', z_s and Y magnitudes (AB system).
- * \li Data availability and quality flags.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li APASS: The AAVSO Photometric All-Sky Survey:
- * https://www.aavso.org/apass
- *
- * \b Credits
- *
- * This work makes use of data from the AAVSO Photometric All Sky Survey, whose
- * funding has been provided by the Robert Martin Ayers Sciences Fund and from
- * the NSF (AST-1412587).
- *
- * \sa StarDatabaseFile, GaiaDatabaseFile
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-class PCL_CLASS APASSDatabaseFile : public StarDatabaseFile
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * Constructs an invalid instance that cannot be used until initialized by
-    * calling the Open() member function.
-    */
-   APASSDatabaseFile() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a &APASSDatabaseFile instance initialized from the specified
-    * point source database file in XPSD format. As of writing this
-    * documentation (December 2020), The APASS DR9 and DR10 catalogs are
-    * available.
-    *
-    * In the event of errors or invalid data, this constructor will throw the
-    * appropriate Error exception.
-    */
-   APASSDatabaseFile( const String& filePath )
-      : StarDatabaseFile( filePath )
-   {
-      static_assert( sizeof( EncodedDR9StarData ) == 32, "Invalid sizeof( APASSDatabaseFile::EncodedDR9StarData )" );
-      static_assert( sizeof( EncodedDR10StarData ) == 36, "Invalid sizeof( APASSDatabaseFile::EncodedDR10StarData )" );
-      if ( Metadata().databaseIdentifier == "APASSDR9" )
-      {
-         m_dr = "DR9";
-         m_decoder = &APASSDatabaseFile::GetEncodedDR9Data;
-      }
-      else if ( Metadata().databaseIdentifier == "APASSDR10" )
-      {
-         m_dr = "DR10";
-         m_decoder = &APASSDatabaseFile::GetEncodedDR10Data;
-      }
-      else
-         throw Error( "Invalid or unsupported APASS database file with unknown identifier '"
-                     + Metadata().databaseIdentifier  + "': " + filePath );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   APASSDatabaseFile& operator =( APASSDatabaseFile&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Deleted copy constructor. %APASSDatabaseFile instances are unique,
-    * hence cannot be copied.
-    */
-   APASSDatabaseFile( const APASSDatabaseFile& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Deleted copy assignment operator. %APASSDatabaseFile instances are
-    * unique, hence cannot be copied.
-    */
-   APASSDatabaseFile& operator =( const APASSDatabaseFile& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a search operation for point sources matching the specified
-    * criteria.
-    *
-    * This member function performs a fast indexed search for point sources in
-    * this database file matching the criteria defined in the specified \a data
-    * structure. See the APASSSearchData structure for detailed information on
-    * search parameters and output data.
-    *
-    * Summarily, search criteria include:
-    *
-    * \li The region of the sky where point sources will be searched for. This
-    * region is defined by the equatorial coordinates of a field center and a
-    * field radius.
-    *
-    * \li An optional range of magnitudes.
-    *
-    * \li Optional inclusion/exclusion flags.
-    *
-    * \li An optional limit for the number of sources included in the search
-    * result.
-    *
-    * The result of the search operation is also returned in the specified
-    * \a data structure, including, among others, the following items:
-    *
-    * \li The list of point sources found.
-    *
-    * \li Instrumentation items for performance analysis, including: total
-    * search time, time used for I/O operations, total I/O operations, time
-    * used for data decoding, and time used for data decompression.
-    */
-   void Search( APASSSearchData& data ) const
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      for ( const XPSD::IndexTree& tree : m_index )
-         tree.Search( data.centerRA, data.centerDec, data.radius, &data );
-      data.timeTotal += T();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of the APASS data release corresponding to the data
-    * available in this database file. As of writing this documentation
-    * (December 2020), this member function can return either "DR9" or "DR10".
-    */
-   const IsoString& DataRelease() const
-   {
-      return m_dr;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   IsoString m_dr; // data release, one of "DR9", "DR10"
-
-   typedef void (APASSDatabaseFile::*star_decoder)( const ByteArray&, const XPSD::IndexTree&, const XPSD::IndexNode&, void* ) const;
-   star_decoder m_decoder = nullptr;
-
-#pragma pack(push, 1)
-
-   /*
-    * Encoded DR9 star record (32 bytes uncompressed).
-    */
-   struct EncodedDR9StarData
-   {
-      // Projected coordinates relative to the origin of the parent quadtree
-      // node, in mas units.
-      uint32 dx;
-      uint32 dy;
-      // Magnitudes in 0.001 mag units, encoded as (mag + 1.5)*1000.
-      uint16 mag_V;
-      uint16 mag_B;
-      uint16 mag_g;
-      uint16 mag_r;
-      uint16 mag_i;
-      // Magnitude uncertainties in 0.001 mag units.
-      uint16 err_V;
-      uint16 err_B;
-      uint16 err_g;
-      uint16 err_r;
-      uint16 err_i;
-      // Right ascension correction for high declinations, in 0.1 mas units.
-      int16  dra;
-      // Data availability and quality flags.
-      uint16 flags;
-   };
-
-   /*
-    * Encoded DR10 star record (36 bytes uncompressed).
-    */
-   struct EncodedDR10StarData
-   {
-      // Projected coordinates relative to the origin of the parent quadtree
-      // node, in mas units.
-      uint32 dx;
-      uint32 dy;
-      // Magnitudes in 0.001 mag units, encoded as (mag + 1.5)*1000.
-      uint16 mag_V;
-      uint16 mag_B;
-   // uint16 mag_u;
-      uint16 mag_g;
-      uint16 mag_r;
-      uint16 mag_i;
-      uint16 mag_z_s;
-   // uint16 mag_Y;
-      // Magnitude uncertainties in 0.001 mag units.
-      uint16 err_V;
-      uint16 err_B;
-   // uint16 err_u;
-      uint16 err_g;
-      uint16 err_r;
-      uint16 err_i;
-      uint16 err_z_s;
-   // uint16 err_Y;
-      // Right ascension correction for high declinations, in 0.1 mas units.
-      int16  dra;
-      // Data availability and quality flags.
-      uint16 flags;
-   };
-
-#pragma pack(pop)
-
-   void LoadData( void* block, uint64 offset, uint32 size, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      StarDatabaseFile::LoadData( block, offset, size, searchData );
-      reinterpret_cast<APASSSearchData*>( searchData )->timeIO += T();
-      ++reinterpret_cast<APASSSearchData*>( searchData )->countIO;
-   }
-
-   void Uncompress( ByteArray& block, uint32 uncompressedSize, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      StarDatabaseFile::Uncompress( block, uncompressedSize, searchData );
-      reinterpret_cast<APASSSearchData*>( searchData )->timeUncompress += T();
-   }
-
-   void GetEncodedData( const ByteArray& data, const XPSD::IndexTree& tree, const XPSD::IndexNode& node, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      (this->*m_decoder)( data, tree, node, searchData );
-   }
-
-   void GetEncodedDR9Data( const ByteArray& data, const XPSD::IndexTree& tree, const XPSD::IndexNode& node, void* searchData ) const
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      APASSSearchData* search = reinterpret_cast<APASSSearchData*>( searchData );
-      double r = Rad( search->radius );
-      const EncodedDR9StarData* S = reinterpret_cast<const EncodedDR9StarData*>( data.Begin() );
-      int count = int( data.Size() / sizeof( EncodedDR9StarData ) );
-      int matched = 0;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++S )
-         if ( search->requiredFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->requiredFlags) == search->requiredFlags )
-            if ( search->inclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->inclusionFlags) != 0 )
-               if ( search->exclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->exclusionFlags) == 0 )
-               {
-                  float mag_V = 0.001*S->mag_V - 1.5;
-                  if ( mag_V >= search->magnitudeLow )
-                     if ( mag_V <= search->magnitudeHigh )
-                     {
-                        APASSStarData star;
-                        double x = node.x0 + double( S->dx )/3600/1000;
-                        double y = node.y0 + double( S->dy )/3600/1000;
-                        tree.Unproject( star.ra, star.dec, x, y );
-                        if ( unlikely( S->dra != 0 ) )
-                        {
-                           star.ra += double( S->dra )/3600/1000/10;
-                           if ( star.ra < 0 )
-                              star.ra += 360;
-                           else if ( star.ra >= 360 )
-                              star.ra -= 360;
-                        }
-                        if ( Distance( search->centerRA, search->centerDec, star.ra, star.dec ) < r )
-                        {
-                           if ( search->stars.Length() < size_type( search->sourceLimit ) )
-                           {
-                              star.mag_V = mag_V;
-                              star.mag_B = 0.001*S->mag_B - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_g = 0.001*S->mag_g - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_r = 0.001*S->mag_r - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_i = 0.001*S->mag_i - 1.5;
-                              star.err_V = 0.001*S->err_V;
-                              star.err_B = 0.001*S->err_B;
-                              star.err_g = 0.001*S->err_g;
-                              star.err_r = 0.001*S->err_r;
-                              star.err_i = 0.001*S->err_i;
-                              star.flags = S->flags;
-                              search->stars << star;
-                           }
-                           else
-                              ++search->excessCount;
-                           ++matched;
-                        }
-                     }
-               }
-
-      search->rejectCount += count - matched;
-      search->timeDecode += T();
-   }
-
-   void GetEncodedDR10Data( const ByteArray& data, const XPSD::IndexTree& tree, const XPSD::IndexNode& node, void* searchData ) const
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      APASSSearchData* search = reinterpret_cast<APASSSearchData*>( searchData );
-      double r = Rad( search->radius );
-      const EncodedDR10StarData* S = reinterpret_cast<const EncodedDR10StarData*>( data.Begin() );
-      int count = int( data.Size() / sizeof( EncodedDR10StarData ) );
-      int matched = 0;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++S )
-         if ( search->requiredFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->requiredFlags) == search->requiredFlags )
-            if ( search->inclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->inclusionFlags) != 0 )
-               if ( search->exclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->exclusionFlags) == 0 )
-               {
-                  float mag_V = 0.001*S->mag_V - 1.5;
-                  if ( mag_V >= search->magnitudeLow )
-                     if ( mag_V <= search->magnitudeHigh )
-                     {
-                        APASSStarData star;
-                        double x = node.x0 + double( S->dx )/3600/1000;
-                        double y = node.y0 + double( S->dy )/3600/1000;
-                        tree.Unproject( star.ra, star.dec, x, y );
-                        if ( unlikely( S->dra != 0 ) )
-                        {
-                           star.ra += double( S->dra )/3600/1000/10;
-                           if ( star.ra < 0 )
-                              star.ra += 360;
-                           else if ( star.ra >= 360 )
-                              star.ra -= 360;
-                        }
-                        if ( Distance( search->centerRA, search->centerDec, star.ra, star.dec ) < r )
-                        {
-                           if ( search->stars.Length() < size_type( search->sourceLimit ) )
-                           {
-                              star.mag_V   = mag_V;
-                              star.mag_B   = 0.001*S->mag_B   - 1.5;
-                           // star.mag_u   = 0.001*S->mag_u   - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_g   = 0.001*S->mag_g   - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_r   = 0.001*S->mag_r   - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_i   = 0.001*S->mag_i   - 1.5;
-                              star.mag_z_s = 0.001*S->mag_z_s - 1.5;
-                           // star.mag_Y   = 0.001*S->mag_Y   - 1.5;
-                              star.err_V   = 0.001*S->err_V;
-                              star.err_B   = 0.001*S->err_B;
-                           // star.err_u   = 0.001*S->err_u;
-                              star.err_g   = 0.001*S->err_g;
-                              star.err_r   = 0.001*S->err_r;
-                              star.err_i   = 0.001*S->err_i;
-                              star.err_z_s = 0.001*S->err_z_s;
-                           // star.err_Y   = 0.001*S->err_Y;
-                              star.flags   = S->flags;
-                              search->stars << star;
-                           }
-                           else
-                              ++search->excessCount;
-                           ++matched;
-                        }
-                     }
-               }
-
-      search->rejectCount += count - matched;
-      search->timeDecode += T();
-   }
-
-   friend class APASSDR9DatabaseFileGenerator;
-   friend class APASSDR10DatabaseFileGenerator;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_APASSDatabaseFile_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/APASSDatabaseFile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ATrousWaveletTransform.h

@@ -1,686 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ATrousWaveletTransform.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ATrousWaveletTransform_h
-#define __PCL_ATrousWaveletTransform_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ATrousWaveletTransform.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/KernelFilter.h>
-#include <pcl/RedundantMultiscaleTransform.h>
-#include <pcl/SeparableFilter.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class InterlacedTransformation;
-
-/*!
- * \class ATrousWaveletTransform
- * \brief Discrete isotropic à trous wavelet transform.
- *
- * The Isotropic Undecimated Wavelet Transform, also known as starlet transform
- * or <em>à trous</em> (with holes) wavelet transform, produces a coefficient
- * set {w1,w2,...,wN,cN}, where each wj is a set of zero-mean coefficients at
- * scale j, which we call <em>detail layer</em>, and cN is a large-scale
- * smoothed residual, which we call <em>residual layer</em>. Each layer has the
- * same dimensions as the input image, hence the transform is redundant.
- *
- * The wavelet function in the à trous algorithm is the difference between the
- * values of a scaling function F at two successive scales. Using the dyadic
- * scaling sequence, the wavelet function can be represented as
- * (F(x) - F(x/2)). The scaling function F can be any positive low-pass filter.
- *
- * The reconstruction algorithm consists of the sum of all wj detail layers
- * for 1 <= j <= N, plus the residual layer cN.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li Jean-Luc Starck, Fionn Murtagh, Mario Bertero, <em>Handbook of
- * Mathematical Methods in Imaging</em>, ch. 34, <em>Starlet Transform in
- * Astronomical Data Processing</em>, Springer, 2011, pp. 1489-1531.
- *
- * \li Starck, J.-L., Murtagh, F. and J. Fadili, A., <em>Sparse %Image and
- * Signal Processing: Wavelets, Curvelets, Morphological Diversity</em>,
- * Cambridge University Press, 2010.
- *
- * \li Starck, J.-L., Murtagh, F., <em>Astronomical %Image and Data
- * Analysis</em>, Springer, 2002.
- *
- * \li Jean-Luc Starck, Fionn Murtagh, Albert Bijaoui, <em>%Image processing
- * and Data Analysis: The Multiscale Approach</em>, Cambridge University Press,
- * 1998.
- *
- * \b Implementation
- *
- * In our implementation, each layer in a wavelet transform is a floating-point
- * image with the same dimensions as the transformed image. Layers are indexed
- * from 0 to N. Layers at indexes from 0 to N-1 are detail layers, whose
- * elements are actually wavelet difference coefficients. Pixels in a detail
- * layer can be negative, zero or positive real values.
- *
- * The last layer, at index N, is the large-scale residual layer. Pixels in the
- * residual layer image can only be positive or zero real values.
- *
- * \ingroup multiscale_transforms
- *
- * \note The StarletTransform class is an alias for %ATrousWaveletTransform.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ATrousWaveletTransform : public RedundantMultiscaleTransform
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a wavelet layer.
-    */
-   typedef RedundantMultiscaleTransform::layer           layer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a set of wavelet layers, or wavelet transform.
-    */
-   typedef RedundantMultiscaleTransform::transform       transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a set of layer enabled/disabled states.
-    */
-   typedef RedundantMultiscaleTransform::layer_state_set layer_state_set;
-
-   /*!
-    * \brief The scaling function of a wavelet transform.
-    *
-    * A wavelet scaling function can be either a non-separable kernel filter,
-    * implemented as the KernelFilter class, or a separable filter implemented
-    * as SeparableFilter.
-    *
-    * Separable filters should be better in terms of performance, since
-    * separable convolution has O(N) complexity, as opposed to O(N^2) for
-    * non-separable convolution. However, in current PCL versions separable
-    * convolutions are only faster for relatively large filter sizes as a resut
-    * of vectorization with SIMD processor instructions. See the
-    * SeparableConvolution class and the \ref convolution_speed_limits "Helper
-    * Functions for Selection of Convolution Algorithms" section for more
-    * information.
-    *
-    * \sa KernelFilter, SeparableFilter
-    */
-   struct WaveletScalingFunction
-   {
-      AutoPointer<KernelFilter>    kernelFilter;    //!< Non-separable kernel filter
-      AutoPointer<SeparableFilter> separableFilter; //!< Separable filter
-
-      /*!
-       * Default constructor. Constructs an uninitialized instance.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction() = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Non-separable filter constructor. The scaling function will own a
-       * duplicate of the specified kernel filter.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction( const KernelFilter& f )
-      {
-         kernelFilter = f.Clone();
-         PCL_CHECK( !kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Separable filter constructor. The scaling function will own a
-       * duplicate of the specified separable filter.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction( const SeparableFilter& f )
-      {
-         separableFilter = f.Clone();
-         PCL_CHECK( !separableFilter.IsNull() )
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Copy constructor. The scaling function will own a duplicate of the
-       * kernel or separable filter in the source object.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction( const WaveletScalingFunction& s )
-      {
-         if ( !s.kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-         {
-            kernelFilter = s.kernelFilter->Clone();
-            PCL_CHECK( !kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-         }
-         if ( !s.separableFilter.IsNull() )
-         {
-            separableFilter = s.separableFilter->Clone();
-            PCL_CHECK( !separableFilter.IsNull() )
-         }
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Move constructor.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction( WaveletScalingFunction&& s )
-         : kernelFilter( s.kernelFilter )
-         , separableFilter( s.separableFilter )
-      {
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Destroys this scaling function object. Destroys and deallocates the
-       * existing kernel or separable filter in this object.
-       */
-      virtual ~WaveletScalingFunction()
-      {
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction& operator =( const WaveletScalingFunction& s )
-      {
-         if ( s.kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-            kernelFilter.Destroy();
-         else
-         {
-            kernelFilter = s.kernelFilter->Clone();
-            PCL_CHECK( !kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-         }
-
-         if ( s.separableFilter.IsNull() )
-            separableFilter.Destroy();
-         else
-         {
-            separableFilter = s.separableFilter->Clone();
-            PCL_CHECK( !separableFilter.IsNull() )
-         }
-
-         return *this;
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-       */
-      WaveletScalingFunction& operator =( WaveletScalingFunction&& ) = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Returns true if this scaling function is a separable filter; false if
-       * it is an invalid or non-separable kernel filter.
-       */
-      bool IsSeparable() const
-      {
-         return !separableFilter.IsNull() && !separableFilter->IsEmpty();
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Returns true if this scaling function is a non-separable kernel
-       * filter; false if it is an invalid or separable filter.
-       */
-      bool IsNonseparable() const
-      {
-         return !kernelFilter.IsNull() && !kernelFilter->IsEmpty();
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Returns true iff this scaling function is valid, that is, if it owns a
-       * nonempty filter.
-       */
-      bool IsValid() const
-      {
-         return IsSeparable() || IsNonseparable();
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Causes this scaling function to own a duplicate of the specified
-       * non-separable kernel filter. A previously existing filter is destroyed
-       * and deallocated.
-       */
-      void Set( const KernelFilter& f )
-      {
-         separableFilter.Destroy();
-         kernelFilter = f.Clone();
-         PCL_CHECK( !kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Causes this scaling function to own a duplicate of the specified
-       * separable filter. A previously existing filter is destroyed and
-       * deallocated.
-       */
-      void Set( const SeparableFilter& f )
-      {
-         kernelFilter.Destroy();
-         separableFilter = f.Clone();
-         PCL_CHECK( !separableFilter.IsNull() )
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Destroys the kernel and/or separable filter(s) owned by this object,
-       * yielding an invalid instance.
-       */
-      void Clear()
-      {
-         kernelFilter.Destroy();
-         separableFilter.Destroy();
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Equality operator. Returns true only if this scaling function is equal
-       * to another instance.
-       */
-      bool operator ==( const WaveletScalingFunction& other ) const
-      {
-         if ( !kernelFilter.IsNull() )
-            return !other.kernelFilter.IsNull() && *kernelFilter == *other.kernelFilter;
-         if ( !separableFilter.IsNull() )
-            return !other.separableFilter.IsNull() && *separableFilter == *other.separableFilter;
-         return other.kernelFilter.IsNull() && other.separableFilter.IsNull();
-      }
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * \note This constructor yields an uninitialized instance that cannot be
-    * used prior to initializing it with a reference to a filter object
-    * (either KernelFilter or SeparableFilter), which will be used as the
-    * scaling function of the wavelet transform.
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ATrousWaveletTransform instance using the specified
-    * scaling function.
-    *
-    * \param f    A wavelet scaling function that can be either a non-separable
-    *             filter (KernelFilter) or a separable filter (SeparableFilter).
-    *
-    * \param n    Number of wavelet layers. The transform will consist of \a n
-    *             wavelet layers plus a residual layer, i.e. n+1 total layers.
-    *
-    * \param d    Scaling sequence. If \a d <= 0, the transform will use the
-    *             dyadic sequence: 1, 2, 4, ... 2^i. If \a d > 0, its value is
-    *             the distance in pixels between two successive scales.
-    *
-    * The default values for \a n and \a d are 4 and 0, respectively (four
-    * wavelet layers and the dyadic scaling sequence).
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform( const WaveletScalingFunction& f, int n = 4, int d = 0 )
-      : RedundantMultiscaleTransform( n, d )
-      , m_scalingFunction( f )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ATrousWaveletTransform instance that uses a non-separable
-    * kernel filter as a scaling function.
-    *
-    * \param f    Non-separable filter that will be used as the scaling
-    *             function of the transform. Must be a positive, low-pass
-    *             filter function.
-    *
-    * \param n    Number of wavelet layers. The transform will consist of \a n
-    *             wavelet layers plus a residual layer, i.e. n+1 total layers.
-    *
-    * \param d    Scaling sequence. If \a d <= 0, the transform will use the
-    *             dyadic sequence: 1, 2, 4, ... 2^i. If \a d > 0, its value is
-    *             the distance in pixels between two successive scales.
-    *
-    * The default values for \a n and \a d are 4 and 0, respectively (four
-    * wavelet layers and the dyadic scaling sequence).
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform( const KernelFilter& f, int n = 4, int d = 0 )
-      : RedundantMultiscaleTransform( n, d )
-      , m_scalingFunction( f )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ATrousWaveletTransform instance that uses a separable
-    * kernel filter as a scaling function.
-    *
-    * \param f    Separable filter that will be used as the scaling function of
-    *             the transform. Must be a positive, low-pass filter function.
-    *
-    * \param n    Number of wavelet layers. The transform will consist of \a n
-    *             wavelet layers plus a residual layer, i.e. n+1 total layers.
-    *
-    * \param d    Scaling sequence. If \a d <= 0, the transform will use the
-    *             dyadic sequence: 1, 2, 4, ... 2^i. If \a d > 0, its value is
-    *             the distance in pixels between two successive scales.
-    *
-    * The default values for \a n and \a d are 4 and 0, respectively (four
-    * wavelet layers and the dyadic scaling sequence).
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform( const SeparableFilter& f, int n = 4, int d = 0 )
-      : RedundantMultiscaleTransform( n, d )
-      , m_scalingFunction( f )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform( const ATrousWaveletTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform( ATrousWaveletTransform&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %ATrousWaveletTransform object. All existing wavelet layers
-    * and the internal scaling function filter object are destroyed and
-    * deallocated.
-    */
-   virtual ~ATrousWaveletTransform()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform& operator =( const ATrousWaveletTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ATrousWaveletTransform& operator =( ATrousWaveletTransform&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (immutable) scaling function used by this
-    * wavelet transform.
-    */
-   const WaveletScalingFunction& ScalingFunction() const
-   {
-      return m_scalingFunction;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new scaling function \a f for this wavelet transform.
-    *
-    * \note  As a consequence of calling this member function, all existing
-    * wavelet layers in this transform are destroyed.
-    */
-   void SetScalingFunction( const WaveletScalingFunction& f )
-   {
-      DestroyLayers();
-      m_scalingFunction = f;
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a non-separable kernel filter as the scaling function \a f used by
-    * this wavelet transform.
-    *
-    * \note  As a consequence of calling this member function, all existing
-    * wavelet layers in this transform are destroyed.
-    */
-   void SetScalingFunction( const KernelFilter& f )
-   {
-      DestroyLayers();
-      m_scalingFunction.Set( f );
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a separable kernel filter as the scaling function \a f used by this
-    * wavelet transform.
-    *
-    * \note  As a consequence of calling this member function, all existing
-    * wavelet layers in this transform are destroyed.
-    */
-   void SetScalingFunction( const SeparableFilter& f )
-   {
-      DestroyLayers();
-      m_scalingFunction.Set( f );
-      PCL_CHECK( m_scalingFunction.IsValid() )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Estimation of the standard deviation of the noise, assuming a Gaussian
-    * noise distribution. This routine implements the k-sigma clipping noise
-    * estimation algorithm described by Starck et al. (see the references in
-    * the detailed documentation for this class). The algorithm is described
-    * for example in <em>Astronomical %Image and Data Analysis</em>, pp. 37-38.
-    *
-    * This routine can be used to provide an initial estimate to the more
-    * accurate <em>multiresolution support noise estimation algorithm</em>,
-    * implemented as the NoiseMRS() routine. When used with a relative error
-    * bound (see the \a eps parameter), this routine can easily yield noise
-    * estimates to within 1% accuracy.
-    *
-    * \param j    Wavelet layer index (zero-based). The default index is 0.
-    *
-    * \param k    Clipping multiplier in sigma units. The default value is 3.
-    *
-    * \param eps  Fractional relative accuracy. If this parameter is greater
-    *             than zero, the algorithm will iterate until the difference
-    *             between two successive iterations is less than \a eps. The
-    *             default value is 0.01, so this routine iterates to achieve an
-    *             estimate to within 1% accuracy.
-    *
-    * \param n    Maximum number of iterations. When \a eps is zero, this is
-    *             the fixed number of iterations of the noise estimation
-    *             algorithm. Three iterations usually give an estimate to
-    *             within 5% accuracy. 5 or 6 iterations can provide 1% accuracy
-    *             in most cases. When \a eps is greater than zero, this
-    *             parameter works as a security limit to prevent too long
-    *             execution times when convergence is slow (which shouldn't
-    *             happen under normal conditions). The default value is 10.
-    *
-    * \param[out] N  Pointer to a variable that will receive the total number
-    *             of pixels tagged as noise during the noise evaluation
-    *             process. This pointer can legally be \c nullptr, which is
-    *             also the default value of this parameter.
-    *
-    * Returns the estimated standard deviation of the noise in the specified
-    * scale \a j of the wavelet transform after a relative \a eps accuracy has
-    * been reached or \a n sigma clipping iterations have been performed,
-    * whichever happens first.
-    *
-    * The returned value must be scaled by the standard deviation of the
-    * Gaussian noise at the specified wavelet scale. The scaling factor depends
-    * on the wavelet scaling function used to perform the wavelet decomposition
-    * and must be coherent with the transform performed by this object.
-    *
-    * If this %ATrousWaveletTransform object does not contain a valid wavelet
-    * transform, or if the specified wavelet layer has been deleted, this
-    * routine throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   double NoiseKSigma( int j = 0, float k = 3,
-                       float eps = 0.01, int n = 10, size_type* N = nullptr ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Estimation of the standard deviation of the noise, assuming a Gaussian
-    * noise distribution, for a specified range of pixel values.
-    *
-    * This routine implements essentially the same algorithm as its unbounded
-    * counterpart:
-    *
-    * NoiseKSigma( int j, float k, float eps, int n, size_type* N ).
-    *
-    * The difference is that this version allows you to specify a valid range
-    * of pixel values with the \a low, \a high and \a image parameters. The
-    * standard deviation of the noise will only be computed for those pixels
-    * whose values in the specified \a image pertain to the range
-    * (<em>low</em>,<em>high</em>), that is, for every pixel with value \a v in
-    * \a image such that the condition \a low < \e v < \a high is true.
-    *
-    * The specified \a image must be compatible with the wavelet transform. In
-    * particular, the dimensions of \a image must be identical to those of the
-    * wavelet layers in this transform; otherwise an Error exception will be
-    * thrown. For selection of pixels within the specified range, only the
-    * currently selected channel in \a image will be taken into account.
-    * Normally, the specified \a image must be the same image that was used to
-    * compute the current wavelet decomposition in this object.
-    *
-    * For detailed information on the rest of parameters, the implemented
-    * algorithm, and special usage conditions for this routine, refer to the
-    * documentation for the unbounded version of this member function.
-    */
-   double NoiseKSigma( int j, const ImageVariant& image,
-                       float low = 0.00002F, float high = 0.99998F,
-                       float k = 3, float eps = 0.01, int n = 10, size_type* N = nullptr ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Estimation of the standard deviation of the Gaussian noise from the
-    * multiresolution support. This routine implements the iterative algorithm
-    * described by Jean-Luc Starck and Fionn Murtagh in their paper
-    * <em>Automatic Noise Estimation from the Multiresolution Support</em>
-    * (Publications of the Royal Astronomical Society of the Pacific, vol. 110,
-    * February 1998, pp. 193-199).
-    *
-    * \param image   The original image. Normally this image should be the same
-    *                image from which this wavelet transform has been
-    *                calculated.
-    *
-    * \param sj      Noise standard deviation at each wavelet scale for a
-    *                Gaussian noise distribution with unit sigma. There must be
-    *                at least NumberOfLayers() elements in the array pointed to
-    *                by this parameter.
-    *
-    * \param sigma   Initial estimate of the noise standard deviation in the
-    *                image. The default value is zero. The best starting value
-    *                is the result of the NoiseKSigma() routine. However, the
-    *                noise estimate provided by NoiseKSigma() is relative to a
-    *                particular wavelet layer, so it must be scaled as
-    *                appropriate to make it coherent with the whole image.
-    *
-    * \param k       Clipping multiplier in sigma units. The default value is 3.
-    *
-    * \param[out] N  Pointer to a variable that will receive the total number
-    *                of pixels tagged as noise during the noise evaluation
-    *                process. This pointer can legally be \c nullptr, which is
-    *                also the default value of this parameter.
-    *
-    * \param low     Lower bound of the sampling range in the normalized [0,1]
-    *                range. Pixel sample values less than or equal to \a low
-    *                will be excluded from the noise evaluation process. The
-    *                default value is 0.00002.
-    *
-    * \param high    Upper bound of the sampling range in the normalized [0,1]
-    *                range. Pixel sample values greater than or equal to
-    *                \a high will be excluded from the noise evaluation
-    *                process. The default value is 0.99998.
-    *
-    * Returns the estimated standard deviation of the noise from the
-    * multiresolution support, using all wavelet scales available. As long as
-    * successive noise estimates converge to a stable solution, this routine
-    * performs the necessary iterations until a relative fractional accuracy of
-    * 1e-4 is achieved. Normally this requires between 4 and 8 iterations,
-    * depending on the relation between the noise and significant structures in
-    * the image.
-    *
-    * If no convergence is achieved after a large number of iterations, this
-    * function returns zero and, if a nonzero N argument pointer is specified,
-    * sets *N = 0. This should never happen if this wavelet transform defines a
-    * reasonable number of wavelet layers (4 or 5 layers are recommended) and
-    * the passed parameters are valid and coherent with the wavelet transform.
-    *
-    * If this %ATrousWaveletTransform object does not contain a valid wavelet
-    * transform, if any wavelet layer has been deleted, or if the specified
-    * image doesn't have the same geometry as the wavelet layers in this
-    * transform, this routine throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   double NoiseMRS( const ImageVariant& image, const float sj[],
-                    double sigma = 0, float k = 3, size_type* N = nullptr,
-                    float low = 0.00002F, float high = 0.99998F ) const;
-
-private:
-
-   /*
-    * Wavelet scaling function.
-    */
-   WaveletScalingFunction m_scalingFunction;
-
-   /*
-    * Transform (decomposition)
-    */
-   void Transform( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-
-   void ValidateScalingFunction() const;
-
-   friend class ATWTDecomposition;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::StarletTransform
- * \brief Starlet wavelet transform, a synonym for ATrousWaveletTransform.
- *
- * The isotropic stationary wavelet transform known as <em>à trous wavelet
- * transform</em> since the early publications of Mallat, Starck and Murtagh in
- * the 90's, is now known "officially" as <em>starlet transform</em>, at least
- * since 2010's <em>%Sparse %Image and %Signal %Processing</em> book.
- *
- * \ingroup multiscale_transforms
- */
-typedef ATrousWaveletTransform   StarletTransform;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ATrousWaveletTransform_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ATrousWaveletTransform.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Action.h

@@ -1,586 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Action.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Action_h
-#define __PCL_Action_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Action.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Bitmap.h>
-#include <pcl/UIObject.h>
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ActionInfo
- * \brief Provides information about the current state of the core
- *        application's GUI to module-defined actions.
- *
- * This structure is passed to the Action::IsEnabled() virtual member function.
- * See the description of Action::IsEnabled() for more information.
- *
- * \sa Action
- */
-struct ActionInfo
-{
-   bool  isImage           :  1; //!< true if there is an active image window and it is not read-locked
-   bool  isCurrentPreview  :  1; //!< true if the active view is a preview
-   bool  isColor           :  1; //!< true if the active view is a color image; false if it is grayscale
-   int                     :  5; // reserved for future use, should be zero
-   uint8 bitsPerSample     :  8; //!< number of bits per sample in the active view's image
-   bool  isFloatSample     :  1; //!< true if the active view's image is in floating-point format
-   bool  hasPreviews       :  1; //!< true if the active image window has one or more previews defined
-   bool  hasMask           :  1; //!< true if the active image window is masked
-   bool  thereAreImages    :  1; //!< true if there are one or more image windows currently open
-   int                     : 12; // reserved for future use, should be zero
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Action
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight module-defined action object.
- *
- * Module-defined actions manage integration of external processes and tools
- * with the main menu and tool bars of the PixInsight core application.
- *
- * Integration of actions is governed by two main properties: menu item and
- * tool bar.
- *
- * <b>Menu Item</b>
- *
- * This is a string indicating a menu item where an action will be integrated
- * within the PixInsight's main menu structure.
- *
- * The menu item string describes a path on PixInsight's main menu structure.
- * Multiple menu items can be specified, separated with the ">" character.
- *
- * If this parameter is an empty string, the newly created action won't be
- * integrated with the main menu. This can be useful for actions that only
- * respond to keyboard accelerators, or actions that only integrate with tool
- * bars (see the Tool Bar section below).
- *
- * <b>Integrating actions into existing top-level main menu items</b>
- *
- * "Image >> Geometry > Rotate 180 degrees"
- * "View > Memory Status"
- *
- * The above strings will integrate actions into existing top-level main menu
- * items (Image and View, respectively). In the first example, a submenu
- * entitled "Geometry" will be created under the Image top-level menu item, if
- * it doesn't exist yet. The sequence '>>' can be used to insert a separator
- * menu item, as has been done before "Geometry" in the example above. Then a
- * new item "Rotate 180 degrees" will be created and associated to the
- * corresponding action. Note that in this case the PixInsight core application
- * decides where exactly new actions are inserted within existing menu items,
- * applying different criteria for each menu. In general, in these cases new
- * actions are inserted on a per-module basis, in strict order of creation.
- *
- * <b>Creating custom top-level main menu items</b>
- *
- * Custom main menu top-level entries can also be created. For example, the
- * following menu item string:
- *
- * "MyTools > Color Tools > A better color saturation process"
- *
- * Will create a new custom "MyTools" top-level item in the main menu, if it
- * doesn't already exist. Custom top-level main menu items are inserted after
- * the standard Process menu item, in strict order of creation. Common sense
- * and care must be observed when creating custom top-level menu items. If
- * possible, it is always preferable to integrate actions into existing
- * top-level items; one must be motivated by a really strong reason to create a
- * custom menu.
- *
- * <b>Tool Bar</b>
- *
- * This is an optional parameter. This is the name of a tool bar where the
- * action will be integrated.
- *
- * If this string is empty, the action will not be integrated in a tool bar.
- * Otherwise, the string must be the name of a tool bar where a new tool button
- * will be created and associated to the action.
- *
- * A standard tool bar name can be used (i.e. View, File, and so on). If the
- * specified name does not correspond to an existing tool bar, a new, custom
- * tool bar will be created, and a new tool button corresponding to this action
- * will be added to it.
- *
- * The specified tool bar name can start with a ">" character to insert a tool
- * bar separator (a vertical or horizontal line, depending on the tool bar's
- * orientation) before the newly created tool button.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Action : public UIObject
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %Action object.
-    *
-    * \param menuItem   Specifies the menu item that will be associated with
-    *                   this action.
-    *
-    * \param iconSVGFile   Path to an existing file in the local file system,
-    *                   which must store a valid SVG document defining the icon
-    *                   image that will be associated with this action. The SVG
-    *                   source code must be encoded in UTF-8. The icon will be
-    *                   used for menu items and tool bar buttons associated
-    *                   with this action. If this parameter is not specified,
-    *                   or if the specified SVG document does not exist, is not
-    *                   valid, or cannot be rendered, no icon will be used to
-    *                   represent this action.
-    *
-    * \param toolBar    The name of a tool bar where this action will be
-    *                   integrated. If this parameter is not specified, the
-    *                   action will not be integrated in a tool bar.
-    *
-    * <b>Automatic Resource Location</b>
-    *
-    * The specified \a iconSVGFile string can be prefixed with the
-    * "@module_icons_dir/" special token to let the PixInsight core application
-    * load the corresponding SVG document automatically from the a standard
-    * distribution directory. See the documentation for
-    * MetaProcess::IconImageSVGFile() for complete information.
-    *
-    * To learn how the menu item and tool bar parameters work for actions, see
-    * the description of the Action class.
-    */
-   Action( const String& menuItem,
-           const String& iconSVGFile = String(), const String& toolBar = String() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %Action object.
-    *
-    * \param menuItem   Specifies the menu item that will be associated with
-    *                   this action.
-    *
-    * \param iconSVGsource    The source code of a valid SVG document defining
-    *                   the icon image that will be associated with this
-    *                   action. The SVG source code must be encoded in UTF-8.
-    *                   The icon will be used for all menu items and tool bar
-    *                   buttons associated with this action. If this parameter
-    *                   is not specified, or if the specified SVG document is
-    *                   not valid or cannot be rendered, no icon will be used
-    *                   to represent this action.
-    *
-    * \param toolBar    The name of a tool bar where this action will be
-    *                   integrated. If this parameter is not specified, the
-    *                   action will not be integrated in a tool bar.
-    *
-    * \note The unused third \c int parameter serves to distinguish this
-    * constructor from the other one that takes a file path argument. This is
-    * necessary because both String and IsoString can be constructed from
-    * literal \c const \c char* arguments.
-    *
-    * To learn how the menu item and tool bar parameters work for actions, see
-    * the description of the Action class.
-    */
-   Action( const String& menuItem,
-           const IsoString& iconSVGSource, int, const String& toolBar = String() );
-
-#ifdef __PCL_ACTION_DEPRECATED_CTOR
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %Action object.
-    *
-    * \param menuItem   Specifies the menu item that will be associated with
-    *                   this action.
-    *
-    * \param icon       A Bitmap object representing the icon image that will
-    *                   be associated with this action. The icon will be used
-    *                   for menu items and tool bar buttons. If this parameter
-    *                   is not specified, no menu icon will be used and a
-    *                   default icon will be assigned automatically for tool
-    *                   bar buttons, if necessary.
-    *
-    * \param toolBar    The name of a tool bar where this action will be
-    *                   integrated. If this parameter is not specified, the
-    *                   action will not be integrated in a tool bar.
-    *
-    * To learn how the menu item and tool bar parameters work for actions, see
-    * the description of the Action class.
-    *
-    * \deprecated This member function has been deprecated since core version
-    * 1.8.8-6. It is still available for compatibility with existing modules
-    * that depend on it, but it will be removed in a future version of PCL.
-    * All newly produced code must use the constructors that define icon images
-    * in SVG format. Existing modules should also be refactored in the same way
-    * to support scalable icons.
-    */
-   Action( const String& menuItem,
-           const Bitmap& icon, const String& toolBar = String() );
-
-#endif // __PCL_ACTION_DEPRECATED_CTOR
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Action( Action&& x ) : UIObject( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %Action object.
-    *
-    * This destructor does not destroy the actual action object, which is part
-    * of the PixInsight core application. Only the managed alias object living
-    * in the caller module is destroyed.
-    */
-   virtual ~Action()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Action& operator =( Action&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Ensures that the server-side object managed by this instance is uniquely
-    * referenced.
-    *
-    * Since actions are unique objects, calling this member function has no
-    * effect.
-    */
-   void EnsureUnique() override
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a null %Action instance. A null %Action does not
-    * correspond to an existing action in the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   static Action& Null();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the menu item where this action has been integrated in the main
-    * menu of the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * An action's menu item is a read-only property: its value can only be set
-    * with the constructor. In other words: Once an action has been created,
-    * its menu text can be freely changed, but it cannot be moved in the main
-    * menu structure.
-    *
-    * \sa MenuText()
-    */
-   String MenuItem() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the text of the menu item where this action has been integrated
-    * in the main menu of the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * \sa SetMenuText(), MenuItem()
-    */
-   String MenuText() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the text of the menu item where this action has been integrated
-    * in the main menu of the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * \param text    A string representing the new menu text for this action
-    *                object.
-    *
-    * \sa MenuText()
-    */
-   void SetMenuText( const String& text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of a tool bar where this action has been integrated in
-    * the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * Integration of actions with tool bars is optional. If this action has not
-    * been integrated in a tool bar, this function returns an empty string.
-    *
-    * An action's tool bar is a read-only property whose value can only be set
-    * with the constructor.
-    *
-    * \sa SetToolBar()
-    */
-   String ToolBar() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Obtains the optional keyboard accelerator associated to this action.
-    *
-    * \param[out] keyModifiers   Specifies an OR'ed combination of the Shift,
-    *             Control and Alt keys. Use the KeyModifier namespace, defined
-    *             in the pcl/ButtonCodes.h header, to decode this value.
-    *
-    * \param[out] keyCode        Any valid PCL key code, except those codes
-    *             corresponding to modifier keys or system-managed keys. Use
-    *             the KeyCode namespace, defined in the pcl/KeyCodes.h header,
-    *             to decode the returned value.
-    *
-    * If no keyboard accelerator has been associated to this action, zero is
-    * returned for both parameters.
-    *
-    * \sa SetAccelerator(), HasAccelerator(), RemoveAccelerator()
-    */
-   void GetAccelerator( int& keyModifiers, int& keyCode ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the keyboard accelerator associated to this action.
-    *
-    * \param keyModifiers        An OR'ed combination of the Shift, Control and
-    *             Alt keys. Use the KeyModifier namespace, defined in the
-    *             pcl/ButtonCodes.h header, to build this value.
-    *
-    * \param keyCode             A valid PCL key code, except those codes
-    *             corresponding to modifier keys or system-managed keys. Use
-    *             the KeyCode namespace, defined in the pcl/KeyCodes.h header,
-    *             to build this value. If this parameter is zero, no keyboard
-    *             accelerator will be associated to this action.
-    *
-    * \sa GetAccelerator(), HasAccelerator(), RemoveAccelerator()
-    */
-   void SetAccelerator( int keyModifiers, int keyCode );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this action has an associated keyboard accelerator.
-    *
-    * \sa GetAccelerator(), SetAccelerator(), RemoveAccelerator()
-    */
-   bool HasAccelerator() const
-   {
-      int dum, key; GetAccelerator( dum, key ); return key != 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears (deactivates) the keyboard accelerator associated to this action,
-    * if any. This is an overloaded function, provided for convenience. It
-    * is equivalent to SetAccelerator( 0, 0 ).
-    *
-    * \sa GetAccelerator(), SetAccelerator(), HasAccelerator()
-    */
-   void RemoveAccelerator()
-   {
-      SetAccelerator( 0, 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the tool tip text that has been assigned to this action. Tool
-    * tips are used for tool buttons corresponding to the integration of
-    * actions in tool bars.
-    *
-    * If this action has not been integrated in a tool bar, this function has
-    * no meaning, and an empty string is always returned.
-    *
-    * \sa SetToolTip()
-    */
-   String ToolTip() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the tool tip text for this action. Tool tips are used for tool
-    * buttons corresponding to the integration of actions in tool bars.
-    *
-    * \param tip  A string that represents the new tool tip text for this
-    *             action object.
-    *
-    * If this action has not been integrated in a tool bar, this function is
-    * ignored.
-    *
-    * \sa ToolTip()
-    */
-   void SetToolTip( const String& tip );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a Bitmap corresponding to the icon that has been assigned to
-    * this action object. %Action icons are used to render the associated menu
-    * items and tool bar buttons.
-    *
-    * If no icon has been associated to this object, a null Bitmap object is
-    * returned.
-    *
-    * \sa SetIcon()
-    */
-   Bitmap Icon() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the icon associated with this %Action to an image specified in
-    * SVG format.
-    *
-    * \param svgSource  The source code of a valid SVG document defining the
-    *                   icon image that will be associated with this action.
-    *                   The SVG source code must be encoded in UTF-8.
-    *
-    * The new icon will be used for all menu items and tool bar buttons
-    * associated with this action after calling this function. If an empty
-    * string is specified, or if the specified SVG document is not valid, no
-    * icon will be used to represent this action.
-    *
-    * \sa SetIconSVGFile()
-    */
-   void SetIconSVG( const IsoString& svgSource );
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the icon associated with this %Action to an image specified in
-    * SVG format.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to an existing file in the local file system,
-    *                   which must store a valid SVG document representing the
-    *                   icon image that will be associated with this action.
-    *                   The SVG source code must be encoded in UTF-8.
-    *
-    * The new icon will be used for all menu items and tool bar buttons
-    * associated with this action after calling this function. If an empty
-    * string is specified, or if the specified SVG document does not exist or
-    * is not valid, no icon will be used to represent this action.
-    *
-    * <b>Automatic Resource Location</b>
-    *
-    * The specified \a filePath string can be prefixed with the
-    * "@module_icons_dir/" special token to let the PixInsight core application
-    * load the corresponding SVG document automatically from the a standard
-    * distribution directory. See the documentation for
-    * MetaProcess::IconImageSVGFile() for complete information.
-    *
-    * \sa SetIconSVG()
-    */
-   void SetIconSVGFile( const String& filePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the icon associated with this %Action object.
-    *
-    * \param icon    The new icon Bitmap that will be assigned to this %Action.
-    *
-    * The new icon will be used for all menu items and tool bar buttons
-    * associated with this action after calling this function. If a null bitmap
-    * is specified, no icon will be used to represent this action.
-    *
-    * \deprecated This member function has been deprecated since core version
-    * 1.8.8-6. It is still available for compatibility with existing modules
-    * that depend on it, but it will be removed in a future version of PCL.
-    * All newly produced code must use the SetIconSVG() or SetIconSVGFile()
-    * member functions, which define action icon images in SVG format. Existing
-    * modules should be refactored in the same way to support scalable icons.
-    *
-    * \sa Icon()
-    */
-   void SetIcon( const Bitmap& icon );
-
-   /*!
-    * Callback routine for this action. This function will be called each time
-    * this action is activated, either by selecting the associated menu item or
-    * by clicking the corresponding tool button.
-    *
-    * Despite this function has not been formalized as a pure virtual function,
-    * it is such conceptually, so it must be always reimplemented in descendant
-    * classes.
-    */
-   virtual void Execute();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current \e enabled \e state of this %Action object.
-    *
-    * Disabled actions have their associated menu items and tool bar buttons
-    * disabled, and cannot be activated by the user.
-    *
-    * The PixInsight application will call this function repeatedly to learn
-    * the current state of this action, with the purpose of keeping the
-    * associated interface elements up-to-date.
-    *
-    * The caller of this function is a specialized idle-priority thread that is
-    * permanently running in the background. This means that this function will
-    * not be executed in the core application's main GUI thread, so all code in
-    * this function must be thread-safe. Reimplementations of this function in
-    * derived classes should decide the action's current state and return as
-    * quickly as possible.
-    *
-    * An ActionInfo structure is passed to this function, describing the
-    * current state of the user interface. That description should be used by
-    * the IsEnabled() function to decide whether this action should be enabled
-    * or disabled, depending on the current interface context.
-    *
-    * \note The default implementation of this function always returns true,
-    * regardless of the current context. This means that all actions are
-    * enabled by default.
-    *
-    * \sa ActionInfo
-    */
-   virtual bool IsEnabled( ActionInfo info ) const
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   Action( void* h ) : UIObject( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   void* CloneHandle() const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Action_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Action.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AdaptiveLocalFilter.h

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AdaptiveLocalFilter.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AdaptiveLocalFilter_h
-#define __PCL_AdaptiveLocalFilter_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AdaptiveLocalFilter.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AdaptiveLocalFilter
- * \brief Adaptive, local noise reduction filter in the spatial domain.
- *
- * Implementation of the adaptive, local noise reduction filter in the spatial
- * domain as described by González and Woods.
- *
- * <b>References</b>
- *
- * R.C. González and R.E. Woods, <em>Digital %Image Processing, Third
- * Edition</em>, Pearson / Prentice Hall, 2008. pp 330-332.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AdaptiveLocalFilter : public ImageTransformation,
-                                      public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AdaptiveLocalFilter instance.
-    *
-    * \param sigma   Standard deviation or median absolute deviation from the
-    *                median (MAD) of the noise (see the \a useMAD parameter).
-    *                If the MAD is used, the specified \a sigma value must be
-    *                consistent with the standard deviation of a normal
-    *                distribution (typically, the computed MAD estimate must be
-    *                multiplied by 1.4826).
-    *
-    * \param size    Filter size in pixels. This is the length of a side of the
-    *                square pixel neighborhood used by the adaptive filter. The
-    *                filter size must be an odd number greater than or equal to
-    *                three. If an even size is specified, the smallest odd size
-    *                greater than the specified value will be used. The default
-    *                size is five pixels.
-    *
-    * \param useMAD  If true, use the median absolute deviation from the median
-    *                (MAD) instead of variance / standard deviation for noise
-    *                estimates. Note that this changes the meaning of the
-    *                \a sigma parameter. The default value is false (variance
-    *                is used by default).
-    */
-   AdaptiveLocalFilter( double sigma, int size = 5, bool useMAD = false )
-      : m_size( Max( 3, size|1 ) )
-      , m_sigma( Max( 0.0, sigma ) )
-      , m_useMAD( useMAD )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   AdaptiveLocalFilter( const AdaptiveLocalFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %AdaptiveLocalFilter object.
-    */
-   virtual ~AdaptiveLocalFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the filter size in pixels.
-    */
-   int Size() const
-   {
-      return m_size;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the filter \a size in pixels.
-    */
-   void SetSize( int size )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( size >= 3 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( (size & 1) != 0 )
-      m_size = Max( 3, size|1 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the standard deviation or median absolute deviation from the
-    * median (MAD) of the noise in this adaptive filter.
-    *
-    * The meaning of the returned value depends on whether this filter uses
-    * variance or MAD for noise estimates --see the UsingMAD() member function
-    * and the class constructor for more information.
-    */
-   double Sigma() const
-   {
-      return m_sigma;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the standard deviation or median absolute deviation from the median
-    * (MAD) of the noise in this adaptive filter. The specified \a sigma must
-    * be a positive, nonzero value (a zero noise value is legal, but the filter
-    * will obviously have no effect).
-    *
-    * The meaning of the specified \a sigma value depends on whether this
-    * filter uses variance or MAD for noise estimates--see the UsingMAD()
-    * member function and the class constructor for more information.
-    */
-   void SetSigma( double sigma )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( sigma >= 0 )
-      m_sigma = Max( 0.0, sigma );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this adaptive filter uses median absolute deviation (MAD)
-    * instead of variance / standard deviation to interpret noise estimates.
-    */
-   bool UsingMAD() const
-   {
-      return m_useMAD;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the way this adaptive filter interprets noise estimates: either as
-    * the median absolute deviation from the median (MAD) or as the standard
-    * deviation of the noise in the target image.
-    */
-   void UseMAD( bool useMAD = true )
-   {
-      m_useMAD = useMAD;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   int    m_size;            // filter size in pixels.
-   double m_sigma = 5;       // standard deviation of the noise in the target image.
-   bool   m_useMAD = false;  // use MAD instead of variance / standard deviation.
-
-   /*
-    * Adaptive local filter in the spatial domain.
-    */
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_AdaptiveLocalFilter_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AdaptiveLocalFilter.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AkimaInterpolation.h

@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AkimaInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AkimaInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_AkimaInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AkimaInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/UnidimensionalInterpolation.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_x this->m_x
-#define m_y this->m_y
-
-/*!
- * \class AkimaInterpolation
- * \brief Akima subspline interpolation algorithm
- *
- * <b>References</b>
- *
- * Hiroshi Akima, <em>A new method of interpolation and smooth curve fitting
- * based on local procedures</em>, Journal of the ACM, Vol. 17, No. 4, October
- * 1970, pages 589-602.
- *
- * <b>Implementation</b>
- *
- * Our implementation is based on the book <em>Numerical Algorithms with
- * C</em>, by G. Engeln-Mullges and F. Uhlig (Springer, 1996), section 13.1.
- *
- * We properly represent corners when a data point lies between two adjacent
- * straight lines with different slopes. This means that our implementation
- * does not impose continuous differentiability, which deviates from the
- * original work by Akima. Supporting the accurate representation of corners
- * has several practical advantages in our opinion; one of them is the enhanced
- * flexibility for the application of Akima interpolation to graphical
- * representations of curves given by a set of prescribed x,y data points.
- *
- * \sa CubicSplineInterpolation, LinearInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T = double>
-class PCL_CLASS AkimaInterpolation : public UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of independent and dependent variable values.
-    */
-   typedef typename UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::vector_type   vector_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of interpolation coefficients.
-    */
-   typedef vector_type  coefficient_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AkimaInterpolation object.
-    */
-   AkimaInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   AkimaInterpolation( const AkimaInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   AkimaInterpolation( AkimaInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %AkimaInterpolation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~AkimaInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes a new interpolation.
-    *
-    * \param x          %Vector of x-values:\n
-    *                   \n
-    *    \li If x is not empty: Must be a vector of monotonically increasing,
-    *    distinct values: x[0] < x[1] < ... < x[n-1].\n
-    *    \li If x is empty: The interpolation will use implicit x[i] = i for
-    *    i = {0,1,...,n-1}.\n
-    *
-    * \param y          %Vector of function values for i = {0,1,...,n-1}.
-    *
-    * The length of the \a y vector (and also the length of a nonempty \a x
-    * vector) must be \e n >= 5. This is because Akima interpolation requires
-    * at least 4 subintervals.
-    */
-   void Initialize( const vector_type& x, const vector_type& y ) override
-   {
-      if ( y.Length() < 5 )
-         throw Error( "AkimaInterpolation::Initialize(): Less than five data points specified." );
-
-      try
-      {
-         Clear();
-         UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::Initialize( x, y );
-
-         int n = m_y.Length();
-         int N = n-1; // Number of subintervals
-
-         m_b = coefficient_vector( N );
-         m_c = coefficient_vector( N );
-         m_d = coefficient_vector( N );
-
-         // Chordal slopes
-         coefficient_vector m0( N+4 ); // room for 4 additional prescribed slopes
-         T* m = m0.At( 2 );            // allow negative subscripts m[-1] and m[-2]
-
-         // Akima left-hand slopes to support corners
-         coefficient_vector tL( n );
-
-         // Calculate chordal slopes for each subinterval
-         if ( m_x )
-            for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-            {
-               T h = m_x[i+1] - m_x[i];
-               if ( 1 + h*h == 1 )
-                  throw Error( "AkimaInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation subinterval(s)." );
-               m[i] = (m_y[i+1] - m_y[i])/h;
-            }
-         else
-            for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-               m[i] = m_y[i+1] - m_y[i];
-
-         // Prescribed slopes at ending locations
-         m[-2 ] = 3*m[  0] - 2*m[  1];
-         m[-1 ] = 2*m[  0] -   m[  1];
-         m[ N ] = 2*m[N-1] -   m[N-2];
-         m[N+1] = 3*m[N-1] - 2*m[N-2];
-
-         /*
-          * Akima left-hand and right-hand slopes.
-          * Right-hand slopes are just the interpolation coefficients bi.
-          */
-         for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-         {
-            T f = Abs( m[i-1] - m[i-2] );
-            T e = Abs( m[i+1] - m[i] ) + f;
-            if ( 1 + e != 1 )
-            {
-               tL[i] = m[i-1] + f*(m[i] - m[i-1])/e;
-               if ( i < N )
-                  m_b[i] = tL[i];
-            }
-            else
-            {
-               tL[i] = m[i-1];
-               if ( i < N )
-                  m_b[i] = m[i];
-            }
-         }
-
-         /*
-          * Interpolation coefficients m_b[i], m_c[i], m_d[i]. 'ai'
-          * coefficients are the m_y[i] ordinate values.
-          */
-         for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-         {
-            m_c[i] = 3*m[i] - 2*m_b[i] - tL[i+1];
-            m_d[i] = m_b[i] + tL[i+1] - 2*m[i];
-
-            if ( m_x )
-            {
-               T h = m_x[i+1] - m_x[i];
-               m_c[i] /= h;
-               m_d[i] /= h*h;
-            }
-         }
-      }
-      catch ( ... )
-      {
-         Clear();
-         throw;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated function value at \a x location.
-    */
-   PCL_HOT_FUNCTION
-   double operator()( double x ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsValid() )
-
-      /*
-       * Find the subinterval i0 such that m_x[i0] <= x < m_x[i0+1].
-       * Find the distance dx = x - m_x[i], or dx = x - i for implicit x = {0,1,...n-1}.
-       */
-      int i0;
-      double dx;
-      if ( m_x )
-      {
-         i0 = 0;
-         int i1 = m_x.Length() - 1;
-         while ( i1-i0 > 1 )
-         {
-            int im = (i0 + i1) >> 1;
-            if ( x < m_x[im] )
-               i1 = im;
-            else
-               i0 = im;
-         }
-         dx = x - double( m_x[i0] );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         if ( x <= 0 )
-            return m_y[0];
-         if ( x >= m_y.Length()-1 )
-            return m_y[m_y.Length()-1];
-         i0 = TruncInt( x );
-         dx = x - i0;
-      }
-
-      /*
-       * Use a Horner scheme to calculate b[i]*dx + c[i]*dx^2 + d[i]*dx^3.
-       */
-      return m_y[i0] + dx*(m_b[i0] + dx*(m_c[i0] + dx*m_d[i0]));
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Frees internal data structures in this AkimaInterpolation object.
-    */
-   void Clear() override
-   {
-      m_b.Clear();
-      m_c.Clear();
-      m_d.Clear();
-      UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this interpolation is valid, i.e. if it has been
-    * correctly initialized and is ready to interpolate function values.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const override
-   {
-      return m_b && m_c && m_d;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*
-    * Interpolating coefficients for each subinterval.
-    * The coefficients for dx^0 are the input ordinate values in the m_y vector.
-    */
-   coefficient_vector m_b; // coefficients for dx^1
-   coefficient_vector m_c; // coefficients for dx^2
-   coefficient_vector m_d; // coefficients for dx^3
-};
-
-#undef m_x
-#undef m_y
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_AkimaInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AkimaInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Algebra.h

@@ -1,659 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Algebra.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Algebra_h
-#define __PCL_Algebra_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Algebra.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Matrix.h>
-#include <pcl/Vector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup in_place_gauss_jordan In-Place Gauss-Jordan Solvers
- */
-
-/*!
- * Solution to the linear system A*X = B
- *
- * On output, A is replaced by its inverse matrix and B is the set of solution
- * vectors X.
- *
- * This is an overloaded function for the Matrix type, which is a template
- * instantiation of GenericMatrix for double.
- *
- * \ingroup in_place_gauss_jordan
- */
-void PCL_FUNC InPlaceGaussJordan( Matrix& A, Matrix& B );
-
-/*!
- * Solution to the linear system A*X = B
- *
- * On output, A is replaced by its inverse matrix and B is the set of solution
- * vectors X.
- *
- * This is an overloaded function for the FMatrix type, which is a template
- * instantiation of GenericMatrix for float.
- *
- * \ingroup in_place_gauss_jordan
- */
-void PCL_FUNC InPlaceGaussJordan( FMatrix& A, FMatrix& B );
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericGaussJordan
- * \brief Generic Gauss-Jordan linear system solver.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericGaussJordan
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in the solution of a linear system.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMatrix<T>         matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef typename matrix::element matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse matrix
-    */
-   matrix Ai;  // Inverse matrix
-
-   /*!
-    * Solution vectors
-    */
-   matrix X;   // Solution vectors
-
-   /*!
-    * Solution to the linear system A*X = B
-    *
-    * This constructor replaces the Ai member of this object with the inverse
-    * matrix of \a A, and the X member with the set of solution vectors.
-    */
-   GenericGaussJordan( const matrix& A, const matrix& B )
-   {
-      Ai = A;
-      X = B;
-      InPlaceGaussJordan( Ai, X );
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class GaussJordan
- * \brief Gauss-Jordan linear system solver for Matrix objects.
- *
- * %GaussJordan is a template instantiation of GenericGaussJordan for the
- * double type. %GaussJordan works with Matrix objects. %Matrix is a template
- * instantiation of GenericMatrix for double.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GaussJordan : public GenericGaussJordan<double>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericGaussJordan<double>        algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in the solution of a linear system.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Solution to the linear system A*X = B
-    *
-    * This constructor replaces the Ai member of this object with the inverse
-    * matrix of \a A, and the X member with the set of solution vectors.
-    */
-   GaussJordan( const Matrix& A, const Matrix& B )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A, B )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class FGaussJordan
- * \brief Gauss-Jordan linear system solver for FMatrix objects.
- *
- * %FGaussJordan is a template instantiation of GenericGaussJordan for the
- * float type. %FGaussJordan works with FMatrix objects. %FMatrix is a template
- * instantiation of GenericMatrix for float.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FGaussJordan : public GenericGaussJordan<float>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericGaussJordan<float>         algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in the solution of a linear system.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Solution to the linear system A*X = B
-    *
-    * This constructor replaces the Ai member of this object with the inverse
-    * matrix of \a A, and the X member with the set of solution vectors.
-    */
-   FGaussJordan( const FMatrix& A, const FMatrix& B )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A, B )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void PCL_FUNC InPlaceSVDImplementation( Matrix&, Vector&, Matrix& );
-void PCL_FUNC InPlaceSVDImplementation( FMatrix&, FVector&, FMatrix& );
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericInPlaceSVD
- * \brief Generic in-place singular value decomposition algorithm.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericInPlaceSVD
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<T>            vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMatrix<T>            matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef typename vector::component  vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef typename matrix::element    matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * The components of this vector are the m (positive) diagonal elements of
-    * the matrix W in a singular value decomposition A=U*W*Vt. m is the number
-    * of columns in the decomposed matrix A.
-    */
-   vector W;
-
-   /*!
-    * Each column of this m x m matrix is the eigenvector for the corresponding
-    * element of W in a singular value decomposition A=U*W*Vt. m is the number
-    * of columns in the decomposed matrix A.
-    */
-   matrix V;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor replaces the specified matrix \a A with the
-    * matrix U that results from the SVD decomposition (indeed that's why this
-    * is an in-place decomposition). W and V are stored in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   GenericInPlaceSVD( matrix& A )
-      : W( A.Columns() )
-      , V( A.Columns(), A.Columns() )
-   {
-      InPlaceSVDImplementation( A, W, V );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column index of the largest eigenvector in matrix V. This is
-    * the index of the largest component of vector W.
-    */
-   int IndexOfLargestSingularValue() const
-   {
-      return W.IndexOfLargestComponent();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column index of the smallest eigenvector in matrix V. This is
-    * the index of the smallest nonzero component of vector W.
-    *
-    * Before calling this function, you should edit the components of vector W
-    * to set to zero all singular values below a suitable tolerance. For
-    * example, using the machine epsilon:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * Matrix A;
-    * ...
-    * InPlaceSVD svd( A );
-    * for ( int i = 0; i < svd.W.Length(); ++i )
-    *    if ( 1 + svd.W[i] == 1 )
-    *       svd.W[i] = 0;
-    * int i = svd.IndexOfSmallestSingularValue();
-    * ...
-    * \endcode
-    */
-   int IndexOfSmallestSingularValue() const
-   {
-      return W.IndexOfSmallestNonzeroComponent();
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class InPlaceSVD
- * \brief In-place singular value decomposition algorithm for Matrix and Vector objects.
- *
- * %InPlaceSVD is a template instantiation of GenericInPlaceSVD for the double
- * type. %InPlaceSVD works with Matrix and Vector objects. %Matrix and %Vector
- * are template instantiations of GenericMatrix and GenericVector,
- * respectively, for the double type.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS InPlaceSVD : public GenericInPlaceSVD<double>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericInPlaceSVD<double>         algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::vector  vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef vector::component                 vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor replaces the specified matrix \a A with the
-    * matrix U that results from the SVD decomposition (indeed that's why this
-    * is an in-place decomposition). W and V are stored in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   InPlaceSVD( matrix& A )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class FInPlaceSVD
- * \brief In-place singular value decomposition algorithm for FMatrix and FVector objects.
- *
- * %FInPlaceSVD is a template instantiation of GenericInPlaceSVD for the float
- * type. %FInPlaceSVD works with FMatrix and FVector objects. %FMatrix and
- * %FVector are template instantiations of GenericMatrix and GenericVector,
- * respectively, for the float type.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FInPlaceSVD : public GenericInPlaceSVD<float>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericInPlaceSVD<float>          algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::vector  vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef vector::component                 vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor replaces the specified matrix \a A with the
-    * matrix U that results from the SVD decomposition (indeed that's why this
-    * is an in-place decomposition). W and V are stored in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   FInPlaceSVD( matrix& A )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericSVD
- * \brief Generic singular value decomposition algorithm.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericSVD
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericInPlaceSVD<T>                       algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef typename algorithm_implementation::vector  vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef typename algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef typename vector::component                 vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef typename matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * This is the n x m matrix resulting from the singular value decomposition
-    * A = U*W*Vt. n and m are the rows and columns of the decomposed matrix A.
-    */
-   matrix U;
-
-   /*!
-    * The components of this vector are the m (positive) diagonal elements of
-    * the matrix W in a singular value decomposition A = U*W*Vt. m is the
-    * number of columns in the decomposed matrix A.
-    */
-   vector W;
-
-   /*!
-    * Each column of this m x m matrix is the eigenvector for the corresponding
-    * element of W in a singular value decomposition A = U*W*Vt. m is the
-    * number of columns in the decomposed matrix A.
-    */
-   matrix V;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor stores U, W and V in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   GenericSVD( const matrix& A )
-   {
-      U = A;
-      algorithm_implementation svd( U );
-      W = svd.W;
-      V = svd.V;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column index of the largest eigenvector in matrix V. This is
-    * the index of the largest component of vector W.
-    */
-   int IndexOfLargestSingularValue() const
-   {
-      return W.IndexOfLargestComponent();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column index of the smallest eigenvector in matrix V. This is
-    * the index of the smallest nonzero component of vector W.
-    *
-    * Before calling this function, you should edit the components of vector W
-    * to set to zero all singular values below a suitable tolerance. For
-    * example, using the machine epsilon:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * Matrix A;
-    * ...
-    * SVD svd( A );
-    * for ( int i = 0; i < svd.W.Length(); ++i )
-    *    if ( 1 + svd.W[i] == 1 )
-    *       svd.W[i] = 0;
-    * int i = svd.IndexOfSmallestSingularValue();
-    * ...
-    * \endcode
-    */
-   int IndexOfSmallestSingularValue() const
-   {
-      return W.IndexOfSmallestNonzeroComponent();
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class SVD
- * \brief Singular value decomposition algorithm for Matrix and Vector objects.
- *
- * %SVD is a template instantiation of GenericSVD for the double type. %SVD
- * works with Matrix and Vector objects. %Matrix and %Vector are template
- * instantiations of GenericMatrix and GenericVector, respectively, for the
- * double type.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS SVD : public GenericSVD<double>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericSVD<double>                algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::vector  vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef vector::component                 vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor stores U, W and V in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   SVD( const matrix& A )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class FSVD
- * \brief Singular value decomposition algorithm for FMatrix and FVector objects.
- *
- * %FSVD is a template instantiation of GenericSVD for the float type. %FSVD
- * works with FMatrix and FVector objects. %FMatrix and %FVector are template
- * instantiations of GenericMatrix and GenericVector, respectively, for the
- * float type.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FSVD : public GenericSVD<float>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the parent template class, which implements the underlying
-    * algorithm for this class.
-    */
-   typedef GenericSVD<float>                 algorithm_implementation;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::vector  vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix involved in a singular value decomposition.
-    */
-   typedef algorithm_implementation::matrix  matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector component.
-    */
-   typedef vector::component                 vector_component;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a matrix element.
-    */
-   typedef matrix::element                   matrix_element;
-
-   /*!
-    * Singular Value Decomposition: A = U*W*Vt
-    *
-    * The dimensions of A are n rows and m columns. U is an n x m matrix. The m
-    * components of W are the positive diagonal elements of W, and each column
-    * of V (m x m) is the eigenvector for the corresponding element of W.
-    *
-    * On output, this constructor stores U, W and V in the corresponding
-    * members of this object.
-    */
-   FSVD( const matrix& A )
-      : algorithm_implementation( A )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Algebra_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Algebra.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AlignedAllocator.h

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AlignedAllocator.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AlignedAllocator_h
-#define __PCL_AlignedAllocator_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AlignedAllocator.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/StandardAllocator.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AlignedAllocator
- * \brief A block allocator class for aligned memory allocation/deallocation.
- *
- * %AlignedAllocator is a <em>block allocator</em> class. It can be used for
- * all PCL container classes instead of the default StandardAllocator class,
- * from which it derives publicly, providing exactly the same memory allocation
- * policies.
- *
- * %AlignedAllocator guarantees that all allocated memory blocks are aligned
- * for optimal performance of SIMD processor instructions on all supported
- * platforms. Currently all blocks are allocated with 32 byte alignment, which
- * is optimal for both SSE and AVX2 load/store instructions.
- *
- * For a complete description of block allocators and their fundamental role in
- * PCL, read the documentation for the Allocator class.
- *
- * \sa Allocator, StandardAllocator
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AlignedAllocator : public StandardAllocator
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AlignedAllocator object.
-    *
-    * \param fastGrowth    Whether to enable the fast block size growing policy
-    *                      for this allocator.
-    *
-    * \param canShrink     Whether to enable the block shrinking policy for
-    *                      this allocator.
-    *
-    * See the IsFastGrowthEnabled() and IsShrinkingEnabled() member functions
-    * for more information on block allocation policies.
-    */
-   AlignedAllocator( bool fastGrowth = true, bool canShrink = true )
-      : StandardAllocator( fastGrowth, canShrink )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   AlignedAllocator( const AlignedAllocator& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Custom allocation routine. Allocates a contiguous memory block of the
-    * specified \a size in bytes with 32-byte alignment, and returns the
-    * address of the first byte in the newly allocated block.
-    *
-    * \note This member function is mandatory for a block allocator to be
-    * usable by the Allocator class.
-    *
-    * \sa DeallocateBlock()
-    */
-   void* AllocateBlock( size_type size )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( size != 0 )
-      void* p = PCL_ALIGNED_MALLOC( size, 32 );
-      if ( unlikely( p == nullptr ) )
-         throw std::bad_alloc();
-      return PCL_ASSUME_ALIGNED_32( p );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Custom deallocation routine. Deallocates a previously allocated
-    * contiguous memory block that begins at the specified location \a p.
-    *
-    * \note This member function is mandatory for a block allocator to be
-    * usable by the Allocator class.
-    *
-    * \sa AllocateBlock()
-    */
-   void DeallocateBlock( void* p )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-      PCL_ALIGNED_FREE( p );
-   }
-};
-
-} // pcl
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * Placement new operator for class AlignedAllocator. Returns the specified
- * address \a p.
- */
-inline void* operator new( pcl::size_type, void* p, pcl::AlignedAllocator& )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-   return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning( push )
-#pragma warning( disable: 4100 ) // 'unreferenced formal parameter'
-
-inline void operator delete( void* p, void*, pcl::AlignedAllocator& )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-}
-
-#pragma warning( pop )
-#endif // _MSC_VER
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif  // __PCL_AlignedAllocator_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AlignedAllocator.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Allocator.h

@@ -1,409 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Allocator.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Allocator_h
-#define __PCL_Allocator_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Allocator.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Relational.h>
-#include <pcl/Utility.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Allocator
- * \brief Provides memory allocation for PCL containers.
- *
- * %Allocator inherits directly from its template argument A, which
- * corresponds to a <em>block allocator</em> class. A block allocator is
- * responsible for allocation and deallocation of untyped blocks of contiguous
- * memory. %Allocator inherits block allocation capabilities and specializes
- * them for allocation of a particular type T.
- *
- * The type T must have default and copy construction semantics.
- *
- * Besides the default and copy constructors, the block allocator class A must
- * define the following member functions:
- *
- * \code
- * size_type A::MaxSize() const
- * \endcode
- *
- * Returns the maximum size in bytes that the block allocator is able to
- * allocate as a contiguous memory block.
- *
- * \code
- * size_type A::BlockSize( size_type n ) const
- * \endcode
- *
- * Returns the size in bytes of an <em>allocation block</em> suitable to store
- * at least \a n contiguous bytes. %Allocator uses this block size to reserve
- * memory in chunks of optimized length. This greatly improves efficiency of
- * containers because it minimizes the frequency of allocation/deallocation
- * operations.
- *
- * \code
- * size_type A::ReallocatedBlockSize( size_type currentSize, size_type newSize ) const
- * \endcode
- *
- * Returns the size in bytes of a reallocated block. \a currentSize is the
- * current size in bytes of the block being reallocated, and \a newSize is the
- * requested block size. This function is similar to A::BlockSize(), but it is
- * called for reallocation of already existing data blocks, for example before
- * deleting a subset of container elements.
- *
- * \code
- * void* AllocateBlock( size_type sz )
- * \endcode
- *
- * Custom allocation routine. Allocates a contiguous memory block of length
- * \a sz in bytes, and returns the address of the first byte in the newly
- * allocated block.
- *
- * \code
- * void DeallocateBlock( void* p )
- * \endcode
- *
- * Custom deallocation routine. Deallocates a contiguous block of memory that
- * has been previously allocated by any allocator of class A.
- *
- * StandardAllocator is an example of a block allocator that uses the standard
- * \c new and \c delete operators.
- *
- * \sa StandardAllocator
- */
-template <class T, class A>
-class PCL_CLASS Allocator : public A
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    */
-   Allocator() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Allocator( const Allocator<T,A>& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Allocator instance as a copy of other block allocator.
-    */
-   Allocator( const A& a )
-      : A( a )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Allocates a contiguous block of memory, sufficient to store at least \a n
-    * instance of class T. Optionally, allocates the necessary space for \a n
-    * objects plus \a extra additional bytes.
-    *
-    * Returns the starting address of the allocated block.
-    *
-    * \note This member function <em>does not construct</em> any T instance;
-    * it only allocates the required memory to store \a n instances of T.
-    */
-   T* Allocate( size_type n, size_type extra = 0 )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( n+extra > 0 )
-      return (T*)this->AllocateBlock( n*sizeof( T )+extra );
-      //return (T*)new ( *this ) uint8[ n*sizeof( T )+extra ];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Deallocates a block of memory.
-    *
-    * \note This member function <em>does not destruct</em> any T instance; it
-    * only deallocates a previously allocated block where an unspecified number
-    * of T instances might be stored (either constructed or not).
-    */
-   void Deallocate( T* p )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-      this->DeallocateBlock( (void*)p );
-      //this->operator delete( (void*)p );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum number of instances of class T that this allocator
-    * can allocate.
-    */
-   size_type MaxLength() const
-   {
-      return A::MaxSize()/sizeof( T );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length of a newly allocated data block.
-    *
-    * Given a number \a n of T instances, returns the corresponding <em>paged
-    * length</em> for this allocator. The paged length is the actual number of
-    * T instances that would be allocated instead of \a n, which depends on the
-    * block allocation policy implemented by the block allocator class.
-    *
-    * The value returned by this member function is always greater than or
-    * equal to \a n.
-    *
-    * \sa ShrunkLength()
-    */
-   size_type PagedLength( size_type n ) const
-   {
-      return A::BlockSize( n*sizeof( T ) )/sizeof( T );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length of a reallocated data block.
-    *
-    * \param currentLength The current length of an allocated data block.
-    *
-    * \param newLength     The new length of the reallocated data block.
-    *
-    * The returned length is the actual number of T instances that would be
-    * allocated instead of \a newLength, which depends on the block allocation
-    * policy implemented by the block allocator class.
-    *
-    * The value returned by this member function is always greater than or
-    * equal to \a n.
-    *
-    * \sa PagedLength()
-    */
-   size_type ReallocatedLength( size_type currentLength, size_type newLength ) const
-   {
-      return A::ReallocatedBlockSize( currentLength*sizeof( T ), newLength*sizeof( T ) )/sizeof( T );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup object_construction_destruction Construction and&nbsp;\
- * Destruction of Objects with Explicit Allocation
- */
-
-/*!
- * Constructs an object with storage at address \a p and allocator \a a. This
- * function invokes the default constructor of class T for the object stored at
- * \a p.
- * \sa Allocator
- * \ingroup object_construction_destruction
- */
-template <class T, class A> inline void Construct( T* p, A& a )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-   new( (void*)p, a )T();
-}
-
-/*!
- * Constructs an object with storage at address \a p, initial value \a v, and
- * allocator \a a. This function invokes the copy constructor of class T, with
- * argument \a v, for the object stored at \a p.
- * \sa Allocator
- * \ingroup object_construction_destruction
- */
-template <class T, class T1, class A> inline void Construct( T* p, const T1& v, A& a )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-   new( (void*)p, a )T( v );
-}
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#  pragma warning( push )
-#  pragma warning( disable : 4100 ) // unreferenced formal parameter
-#endif                              // (VC++ limitation !?)
-
-/*!
- * Destroys an object stored at address \a p. Invokes the destructor of
- * class T for the object stored at \a p.
- * \sa Allocator
- * \ingroup object_construction_destruction
- */
-template <class T> inline void Destroy( T* p )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-   p->~T();
-}
-
-/*!
- * Destroys a contiguous sequence of objects. Invokes the destructor of class
- * T for each object in the range [p,q).
- * \sa Allocator
- * \ingroup object_construction_destruction
- */
-template <class T> inline void Destroy( T* p, T* q )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr && q != nullptr )
-   for ( ; p < q; ++p )
-      p->~T();
-}
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#  pragma warning( pop )
-#endif
-
-inline void Destroy( void* )        {}
-inline void Destroy( void*, void* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( bool* )        {}
-inline void Destroy( bool*, bool* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed char* )               {}
-inline void Destroy( signed char*, signed char* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned char* )                 {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned char*, unsigned char* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( wchar_t* )           {}
-inline void Destroy( wchar_t*, wchar_t* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( char16_t* )            {}
-inline void Destroy( char16_t*, char16_t* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( char32_t* )            {}
-inline void Destroy( char32_t*, char32_t* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed int* )              {}
-inline void Destroy( signed int*, signed int* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned int* )                {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned int*, unsigned int* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed short* )                {}
-inline void Destroy( signed short*, signed short* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned short* )                  {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned short*, unsigned short* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed long* )               {}
-inline void Destroy( signed long*, signed long* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long* )                 {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long*, unsigned long* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed long long* )                    {}
-inline void Destroy( signed long long*, signed long long* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long long* )                      {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long long*, unsigned long long* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( float* )         {}
-inline void Destroy( float*, float* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( double* )          {}
-inline void Destroy( double*, double* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( long double* )               {}
-inline void Destroy( long double*, long double* ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( void** )         {}
-inline void Destroy( void**, void** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( bool** )         {}
-inline void Destroy( bool**, bool** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed char** )                {}
-inline void Destroy( signed char**, signed char** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned char** )                  {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned char**, unsigned char** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( wchar_t** )            {}
-inline void Destroy( wchar_t**, wchar_t** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed int** )               {}
-inline void Destroy( signed int**, signed int** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned int** )                 {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned int**, unsigned int** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed short** )                 {}
-inline void Destroy( signed short**, signed short** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned short** )                   {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned short**, unsigned short** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed long** )                {}
-inline void Destroy( signed long**, signed long** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long** )                  {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long**, unsigned long** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( signed long long** )                     {}
-inline void Destroy( signed long long**, signed long long** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long long** )                       {}
-inline void Destroy( unsigned long long**, unsigned long long** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( float** )          {}
-inline void Destroy( float**, float** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( double** )           {}
-inline void Destroy( double**, double** ) {}
-
-inline void Destroy( long double** )                {}
-inline void Destroy( long double**, long double** ) {}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Allocator_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Allocator.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Arguments.h

@@ -1,681 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Arguments.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Arguments_h
-#define __PCL_Arguments_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Arguments.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup argument_parsing Argument Parsing Routines and Utilities
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Argument
- * \brief A command-line argument
- *
- * %Argument implements a command-line argument that can be used with the
- * ParseArguments() function.
- *
- * Command-line arguments can be \e parametric and \e non-parametric
- * arguments (also known as \e item \e arguments).
- *
- * <b>1. Parametric Arguments</b>
- *
- * Parametric arguments specify \e modifiers or parameter values of different
- * types to their receiving processes. Syntactically, parametric arguments are
- * formalized as:
- *
- * <tt>-&lt;arg_id&gt;[&lt;arg_value&gt;]</tt>
- *
- * where the starting hypen character '-' is the <em>standard parameter
- * prefix.</em> &lt;arg_id&gt; is the <em>argument identifier</em> and
- * &lt;arg_value&gt; is an optional <em>argument value</em> specification. For
- * example, in the following parametric arguments:
- *
- * <tt>-n=17 --use-all-processors</tt>
- *
- * the argument identifiers are 'n' and '-use-all-processors', respectively,
- * and '=17' is an argument value specification.
- *
- * We consider four types of parametric arguments: \e literal, \e switch,
- * \e numeric and \e string arguments.
- *
- * <b>1.1 Literal Arguments</b>
- *
- * Literal arguments are parametric arguments that don't have a particular
- * value. They are modifiers that act as functions of their existence. For
- * example, in the following arguments:
- *
- * <tt>-c -x=10 -b="none" --verbose</tt>
- *
- * '-c' and '--verbose' are literal arguments.
- *
- * <b>1.2 Switch Arguments</b>
- *
- * Switch arguments are parametric arguments that can only have a boolean
- * \e enabled/disabled state. Switch arguments are of the form:
- *
- * <tt>-&lt;arg_id&gt;+|-</tt>
- *
- * where the + suffix means 'enabled' and the - suffix means 'disabled'.
- * For example, here are some switch arguments:
- *
- * <tt>-u+ -color- --mySwitchArgument+</tt>
- *
- * It is customary to allow the use of switch arguments also as literal
- * arguments. When switch arguments are used as literal arguments, a default
- * 'enabled' or 'disabled' state is assumed, depending on the functionality and
- * purpose of each argument. When switch arguments can also be literal, they
- * are formalized as:
- *
- * <tt>-&lt;arg_id&gt;[+|-]</tt>
- *
- * indicating that the + and - suffixes are optional.
- *
- * <b>1.3 Numeric Arguments</b>
- *
- * A numeric argument has an integer or floating-point numeric value. Numeric
- * arguments are formalized as:
- *
- * <tt>-&lt;arg_id&gt;=&lt;numeric_constant&gt;</tt>
- *
- * where &lt;numeric_constant&gt; is a valid representation of an integer or
- * floating-point real constant, following the applicable syntax rules of the C
- * language. Integer constants can have the '0x' standard prefix to indicate
- * hexadecimal values.
- *
- * <b>1.4 %String Arguments</b>
- *
- * A string argument has a literal value represented as a string of ISO 8859-1
- * characters. String arguments are formalized as:
- *
- * <tt>-&lt;arg_id&gt;=&lt;string_constant&gt;</tt>
- *
- * where &lt;string_constant&gt; is any sequence of ISO 8859-1 characters,
- * optionally enclosed by double quotes. For example:
- *
- * <tt>-s=foo -s1="bar"</tt>
- *
- * are two string arguments with 'foo' and 'bar' values, respectively. When the
- * &lt;string_constant&gt; string includes white spaces, the enclosing quotes are
- * not optional, as in:
- *
- * <tt>-aStringArg="this is a string literal"</tt>
- *
- * or otherwise the above sequence would be interpreted as a single string
- * argument (aStringArg=this) and four additional, non-parametric arguments.
- *
- * <b>2. Non-Parametric Arguments</b>
- *
- * Non-parametric arguments specify \e objects that their receiving processes
- * can act on or use in any way. Non-parametric arguments are formalized as:
- *
- * <tt>&lt;arg_value&gt;</tt>
- *
- * where &lt;arg_value&gt; is any sequence of ISO 8859-1 characters. Note that the
- * absence of a <em>standard parameter prefix</em> (the hypen character, '-')
- * characterizes non-parametric arguments. For example, in the following
- * arguments:
- *
- * <tt>-mode="auto" *.js -z foo.scp</tt>
- *
- * '*.js' and 'foo.scp' are two non-parametric arguments.
- *
- * Each non-parametric argument can be expanded into a <em>list of items.</em>
- * For example, the '*.js' argument above would be expanded into a list of all
- * files with the .js suffix in the current directory, provided that the
- * argument is parsed as a wild file path specification.
- *
- * \sa ParseArguments(), ArgumentItemMode, ArgumentOption
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Argument
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %Argument object.
-    */
-   Argument()
-   {
-      Initialize();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Argument object and parses the specified \a argv string.
-    */
-   Argument( const String& argv )
-   {
-      Parse( argv.c_str() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Argument object and parses the specified \a argv string.
-    */
-   Argument( const char16_type* argv )
-   {
-      Parse( argv );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Argument object and interprets that the specified \a argv
-    * string corresponds to a non-parametric argument corresponding to the
-    * \a items list of items.
-    */
-   Argument( const String& argv, const StringList& items )
-   {
-      type = item_arg;
-      token = argv;
-      asItems = items;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Argument( const Argument& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Argument& operator =( const Argument& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Equality operator. Returns true if this %Argument object is equal to the
-    * specified \a x instance.
-    */
-   bool operator ==( const Argument& x ) const
-   {
-      if ( id == x.id && type == x.type )
-      {
-         if ( IsLiteral() || !IsValid() )
-            return true;
-         if ( IsNumeric() )
-            return asNumeric == x.asNumeric;
-         if ( IsString() )
-            return asString == x.asString;
-         if ( IsSwitch() )
-            return asSwitch == x.asSwitch;
-         if ( IsItemList() )
-            return asItems == x.asItems;
-      }
-      return false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has successfully parsed a token string.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return type != invalid_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the token string corresponding to this argument. The token is the
-    * exact string that has been parsed by this %Argument instance. If no token
-    * has been parsed by this instance, an empty string is returned.
-    */
-   String Token() const
-   {
-      return token;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the argument's parameter identifier, if this argument has been
-    * parsed and it is a <em>parametric argument</em>, or an empty string
-    * otherwise.
-    */
-   String Id() const
-   {
-      return id;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has been parsed and it is a
-    * <em>non-parametric argument</em>, also known as an <em>item
-    * argument.</em>
-    */
-   bool IsItemList() const
-   {
-      return type == item_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (constant) list of items that have been
-    * generated after expansion of a non-parametric argument. The returned list
-    * cannot be modified, and it's empty if this argument is parametric, or if
-    * it has not been parsed yet.
-    */
-   const StringList& Items() const
-   {
-      return asItems;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the list of items that have been generated after
-    * expansion of a non-parametric argument. The returned list can be freely
-    * modified, and it's empty if this argument is parametric, or if it has not
-    * been parsed yet.
-    */
-   StringList& Items()
-   {
-      return asItems;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has been parsed and it is a <em>literal
-    * argument</em>.
-    */
-   bool IsLiteral() const
-   {
-      return type == literal_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has been parsed and it is a <em>switch
-    * argument</em>.
-    */
-   bool IsSwitch() const
-   {
-      return type == switch_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the switch state of this argument, if it has been parsed and it
-    * is a <em>switch argument</em>, or false otherwise.
-    */
-   bool SwitchState() const
-   {
-      return asSwitch;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has been parsed and it is a <em>numeric
-    * argument</em>.
-    */
-   bool IsNumeric() const
-   {
-      return type == numeric_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the numeric value of this argument, if it has been parsed and it
-    * is a <em>numeric argument</em>, or zero otherwise.
-    */
-   double NumericValue() const
-   {
-      return asNumeric;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this argument has been parsed and it is a <em>string
-    * argument</em>.
-    */
-   bool IsString() const
-   {
-      return type == string_arg;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the string value of this argument, if it has been parsed and it
-    * is a <em>string argument</em>, or an empty string otherwise.
-    */
-   String StringValue() const
-   {
-      return asString;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   enum arg_type { invalid_arg = -1, item_arg, literal_arg, switch_arg, numeric_arg, string_arg };
-
-   String      token;      // argument token
-   String      id;         // argument id
-   arg_type    type;       // argument type, or invalid
-
-   StringList  asItems;    // list of non-parameters (e.g. file names or view ids)
-   bool        asSwitch;   // logical state of a switch argument
-   double      asNumeric;  // value of a numerical argument
-   String      asString;   // value of a string argument
-
-   void Initialize()
-   {
-      token.Clear();
-      id.Clear();
-      type = invalid_arg;
-      asItems.Clear();
-      asSwitch = false;
-      asNumeric = 0;
-      asString.Clear();
-   }
-
-   void Parse( const char16_type* );
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ArgumentList
- * \brief A dynamic array of command-line arguments
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-typedef Array<Argument> ArgumentList;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ArgumentItemMode
- * \brief     Non-parametric argument parsing modes.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ArgumentItemMode::Ignore</td>  <td>Consider non-parametric items as literal items (plain strings)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentItemMode::AsFiles</td> <td>Non-parametric items are file paths</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentItemMode::AsViews</td> <td>Non-parametric items are view identifiers</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentItemMode::NoItems</td> <td>Non-parametric items are not allowed</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-namespace ArgumentItemMode
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Ignore,  // Consider non-parametric items as literal items (plain strings)
-      AsFiles, // Non-parametric items are file paths
-      AsViews, // Non-parametric items are view identifiers
-      NoItems, // Non-parametric items are not allowed
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::argument_item_mode
- * \brief Represents an ArgumentItemMode enumerated value.
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-typedef ArgumentItemMode::value_type   argument_item_mode;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ArgumentOption
- * \brief     Working options affecting how non-parametric arguments are
- *            interpreted.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ArgumentOption::AllowWildcards</td>      <td>Allow wildcard characters (*?) in non-parametric items</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentOption::NoPreviews</td>          <td>Don't allow preview specifications (with the '->' standard separator)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentOption::RecursiveDirSearch</td>  <td>Perform recursive directory searches for wild path specifications</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ArgumentOption::RecursiveSearchArgs</td> <td>Use standard arguments to toggle recursive directory searching</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-namespace ArgumentOption
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      AllowWildcards       = 0x00000001, // Allow wildcard characters (*?) in non-parametric items
-      NoPreviews           = 0x00000002, // Don't allow preview specifications (with the '->' standard separator)
-      RecursiveDirSearch   = 0x00000004, // Perform recursive directory searches for wild path specifications
-      RecursiveSearchArgs  = 0x00000008, // Use standard arguments to toggle recursive directory searching
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ArgumentOptions
- * \brief A combination of ArgumentOption flags
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-typedef Flags<ArgumentOption::mask_type>  ArgumentOptions;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The implementation of ExtractArguments() is slightly different in core.
-#ifdef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-} // pcl
-using namespace pcl;
-namespace pi
-{
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * Extracts a sequence of command-line arguments of the form:
- *
- * <tt>[&lt;arg_list&gt;] [&lt;item_list&gt;]</tt>
- *
- * where:
- *
- * <tt>&lt;item_list&gt;</tt>
- * Is a sequence <tt>&lt;item&gt; [&lt;item_list&gt;]</tt>
- *
- * <tt>&lt;item&gt;</tt>
- * Is a non-parametric (or "item") argument. If <em>file parsing</em> is active
- * (see the \a mode parameter below), each item will be parsed as a file path
- * specification. If <em>view parsing</em> is active, items will be considered
- * as view identifiers. In both cases, each item may include wildcards to
- * define a search pattern, which will be automatically expanded into a
- * sequence of actual file paths or view identifiers.
- *
- * <tt>&lt;arg_list&gt;</tt>
- * Is a sequence <tt>&lt;arg&gt; [&lt;arg_list&gt;]</tt>
- *
- * <tt>&lt;arg&gt;</tt>
- * Is a parametric argument (see the documentation for the Argument class for a
- * complete description).
- *
- * \param argv       The list of input argument tokens that will be parsed.\n\n
- *
- * \param mode       Indicates how non-parametric items will be handled by this
- *          function. \a mode must have one of the following values:\n
- *          \n
- *          <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::Ignore</b>. Non-parametric arguments will
- *          not be parsed and will be passed unchanged.</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::AsFiles</b>. Each non-parametric argument
- *          is interpreted as a file path specification. Note that neither
- *          validity of file paths nor the existence of actual files are
- *          verified.</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::AsViews</b>. Each non-parametric argument
- *          is interpreted and parsed as a view identifier specification. Note
- *          that only validity of view identifiers is verified, not the
- *          existence of actual views with such identifiers.</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::NoItems</b>. This mode disallows
- *          non-parametric arguments. An exception is thrown if a
- *          non-parametric item is found in the input sequence of \a argv
- *          elements.</td></tr>
- *          </table>\n\n
- *
- * \param options    This is an OR'ed combination of flags from the
- *          ArgumentOption enumeration:\n
- *          \n
- *          <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::AllowWildcards</b>. If this flag is
- *          included, each file argument containing wildcards ('*' and '?'
- *          characters) will originate a search for all files matching the
- *          specified wildcard pattern. If view arguments are being considered,
- *          each wildcard item will be expanded into a list of matching view
- *          identifiers.</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::NoPreviews</b>. This flag prevents the
- *          inclusion of preview identifiers in the output arguments set. If a
- *          preview specification (imageId->previewId) is found and this flag
- *          is active, an exception is thrown.</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::RecursiveDirSearch</b>. This flag only
- *          makes sense along with the ArgumentItemMode::AsFiles mode. If used,
- *          this flag will originate recursive directory searches for all file
- *          path specifications containing wildcards. Note that the behavior of
- *          this flag can be altered by the RecursiveSearchArgs flag (see
- *          below).</td></tr>
- *          <tr>
- *          <td><b>ArgumentItemMode::RecursiveSearchArgs</b>. This flag only
- *          makes sense along with the ArgumentItemMode::AsFiles mode and the
- *          RecursiveDirSearch flag (see above). If used, recursive directory
- *          searches will be controlled by a special toggle argument. All
- *          instances of this argument will be processed automatically by the
- *          routine and will not be included in the output arguments list. By
- *          default, this argument is <tt>--r[+|-]</tt>, but it can be changed
- *          by calling the SetRecursiveDirSearchArgument() static function.\n
- *          \n
- *          Example of wild path argument specifications with recursive search
- *          through the standard <tt>--r</tt> toggle argument:
- *
- *          <tt>*.cpp --r *.h *.png --r- *.exe</tt>
- *
- *          In the example above, <tt>*.h</tt> and <tt>*.png</tt> will be
- *          searched recursively through the entire directory tree rooted at
- *          the current directory, but <tt>*.cpp</tt> and <tt>*.exe</tt> files
- *          will only be searched for in the current directory.</td></tr>
- *          </table>
- *
- * This function generates a ParseError exception when it encounters an error
- * while parsing the sequence of input arguments.
- *
- * Returns a list with all the arguments extracted from the input \a argv
- * sequence as instances of the Argument class. If non-parametric arguments are
- * being interpreted as file paths, each non-parametric item is expanded to its
- * corresponding full file path. If non-parametric arguments are being parsed
- * as view identifiers, each non-parametric item is replaced (if appropriate)
- * by its full view identifier. Otherwise, non-parametric items are returned
- * unchanged.
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-ArgumentList PCL_FUNC ExtractArguments( const StringList& argv,
-                           argument_item_mode mode = ArgumentItemMode::Ignore,
-                           ArgumentOptions options = ArgumentOptions() );
-
-#ifdef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-} // pi
-namespace pcl
-{
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * Returns the identifier of the argument used by ExtractArguments() for
- * automatic toggle of recursive directory searches. By default, this is the
- * <tt>--r[+|-]</tt> argument.
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-String PCL_FUNC RecursiveDirSearchArgument();
-
-/*!
- * Sets the identifier of the argument used by ExtractArguments() for
- * automatic toggle of recursive directory searches.
- *
- * \param id   New identifier for the automatic recursive search argument.
- *             N.B.: When specifying this argument, don't include the '-'
- *             standard parameter prefix.
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-void PCL_FUNC SetRecursiveDirSearchArgument( const String& id );
-
-/*!
- * Auxiliary directory search routine used by ExtractArguments().
- *
- * Returns a list of full file paths corresponding to a template wild file
- * specification (\a filePath), optionally recursing the directory tree,
- * starting from the directory specified in \a filePath.
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-StringList PCL_FUNC SearchDirectory( const String& filePath, bool recursive = false );
-
-/*!
- * Returns a copy of a source string \a s where all references to environment
- * variables have been replaced with their corresponding values.
- *
- * This function finds all occurrences of environment variables of the form:
- *
- * $&lt;env_name&gt;
- *
- * where &lt;env_name&gt; is any sequence of alphabetic, decimal, or underscore
- * characters. If &lt;env_name&gt; corresponds to an existing environment
- * variable of the calling process, the entire $&lt;env_name&gt; sequence is
- * replaced with the variable's value. References to nonexistent environment
- * variables, as well as empty references (isolated $ characters), are
- * replaced with an empty string (removed).
- *
- * This function works recursively: it can replace environment variables
- * inside the values of environment variables. The routine performs
- * replacements recursively until no $ character is found in the string.
- *
- * \ingroup argument_parsing
- */
-String PCL_FUNC ReplaceEnvironmentVariables( const String& s );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Arguments_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Arguments.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Association.h

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Association.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Association_h
-#define __PCL_Association_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Association.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Relational.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Association
- * \brief Generic association of two objects.
- */
-template <typename T1, typename T2>
-class PCL_CLASS Association
-{
-public:
-
-   T1 first;   //!< First member of this association
-   T2 second;  //!< Second member of this association
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an association with default-constructed member values.
-    */
-   Association() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Association( const Association<T1,T2>& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Association( Association<T1,T2>&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an association with the specified values \a x1 and \a x2,
-    * respectively for the \a first and \a second members.
-    */
-   Association( const T1& x1, const T2& x2 )
-      : first( x1 )
-      , second( x2 )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup association_utilities Association Operators and Utility Functions
- */
-
-/*!
- * Returns an Association whose members are copies of the specified objects
- * \a x1 and \a x2.
- * \ingroup association_utilities
- */
-template <typename T1, typename T2> inline
-Association<T1,T2> Associate( const T1& x1, const T2& x2 )
-{
-   return Association<T1,T2>( x1, x2 );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff two associations, \a x1 and \a x2, are equal. Two
- * associations are equal if their homolog members are equal.
- * \ingroup association_utilities
- */
-template <typename T1, typename T2> inline
-bool operator ==( const Association<T1,T2>& x1, const Association<T1,T2>& x2 )
-{
-   return x1.first == x2.first && x1.second == x2.second;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff an association \a x1 is less than other association \a x2.
- * The comparison algorithm is as follows:
- *
- * \code
- * if ( x1.first == x2.first )
- *    return x1.second < x2.second;
- * else
- *    return x1.first < x2.first;
- * \endcode
- *
- * So in association comparisons the first member of each association has
- * precedence over the second member.
- *
- * The implementation of this operator only requires <em>less than</em>
- * semantics for the two types T1 and T2; it doesn't use equality operators.
- * \ingroup association_utilities
- */
-template <typename T1, typename T2> inline
-bool operator <( const Association<T1,T2>& x1, const Association<T1,T2>& x2 )
-{
-   //return (x1.first == x2.first) ? x1.second < x2.second : x1.first < x2.first;
-   return (x1.first < x2.first) ? true : ((x2.first < x1.first) ? false : x1.second < x2.second);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Association_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Association.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Atomic.h

@@ -1,670 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Atomic.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Atomic_h
-#define __PCL_Atomic_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Atomic.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-# include <intrin.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedIncrement)
-# pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedDecrement)
-# pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedCompareExchange)
-# pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedExchange)
-# pragma intrinsic (_InterlockedExchangeAdd)
-#endif
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AtomicInt
- * \brief Atomic operations on integers.
- *
- * %AtomicInt allows non-blocking synchronization of multithreaded code with
- * respect to reference counting and other critical operations in parallel
- * algorithm implementations. This class is used extensively by PCL code to
- * implement copy-on-write shared containers and container operations in a
- * thread-safe way. An example is the ReferenceCounter class, which is at the
- * hearth of most PCL container and image classes.
- *
- * %AtomicInt implements the following synchronization primitives on integers:
- *
- * reference \n
- * dereference \n
- * test-and-set \n
- * fetch-and-store \n
- * fetch-and-add
- *
- * \sa ReferenceCounter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AtomicInt
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AtomicInt instance with the specified \a value. When not
-    * explicitly specified, the default value is zero.
-    */
-   AtomicInt( int value = 0 )
-      : m_value( value )
-   {
-      // ### N.B.:
-      // The default zero initialization is *critical* - DO NOT change it.
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   AtomicInt( const AtomicInt& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   AtomicInt& operator =( const AtomicInt& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current value of this atomic integer.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is not guaranteed to be atomic.
-    */
-   operator int() const
-   {
-      return m_value;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Logical negation operator. Returns true iff this atomic integer is zero.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is not guaranteed to be atomic.
-    */
-   bool operator !() const
-   {
-      return m_value == 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Equality operator. Returns true iff this atomic integer is equal to an
-    * integer \a x.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is not guaranteed to be atomic.
-    */
-   bool operator ==( int x ) const
-   {
-      return m_value == x;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inequality operator. Returns true iff this atomic integer is not equal to
-    * an integer \a x.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is not guaranteed to be atomic.
-    */
-   bool operator !=( int x ) const
-   {
-      return m_value != x;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Integer assignment operator. Assigns the specified integer \a x to this
-    * atomic integer. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is not guaranteed to be atomic.
-    */
-   AtomicInt& operator =( int x )
-   {
-      m_value = x;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic load operation.
-    *
-    * Returns the current value of this atomic integer.
-    *
-    * \note The integer load operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all
-    * supported platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   int Load()
-   {
-      return FetchAndAdd( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic store operation.
-    *
-    * Assigns the specified \a newValue to this object.
-    *
-    * \note The integer store operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all
-    * supported platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   void Store( int newValue )
-   {
-      (void)FetchAndStore( newValue );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic increment operation.
-    *
-    * Increments the value of this object as an atomic operation.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   void Increment()
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      (void)_InterlockedIncrement( &m_value );
-#else
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "incl %0\n"
-                     : "=m" (m_value)
-                     : "m" (m_value)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic decrement operation.
-    *
-    * Decrements the value of this object as an atomic operation.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   void Decrement()
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      (void)_InterlockedDecrement( &m_value );
-#else
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "decl %0\n"
-                     : "=m" (m_value)
-                     : "m" (m_value)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic reference operation.
-    *
-    * Increments the value of this object as an atomic operation. Returns true
-    * if the resulting value after incrementing this object is nonzero.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   bool Reference()
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      return _InterlockedIncrement( &m_value ) != 0;
-#else
-      uint8 result;
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "incl %0\n\t"
-                    "setnz %1\n"
-                     : "=m" (m_value), "=qm" (result)
-                     : "m" (m_value)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-      return result != 0;
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic dereference operation.
-    *
-    * Decrements the value of this object as an atomic operation. Returns true
-    * if the resulting value after decrementing this object is nonzero.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   bool Dereference()
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      return _InterlockedDecrement( &m_value ) != 0;
-#else
-      uint8 result;
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "decl %0\n\t"
-                    "setnz %1\n"
-                     : "=m" (m_value), "=qm" (result)
-                     : "m" (m_value)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-      return result != 0;
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic test-and-set operation.
-    *
-    * If the current value of this object is equal to \a expectedValue, this
-    * function assigns \a newValue to this object and returns true. If the
-    * current value is not equal to \a expectedValue, this function performs no
-    * operation and returns false.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   bool TestAndSet( int expectedValue, int newValue )
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      return _InterlockedCompareExchange( &m_value, newValue, expectedValue ) == expectedValue;
-#else
-      uint8 result;
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "cmpxchgl %3,%2\n\t"
-                    "setz %1\n"
-                     : "=a" (newValue), "=qm" (result), "+m" (m_value)
-                     : "r" (newValue), "0" (expectedValue)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-      return result != 0;
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic fetch-and-store operation.
-    *
-    * Assigns \a newValue to this object and returns the initial value before
-    * assignment, as an atomic operation.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   int FetchAndStore( int newValue )
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      return _InterlockedExchange( &m_value, newValue );
-#else
-      asm volatile( "xchgl %0,%1\n"
-                     : "=r" (newValue), "+m" (m_value)
-                     : "0" (newValue)
-                     : "memory" );
-      return newValue;
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Atomic fetch-and-add operation. Adds \a valueToAdd to this object and
-    * returns the initial value before addition, as an atomic operation.
-    *
-    * \note This operation is guaranteed to be atomic on all supported
-    * platforms and architectures.
-    */
-   int FetchAndAdd( int valueToAdd )
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      return _InterlockedExchangeAdd( &m_value, valueToAdd );
-#else
-      asm volatile( "lock\n\t"
-                    "xaddl %0,%1\n"
-                     : "=r" (valueToAdd), "+m" (m_value)
-                     : "0" (valueToAdd)
-                     : "memory", "cc" );
-      return valueToAdd;
-#endif
-   }
-
-private:
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-   __declspec(align(4)) volatile long m_value;
-#elif __PCL_WINDOWS
-   volatile long m_value __attribute__ ((aligned (4)));
-#else
-   volatile int m_value __attribute__ ((aligned (4)));
-#endif
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup reentrancy_protection Thread-Safe Protection of Non-Reentrant Code
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoReentrancyGuard
- * \brief Automatic reentrancy guard sentinel.
- *
- * %AutoReentrancyGuard allows you to protect a block of code ensuring that it
- * cannot be reentrant. All you need is a static AtomicInt variable that works
- * as a 'busy state' flag persistent across function invocations.
- *
- * Consider the following example:
- *
- * \code void foo()
- * {
- *    static AtomicInt flag;
- *    AutoReentrancyGuard guard( flag );
- *    if ( guard )
- *    {
- *       // protected code
- *    }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * The function \c foo is not reentrant, so we want to protect it against
- * possible reentrant invocations while the function's code is being executed.
- *
- * The \c flag variable is initially zero (because AtomicInt's default
- * constructor initializes its integer member to zero). The first time \c foo
- * is called, %AutoReentrancyGuard's constructor can change the value of
- * \c flag from zero to one as an atomic operation. When this happens,
- * AutoReentrancyGuard::operator bool() returns true, and the code protected
- * within the \c if block can be executed.
- *
- * When the \c guard object gets out of scope (just before the \c foo function
- * returns), its class destructor resets \c flag to zero automatically, which
- * permits the next non-reentrant execution of \c foo. However, if \c foo is
- * called again before \c guard is destroyed, a newly constructed
- * %AutoReentrancyGuard object cannot make a transition 0 -> 1 with the static
- * \c flag variable, and hence a reentrant execution of the protected code is
- * not allowed (in this case, the function simply does nothing and returns
- * after the \c if block). Note that the protected code can freely return from
- * the function or throw exceptions; the \c flag variable will be reset to zero
- * automatically when \c guard gets out of scope.
- *
- * Since %AutoReentrancyGuard uses AtomicInt to implement atomic transitions,
- * code blocks can be protected against reentrant execution in multithreaded
- * environments.
- *
- * The macros PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN and PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- * greatly simplify reentrancy protection. For example, the above code could be
- * implemented as follows:
- *
- * \code void foo()
- * {
- *    PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *    // protected code
- *    PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- * } \endcode
- *
- * In addition, the macros PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD and
- * PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN are useful for protection of all
- * non-reentrant member functions of a class, and the macros
- * PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD and PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN provide
- * protection of specific member functions. See these macros for examples.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-class AutoReentrancyGuard
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoReentrancyGuard object to monitor the specified
-    * \a guard variable. If \c guard is zero, its value is set to one as an
-    * atomic operation. If \c guard is nonzero, its value is not changed.
-    *
-    * \warning The monitored guard variable *must* be either a static variable
-    * local to the function being protected, or a data member of the same class
-    * to which a protected member function belongs. Otherwise the protection
-    * mechanism will not work. This can be dangerous, especially because you
-    * may erroneously think that your code is being protected when it is not.
-    * In addition, the guard variable must be zero initially, or the protected
-    * code will never be allowed to work. We strongly recommend you don't use
-    * this class directly, but the PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN and
-    * PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END macros to implement function level protection,
-    * or PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD, PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN and
-    * PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END to implement per-instance function
-    * member protection.
-    */
-   AutoReentrancyGuard( AtomicInt& guard )
-      : m_guard( guard )
-   {
-      m_guarded = m_guard.TestAndSet( 0, 1 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this object. If the value of the monitored guard variable (see
-    * the class constructor) was zero when this object was constructed, its
-    * value is reset to zero as an atomic operation.
-    */
-   ~AutoReentrancyGuard()
-   {
-      if ( m_guarded )
-         m_guard.Store( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the value of the monitored guard variable (see the class
-    * constructor) was zero when this object was constructed.
-    */
-   operator bool() const volatile
-   {
-      return m_guarded;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   AtomicInt& m_guard;
-   bool       m_guarded = false;
-};
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *
- * This macro along with PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END simplifies protection of
- * non-reentrant code. See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for detailed
- * information and examples.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN                                          \
-   {                                                                          \
-      static pcl::AtomicInt __r_g__( 0 );                                     \
-      volatile pcl::AutoReentrancyGuard __a_r_g__( __r_g__ );                 \
-      if ( __a_r_g__ )                                                        \
-      {
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- *
- * This macro, along with PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN, simplifies protection
- * of non-reentrant code. See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for detailed
- * information and examples.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END                                            \
-      }                                                                       \
-   }
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD
- *
- * Declares a class data member for class-wide protection of non-reentrant
- * member functions with the PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN and
- * PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END macros.
- *
- * Example:
- *
- * \code class foo
- * {
- * public:
- *    // ...
- * private:
- *    PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD
- *
- *    void bar1()
- *    {
- *       PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *       // Protected code
- *       PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- *    }
- *
- *    void bar2() const
- *    {
- *       PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *       // Protected code
- *       PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- *    }
- * }; \endcode
- *
- * In this example the bar1 and bar2 member functions are protected against
- * reentrant execution. Note that reentrancy protection is a per-instance,
- * class-wide property in this case: the bar1() and bar2() functions can be
- * executed simultaneously for different objects, but they cannot be re-entered
- * for the same instance. Furthermore, one of these functions cannot call the
- * other for the same object, since both share the same reentrancy guard member
- * in the foo class.
- *
- * See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for more information on the PCL
- * implementation of reentrancy protection.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD                                            \
-   mutable pcl::AtomicInt __pcl_guard__;
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *
- * This macro, along with PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD and
- * PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END, simplifies per-instance protection of
- * non-reentrant class member functions. See PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARD for an
- * example.
- *
- * See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for more information on the PCL
- * implementation of reentrancy protection.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_CLASS_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN                                    \
-   {                                                                          \
-      volatile pcl::AutoReentrancyGuard __a_r_g__( __pcl_guard__ );           \
-      if ( __a_r_g__ )                                                        \
-      {
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD
- *
- * Declares a class data member for protection of a specific non-reentrant
- * member function with the PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN and
- * PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END macros.
- *
- * Example:
- *
- * \code class foo
- * {
- * public:
- *    // ...
- * private:
- *    PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD( bar1 )
- *    PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD( bar2 )
- *
- *    void bar1()
- *    {
- *       PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN( bar1 )
- *       // Protected code
- *       PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- *    }
- *
- *    void bar2() const
- *    {
- *       PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN( bar2 )
- *       // Protected code
- *       PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END
- *    }
- * }; \endcode
- *
- * In this example the bar1 and bar2 member functions are protected against
- * reentrant execution. Note that reentrancy protection is a per-instance,
- * function-specific property in this case: the bar1() and bar2() functions can
- * be executed simultaneously for different objects, but they cannot be
- * re-entered for the same instance. Since each member function uses its own
- * reentrancy guard member in the foo class, each of them can safely call the
- * other for the same object.
- *
- * See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for more information on the PCL
- * implementation of reentrancy protection.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD( member )                                 \
-   mutable pcl::AtomicInt __pcl_guard_##member##__;
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN
- *
- * This macro, along with PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD and
- * PCL_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_END, simplifies per-instance protection of specific
- * non-reentrant member functions. See PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARD for an
- * example.
- *
- * See the AutoReentrancyGuard class for more information on the PCL
- * implementation of reentrancy protection.
- *
- * \ingroup reentrancy_protection
- */
-#define PCL_MEMBER_REENTRANCY_GUARDED_BEGIN( member )                         \
-   {                                                                          \
-      volatile pcl::AutoReentrancyGuard __a_r_g__( __pcl_guard_##member##__ );\
-      if ( __a_r_g__ )                                                        \
-      {
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Atomic_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Atomic.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AutoLock.h

@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AutoLock.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AutoLock_h
-#define __PCL_AutoLock_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AutoLock.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Atomic.h>
-#include <pcl/Mutex.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoLock
- * \brief Automatic mutex lock/unlock.
- *
- * %AutoLock is a convenience class that simplifies using Mutex objects to
- * protect code or data that can be accessed by multiple threads.
- *
- * An %AutoLock object locks a %Mutex object upon construction and unlocks it
- * upon destruction. This ensures that the state of the %Mutex object will
- * always be well defined, and that it will never be left locked, even in
- * critical situations involving multiple function return points and
- * exceptions.
- *
- * \sa AutoLockCounter, Mutex
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AutoLock
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoLock object to monitor a specified Mutex object.
-    *
-    * \param mutex   A %Mutex object that will be monitored by this %AutoLock
-    *                instance.
-    *
-    * The specified mutex object will be locked by this constructor. It will be
-    * unlocked automatically when this %AutoLock object gets out of scope, or
-    * if it is destroyed explicitly.
-    */
-   explicit AutoLock( pcl::Mutex& mutex )
-      : m_mutex( &mutex )
-   {
-      Lock();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   AutoLock( AutoLock&& x )
-      : m_mutex( x.m_mutex )
-      , m_lock( x.m_lock )
-   {
-      x.m_mutex = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %AutoLock object.
-    *
-    * If the monitored mutex object (that was specified in the constructor) is
-    * locked, it is unlocked by this destructor.
-    */
-   ~AutoLock()
-   {
-      Unlock();
-      m_mutex = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because %AutoLock objects
-    * cannot be copied.
-    */
-   AutoLock( const AutoLock& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because %AutoLock objects
-    * cannot be copied.
-    */
-   AutoLock& operator =( const AutoLock& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment. This operator is disabled because %AutoLock objects
-    * cannot be move-assigned.
-    */
-   AutoLock& operator =( AutoLock&& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Locks the monitored mutex object, if it has not been previously locked by
-    * this object.
-    */
-   void Lock()
-   {
-      if ( m_mutex != nullptr )
-         if ( m_lock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            m_mutex->Lock();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Unlocks the monitored mutex object, if it has been previously locked by
-    * this object.
-    */
-   void Unlock()
-   {
-      if ( m_mutex != nullptr )
-         if ( m_lock.TestAndSet( 1, 0 ) )
-            m_mutex->Unlock();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   pcl::Mutex* m_mutex = nullptr;
-   AtomicInt   m_lock;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoLockCounter
- * \brief Automatic mutex lock/unlock with limited concurrent access allowance.
- *
- * %AutoLockCounter is similar to AutoLock: it allows protecting a section of
- * code against concurrent thread access through a Mutex, with automatic
- * lock/unlock operations upon object construction/destruction. However,
- * %AutoLockCounter is slightly more complex because it can allow a specified
- * amount of concurrent accesses, while %AutoLock forbids them completely.
- *
- * %AutoLockCounter is useful for scenarios where the protected code can
- * exploit a resource concurrently, but only to a given extent that can be
- * predicted or configured. Typical examples are routines performing file
- * read/write operations.
- *
- * Example:
- *
- * \code
- * void ParallelWriteFile( const String& filePath, const ByteArray& data, int limit )
- * {
- *    static Mutex mutex;
- *    static AtomicInt count;
- *    volatile AutoLockCounter lock( mutex, count, limit );
- *    File::WriteFile( filePath, data );
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * In this example, the ParallelWriteFile routine allows creating and writing
- * up to \e limit different disk files simultaneously. If \e limit files are
- * already being written concurrently, a new call to ParallelWriteFile() will
- * block the caller thread until at least one of the running tasks terminates.
- *
- * \sa AutoLock, Mutex, AtomicInt
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AutoLockCounter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoLockCounter object to monitor a Mutex with automatic
-    * counting of lock operations and a given maximum number of concurrent
-    * accesses.
-    *
-    * \param mutex   Reference to a Mutex object that will be monitored by this
-    *                %AutoLockCounter instance.
-    *
-    * \param count   Reference to an AtomicInt object that will be updated by
-    *                this instance to control the current amount of concurrent
-    *                accesses.
-    *
-    * \param limit   Maximum number of concurrent accesses allowed. The
-    *                specified \a count variable will be atomically incremented
-    *                by this constructor. If \a count is greater than \a limit
-    *                after the increment, this constructor will lock the
-    *                specified \a mutex. Otherwise the mutex will not be locked
-    *                automatically upon construction. Note that the mutex can
-    *                be locked explicitly by calling the Lock() member function
-    *                for any AutoLock or AutoLockCounter object sharing the
-    *                same \a mutex variable.
-    *
-    * By specifying a \a limit of zero, no concurrent access will be allowed
-    * and this object will be functionally equivalent to an AutoLock instance
-    * monitoring the same \a mutex. By setting \a limit to a value greater than
-    * or equal to one, the protected code section will be allowed to run once,
-    * twice, etc. without a (potentially expensive) lock operation.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a mutex has been locked by this object, be it
-    * automatically or explicitly, it will be unlocked automatically when this
-    * %AutoLockCounter object is destroyed or gets out of scope.
-    */
-   explicit AutoLockCounter( pcl::Mutex& mutex, AtomicInt& count, int limit )
-      : m_mutex( &mutex )
-      , m_count( &count )
-      , m_lock( 0 )
-   {
-      if ( m_count->FetchAndAdd( 1 ) >= limit-1 )
-      {
-         Lock();
-         if ( m_count->Load() < limit )
-            Unlock();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   AutoLockCounter( AutoLockCounter&& x )
-      : m_mutex( x.m_mutex )
-      , m_count( x.m_count )
-      , m_lock( x.m_lock )
-   {
-      x.m_mutex = nullptr;
-      x.m_count = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %AutoLockCounter object.
-    *
-    * This destructor performs two separate actions:
-    *
-    * - If the monitored mutex (which was specified in the constructor) has
-    * been locked by this object, it will be unlocked. This applies both if the
-    * mutex has been locked automatically upon construction (because the
-    * monitored counter was larger than the specified limit), or explicitly by
-    * calling the Lock() member function for this object.
-    *
-    * - The monitored counter, which was atomically incremented upon
-    * construction, will be atomically decremented.
-    */
-   ~AutoLockCounter()
-   {
-      Unlock();
-      m_mutex = nullptr;
-      if ( m_count != nullptr )
-      {
-         m_count->Decrement();
-         m_count = nullptr;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because %AutoLockCounter
-    * objects cannot be copied.
-    */
-   AutoLockCounter( const AutoLockCounter& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because %AutoLockCounter
-    * objects cannot be copied.
-    */
-   AutoLockCounter& operator =( const AutoLockCounter& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment. This operator is disabled because %AutoLockCounter
-    * objects cannot be move-assigned.
-    */
-   AutoLockCounter& operator =( AutoLockCounter&& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Locks the monitored mutex object, if it has not been previously locked by
-    * this object.
-    */
-   void Lock()
-   {
-      if ( m_mutex != nullptr )
-         if ( m_lock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            m_mutex->Lock();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Unlocks the monitored mutex object, if it has been previously locked by
-    * this object.
-    */
-   void Unlock()
-   {
-      if ( m_mutex != nullptr )
-         if ( m_lock.TestAndSet( 1, 0 ) )
-            m_mutex->Unlock();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   pcl::Mutex* m_mutex = nullptr;
-   AtomicInt*  m_count = nullptr;
-   AtomicInt   m_lock;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \def   Synchronized
- * \brief A macro to protect a simple fragment of code with a Mutex object.
- *
- * Example of use:
- *
- * \code
- * Mutex mutex;
- * ...
- * Synchronized( mutex, count += img.Width(); )
- * \endcode
- *
- * The protected code should not contain tokens that could invalidate macro
- * argument semantics. To synchronize more complex pieces of code, use an
- * AutoLock object explicitly. For example:
- *
- * \code
- * Mutex mutex;
- * ...
- * {
- *    AutoLock locker( mutex );
- *    ... some code to protect here ...
- * }
- * \endcode
- */
-#define Synchronized( mutex, code )    \
-{                                      \
-   pcl::AutoLock _________( mutex );   \
-   code                                \
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_AutoLock_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AutoLock.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AutoPointer.h

@@ -1,912 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AutoPointer.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AutoPointer_h
-#define __PCL_AutoPointer_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AutoPointer.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Utility.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class StandardDeleter
- * \brief An object deleter that uses the standard delete operator.
- *
- * Deleter objects are used by smart pointer classes (e.g., AutoPointer) to
- * destroy and deallocate dynamically allocated objects. A valid deleter class
- * must implement the following member functions:
- *
- * \li Default constructor.
- *
- * \li Copy constructor.
- *
- * \li Move constructor.
- *
- * \li Function call operator with a single argument of type T* (pointer to T).
- * This member function will destroy and deallocate the T object pointed to by
- * its argument.
- *
- * \li Function call operator with a single argument of type T[] (array of T).
- * This member function will destroy and deallocate a contiguous sequence of
- * objects stored at the location pointed to by its argument.
- *
- * %StandardDeleter implements object and array destruction/deallocation by
- * calling the standard \c delete operator.
- *
- * \sa AutoPointer, AutoPointerCloner
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS StandardDeleter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the type of objects to destroy and deallocate.
-    */
-   typedef T         value_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a pointer to an object to destroy and deallocate.
-    */
-
-   typedef T*        pointer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Function call operator. Destroys and deallocates the object pointed to by
-    * the specified pointer \a p.
-    */
-   void operator()( pointer p ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( p != nullptr )
-      delete p;
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoPointer
- * \brief A smart pointer with exclusive object ownership and optional
- * automatic object destruction.
- *
- * %AutoPointer stores a pointer to an object of which it is the sole owner.
- * The owned object can optionally be destroyed when the owner %AutoPointer
- * instance is destroyed.
- *
- * The template argument T represents the type of the objects owned by this
- * template instantiation. The template argument D represents a functor class
- * responsible for deletion of objects of type T. By default, %AutoPointer uses
- * the StandardDeleter template class, which is a simple wrapper for the
- * standard \c delete operator.
- *
- * Smart pointers are useful entities to guarantee proper destruction and
- * deallocation of data in a variety of scenarios, such as exception driven
- * code where the same objects have to be destroyed at different points in the
- * execution workflow. For example, consider the following pseudocode:
- *
- * \code
- * struct Foo { ... };
- * void Bar()
- * {
- *    Foo* one = nullptr, * two = nullptr;
- *    try
- *    {
- *       // ... some code that may create new Foo objects ...
- *       if ( condition1 ) one = new Foo;
- *       if ( condition2 ) two = new Foo;
- *       // ... some code that can throw exceptions ...
- *       if ( one != nullptr ) delete one;
- *       if ( two != nullptr ) delete two;
- *    }
- *    catch ( ... )
- *    {
- *       if ( one != nullptr ) delete one;
- *       if ( two != nullptr ) delete two;
- *       throw;
- *    }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Note that the objects pointed to by the \c one and \c two variables have to
- * be destroyed at two locations: at the bottom of the \c try block (normal
- * execution), and when an exception is caught, within the \c catch block. If
- * the %Bar() routine were more complex, even more deallocations might be
- * necessary at different locations, making the code intricate and prone to
- * memory leaks.
- *
- * All of these complexities and potential problems can be avoided easily with
- * smart pointers. For example, the following snippet would be equivalent to
- * the pseudocode above:
- *
- * \code
- * struct Foo { ... };
- * void Bar()
- * {
- *    AutoPointer<Foo> one, two;
- *    // ... some code that may create new Foo objects ...
- *    if ( condition1 ) one = new Foo;
- *    if ( condition2 ) two = new Foo;
- *    // ... some code that can throw exceptions ...
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * With smart pointers, there's no need to explicitly destroy the dynamically
- * allocated objects \c one and \c two: The %AutoPointer objects will destroy
- * and deallocate them automatically when they get out of scope. On the other
- * hand, the %AutoPointer instances behave just like normal pointers allowing
- * indirections, pointer assignments, and structure member selections for their
- * owned objects transparently. The resulting code is simpler and more robust.
- *
- * By default, when an %AutoPointer instance is destroyed it also destroys the
- * object pointed to by its contained pointer (if the %AutoPointer stores a
- * non-null pointer). This <em>automatic deletion</em> feature can be disabled
- * in some situations where a single %AutoPointer can store either a pointer to
- * a dynamically allocated object, or a pointer to an already existing object
- * that must be preserved (e.g., an object living in the stack). For example:
- *
- * \code
- * void Foo( Image& image )
- * {
- *    //
- *    // Extract the CIE L* component of a color image ...
- *    // ... or use the same image as the working lightness if it is grayscale.
- *    //
- *    AutoPointer<Image> lightness;
- *    if ( image.IsColor() )
- *    {
- *       lightness = new Image;
- *       image.ExtractLightness( *lightness );
- *    }
- *    else
- *    {
- *       lightness = &image;
- *       lightness.DisableAutoDelete();
- *    }
- *
- *    DoSomeStuffWithTheLightnessComponent( *lightness );
- *
- *    //
- *    // Insert the modified CIE L* component back in the color image.
- *    //
- *    if ( image.IsColor() )
- *       image.SetLightness( *lightness );
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * In the above code, the \c lightness variable can either store a newed image,
- * if the passed \a image is a color image, or a pointer to \a image if it is a
- * grayscale image. In the latter case we have disabled the automatic deletion
- * feature for the \c lightness %AutoPointer, so it won't delete its stored
- * pointer when it gets out of scope.
- *
- * \sa StandardDeleter, AutoPointerCloner
- */
-template <class T, class D = StandardDeleter<T> >
-class PCL_CLASS AutoPointer
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the type of the object pointed to by this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef T         value_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a pointer stored in this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef T*        pointer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a pointer to an immutable object stored in this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef const T*  const_pointer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the type of the object responsible for object deletion.
-    */
-   typedef D         deleter;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a null smart pointer.
-    *
-    * \param autoDelete    Initial state of the automatic deletion feature. The
-    *                      default value is true, so auto deletion is always
-    *                      enabled by default for newly created %AutoPointer
-    *                      objects.
-    *
-    * \param d             Deleter object, responsible for object destruction
-    *                      when the automatic deletion feature is enabled.
-    *
-    * A null smart pointer stores a null pointer, so it does not point to a
-    * valid object.
-    *
-    * A copy of the specified deleter \a d will be used. If no deleter is
-    * specified, this object will use a default-constructed instance of the
-    * \a D template argument class.
-    */
-   AutoPointer( bool autoDelete = true, const deleter& d = deleter() )
-      : m_deleter( d )
-      , m_autoDelete( autoDelete )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a smart pointer to store a given pointer.
-    *
-    * \param p             The pointer to store in this %AutoPointer instance.
-    *
-    * \param autoDelete    Initial state of the automatic deletion feature. The
-    *                      default value is true, so auto deletion is always
-    *                      enabled by default for newly created %AutoPointer
-    *                      objects.
-    *
-    * \param d             Deleter object, responsible for object destruction
-    *                      when the automatic deletion feature is enabled.
-    *
-    * A copy of the specified deleter \a d will be used. If no deleter is
-    * specified, this object will use a default-constructed instance of the
-    * \a D template argument class.
-    */
-   AutoPointer( pointer p, bool autoDelete = true, const deleter& d = deleter() )
-      : m_deleter( d )
-      , m_autoDelete( autoDelete )
-   {
-      m_pointer = p;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Non-trivial copy constructor. Constructs a smart pointer by transferring
-    * the pointer stored in another smart pointer \a x.
-    *
-    * The automatic deletion feature for this object will be in the same state
-    * as it is currently set for the source object \a x.
-    *
-    * The smart pointer \a x will transport a null pointer after this instance
-    * is constructed. This happens irrespective of the state of the automatic
-    * deletion feature. This guarantees that, as long as no two %AutoPointer
-    * instances have been \e explicitly constructed to store the same pointer,
-    * no two %AutoPointer instances can share the same pointer accidentally,
-    * and hence multiple deletions are not possible.
-    */
-   AutoPointer( AutoPointer& x )
-      : m_deleter( x.m_deleter )
-      , m_autoDelete( x.m_autoDelete )
-   {
-      m_pointer = x.Release();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   AutoPointer( AutoPointer&& x )
-      : m_deleter( std::move( x.m_deleter ) )
-      , m_autoDelete( x.m_autoDelete )
-   {
-      m_pointer = x.Release();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %AutoPointer object.
-    *
-    * If this instance stores a non-null pointer, and the automatic deletion
-    * feature is enabled, the pointed object will be destroyed by calling the
-    * deleter object.
-    */
-   virtual ~AutoPointer()
-   {
-      Reset();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this smart pointer to store the specified pointer \a p.
-    *
-    * If this instance stores a non-null pointer when this function is called,
-    * and the automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is
-    * destroyed by calling the deleter object.
-    */
-   void SetPointer( pointer p )
-   {
-      if ( m_pointer != p )
-      {
-         if ( m_autoDelete )
-            if ( m_pointer != nullptr )
-               m_deleter( Release() ); // in case m_deleter throws
-         m_pointer = p;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this smart pointer to store a null pointer.
-    *
-    * If this instance stores a non-null pointer when this function is called,
-    * and the automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is
-    * destroyed by calling the deleter object.
-    *
-    * This member function is functionally equivalent to SetPointer( nullptr ).
-    */
-   void Reset()
-   {
-      if ( m_pointer != nullptr )
-      {
-         pointer p = Release(); // in case m_deleter throws
-         if ( m_autoDelete )
-            m_deleter( p );
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Reset(). Useful to enforce semantics when the smart pointer
-    * owns the pointed object.
-    */
-   void Destroy()
-   {
-      Reset();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the pointer stored in this %AutoPointer, and causes this object
-    * to \e forget it by storing a null pointer.
-    *
-    * The object pointed is never destroyed by this function, irrespective of
-    * the state of automatic deletion. In this way, ownership of the pointed
-    * object (or more specifically, the responsibility for destroying it) is
-    * transferred to the caller.
-    */
-   pointer Release()
-   {
-      pointer p = m_pointer;
-      m_pointer = nullptr;
-      return p;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the immutable object pointed to by this %AutoPointer
-    * instance.
-    */
-   const_pointer Pointer() const
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a copy of the pointer stored in this %AutoPointer instance.
-    */
-   pointer Pointer()
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Pointer() const.
-    */
-   const_pointer Ptr() const
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Pointer().
-    */
-   pointer Ptr()
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this smart pointer object stores a null pointer.
-    */
-   bool IsNull() const
-   {
-      return m_pointer == nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this smart pointer object stores a non-null pointer.
-    * Equivalent to !IsNull().
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return !IsNull();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the automatic deletion feature of %AutoPointer is
-    * currently enabled for this object.
-    *
-    * When automatic deletion is enabled, the object pointed to by this
-    * instance will be destroyed (by calling the deleter object) when this
-    * instance is destroyed, or when it is assigned with a different pointer.
-    *
-    * When automatic deletion is disabled, the pointed object will not be
-    * destroyed automatically.
-    *
-    * See the detailed description for the %AutoPointer class for more
-    * information, including code examples.
-    *
-    * \sa EnableAutoDelete(), DisableAutoDelete()
-    */
-   bool IsAutoDelete() const
-   {
-      return m_autoDelete;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables (or disables) the automatic deletion feature of %AutoPointer for
-    * this object.
-    *
-    * \sa IsAutoDelete(), DisableAutoDelete()
-    */
-   void EnableAutoDelete( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_autoDelete = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables (or enables) the automatic deletion feature of %AutoPointer for
-    * this object.
-    *
-    * \sa IsAutoDelete(), EnableAutoDelete()
-    */
-   void DisableAutoDelete( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableAutoDelete( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable deleter object in this instance.
-    */
-   const deleter& Deleter() const
-   {
-      return m_deleter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the deleter object in this instance.
-    */
-   deleter& Deleter()
-   {
-      return m_deleter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Transfers the pointer stored in another smart
-    * pointer to this object.
-    *
-    * This assignment operator performs the following actions:
-    *
-    * (1) If this smart pointer stores a valid (non-null) pointer, and the
-    * automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is destroyed by
-    * the deleter object.
-    *
-    * (2) The pointer stored in the other smart pointer \a x is copied to this
-    * instance.
-    *
-    * (3) The other smart pointer \a x is forced to store a null pointer.
-    *
-    * (4) Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * This operator function does nothing if the specified %AutoPointer \a x
-    * stores the same pointer as this object. This prevents multiple deletions.
-    */
-   AutoPointer& operator =( AutoPointer& x )
-   {
-      SetPointer( x.Release() );
-      m_deleter = x.m_deleter;
-      m_autoDelete = x.m_autoDelete;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. For the %AutoPointer class, this member
-    * function performs the same actions as the copy assignment operator.
-    */
-   AutoPointer& operator =( AutoPointer&& x )
-   {
-      SetPointer( x.Release() );
-      m_deleter = std::move( x.m_deleter );
-      m_autoDelete = x.m_autoDelete;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this smart pointer to store the specified pointer \a p. Returns a
-    * reference to this object.
-    *
-    * If this instance stores a non-null pointer when this function is called,
-    * and the automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is
-    * destroyed by the deleter object.
-    *
-    * If this object already stores the specified pointer \a p, this function
-    * does nothing.
-    *
-    * This member function is equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * SetPointer( p );
-    * \endcode
-    */
-   AutoPointer& operator =( pointer p )
-   {
-      SetPointer( p );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the immutable object pointed to by this instance.
-    *
-    * This operator is a synonym for the Pointer() const member function.
-    */
-   operator const_pointer() const
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a copy of the pointer stored in this %AutoPointer instance.
-    *
-    * This operator is a synonym for the Pointer() member function.
-    */
-   operator pointer()
-   {
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Structure member selection operator. Returns a pointer to the immutable
-    * object pointed to by this %AutoPointer instance.
-    */
-   const_pointer operator ->() const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_pointer != nullptr )
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Structure member selection operator. Returns a copy of the pointer stored
-    * in this %AutoPointer instance.
-    */
-   pointer operator ->()
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_pointer != nullptr )
-      return m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Dereference operator. Returns a reference to the immutable object pointed
-    * to by this smart pointer.
-    */
-   const value_type& operator *() const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_pointer != nullptr )
-      return *m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Dereference operator. Returns a reference to the object pointed to by
-    * this smart pointer.
-    */
-   value_type& operator *()
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_pointer != nullptr )
-      return *m_pointer;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this smart pointer stores a non-null pointer. This
-    * operator is equivalent to !IsNull().
-    */
-   operator bool() const
-   {
-      return !IsNull();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Exchanges two smart pointers \a x1 and \a x2.
-    */
-   friend void Swap( AutoPointer& x1, AutoPointer& x2 )
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_pointer, x2.m_pointer );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_deleter, x2.m_deleter );
-      bool b = x1.m_autoDelete; x1.m_autoDelete = x2.m_autoDelete; x2.m_autoDelete = b;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   pointer m_pointer = nullptr;
-   deleter m_deleter;
-   bool    m_autoDelete = true;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define ASSERT_COPIABLE_T() \
-   static_assert( std::is_copy_constructible<T>::value, "AutoPointerCloner<> requires a copy-constructible type." )
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoPointerCloner
- * \brief A smart pointer able to generate dynamically allocated copies of the
- * objects pointed to by other smart pointers.
- *
- * %AutoPointerCloner is like AutoPointer, from which it derives publicly, with
- * the only and substantial difference that it makes a dynamically allocated
- * copy (or \e clone) of the object pointed to by another smart pointer upon
- * copy construction or copy assignment. This is useful in cases where a
- * dynamically allocated data member object must be duplicated automatically by
- * the copy constructors and copy assignment operator of its base class.
- *
- * \sa AutoPointer
- */
-template <class T, class D = StandardDeleter<T> >
-class PCL_CLASS AutoPointerCloner : public AutoPointer<T,D>
-{
-public:
-
-   typedef AutoPointer<T,D>                  base_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the type of the object pointed to by this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef typename base_type::value_type    value_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a pointer stored in this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef typename base_type::pointer       pointer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a pointer to an immutable object stored in this smart pointer.
-    */
-   typedef typename base_type::const_pointer const_pointer;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the type of the object responsible for object deletion.
-    */
-   typedef typename base_type::deleter       deleter;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a null smart pointer cloner.
-    *
-    * \param autoDelete    Initial state of the automatic deletion feature. The
-    *                      default value is true, so auto deletion is always
-    *                      enabled by default for newly created %AutoPointer
-    *                      objects.
-    *
-    * \param d             Deleter object, responsible for object destruction
-    *                      when the automatic deletion feature is enabled.
-    *
-    * A null smart pointer stores a null pointer, so it does not point to a
-    * valid object.
-    *
-    * A copy of the specified deleter \a d will be used. If no deleter is
-    * specified, this object will use a default-constructed instance of the
-    * deleter template argument class.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner( bool autoDelete = true, const deleter& d = deleter() )
-      : base_type( autoDelete, d )
-   {
-      ASSERT_COPIABLE_T();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a smart pointer cloner to store a given pointer.
-    *
-    * \param p             The pointer to store in this %AutoPointer instance.
-    *
-    * \param autoDelete    Initial state of the automatic deletion feature. The
-    *                      default value is true, so auto deletion is always
-    *                      enabled by default for newly created %AutoPointer
-    *                      objects.
-    *
-    * \param d             Deleter object, responsible for object destruction
-    *                      when the automatic deletion feature is enabled.
-    *
-    * A copy of the specified deleter \a d will be used. If no deleter is
-    * specified, this object will use a default-constructed instance of the
-    * deleter template argument class.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner( pointer p, bool autoDelete = true, const deleter& d = deleter() )
-      : base_type( p, autoDelete, d )
-   {
-      ASSERT_COPIABLE_T();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Non-trivial copy constructor. Constructs a smart pointer cloner by making
-    * a dynamically allocated copy (or \e clone) of the object pointed to by
-    * the pointer stored in another smart pointer \a x.
-    *
-    * The automatic deletion feature will be enabled for this object if a clone
-    * object is generated; otherwise it will be in the same state as it is
-    * currently set for the source object \a x.
-    *
-    * Contrarily to the copy constructor of AutoPointer, the source smart
-    * pointer \a x will not be modified in any way by this constructor.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner( const base_type& x )
-      : base_type( nullptr )
-   {
-      ASSERT_COPIABLE_T();
-      this->m_pointer = x ? new value_type( *x ) : nullptr;
-      this->m_deleter = x.m_deleter;
-      this->m_autoDelete = x || x.m_autoDelete;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. Constructs a smart pointer cloner by making a
-    * dynamically allocated copy (or \e clone) of the object pointed to by
-    * the pointer stored in another smart pointer cloner \a x.
-    *
-    * The automatic deletion feature will be enabled for this object if a clone
-    * object is generated; otherwise it will be in the same state as it is
-    * currently set for the source object \a x.
-    *
-    * Contrarily to the copy constructor of AutoPointer, the source smart
-    * pointer \a x will not be modified in any way by this constructor.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner( const AutoPointerCloner& x )
-      : base_type( nullptr )
-   {
-      ASSERT_COPIABLE_T();
-      this->m_pointer = x ? new value_type( *x ) : nullptr;
-      this->m_deleter = x.m_deleter;
-      this->m_autoDelete = x || x.m_autoDelete;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner( base_type&& x )
-      : base_type( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment from base class operator.
-    *
-    * This assignment operator performs the following actions:
-    *
-    * (1) If this smart pointer stores a valid (non-null) pointer, and the
-    * automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is destroyed by
-    * the deleter object. This behavior is the same as for AutoPointer.
-    *
-    * (2) If the other smart pointer \a x stores a valid (non-null) pointer,
-    * a dynamically allocated copy (or \e clone) of the pointed object will be
-    * generated, and a pointer to the newly constructed object will be stored
-    * in this instance. In such case, the automatic deletion feature will be
-    * enabled for this object; otherwise, it will have the same state as in the
-    * source object \a x, and this object will store a null pointer.
-    *
-    * (3) Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * In contrast to AutoPointer's copy assignment operator, this operator does
-    * not modify the specified source object \a x in any way.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner& operator =( const base_type& x )
-   {
-      this->SetPointer( x ? new value_type( *x ) : nullptr );
-      this->m_deleter = x.m_deleter;
-      this->m_autoDelete = x || x.m_autoDelete;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator.
-    *
-    * This assignment operator performs the following actions:
-    *
-    * (1) If this smart pointer stores a valid (non-null) pointer, and the
-    * automatic deletion feature is enabled, the pointed object is destroyed by
-    * the deleter object. This behavior is the same as for AutoPointer.
-    *
-    * (2) If the other smart pointer \a x stores a valid (non-null) pointer,
-    * a dynamically allocated copy (or \e clone) of the pointed object will be
-    * generated, and a pointer to the newly constructed object will be stored
-    * in this instance. In such case, the automatic deletion feature will be
-    * enabled for this object; otherwise, it will have the same state as in the
-    * source object \a x, and this object will store a null pointer.
-    *
-    * (3) Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * In contrast to AutoPointer's copy assignment operator, this operator does
-    * not modify the specified source object \a x in any way.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner& operator =( const AutoPointerCloner& x )
-   {
-      this->SetPointer( x ? new value_type( *x ) : nullptr );
-      this->m_deleter = x.m_deleter;
-      this->m_autoDelete = x || x.m_autoDelete;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. This function simply calls the base class
-    * version of the same operator and returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner& operator =( base_type&& x )
-   {
-      (void)base_type::operator =( std::move( x ) );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this smart pointer cloner to store the specified pointer \a p.
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * This member function is identical to its base class counterpart
-    * AutoPointer::operator =( pointer ). It is equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code SetPointer( p ); \endcode
-    */
-   AutoPointerCloner& operator =( pointer p )
-   {
-      this->SetPointer( p );
-      return *this;
-   }
-};
-
-#undef ASSERT_COPIABLE_T
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_AutoPointer_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AutoPointer.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AutoStatusCallbackRestorer.h

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AutoStatusCallbackRestorer.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AutoStatusCallbackRestorer_h
-#define __PCL_AutoStatusCallbackRestorer_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AutoStatusCallbackRestorer.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/StatusMonitor.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoStatusCallbackRestorer
- * \brief Automatic recovery of status monitoring callbacks.
- *
- * %AutoStatusCallbackRestorer simplifies working with different status
- * monitoring callback objects, including objects allocated as automatic
- * variables (i.e., inside functions without the static qualifier), ensuring
- * that the initial monitoring callback will be recovered when the instance
- * gets out of scope.
- *
- * An instance of %AutoStatusCallbackRestorer stores a pointer to the
- * StatusCallback object being used by a StatusMonitor instance upon
- * construction, and restores it upon destruction. This ensures that the
- * %StatusMonitor object will always be left in a valid state, even in critical
- * situations involving multiple function return points and exceptions.
- *
- * Consider the following example:
- *
- * \code
- * void Foo( Image& image )
- * {
- *    StatusCallback* oldStatus = image.StatusCallback();
- *    StandardStatus status;
- *    image.SetStatusCallback( &status );
- *    image.Status().Initialize( "Performing Foo()", image.NumberOfPixels() );
- *    image.Status().DisableInitialization();
- *
- *    try
- *    {
- *       DoFoo( image );
- *       image.SetStatusCallback( oldStatus );
- *    }
- *    catch ( ... )
- *    {
- *       image.SetStatusCallback( oldStatus );
- *       throw;
- *    }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Since \c status is an automatic variable, we cannot return from the Foo()
- * function without removing it from image.Status(), because otherwise the
- * StatusMonitor object would be referencing a dangling pointer. For this
- * reason we have to be careful to restore the \c oldStatus pointer before
- * returning from Foo(), including any possible returning points and all
- * exceptions thrown.
- *
- * With %AutoStatusCallbackRestorer the above code can be simplified to:
- *
- * \code
- * void Foo( Image& image )
- * {
- *    AutoStatusCallbackRestorer saveStatus( image.Status() );
- *    StandardStatus status;
- *    image.SetStatusCallback( &status );
- *    image.Status().Initialize( "Performing Foo()", image.NumberOfPixels() );
- *    image.Status().DisableInitialization();
- *    DoFoo( image );
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Note that the try-catch blocks are now unnecessary. As soon as the
- * \c saveStatus variable gets out of scope, the \c image.Status() object will
- * use its previous status callback again, that is, the same status callback
- * that it was using before calling Foo(). This will happen automatically,
- * including both normal function returns and uncaught exceptions within the
- * Foo() function.
- *
- * \sa StatusMonitor, StatusCallback
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AutoStatusCallbackRestorer
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoStatusCallbackRestorer object for the specified
-    * client status \a monitor.
-    *
-    * \param monitor    Reference to the client StatusMonitor instance. This
-    *                   object will store a pointer to the StatusCallback
-    *                   object currently being used by the client \a monitor.
-    *
-    * \warning The specified \a monitor object must remain valid while this
-    * object exists. Otherwise undefined behavior will be invoked when this
-    * object is destroyed.
-    */
-   explicit AutoStatusCallbackRestorer( StatusMonitor& monitor )
-      : m_monitor( monitor )
-   {
-      Store();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %AutoStatusCallbackRestorer object.
-    *
-    * This destructor restores the status callback being used by the client
-    * status monitor when this object was constructed, or upon the last call to
-    * Store().
-    */
-   ~AutoStatusCallbackRestorer()
-   {
-      Restore();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Restores the status callback that was being used by the client status
-    * monitor when this object was constructed, or upon the last call to
-    * Store().
-    */
-   void Restore()
-   {
-      m_monitor.m_callback = m_callback;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Stores the status callback currently used by the client status monitor.
-    */
-   void Store()
-   {
-      m_callback = m_monitor.m_callback;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the client status monitor object. The client
-    * status monitor has been specified upon construction of this instance and
-    * cannot be changed.
-    */
-   StatusMonitor& Monitor() const
-   {
-      return m_monitor;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the address of the status callback object currently stored by
-    * this instance. This is a pointer to a StatusCallback object that was
-    * acquired when this object was constructed, or in the last call to the
-    * Store() member function.
-    */
-   StatusCallback* Callback() const
-   {
-      return m_callback;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled.
-    */
-   AutoStatusCallbackRestorer( const AutoStatusCallbackRestorer& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This constructor is disabled.
-    */
-   AutoStatusCallbackRestorer& operator =( const AutoStatusCallbackRestorer& ) = delete;
-
-private:
-
-   StatusMonitor&  m_monitor;
-   StatusCallback* m_callback = nullptr;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_AutoStatusCallbackRestorer_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AutoStatusCallbackRestorer.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/AutoViewLock.h

@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/AutoViewLock.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_AutoViewLock_h
-#define __PCL_AutoViewLock_h
-
-/// \file pcl/AutoViewLock.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Atomic.h>
-#include <pcl/View.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoViewLock
- * \brief Automatic view lock/unlock.
- *
- * %AutoViewLock simplifies locking and unlocking View objects accessed from
- * process execution routines.
- *
- * An %AutoViewLock object locks a %View upon construction and unlocks it upon
- * destruction. This ensures that a view will never be left locked, even in
- * critical situations involving multiple function return points and
- * exceptions.
- *
- * %AutoViewLock works for %View just as AutoLock does for Mutex. The main
- * difference is that a view can be locked and unlocked for read and write
- * operations separately, while a mutex cannot.
- *
- * Typically %AutoViewLock is used within a reimplementation of the
- * ProcessImplementation::ExecuteOn() virtual member function for a process
- * instance class. Consider the following example:
- *
- * \code
- * bool FooProcessInstance::ExecuteOn( View& view )
- * {
- *    try
- *    {
- *       view.Lock();
- *
- *       ImageVariant image = view.Image();
- *
- *       if ( image.IsComplexSample() )
- *       {
- *          view.Unlock();
- *          return false;
- *       }
- *
- *       Console().EnableAbort();
- *
- *       StandardStatus status;
- *       image->SetStatusCallback( &status );
- *
- *       FooEngine::Apply( image, *this );
- *
- *       view.Unlock();
- *       return true;
- *   }
- *   catch ( ... )
- *   {
- *      view.Unlock();
- *      throw;
- *   }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * With %AutoViewLock the above code can be simplified considerably:
- *
- * \code
- * bool FooProcessInstance::ExecuteOn( View& view )
- * {
- *    AutoViewLock lock( view );
- *
- *    ImageVariant image = view.Image();
- *
- *    if ( image.IsComplexSample() )
- *       return false;
- *
- *    Console().EnableAbort();
- *
- *    StandardStatus status;
- *    image->SetStatusCallback( &status );
- *
- *    FooEngine::Apply( image, *this );
- *
- *    return true;
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Note that the try-catch blocks are now unnecessary. As soon as the \c lock
- * variable gets out of scope, the \c view object will be unlocked
- * automatically, including both normal function returns and uncaught
- * exceptions within the ExecuteOn() function. Keep in mind that all exceptions
- * will always be caught by internal PCL routines.
- *
- * \sa View
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AutoViewLock
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoViewLock object to monitor the specified \a view.
-    *
-    * \param view    A %View object that will be monitored by this
-    *                %AutoViewLock instance. The object must remain valid for
-    *                the whole lifetime of this %AutoViewLock instance.
-    *
-    * \param lock    Whether the specified \a view should be locked for read
-    *                and write operations by this constructor. The default
-    *                value is true.
-    *
-    * If the \a lock argument is true, the specified \a view will be locked for
-    * read and write operations immediately by this constructor. It will be
-    * unlocked automatically when this %AutoViewLock object gets out of scope,
-    * or if it is destroyed explicitly.
-    *
-    * By specifying \a lock=false, you can create an %AutoViewLock object to
-    * monitor a view and lock it for write operations exclusively:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * void foo( View& view )
-    * {
-    *    AutoViewLock lock( view, false ); // do not lock for read-write ops.
-    *    lock.LockForWrite();
-    *    ...
-    * }
-    * \endcode
-    *
-    * See AutoViewWriteLock for a convenience class to implements this
-    * functionality in a cleaner way.
-    */
-   explicit AutoViewLock( View& view, bool lock = true )
-      : m_view( view )
-      , m_readLock( 0 )
-      , m_writeLock( 0 )
-   {
-      if ( lock )
-         Lock();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %AutoViewLock object.
-    *
-    * If the monitored view (that was specified in the constructor) is locked,
-    * it is unlocked by this destructor.
-    */
-   ~AutoViewLock()
-   {
-      Unlock();
-      m_view = View::Null();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because views and view
-    * locks are unique objects.
-    */
-   AutoViewLock( const AutoViewLock& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because views and view locks
-    * are unique objects.
-    */
-   AutoViewLock& operator =( const AutoViewLock& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Locks the monitored view for read and write operations, if it has not
-    * been previously locked.
-    *
-    * For more information, see the documentation for View::Lock().
-    */
-   void Lock()
-   {
-      if ( !m_view.IsNull() )
-      {
-         int unlocked = 0;
-         if ( m_readLock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            ++unlocked;
-         if ( m_writeLock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            ++unlocked;
-         if ( unlocked )
-            m_view.Lock();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Unlocks the monitored view for read and write operations, if it has been
-    * previously locked.
-    *
-    * For more information, see the documentation for View::Unlock().
-    */
-   void Unlock()
-   {
-      if ( !m_view.IsNull() )
-      {
-         int locked = 0;
-         if ( m_readLock.TestAndSet( 1, 0 ) )
-            ++locked;
-         if ( m_writeLock.TestAndSet( 1, 0 ) )
-            ++locked;
-         if ( locked )
-            m_view.Unlock();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Locks the monitored view for write operations, if it has not already been
-    * write-locked.
-    *
-    * For more information, see the documentation for View::LockForWrite().
-    */
-   void LockForWrite()
-   {
-      if ( !m_view.IsNull() )
-         if ( m_writeLock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            m_view.LockForWrite();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Unlocks the monitored view for read operations, if it has already been
-    * read-locked.
-    *
-    * For more information, see the documentation for View::UnlockForRead().
-    */
-   void UnlockForRead()
-   {
-      if ( !m_view.IsNull() )
-         if ( m_readLock.TestAndSet( 1, 0 ) )
-            m_view.UnlockForRead();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Unlocks the monitored view for read operations only, if it has not
-    * already been unlocked.
-    *
-    * For more information, see the documentation for View::RelockForRead().
-    */
-   void RelockForRead()
-   {
-      if ( !m_view.IsNull() )
-         if ( m_readLock.TestAndSet( 0, 1 ) )
-            m_view.RelockForRead();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   View      m_view;
-   AtomicInt m_readLock;
-   AtomicInt m_writeLock;
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class AutoViewWriteLock
- * \brief Automatic write-only view lock/unlock.
- *
- * %AutoViewWriteLock performs automatic write-only locking/unlocking of View
- * objects. See the documentation for the base class, AutoViewLock, for
- * complete information.
- *
- * \sa View, AutoViewLock
- */
-class PCL_CLASS AutoViewWriteLock : public AutoViewLock
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AutoViewWriteLock object to monitor the specified \a view
-    * and lock it for write operations exclusively.
-    *
-    * This constructor is equivalent to the following:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * AutoViewLock lock( view, false ); // do not lock for read-write ops.
-    * lock.LockForWrite();
-    * \endcode
-    */
-   explicit AutoViewWriteLock( View& view )
-      : AutoViewLock( view, false/*lock*/ )
-   {
-      LockForWrite();
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_AutoViewLock_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/AutoViewLock.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/BicubicFilterInterpolation.h

@@ -1,670 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/BicubicFilterInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BicubicFilterInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_BicubicFilterInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/BicubicFilterInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h>
-#include <pcl/Math.h>
-#include <pcl/Utility.h>
-#include <pcl/Vector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CubicFilter
- * \brief Mitchell-Netravali parameterized cubic filters.
- *
- * %CubicFilter implements a two-parameter, separable cubic filter as described
- * in Don P. Mitchell, Arun N. Netravali (1988), <em>%Reconstruction Filters in
- * %Computer %Graphics</em>, %Computer %Graphics, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 221-228.
- *
- * The family of cubic filters designed by Mitchell and Netravali has two
- * parameters called B and C. Although these parameters can take any values,
- * the authors recommend values pertaining to the line B + 2C = 1. In
- * particular, the filter defined by B=C=1/3 has been proven to have excellent
- * characteristics for a wide range of image reconstruction tasks.
- *
- * \sa MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter, CatmullRomSplineFilter, CubicBSplineFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CubicFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %CubicFilter object with the specified filter
-    * parameters \a B and \a C.
-    */
-   CubicFilter( double B, double C )
-      : m_B( B )
-      , m_C( C )
-   {
-      m_k31 = ( 12 -  9*m_B -  6*m_C)/6;
-      m_k21 = (-18 + 12*m_B +  6*m_C)/6;
-      m_k01 = (  6 -  2*m_B         )/6;
-      m_k32 = (        -m_B -  6*m_C)/6;
-      m_k22 = (       6*m_B + 30*m_C)/6;
-      m_k12 = (     -12*m_B - 48*m_C)/6;
-      m_k02 = (       8*m_B + 24*m_C)/6;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CubicFilter( const CubicFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~CubicFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Assignment operator.
-    */
-   CubicFilter& operator =( const CubicFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Evaluates this cubic filter for \a x.
-    *
-    * \note For performance reasons, this function returns an invalid value
-    * outside the range ]-2,+2[, which is the support of Mitchell-Netravali
-    * cubic filters. Strictly, zero should be returned outside the support
-    * range, but since this is a performance-critical routine, we have
-    * sacrified strictness for the sake of optimization. This function should
-    * never be called for Abs( \a x ) >= 2.
-    */
-   PCL_HOT_FUNCTION
-   double operator()( double x ) const noexcept
-   {
-      if ( x < 0 )
-         x = -x;
-      return (x < 1) ? m_k01 + x*x*(m_k21 + x*m_k31) :
-                       m_k02 + x*(m_k12 + x*(m_k22 + x*m_k32));
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the filter's \e width, measured from the origin to its cutoff
-    * point. We define the \e support of a (symmetric) filter as the range
-    * ]-width,+width[.
-    *
-    * Mitchell-Netravali cubic filters are zero outside the range ]-2,+2[,
-    * hence this function always returns 2.
-    */
-   double Width() const noexcept
-   {
-      return 2.0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a descriptive text string for this cubic filter.
-    */
-   virtual String Description() const
-   {
-      return String().Format( "Cubic filter (B=%.6f, C=%.6f)", m_B, m_C );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to a dynamically allocated duplicate of this filter.
-    */
-   virtual CubicFilter* Clone() const
-   {
-      return new CubicFilter( *this );
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   double m_k31, m_k21, m_k01, m_k32, m_k22, m_k12, m_k02;
-
-private:
-
-   double m_B, m_C; // for reference only; not used in calculations
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter
- * \brief Mitchell-Netravali cubic filter with B=C=1/3
- *
- * This is the cubic filter recommended by Mitchell and Netravali (1988). It is
- * implemented as a CubicFilter with parameters B=1/3 and C=1/3.
- *
- * \sa CubicFilter, CatmullRomSplineFilter, CubicBSplineFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter : public CubicFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter object.
-    */
-   MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter()
-      : CubicFilter( 1.0/3, 1.0/3 )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter( const MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Description() const override
-   {
-      return "Mitchell-Netravali cubic filter";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   CubicFilter* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter( *this );
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class CatmullRomSplineFilter
- * \brief Catmull-Rom spline filter
- *
- * The Catmull-Rom spline filter is implemented as a CubicFilter with
- * parameters B=0 and C=0.5.
- *
- * \sa CubicFilter, MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter, CubicBSplineFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CatmullRomSplineFilter : public CubicFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %CatmullRomSplineFilter object.
-    */
-   CatmullRomSplineFilter()
-      : CubicFilter( 0, 0.5 )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CatmullRomSplineFilter( const CatmullRomSplineFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~CatmullRomSplineFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Description() const override
-   {
-      return "Catmull-Rom spline filter";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   CubicFilter* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new CatmullRomSplineFilter( *this );
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class CubicBSplineFilter
- * \brief Cubic B-spline filter
- *
- * The cubic B-spline filter is implemented as a CubicFilter with
- * parameters B=1 and C=0.
- *
- * \sa CubicFilter, MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter, CatmullRomSplineFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CubicBSplineFilter : public CubicFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %CubicBSplineFilter object.
-    */
-   CubicBSplineFilter()
-      : CubicFilter( 1, 0 )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CubicBSplineFilter( const CubicBSplineFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~CubicBSplineFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Description() const override
-   {
-      return "Cubic B-spline filter";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   CubicFilter* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new CubicBSplineFilter( *this );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_width      this->m_width
-#define m_height     this->m_height
-#define m_fillBorder this->m_fillBorder
-#define m_fillValue  this->m_fillValue
-#define m_data       this->m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BicubicFilterInterpolation
- * \brief Bicubic filter interpolation algorithms.
- *
- * Bicubic filter interpolation uses a \e cubic \e filter (an instance of
- * CubicFilter or a derived class) to interpolate pixel values in a rectangular
- * pixel matrix of the specified horizontal and vertical \e radii. Thanks to
- * the separability of cubic filters, %BicubicFilterInterpolation can be
- * applied with a different filter size on each axis.
- *
- * \sa BidimensionalInterpolation, CubicFilter, MitchellNetravaliCubicFilter,
- * CatmullRomSplineFilter, CubicBSplineFilter, NearestNeighborInterpolation,
- * BilinearInterpolation, BicubicSplineInterpolation,
- * BicubicBSplineInterpolation, LanczosInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BicubicFilterInterpolation : public BidimensionalInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %BicubicFilterInterpolation instance.
-    *
-    * \param rx,ry   Horizontal and vertical interpolation radii, respectively,
-    *                in pixels. Both radii must be >= 1. Interpolation will
-    *                take place in a rectangular pixel matrix with 2*rx + 1
-    *                columns and 2*ry + 1 rows.
-    *
-    * \param filter  Reference to a CubicFilter instance that will be used as
-    *                the interpolation filter.
-    */
-   BicubicFilterInterpolation( int rx, int ry, const CubicFilter& filter )
-      : m_rx( Max( 1, rx ) )
-      , m_ry( Max( 1, ry ) )
-      , m_filter( filter )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rx >= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( ry >= 1 )
-      Initialize();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BicubicFilterInterpolation( const BicubicFilterInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~BicubicFilterInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void Initialize( const T* data, int dataWidth, int dataHeight ) override
-   {
-      BidimensionalInterpolation<T>::Initialize( data, dataWidth, dataHeight );
-
-      if ( m_rx > m_width || m_ry > m_height )
-      {
-         m_rx = Min( m_rx, m_width );
-         m_ry = Min( m_ry, m_height );
-         Initialize();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated value at {\a x,\a y} location.
-    *
-    * \param x,y  Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,vertical).
-    *
-    * %Interpolation takes place on a rectangular matrix whose center is the
-    * nearest pixel to {\a x, \a y}. The interpolation matrix has 2*rx + 1
-    * columns and 2*ry + 1 rows, where rx and ry are the horizontal and
-    * vertical interpolation radii, respectively.
-    */
-   PCL_HOT_FUNCTION
-   double operator()( double x, double y ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_data != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x >= 0 && x < m_width )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( y >= 0 && y < m_height )
-      PCL_CHECK( m_rx >= 1 && m_rx <= m_width )
-      PCL_CHECK( m_ry >= 1 && m_ry <= m_height )
-      PCL_CHECK( !m_k.IsEmpty() )
-
-      int x0 = Range( RoundInt( x ), 0, m_width-1 );
-      int y0 = Range( RoundInt( y ), 0, m_height-1 );
-
-      double dx = x - x0;
-      double dy = y - y0;
-
-      int64 d = int64( y0 - m_ry )*m_width + x0 - m_rx;
-
-      if ( m_rx >= m_ry )
-      {
-         double wx = 0;
-         for ( int xi = -m_rx, c = 0; xi <= m_rx; ++xi, ++c )
-            wx += (m_k[c] = m_filter( m_sx*(xi - dx) ));
-
-         double sy = 0, wy = 0;
-         for ( int yi = -m_ry; yi <= m_ry; ++yi )
-         {
-            double ky = m_filter( m_sy*(yi - dy) );
-            wy += ky;
-
-            const T* p;
-            int y = y0 + yi;
-
-            if ( y < 0 )
-            {
-               d += m_width;
-
-               if ( m_fillBorder )
-               {
-                  sy += m_fillValue * ky;
-                  continue;
-               }
-
-               p = m_data + (d - 2*int64( m_width )*(y + 1));
-            }
-            else if ( y >= m_height )
-            {
-               if ( m_fillBorder )
-               {
-                  sy += m_fillValue * ky;
-                  continue;
-               }
-
-               p = m_data + (d -= m_width);
-            }
-            else
-            {
-               p = m_data + d;
-               d += m_width;
-            }
-
-            int x  = x0 - m_rx;
-            int x2 = x0 + m_rx;
-            int x1 = Min( x2, m_width-1 );
-            double sx = 0;
-            const double* kx = m_k.Begin();
-
-            while ( x < 0 )
-            {
-               ++x;
-               ++p;
-               sx += (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : double( *(p - (x + x)) )) * *kx++;
-            }
-
-            for ( ;; )
-            {
-               sx += *p++ * *kx++;
-               if ( ++x > x1 )
-                  break;
-            }
-
-            while ( x <= x2 )
-            {
-               sx += (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : double( *--p )) * *kx++;
-               ++x;
-            }
-
-            sy += sx/wx * ky;
-         }
-
-         return sy/wy;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         double wy = 0;
-         for ( int yi = -m_ry, r = 0; yi <= m_ry; ++yi, ++r )
-            wy += (m_k[r] = m_filter( m_sy*(yi - dy) ));
-
-         double sx = 0, wx = 0;
-         for ( int xi = -m_rx; xi <= m_rx; ++xi )
-         {
-            double kx = m_filter( m_sx*(xi - dx) );
-            wx += kx;
-
-            const T* p;
-            int x = x0 + xi;
-
-            if ( x < 0 )
-            {
-               ++d;
-
-               if ( m_fillBorder )
-               {
-                  sx += m_fillValue * kx;
-                  continue;
-               }
-
-               p = m_data + (d - 2*(x + 1));
-            }
-            else if ( x >= m_width )
-            {
-               if ( m_fillBorder )
-               {
-                  sx += m_fillValue * kx;
-                  continue;
-               }
-
-               p = m_data + --d;
-            }
-            else
-               p = m_data + d++;
-
-            int y  = y0 - m_ry;
-            int y2 = y0 + m_ry;
-            int y1 = Min( y2, m_height-1 );
-            double sy = 0;
-            const double* ky = m_k.Begin();
-
-            while ( y < 0 )
-            {
-               ++y;
-               p += m_width;
-               sy += (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : double( *(p - (y + y)*m_width) )) * *ky++;
-            }
-
-            for ( ;; )
-            {
-               sy += *p * *ky++;
-               p += m_width;
-               if ( ++y > y1 )
-                  break;
-            }
-
-            while ( y <= y2 )
-            {
-               sy += (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : double( *(p -= m_width) )) * *ky++;
-               ++y;
-            }
-
-            sx += sy/wy * kx;
-         }
-
-         return sx/wx;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the horizontal interpolation radius in pixels.
-    */
-   int HorizontalRadius() const noexcept
-   {
-      return m_rx;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the vertical interpolation radius in pixels.
-    */
-   int VerticalRadius() const noexcept
-   {
-      return m_ry;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets new interpolation radii.
-    *
-    * \param rx,ry   Horizontal and vertical interpolation radii, respectively,
-    *                in pixels. Both radii must be >= 1. Interpolation will
-    *                take place in a rectangular pixel matrix with 2*rh + 1
-    *                columns and 2*rv + 1 rows.
-    */
-   void SetRadii( int rx, int ry )
-   {
-      if ( rx != m_rx || ry != m_ry )
-      {
-         m_rx = Max( 1, rx );
-         m_ry = Max( 1, ry );
-
-         if ( this->data != nullptr )
-         {
-            if ( m_rx > m_width )
-               m_rx = m_width;
-            if ( m_ry > m_height )
-               m_ry = m_height;
-         }
-
-         Initialize();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to the cubic filter being used by this
-    * interpolation.
-    */
-   const CubicFilter& Filter() const noexcept
-   {
-      return m_filter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new cubic \a filter to be applied by this interpolation.
-    */
-   void SetFilter( const CubicFilter& filter )
-   {
-      m_filter = filter;
-      Initialize();
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-           int         m_rx, m_ry; // horizontal and vertical radii
-           double      m_sx, m_sy; // filter scaling ratios
-   mutable DVector     m_k;        // workspace for interpolated values
-           CubicFilter m_filter;
-
-   void Initialize()
-   {
-      m_sx = m_filter.Width()/(m_rx + 0.5);
-      m_sy = m_filter.Width()/(m_ry + 0.5);
-      m_k = DVector( 1 + (Max( m_rx, m_ry ) << 1) );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef m_width
-#undef m_height
-#undef m_fillBorder
-#undef m_fillValue
-#undef m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BicubicFilterInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/BicubicFilterInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/BicubicInterpolation.h

@@ -1,791 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/BicubicInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BicubicInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_BicubicInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/BicubicInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h>
-#include <pcl/Math.h>
-#include <pcl/Utility.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-#define m_width      this->m_width
-#define m_height     this->m_height
-#define m_fillBorder this->m_fillBorder
-#define m_fillValue  this->m_fillValue
-#define m_data       this->m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BicubicInterpolationBase
- * \brief Base class for bicubic interpolation algorithm implementations
- *
- * %BicubicInterpolationBase is a base class for BicubicSplineInterpolation and
- * BicubicBSplineInterpolation.
- *
- * \sa BicubicSplineInterpolation, BicubicBSplineInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BicubicInterpolationBase : public BidimensionalInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %BicubicInterpolationBase instance.
-    */
-   BicubicInterpolationBase() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BicubicInterpolationBase( const BicubicInterpolationBase& ) = default;
-
-protected:
-
-   void InitXY( int& i1, int& j1, double* p0, double* p1, double* p2, double* p3, double x, double y ) const noexcept
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( x ) >= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( x ) < m_width )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( y ) >= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( y ) < m_height )
-
-      // Central grid coordinates
-      i1 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( y ), 0, m_height-1 );
-      j1 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( x ), 0, m_width-1 );
-
-      // Set up source matrix
-
-      int j0 = j1 - 1;
-      int i0 = i1 - 1;
-
-      int j2 = j1 + 1;
-      int i2 = i1 + 1;
-
-      int j3 = j1 + 2;
-      int i3 = i1 + 2;
-
-      const T* fp = m_data + (int64( i0 )*m_width + j0);
-
-         // Row 0
-
-      if ( i0 < 0 )
-      {
-         fp += m_width;
-
-         if ( m_fillBorder )
-         {
-            p0[0] = p0[1] = p0[2] = p0[3] = m_fillValue;
-            goto __row1;
-         }
-      }
-
-      GetRow( p0, fp, j0, j2, j3 );
-
-      if ( i0 >= 0 )
-         fp += m_width;
-
-__row1:  // Row 1
-
-      GetRow( p1, fp, j0, j2, j3 );
-
-         // Row 2
-
-      if ( i2 < m_height )
-         fp += m_width;
-
-      GetRow( p2, fp, j0, j2, j3 );
-
-         // Row 3
-
-      if ( i3 < m_height )
-         fp += m_width;
-      else if ( m_fillBorder )
-      {
-         p3[0] = p3[1] = p3[2] = p3[3] = m_fillValue;
-         goto __done;
-      }
-
-      GetRow( p3, fp, j0, j2, j3 );
-
-__done:
-      ;
-   }
-
-   void InitYX( int& i1, int& j1, double* p0, double* p1, double* p2, double* p3, double x, double y ) const noexcept
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( x ) >= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( x ) < m_width )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( y ) >= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( int( y ) < m_height )
-
-      // Central grid coordinates
-      i1 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( y ), 0, m_height-1 );
-      j1 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( x ), 0, m_width-1 );
-
-      // Set up source matrix
-
-      int j0 = j1 - 1;
-      int i0 = i1 - 1;
-
-      int j2 = j1 + 1;
-      int i2 = i1 + 1;
-
-      int j3 = j1 + 2;
-      int i3 = i1 + 2;
-
-      const T* fp = m_data + (int64( i0 )*m_width + j0);
-
-         // Column 0
-
-      if ( j0 < 0 )
-      {
-         ++fp;
-
-         if ( m_fillBorder )
-         {
-            p0[0] = p0[1] = p0[2] = p0[3] = m_fillValue;
-            goto __col1;
-         }
-      }
-
-      GetColumn( p0, fp, i0, i2, i3 );
-
-      if ( j0 >= 0 )
-         ++fp;
-
-__col1:  // Column 1
-
-      GetColumn( p1, fp, i0, i2, i3 );
-
-         // Column 2
-
-      if ( j2 < m_width )
-         ++fp;
-
-      GetColumn( p2, fp, i0, i2, i3 );
-
-         // Column 3
-
-      if ( j3 < m_width )
-         ++fp;
-      else if ( m_fillBorder )
-      {
-         p3[0] = p3[1] = p3[2] = p3[3] = m_fillValue;
-         goto __done;
-      }
-
-      GetColumn( p3, fp, i0, i2, i3 );
-
-__done:
-      ;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   void GetRow( double* p, const T* fp, int j0, int j2, int j3 ) const noexcept
-   {
-      if ( m_fillBorder )
-      {
-           *p = (j0 >= 0) ? *fp : m_fillValue;
-         *++p = *++fp;
-
-         if ( j2 < m_width )
-         {
-            *++p = *++fp;
-            *++p = (j3 < m_width) ? *++fp : m_fillValue;
-         }
-         else
-            p[1] = p[2] = m_fillValue;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         if ( j0 < 0 )
-            ++fp;
-         *p = *fp;
-         if ( j0 >= 0 )
-            ++fp;
-         *++p = *fp;
-
-         if ( j2 < m_width )
-         {
-            *++p = *++fp;
-            if ( j3 < m_width )
-               ++fp;
-            *++p = *fp;
-         }
-         else
-         {
-            *++p = *fp;
-            *++p = *(fp - 1);
-         }
-      }
-   }
-
-   void GetColumn( double* p, const T* fp, int i0, int i2, int i3 ) const noexcept
-   {
-      if ( m_fillBorder )
-      {
-           *p = (i0 >= 0) ? *fp : m_fillValue;
-         *++p = *(fp += m_width);
-
-         if ( i2 < m_height )
-         {
-            *++p = *(fp += m_width);
-            *++p = (i3 < m_height) ? *(fp += m_width) : m_fillValue;
-         }
-         else
-            p[1] = p[2] = m_fillValue;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         if ( i0 < 0 )
-            fp += m_width;
-         *p = *fp;
-         if ( i0 >= 0 )
-            fp += m_width;
-         *++p = *fp;
-
-         if ( i2 < m_height )
-         {
-            *++p = *(fp += m_width);
-            if ( i3 < m_height )
-               fp += m_width;
-            *++p = *fp;
-         }
-         else
-         {
-            *++p = *fp;
-            *++p = *(fp - m_width);
-         }
-      }
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define InitXY this->InitXY
-#define InitYX this->InitYX
-
-/*
- * Undefine the following to use any free constant value a != -1/2
- */
-#define __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_A_IS_MINUS_ONE_HALF   1
-
-/*
- * The "a" constant controls the depth of the negative lobes in the bicubic
- * spline interpolation function, -1 <= a < 0. Larger values of a (in absolute
- * value) lead to more ringing (sharpness). The default is -1/2, as recommended
- * in [Keys 1981].
- */
-#define __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_A                    -0.5
-
-/*
- * Default clamping threshold for linear images. This value has been optimized
- * for a = -1/2. If you use another value for a, this must also be fine tuned.
- */
-#ifndef __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_CLAMPING_THRESHOLD
-#define __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_CLAMPING_THRESHOLD    0.3F
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * \class BicubicSplineInterpolation
- * \brief Bicubic spline interpolation algorithm
- *
- * Bicubic interpolation algorithms interpolate from the nearest sixteen mapped
- * source data items. Our implementation uses the following cubic spline
- * function as a separable filter to perform a convolution interpolation:
- *
- * <pre>
- * f(x) = (a+2)*x^3 - (a+3)*x^2 + 1       for 0 <= x <= 1
- * f(x) = a*x^3 - 5*a*x^2 + 8*a*x - 4*a   for 1 < x <= 2
- * f(x) = 0                               otherwise
- * </pre>
- *
- * Reference: Keys, R. G. (1981), <em>%Cubic %Convolution %Interpolation for
- * %Digital %Image %Processing</em>, IEEE Trans. %Acoustics, %Speech & %Signal
- * Proc., Vol. 29, pp. 1153-1160.
- *
- * The a constant parameter of the cubic spline (-1 <= a < 0) controls the
- * depth of the negative lobes of the interpolation function. In this
- * implementation we have set a fixed value <em>a</em>=-1/2.
- *
- * Our implementation includes an automatic <em>linear clamping</em> mechanism
- * to avoid discontinuity problems when interpolating linear images. The cubic
- * spline function has negative lobes that can cause undershoot (aka ringing)
- * artifacts when they fall over bright pixels. This happens frequently with
- * linear CCD images. See the documentation for the
- * BicubicSplineInterpolation::SetClampingThreshold( float ) function for a
- * more detailed description of the linear clamping mechanism.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BicubicSplineInterpolation : public BicubicInterpolationBase<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BicubicSplineInterpolation instance.
-    *
-    * The optional \e clamp parameter defines a threshold to trigger the
-    * <em>linear clamping</em> mechanism. See the documentation for the
-    * SetClampingThreshold( float ) function for a detailed description of the
-    * automatic linear clamping mechanism. The default value of \e clamp = 0.1
-    * is appropriate for most linear images.
-    */
-   BicubicSplineInterpolation( float clamp = __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_CLAMPING_THRESHOLD )
-      : m_clamp( Range( clamp, 0.0F, 1.0F ) )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( 0 <= clamp && clamp <= 1 )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BicubicSplineInterpolation( const BicubicSplineInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~BicubicSplineInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated value at {\a x,\a y} location.
-    *
-    * \param x,y  %Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,
-    *             vertical).
-    *
-    * This function performs a two-dimensional interpolation via a convolution
-    * with the separable cubic spline filter.
-    */
-   double operator()( double x, double y ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_data != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-
-      // Initialize grid coordinates and source matrix
-      int i1, j1;
-      double p0[ 4 ], p1[ 4 ], p2[ 4 ], p3[ 4 ];
-      InitXY( i1, j1, p0, p1, p2, p3, x, y );
-
-      // Cubic spline coefficients
-      double C[ 4 ];
-      GetSplineCoefficients( C, x-j1 );
-
-      // Interpolate neighbor rows
-      double c[ 4 ];
-      c[0] = Interpolate( p0, C );
-      c[1] = Interpolate( p1, C );
-      c[2] = Interpolate( p2, C );
-      c[3] = Interpolate( p3, C );
-
-      // Interpolate result vertically
-      GetSplineCoefficients( C, y-i1 );
-      return Interpolate( c, C );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Horizontal interpolation.
-    *
-    * \param x,y        %Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,
-    *                   vertical).
-    *
-    * \param[out] fx    Address of the first element of a vector where the four
-    *                   interpolated X-values will be stored.
-    *
-    * This function interpolates horizontally the four neighbor rows for the
-    * specified \a x, \a y coordinates. This is useful when this interpolation
-    * algorithm is being used to interpolate an image on the horizontal axis
-    * exclusively.
-    */
-   void InterpolateX( double fx[], double x, double y ) const noexcept
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_data != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-
-      // Initialize grid coordinates and source matrix
-      int i1, j1;
-      double p0[ 4 ], p1[ 4 ], p2[ 4 ], p3[ 4 ];
-      InitXY( i1, j1, p0, p1, p2, p3, x, y );
-
-      // Cubic spline coefficients
-      double C[ 4 ];
-      GetSplineCoefficients( C, x-j1 );
-
-      // Interpolate neighbor rows
-      fx[0] = Interpolate( p0, C );
-      fx[1] = Interpolate( p1, C );
-      fx[2] = Interpolate( p2, C );
-      fx[3] = Interpolate( p3, C );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Vertical interpolation.
-    *
-    * \param x,y        %Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,
-    *                   vertical).
-    *
-    * \param[out] fy    Address of the first element of a vector where the four
-    *                   interpolated Y-values will be stored.
-    *
-    * This function interpolates vertically the four neighbor columns for the
-    * specified \a x, \a y coordinates. This is useful when this interpolation
-    * algorithm is being used to interpolate an image on the vertical axis
-    * exclusively.
-    */
-   void InterpolateY( double fy[], double x, double y ) const noexcept
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_data != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-
-      // Initialize grid coordinates and source matrix
-      int i1, j1;
-      double p0[ 4 ], p1[ 4 ], p2[ 4 ], p3[ 4 ];
-      InitYX( i1, j1, p0, p1, p2, p3, x, y );
-
-      // Cubic spline coefficients
-      double C[ 4 ];
-      GetSplineCoefficients( C, y-i1 );
-
-      // Interpolate neighbor columns
-      fy[0] = Interpolate( p0, C );
-      fy[1] = Interpolate( p1, C );
-      fy[2] = Interpolate( p2, C );
-      fy[3] = Interpolate( p3, C );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * %Vector interpolation.
-    *
-    * \param c    Address of the first element of a vector of four data points.
-    *
-    * \param dx   %Interpolation point in the range [0,+1[. A value of zero
-    *             corresponds to the second element in the f vector.
-    *
-    * This function interpolates four neighbor rows or columns by direct
-    * convolution with the cubic spline function. The four elements of the \a c
-    * vector can be raw data points, to use cubic spline interpolation in one
-    * dimension, or they can be interpolated rows or columns from an arbitrary
-    * 2-D matrix. For example, \a c can be generated by a previous call to
-    * InterpolateX() or InterpolateY(), respectively to provide source
-    * interpolated rows or columns, or by equivalent functions from a different
-    * separable cubic interpolation algorithm. This is useful to mix cubic
-    * spline interpolation with other interpolation algorithms, which allows
-    * for flexible interpolation schemes.
-    */
-   double InterpolateVector( const double c[], double dx ) const noexcept
-   {
-      double C[ 4 ];
-      GetSplineCoefficients( C, dx );
-      return Interpolate( c, C );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current <em>linear clamping threshold</em> for this
-    * interpolation object.
-    *
-    * See the documentation for SetClampingThreshold( float ) for a detailed
-    * description of the automatic linear clamping mechanism.
-    */
-   float ClampingThreshold() const noexcept
-   {
-      return m_clamp;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines a threshold to trigger the <em>linear clamping</em> mechanism.
-    * The clamping mechanism automatically switches to linear interpolation
-    * when the differences between neighbor pixels are so large that the cubic
-    * interpolation function may cause ringing artifacts. Ringing occurs when
-    * the negative lobes of the cubic spline interpolation function fall over
-    * isolated bright source pixels or bright edges. For example, ringing
-    * problems happen frequently around stars in linear CCD images. For
-    * nonlinear images, linear clamping is almost never necessary, as in
-    * nonlinear images (e.g., stretched deep-sky images, or diurnal images)
-    * there are normally no such large variations between neighbor pixels.
-    *
-    * Linear clamping works on a per-row or per-column basis within the
-    * interpolation neighborhood of 16 pixels. This means that when the
-    * clamping mechanism selects linear interpolation, it restricts its use to
-    * the affected (by too strong variations) row or column, without changing
-    * the bicubic interpolation scheme as a whole. This ensures artifact-free
-    * interpolated images without degrading the overall performance of bicubic
-    * spline interpolation.
-    *
-    * The specified clamping threshold \e clamp must be in the [0,1] range.
-    * Lower values cause a more aggressive deringing effect.
-    */
-   void SetClampingThreshold( float c ) noexcept
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( 0 <= c && c <= 1 )
-      m_clamp = Range( c, 0.0F, 1.0F );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   double m_clamp;
-
-   PCL_HOT_FUNCTION
-   double Interpolate( const double* __restrict__ p, const double* __restrict__ C ) const noexcept
-   {
-      // Unclamped code:
-      //return p[0]*C[0] + p[1]*C[1] + p[2]*C[2] + p[3]*C[3];
-      double f12 = p[1]*C[1] + p[2]*C[2];
-      double f03 = p[0]*C[0] + p[3]*C[3];
-      return (-f03 < f12*m_clamp) ? f12 + f03 : f12/(C[1] + C[2]);
-   }
-
-   PCL_HOT_FUNCTION
-   void GetSplineCoefficients( double* __restrict__ C, double dx ) const noexcept
-   {
-      double dx2 = dx*dx;
-      double dx3 = dx2*dx;
-
-#ifdef __PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_A_IS_MINUS_ONE_HALF
-      // Optimized code for a = -1/2
-      // We *really* need optimization here since this routine is called twice
-      // for each interpolated pixel.
-      double dx1_2 = dx/2;
-      double dx2_2 = dx2/2;
-      double dx3_2 = dx3/2;
-      double dx22 = dx2 + dx2;
-      double dx315 = dx3 + dx3_2;
-      C[0] =  dx2 - dx3_2 - dx1_2;
-      C[1] =  dx315 - dx22 - dx2_2 + 1;
-      C[2] =  dx22 - dx315 + dx1_2;
-      C[3] =  dx3_2 - dx2_2;
-#else
-#  define a (__PCL_BICUBIC_SPLINE_A)
-      C[0] =        a*dx3 -       2*a*dx2 + a*dx;
-      C[1] =  (a + 2)*dx3 -   (a + 3)*dx2         + 1;
-      C[2] = -(a + 2)*dx3 + (2*a + 3)*dx2 - a*dx;
-      C[3] =       -a*dx3 +         a*dx2;
-#  undef a
-#endif
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class BicubicInterpolation
- * \brief Bicubic interpolation - an alias for BicubicSplineInterpolation
- *
- * %BicubicInterpolation is a synonym for the BicubicSplineInterpolation class.
- *
- * \deprecated This class exists to support old PCL-based code; all new code
- * should use the BicubicSplineInterpolation class.
- *
- * \sa BicubicSplineInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BicubicInterpolation : public BicubicSplineInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BicubicInterpolation instance.
-    */
-   BicubicInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BicubicInterpolation( const BicubicInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~BicubicInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BicubicBSplineInterpolation
- * \brief Bicubic B-Spline Interpolation Algorithm
- *
- * Like bicubic spline interpolation, the bicubic B-spline interpolation
- * algorithm also interpolates from the nearest sixteen data items. However,
- * this algorithm uses B-spline interpolating functions instead of cubic
- * splines, which yields quite (too?) smooth results.
- *
- * This implementation is based on <em>Bicubic %Interpolation for %Image
- * Scaling</em>, by Paul Bourke. It performs a convolution with a nonseparable
- * 2-D filter, so its performance is O(n^2).
- *
- * \sa BicubicSplineInterpolation, BicubicInterpolation, BilinearInterpolation,
- * NearestNeighborInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BicubicBSplineInterpolation : public BicubicInterpolationBase<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BicubicBSplineInterpolation instance.
-    */
-   BicubicBSplineInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BicubicBSplineInterpolation( const BicubicBSplineInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~BicubicBSplineInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Interpolated value at \a {x,y} location.
-    *
-    * \param x,y  %Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,
-    *             vertical).
-    */
-   double operator()( double x, double y ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( f != 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-
-      // Initialize grid coordinates and source matrix
-      int i1, j1;
-      double p0[ 4 ], p1[ 4 ], p2[ 4 ], p3[ 4 ];
-      InitXY( i1, j1, p0, p1, p2, p3, x, y );
-
-      // Bicubic B-Spline interpolation functions
-
-      double dx  =  x - j1;
-      double dx0 = -1 - dx;
-      double dx1 =     -dx;
-      double dx2 =  1 - dx;
-      double dx3 =  2 - dx;
-
-      double dy  =  y - i1;
-      double dy0 = -1 - dy;
-      double dy1 =     -dy;
-      double dy2 =  1 - dy;
-      double dy3 =  2 - dy;
-
-      return
-      BXY( p0, 0, dx0, dy0 ) +
-      BXY( p0, 1, dx1, dy0 ) +
-      BXY( p0, 2, dx2, dy0 ) +
-      BXY( p0, 3, dx3, dy0 ) +
-      BXY( p1, 0, dx0, dy1 ) +
-      BXY( p1, 1, dx1, dy1 ) +
-      BXY( p1, 2, dx2, dy1 ) +
-      BXY( p1, 3, dx3, dy1 ) +
-      BXY( p2, 0, dx0, dy2 ) +
-      BXY( p2, 1, dx1, dy2 ) +
-      BXY( p2, 2, dx2, dy2 ) +
-      BXY( p2, 3, dx3, dy2 ) +
-      BXY( p3, 0, dx0, dy3 ) +
-      BXY( p3, 1, dx1, dy3 ) +
-      BXY( p3, 2, dx2, dy3 ) +
-      BXY( p3, 3, dx3, dy3 );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   double BXY( const double* __restrict__ p, int j, double x, double y ) const noexcept
-   {
-      return p[j]*B( x )*B( y );
-   }
-
-   double B( double x ) const noexcept
-   {
-      double fx = (x > 0) ? x*x*x : 0;
-
-      double fxp1 = x + 1;
-      fxp1 = (fxp1 > 0) ? fxp1*fxp1*fxp1 : 0;
-
-      double fxp2 = x + 2;
-      fxp2 = (fxp2 > 0) ? fxp2*fxp2*fxp2 : 0;
-
-      double fxm1 = x - 1;
-      fxm1 = (fxm1 > 0) ? fxm1*fxm1*fxm1 : 0;
-
-      return (fxp2 - 4*fxp1 + 6*fx - 4*fxm1)/6;
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef InitXY
-#undef InitYX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef m_width
-#undef m_height
-#undef m_fillBorder
-#undef m_fillValue
-#undef m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BicubicInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/BicubicInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BidimensionalInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_BidimensionalInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Exception.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BidimensionalInterpolation
- * \brief A generic interface to two-dimensional interpolation algorithms.
- *
- * %BidimensionalInterpolation is a base class for all two-dimensional
- * interpolation algorithm implementations in PCL.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BidimensionalInterpolation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BidimensionalInterpolation object.
-    */
-   BidimensionalInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BidimensionalInterpolation( const BidimensionalInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %BidimensionalInterpolation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~BidimensionalInterpolation()
-   {
-      Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes a new interpolation.
-    *
-    * \param data    Two-dimensional matrix of function values stored in
-    *                row-order. Must remain valid and accessible while this
-    *                object is used to compute interpolated function values.
-    *
-    * \param width   Horizontal dimension (most rapidly varying coordinate) of
-    *                the data array.
-    *
-    * \param height  Vertical dimension (most slowly varying coordinate) of the
-    *                data array.
-    */
-   virtual void Initialize( const T* data, int width, int height )
-   {
-      if ( data == nullptr )
-         throw Error( "Null data pointer in BidimensionalInterpolation::Initialize()" );
-      if ( width <= 0 || height <= 0 )
-         throw Error( "Invalid dimensions in BidimensionalInterpolation::Initialize()" );
-      m_data = data;
-      m_width = width;
-      m_height = height;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated function value at \a x, \a y coordinates.
-    */
-   virtual double operator()( double x, double y ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears auxiliary/intermediate data (and/or whatever requires clean up).
-    * Derived classes overriding this function should call their base class
-    * version via explicit downcast.
-    */
-   virtual void Clear()
-   {
-      m_data = nullptr;
-      m_width = m_height = 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the interpolated data array.
-    */
-   const T* BeingInterpolated() const
-   {
-      return m_data;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the width (number of columns) of the interpolated data matrix.
-    */
-   int Width() const
-   {
-      return m_width;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the height (number of rows) of the interpolated data matrix.
-    */
-   int Height() const
-   {
-      return m_height;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables (or disables) border filling.
-    *
-    * When border filling is enabled, a user-defined constant fill value is
-    * used to interpolate at locations near the borders of the data matrix.
-    *
-    * When border filling is disabled, existing border values are extended to
-    * interpolate at border locations (Neumann boundary conditions).
-    */
-   void EnableBorderFilling( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_fillBorder = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables (or enables) border filling.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * EnableBorderFilling( !disable );
-    */
-   void DisableBorderFilling( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      m_fillBorder = !disable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff border filling is enabled for this interpolation. See the
-    * documentation for EnableBorderFilling() for more information.
-    */
-   bool IsBorderFillingEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_fillBorder;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the border fill value \a v. See the documentation for
-    * EnableBorderFilling() for more information about border filling and
-    * boundary conditions.
-    *
-    * \param v    Border fill value. It is the responsibility of the caller to
-    *             ensure that the specified value is within the valid range of
-    *             the data type used by this interpolation.
-    */
-   void SetBorderFillValue( double v )
-   {
-      m_fillValue = v;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current border fill value for this interpolation. See the
-    * documentation for EnableBorderFilling() for more information about border
-    * filling and boundary conditions.
-    */
-   double BorderFillValue() const
-   {
-      return m_fillValue;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   const T* m_data       = nullptr; // functional data being interpolated
-   int      m_width      = 0;       // width of the data table
-   int      m_height     = 0;       // height of the data table
-   double   m_fillValue  = 0;       // fill value, when m_fillBorder = true
-   bool     m_fillBorder = false;   // don't apply Neumann boundary conditions
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_BidimensionalInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/BilinearInterpolation.h

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/BilinearInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BilinearInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_BilinearInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/BilinearInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/BidimensionalInterpolation.h>
-#include <pcl/Utility.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_width      this->m_width
-#define m_height     this->m_height
-#define m_fillBorder this->m_fillBorder
-#define m_fillValue  this->m_fillValue
-#define m_data       this->m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BilinearInterpolation
- * \brief Bilinear interpolation algorithm.
- *
- * The bilinear interpolation algorithm interpolates from the nearest four
- * mapped source data items. It builds and evaluates two linear interpolation
- * polynomials, one for each plane direction.
- *
- * \sa NearestNeighborInterpolation, BicubicSplineInterpolation,
- * BicubicBSplineInterpolation, BicubicFilterInterpolation,
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS BilinearInterpolation : public BidimensionalInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BilinearInterpolation instance.
-    */
-   BilinearInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   BilinearInterpolation( const BilinearInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~BilinearInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated value at {\a x,\a y} location.
-    *
-    * \param x,y  Coordinates of the interpolation point (horizontal,vertical).
-    */
-   double operator()( double x, double y ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_data != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( m_width > 0 && m_height > 0 )
-
-      int j0 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( x ), 0, m_width-1 );
-      int i0 = pcl::Range( TruncInt( y ), 0, m_height-1 );
-
-      int j1 = j0 + 1;
-      int i1 = i0 + 1;
-
-      double p00, p10, p01, p11;
-      const T* fp = m_data + (int64( i0 )*m_width + j0);
-
-      p00 = *fp;
-      p10 = (j1 < m_width) ? fp[1] : (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : *fp);
-
-      if ( i1 < m_height )
-         fp += m_width;
-      else if ( m_fillBorder )
-      {
-         p01 = p11 = m_fillValue;
-         goto __1;
-      }
-
-      p01 = *fp;
-      p11 = (j1 < m_width) ? fp[1] : (m_fillBorder ? m_fillValue : *fp);
-
-__1:
-      double dx = x - j0, dx1 = 1 - dx;
-      double dy = y - i0, dy1 = 1 - dy;
-      return p00*dx1*dy1 + p10*dx*dy1 + p01*dx1*dy + p11*dx*dy;
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef m_width
-#undef m_height
-#undef m_fillBorder
-#undef m_fillValue
-#undef m_data
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BilinearInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/BilinearInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/BitmapBox.h

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/BitmapBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BitmapBox_h
-#define __PCL_BitmapBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/BitmapBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Bitmap.h>
-#include <pcl/Frame.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BitmapBox
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %BitmapBox control.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %BitmapBox
- */
-class PCL_CLASS BitmapBox : public Frame
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %BitmapBox control that draws a bitmap \a bmp and is a child
-    * of \a parent.
-    */
-   BitmapBox( const Bitmap& bmp = Bitmap::Null(), Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %BitmapBox object.
-    */
-   virtual ~BitmapBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the bitmap currently drawn by this %BitmapBox control.
-    */
-   Bitmap CurrentBitmap() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the bitmap \a bmp for this %BitmapBox control.
-    */
-   void SetBitmap( const Bitmap& bmp );
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes the bitmap in this %BitmapBox control. Does not destroy the
-    * bitmap (unless it becomes unreferenced); only disassociates it from this
-    * %BitmapBox control.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      SetBitmap( Bitmap::Null() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the margin in pixels that this %BitmapBox control reserves around
-    * its bitmap.
-    */
-   int Margin() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new margin \a m in pixels for this %BitmapBox control.
-    */
-   void SetMargin( int m );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the margin of this %BitmapBox control to zero pixels.
-    */
-   void ClearMargin()
-   {
-      SetMargin( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsAutoFitEnabled() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void EnableAutoFit( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void DisableAutoFit( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableAutoFit( !disable );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BitmapBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/BitmapBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Brush.h

@@ -1,820 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Brush.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Brush_h
-#define __PCL_Brush_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Brush.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Color.h>
-#include <pcl/Rectangle.h>
-#include <pcl/UIObject.h>
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::BrushStyle
- * \brief Supported brush styles.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::Empty</td>                <td>Empty brush (transparent brush)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::Solid</td>                <td>Solid brush</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::Dense</td>                <td>Dense pattern brush</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::HalfTone</td>             <td>50% pattern brush</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::Sparse</td>               <td>Sparse pattern brush</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::HorzizontalHatch</td>     <td>-----</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::VerticalHatch</td>        <td>|||||</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::CrossHatch</td>           <td>+++++</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::ForwardDiagonalHatch</td> <td>/////</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::BackwardDiagonalHatch</td><td>\\\\\\\\\\ </td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::CrossDiagonalHatch</td>   <td>XXXXX</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::Stipple</td>              <td>Fill with a tiled Bitmap</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::LinearGradient</td>       <td>Fill with a linear gradient</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::RadialGradient</td>       <td>Fill with a radial gradient</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BrushStyle::ConicalGradient</td>      <td>Fill with a conical gradient</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace BrushStyle
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Empty,                  // empty brush (transparent brush)
-      Solid,                  // solid brush
-      Dense,                  // dense pattern brush
-      HalfTone,               // 50% pattern brush
-      Sparse,                 // sparse pattern brush
-      HorzizontalHatch,       // -----
-      VerticalHatch,          // |||||
-      CrossHatch,             // +++++
-      ForwardDiagonalHatch,   // /////
-      BackwardDiagonalHatch,  // \\\\\. <--- why this dot? :)
-      CrossDiagonalHatch,     // XXXXX
-      Stipple,                // fill with a tiled Bitmap
-      LinearGradient,         // fill with a linear gradient
-      RadialGradient,         // fill with a radial gradient
-      ConicalGradient,        // fill with a conical gradient
-
-      NumberOfBrushStyles
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::GradientSpreadMode
- * \brief Supported gradient spread modes.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>GradientSpreadMode::Pad</td>     <td>Areas outside the gradient are filled with the nearest (first or last) stop color.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GradientSpreadMode::Reflect</td> <td>Gradients are reflected outside gradient areas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GradientSpreadMode::Repeat</td>  <td>Gradients are repeated outside gradient areas.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace GradientSpreadMode
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Pad,
-      Reflect,
-      Repeat,
-
-      NumberOfGradientSpreadModes
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-class PCL_CLASS Bitmap;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Brush
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %Brush object.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Brush.
- *
- * \sa GradientBrush, LinearGradientBrush, RadialGradientBrush,
- * ConicalGradientBrush
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Brush : public UIObject
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the brush style.
-    * Supported values are defined in the BrushStyle namespace.
-    */
-   typedef BrushStyle::value_type   style;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a brush with the specified \a color and \a style.
-    */
-   Brush( RGBA color = 0xff000000, style = BrushStyle::Solid );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a stippled brush with the specified bitmap pattern \a bmp.
-    */
-   Brush( const Bitmap& bmp );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side brush
-    * as the specified instance \a b.
-    */
-   Brush( const Brush& b ) : UIObject( b )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Brush( Brush&& x ) : UIObject( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Brush object. If this object references an existing brush in
-    * the PixInsight core application, its reference count is decremented. If
-    * it becomes unreferenced, it will be garbage-collected.
-    */
-   virtual ~Brush()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side brush as the specified
-    * instance \a b. If the previous brush becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   Brush& operator =( const Brush& b )
-   {
-      Assign( b );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Brush& operator =( Brush&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a <em>null brush</em>. A null %Brush object does
-    * not correspond to an existing brush object in the PixInsight core
-    * application.
-    */
-   static Brush& Null();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current color of this brush.
-    */
-   RGBA Color() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the color of this brush.
-    */
-   void SetColor( RGBA );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current style of this brush.
-    */
-   style Style() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this brush is solid, i.e. if its current style is
-    * BrushStyle::Solid.
-    */
-   bool IsSolid() const
-   {
-      return Style() == BrushStyle::Solid;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this brush is empty (or transparent), i.e. if its current
-    * style is BrushStyle::Empty. An empty brush produces transparent shapes.
-    */
-   bool IsEmpty() const
-   {
-      return Style() == BrushStyle::Empty;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this brush is transparent. This function is a synonym
-    * for IsEmpty().
-    */
-   bool IsTransparent() const
-   {
-      return IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this brush is \e stippled, i.e. if its current style is
-    * BrushStyle::Stippled. A stippled brush draws a regular pattern
-    * consisting of multiple, adjacent copies of a Bitmap image.
-    */
-   bool IsStippled() const
-   {
-      return Style() == BrushStyle::Stipple;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the style of this brush.
-    *
-    * Gradient styles (BrushStyle::LinearGradient, BrushStyle::RadialGradient
-    * and BrushStyle::ConicalGradient) cannot be set with this function, since
-    * gradient brushes are implemented as separate PCL classes
-    * (LinearGradientBrush, RadialGradientBrush and ConicalGradientBrush,
-    * respectively).
-    */
-   void SetStyle( style );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current \e stipple of this brush. If the current style of
-    * this brush is not BrushStyle::Stippled, a null Bitmap object is
-    * returned.
-    */
-   Bitmap Stipple() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current \e stipple for this brush. This function implicitly
-    * forces the style of this brush to be BrushStyle::Stippled.
-    */
-   void SetStipple( const Bitmap& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object is a gradient brush.
-    */
-   virtual bool IsGradient() const
-   {
-      return false;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   Brush( void* h ) : UIObject( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   void* CloneHandle() const override;
-
-   friend class GraphicsContextBase;
-   friend class Graphics;
-   friend class VectorGraphics;
-   friend class GradientBrush;
-   friend class Pen;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GradientBrush
- * \brief Base class of PCL gradient brushes.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %GradientBrush.
- *
- * \sa Brush, LinearGradientBrush, RadialGradientBrush, ConicalGradientBrush
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GradientBrush : public Brush
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a gradient spread mode.
-    * Supported values are defined in the GradientSpreadMode namespace.
-    */
-   typedef GradientSpreadMode::value_type    spread_mode;
-
-   /*! \struct Stop
-    *  \brief Gradient stop.
-    *
-    * A gradient brush interpolates color values from an ordered list of
-    * <em>gradient stops</em>. A gradient stop is formed by a position in the
-    * [0,1] range and a RGBA color value.
-    */
-   struct Stop
-   {
-      double position = 0;       //!< Stop position in the [0,1] range, where 0 and 1 correspond, respectively, to the starting and end locations of the gradient area.
-      RGBA   color = 0xff000000; //!< Stop color encoded as a 32-bit AARRGGBB value.
-
-      /*!
-       * Constructs a default gradient stop.
-       */
-      Stop() = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Constructs a gradient stop at the specified position \a p with the
-       * color \a c.
-       */
-      Stop( double p, RGBA c )
-         : position( Range( p, 0.0, 1.0 ) )
-         , color( c )
-      {
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Copy constructor.
-       */
-      Stop( const Stop& ) = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Equality operator. Used to enforce ordering of gradient stop lists.
-       */
-      bool operator ==( const Stop& x ) const
-      {
-         return position == x.position && color == x.color;
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Less than relational operator. Used to enforce ordering of gradient
-       * stop lists.
-       *
-       * Gradient stop comparison is exclusively based on stop positions; stop
-       * colors are irrelevant for ordering.
-       */
-      bool operator <( const Stop& x ) const
-      {
-         return position < x.position; // color is irrelevant to ordering of gradient stops
-      }
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of gradient stops.
-    */
-   typedef Array<Stop>  stop_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the list of stops in this gradient brush.
-    */
-   stop_list Stops() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current gradient spread mode for this gradient brush.
-    */
-   spread_mode SpreadMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool IsGradient() const override
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   GradientBrush( void* h ) : Brush( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   GradientBrush( const GradientBrush& x ) : Brush( x )
-   {
-   }
-
-   GradientBrush( GradientBrush&& x ) : Brush( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class LinearGradientBrush
- * \brief Linear gradient brush.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %LinearGradientBrush.
- *
- * \sa Brush, GradientBrush, RadialGradientBrush, ConicalGradientBrush
- */
-class PCL_CLASS LinearGradientBrush : public GradientBrush
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a gradient spread mode.
-    * Supported values are defined in the GradientSpreadMode namespace.
-    */
-   typedef GradientBrush::spread_mode  spread_mode;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of gradient stops.
-    */
-   typedef GradientBrush::stop_list    stop_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %LinearGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * \param x1,y1   Coordinates of the gradient's starting point.
-    *
-    * \param x2,y2   Coordinates of the gradient's end point.
-    *
-    * \param stops   Reference to a list of gradient stops. If an empty list is
-    *                specified (as by default), two stops will be generated
-    *                automatically: {0.0,0x00000000} and {1.0,0xFF000000}.
-    *
-    * \param spread  Gradient spread mode. Supported spread modes are defined
-    *                in the GradientSpreadMode namespace. The default is
-    *                GradientSpreadMode::Pad.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush( double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2,
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %LinearGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the linear gradient parameters are
-    * specified as a rectangle \a r using floating point coordinates.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush( const DRect& r,
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %LinearGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the linear gradient parameters are
-    * specified as a rectangle \a r using integer coordinates.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush( const Rect& r,
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side brush
-    * as the specified instance \a b.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush( const LinearGradientBrush& b )
-      : GradientBrush( b )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush( LinearGradientBrush&& x )
-      : GradientBrush( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side brush as the specified
-    * instance \a b. If the previous brush becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush& operator =( const LinearGradientBrush& b )
-   {
-      SetHandle( b.handle );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   LinearGradientBrush& operator =( LinearGradientBrush&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the linear gradient parameters of this object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] x1,y1    Coordinates of the gradient's starting point.
-    * \param[out] x2,y2    Coordinates of the gradient's end point.
-    *
-    * \sa Parameters()
-    */
-   void GetParameters( double& x1, double& y1, double& x2, double& y2 ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns  the linear gradient parameters of this object as a DRect
-    * object.
-    *
-    * \sa GetParameters( double&, double&, double&, double& )
-    */
-   DRect Parameters() const
-   {
-      DRect r;
-      GetParameters( r.x0, r.y0, r.x1, r.y1 );
-      return r;
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class RadialGradientBrush
- * \brief Radial gradient brush.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %RadialGradientBrush.
- *
- * \sa Brush, GradientBrush, LinearGradientBrush, ConicalGradientBrush
- */
-class PCL_CLASS RadialGradientBrush : public GradientBrush
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a gradient spread mode.
-    * Supported values are defined in the GradientSpreadMode namespace.
-    */
-   typedef GradientBrush::spread_mode  spread_mode;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of gradient stops.
-    */
-   typedef GradientBrush::stop_list    stop_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %RadialGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * \param cx,cy   Coordinates of the gradient's center.
-    *
-    * \param r       Gradient's radius.
-    *
-    * \param fx,fy   Coordinates of the gradient's focal point. If these
-    *                coordinates are not specified, they will be set at
-    *                the specified gradient's center point.
-    *
-    * \param stops   Reference to a list of gradient stops. If an empty list is
-    *                specified (as by default), two stops will be generated
-    *                automatically: {0.0,0x00000000} and {1.0,0xFF000000}.
-    *
-    * \param spread  Gradient spread mode. Supported spread modes are defined
-    *                in the GradientSpreadMode namespace. The default is
-    *                GradientSpreadMode::Pad.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush( double cx, double cy, double r, double fx = uint32_max, double fy = uint32_max,
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %RadialGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the radial gradient parameters are
-    * specified as a center point \a c, radius \a r and focal point \a f.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush( const DPoint& c, double r, const DPoint& f = DPoint( uint32_max ),
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %RadialGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the radial gradient parameters are
-    * specified as a center point \a c, radius \a r and focal point \a f.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush( const Point& c, double r, const Point& f = Point( uint32_max ),
-                        const stop_list& stops = stop_list(),
-                        spread_mode spread = GradientSpreadMode::Pad );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side brush
-    * as the specified instance \a b.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush( const RadialGradientBrush& b )
-      : GradientBrush( b )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush( RadialGradientBrush&& x )
-      : GradientBrush( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side brush as the specified
-    * instance \a b. If the previous brush becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush& operator =( const RadialGradientBrush& b )
-   {
-      SetHandle( b.handle );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   RadialGradientBrush& operator =( RadialGradientBrush&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the radial gradient parameters of this object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] cx,cy    Coordinates of the gradient's center.
-    * \param[out] r        Gradient's radius.
-    * \param[out] fx,fy    Coordinates of the gradient's focal point.
-    *
-    * \sa GetParameters( DPoint&, double&, DPoint& )
-    */
-   void GetParameters( double& cx, double& cy, double& r, double& fx, double& fy ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns  the radial gradient parameters of this object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded function, provided for convenience. It behaves like
-    * the preceding function, except the center and focal point parameters are
-    * retrieved as DPoint objects.
-    *
-    * \sa GetParameters( double&, double&, double&, double&, double& )
-    */
-   void GetParameters( DPoint& c, double& r, DPoint& f ) const
-   {
-      GetParameters( c.x, c.y, r, f.x, f.y );
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class ConicalGradientBrush
- * \brief Conical gradient brush.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %ConicalGradientBrush.
- *
- * \sa Brush, GradientBrush, LinearGradientBrush, RadialGradientBrush
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ConicalGradientBrush : public GradientBrush
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of gradient stops.
-    */
-   typedef GradientBrush::stop_list    stop_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ConicalGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * \param cx,cy   Coordinates of the gradient's center.
-    *
-    * \param a       Gradient's angle in radians.
-    *
-    * \param stops   Reference to a list of gradient stops. If an empty list is
-    *                specified (as by default), two stops will be generated
-    *                automatically: {0.0,0x00000000} and {1.0,0xFF000000}.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush( double cx, double cy, double a, const stop_list& stops = stop_list() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ConicalGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the conical gradient parameters
-    * specified as a center point \a c and angle \a a in radians.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush( const DPoint& c, double a, const stop_list& stops = stop_list() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ConicalGradientBrush object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded constructor, provided for convenience. It behaves
-    * like the preceding constructor, except the conical gradient parameters
-    * specified as a center point \a c and angle \a a in radians.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush( const Point& c, double a, const stop_list& stops = stop_list() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side brush
-    * as the specified instance \a b.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush( const ConicalGradientBrush& b )
-      : GradientBrush( b )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush( ConicalGradientBrush&& x )
-      : GradientBrush( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side brush as the specified
-    * instance \a b. If the previous brush becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush& operator =( const ConicalGradientBrush& b )
-   {
-      SetHandle( b.handle );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ConicalGradientBrush& operator =( ConicalGradientBrush&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the conical gradient parameters of this object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] cx,cy    Coordinates of the gradient's center.
-    * \param[out] a        Gradient's angle in radians.
-    *
-    * \sa GetParameters( DPoint&, double& )
-    */
-   void GetParameters( double& cx, double& cy, double& a ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the conical gradient parameters of this object.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded function, provided for convenience. It behaves like
-    * the preceding function, except the center coordinates are retrieved as a
-    * DPoint object.
-    *
-    * \sa GetParameters( double&, double&, double& )
-    */
-   void GetParameters( DPoint& c, double& a ) const
-   {
-      GetParameters( c.x, c.y, a );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Brush_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Brush.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Button.h

@@ -1,430 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Button.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Button_h
-#define __PCL_Button_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Button.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-#include <pcl/Bitmap.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::CheckState
- * \brief Button check states
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>CheckState::Unchecked</td>   <td>The control is not checked</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>CheckState::Checked</td>     <td>The control is checked</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>CheckState::ThirdState</td>  <td>The check box is in its 'third state'</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- */
-namespace CheckState
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Unchecked,  // the item is not checked
-      Checked,    // the item is checked
-      ThirdState  // the check box is in its 'third state'
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Button
- * \brief Abstract base class for all client-side interfaces to PixInsight
- *        button controls.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for Button
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Button : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a button check state. Supported values are defined in the
-    * CheckState namespace.
-    */
-   typedef CheckState::value_type   check_state;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Button control.
-    */
-   virtual ~Button()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current button text.
-    */
-   String Text() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current button text.
-    */
-   void SetText( const String& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon shown by this button, or a null Bitmap object if
-    * this button has no associated icon.
-    */
-   Bitmap Icon() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the icon shown by this button. If a null Bitmap object is specified,
-    * no icon will be associated with this button.
-    */
-   void SetIcon( const Bitmap& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Obtains the current icon dimensions of this button in pixels. The icon's
-    * \a width and \a height are returned in the referenced variables.
-    */
-   void GetIconSize( int& width, int& height ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon width in pixels for this button.
-    */
-   int IconWidth() const
-   {
-      int width, dum; GetIconSize( width, dum ); return width;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon height in pixels for this button.
-    */
-   int IconHeight() const
-   {
-      int dum, height; GetIconSize( dum, height ); return height;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets new icon sizes for this button, \a width and \a height in pixels,
-    * respectively.
-    */
-   void SetIconSize( int width, int height );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetIconSize( int size )
-   {
-      SetIconSize( size, size );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void GetScaledIconSize( int& width, int& height ) const
-   {
-      GetIconSize( width, height ); width = PhysicalPixelsToLogical( width ); height = PhysicalPixelsToLogical( height );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledIconWidth() const
-   {
-      int width, dum; GetIconSize( width, dum ); return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( width );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledIconHeight() const
-   {
-      int dum, height; GetIconSize( dum, height ); return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( height );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetScaledIconSize( int width, int height )
-   {
-      SetIconSize( LogicalPixelsToPhysical( width ), LogicalPixelsToPhysical( height ) );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetScaledIconSize( int size )
-   {
-      size = LogicalPixelsToPhysical( size );
-      SetIconSize( size, size );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this button can be <em>pushed down</em>.
-    *
-    * \note This is a pure virtual member function that must be reimplemented
-    * by derived classes.
-    */
-   virtual bool IsPushable() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this button is in <em>pushed down</em> state.
-    */
-   bool IsPushed() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current push state of this button.
-    */
-   void SetPushed( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for SetPushed( true ).
-    */
-   void Push()
-   {
-      SetPushed( true );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for SetPushed( false ).
-    */
-   void Unpush()
-   {
-      SetPushed( false );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this button can be <em>checked</em>.
-    *
-    * \note This is a pure virtual member function that must be reimplemented
-    * by derived classes.
-    */
-   virtual bool IsCheckable() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this button is in <em>checked state</em>.
-    */
-   bool IsChecked() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current check state of this button.
-    */
-   void SetChecked( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for SetChecked( true ).
-    */
-   void Check()
-   {
-      SetChecked( true );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for SetChecked( false ).
-    */
-   void Uncheck()
-   {
-      SetChecked( false );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current check state of this button. This function must be
-    * used for button controls that can adopt \e tristate check states.
-    */
-   check_state State() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current check state of this button. This function must be used
-    * for button controls that can adopt \e tristate check states.
-    */
-   void SetState( check_state );
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnClick( Button& sender, bool checked );
-   // void OnPress( Button& sender );
-   // void OnRelease( Button& sender );
-   // void OnCheck( Button& sender, Button::check_state state );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup button_event_handlers Button Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>button click event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A button click event is generated when a button control is clicked with
-    * the mouse (pressed down then released while the mouse cursor stays within
-    * the button) or activated with the keyboard.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a button click event.
-    * \param checked Whether the sender button is currently checked.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*click_event_handler)( Button& sender, bool checked );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>button press event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A button press event is generated when a button control is either pressed
-    * down with the mouse, or released after having being pressed.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a button press event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*press_event_handler)( Button& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>button check event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A button check event is generated when a checkable button control changes
-    * its check state, either by clicking it with the mouse, or by activating
-    * it with the keyboard.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a button press event.
-    * \param state   The current check state of the sender button.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*check_event_handler)( Button& sender, Button::check_state state );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the button click event handler for this button.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The button click event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive click events from this
-    *                   button.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnClick( click_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the button press event handler for this button.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The button press event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive press events from this
-    *                   button.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnPress( press_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the button release event handler for this button.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The button release event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive release events from this
-    *                   button.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnRelease( press_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the button check event handler for this button.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The button check event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive check events from this
-    *                   button.
-    *
-    * \ingroup button_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnCheck( check_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      click_event_handler onClick   = nullptr;
-      press_event_handler onPress   = nullptr;
-      press_event_handler onRelease = nullptr;
-      check_event_handler onCheck   = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-protected:
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    */
-   Button( void* h ) : Control( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   friend class ButtonEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Button_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Button.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ButtonCodes.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ButtonCodes.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ButtonCodes_h
-#define __PCL_ButtonCodes_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ButtonCodes.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::MouseButton
- * \brief Defines PCL mouse button codes
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::Left</td>    <td>Primary mouse button</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::Right</td>   <td>Secondary mouse button</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::Middle</td>  <td>Middle mouse button</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::X1</td>      <td>First X button</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::X2</td>      <td>Second X button</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MouseButton::Unknown</td> <td>Unknown/unsupported mouse button</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace MouseButton
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      Left     = 0x01,  // Primary mouse button
-      Right    = 0x02,  // Secondary mouse button
-      Middle   = 0x04,  // Middle mouse button
-      X1       = 0x10,  // First X button
-      X2       = 0x20,  // Second X button
-      Unknown  = 0      // Unknown/unsupported mouse button
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * A combination of mouse button codes.
- */
-typedef Flags<MouseButton::mask_type>  MouseButtons;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::KeyModifier
- * \brief Defines PCL keyboard modifiers
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>KeyModifier::Shift</td>    <td>Shift key</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>KeyModifier::Control</td>  <td>Control key (Command key on macOS)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>KeyModifier::Alt</td>      <td>Alt key</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>KeyModifier::SpaceBar</td> <td>Space bar</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>KeyModifier::Meta</td>     <td>Meta key (Control key on macOS)</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace KeyModifier
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      Shift    = 0x01,  // Shift key
-      Control  = 0x02,  // Control key (= Command on macOS)
-      Alt      = 0x04,  // Alt key
-      SpaceBar = 0x08,  // Space bar
-      Meta     = 0x10   // Meta key (= Control on macOS)
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * A combination of keyboard modifiers.
- */
-typedef Flags<KeyModifier::mask_type>  KeyModifiers;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ButtonCodes_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ButtonCodes.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ByteArray.h

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ByteArray.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ByteArray_h
-#define __PCL_ByteArray_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ByteArray.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Array.h>
-#include <pcl/SortedArray.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup byte_arrays Byte Array Classes
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ByteArray
- * \brief Dynamic array of 8-bit unsigned integers
- *
- * %ByteArray is a template instantiation of Array for \c uint8.
- *
- * \ingroup byte_arrays
- * \ingroup dynamic_arrays
- */
-typedef Array<uint8>          ByteArray;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::SortedByteArray
- * \brief Dynamic sorted array of 8-bit unsigned integers
- *
- * %SortedByteArray is a template instantiation of SortedArray for \c uint8.
- *
- * \ingroup byte_arrays
- * \ingroup dynamic_arrays
- */
-typedef SortedArray<uint8>    SortedByteArray;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ByteArray_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ByteArray.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/CUDADevice.h

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/CUDADevice.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_CUDADevice_h
-#define __PCL_CUDADevice_h
-
-/// \file pcl/CUDADevice.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CUDADevice
- * \brief Access to core CUDA device services
- *
- * ### TODO: Write description.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CUDADevice
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor - deleted, not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   CUDADevice() = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor - deleted, not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   CUDADevice( const CUDADevice& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator - deleted, not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   CUDADevice& operator =( CUDADevice& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff a valid and operational CUDA device is currently
-    * available on the running PixInsight platform.
-    */
-   static bool IsAvailable() noexcept;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the identifying name of the active CUDA device, or an empty
-    * string if there is no valid CUDA device available on the running
-    * PixInsight platform.
-    */
-   static IsoString Name();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total global memory available on the active CUDA device in
-    * bytes, or zero if no valid CUDA device is available.
-    */
-   static size_type TotalGlobalMemory() noexcept;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total shared memory available per block on the active CUDA
-    * device in bytes, or zero if no valid CUDA device is available.
-    */
-   static size_type SharedMemoryPerBlock() noexcept;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum number of threads per block available in the active
-    * CUDA device, or zero if no valid CUDA device is available.
-    */
-   static int MaxThreadsPerBlock() noexcept;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_CUDADevice_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/CUDADevice.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/CanvasColor.h

@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/CanvasColor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_CanvasColor_h
-#define __PCL_CanvasColor_h
-
-/// \file pcl/CanvasColor.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CanvasColor
- * \brief A set of color values used to fill free or unused areas of images
- *
- * Some geometric image transformations, such as rotations and translations for
- * example, generate images with uncovered regions. %CanvasColor defines a set
- * of color components to initialize pixels on such unused areas.
- *
- * %CanvasColor stores pixel values in a normalized floating-point format
- * suitable to be used for any pixel sample data type. When using %CanvasColor
- * with integer-sampled images, color components should be kept normalized in
- * the normalized [0,1] range.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CanvasColor
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %CanvasColor object with zero (black) color components.
-    */
-   CanvasColor() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CanvasColor( const CanvasColor& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   CanvasColor& operator =( const CanvasColor& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the current RGB sample values in this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] v0,v1,v2    References to variables that will receive current
-    *                   sample values for the red/gray, green and blue
-    *                   channels, respectively.
-    */
-   void GetCanvasColor( float& v0, float& v1, float& v2 ) const
-   {
-      v0 = canvasColor[0]; v1 = canvasColor[1]; v2 = canvasColor[2];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the current RGBA sample values in this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] v0,v1,v2,v3    References to variables that will receive
-    *                   current sample values for the red/gray, green, blue and
-    *                   alpha channels, respectively.
-    */
-   void GetCanvasColor( float& v0, float& v1, float& v2, float& v3 ) const
-   {
-      v0 = canvasColor[0]; v1 = canvasColor[1]; v2 = canvasColor[2]; v3 = canvasColor[3];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the current sample values in this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param[out] v  Starting address of an array where current sample values
-    *                will be copied. This array must provide storage for at
-    *                least four elements.
-    */
-   void GetCanvasColor( float* v ) const
-   {
-      v[0] = canvasColor[0]; v[1] = canvasColor[1]; v[2] = canvasColor[2]; v[3] = canvasColor[3];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets current RGB sample values for this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param v0,v1,v2      New red/gray, green and blue sample values.
-    *
-    * \note The alpha component will be set to one (white, opaque).
-    */
-   void SetCanvasColor( float v0, float v1, float v2 )
-   {
-      canvasColor[0] = v0; canvasColor[1] = v1; canvasColor[2] = v2; canvasColor[3] = 1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets current RGB sample values for this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param v0,v1,v2,v3   New red/gray, green, blue and alpha sample values.
-    *
-    * \note The alpha component will be set to one (white, opaque).
-    */
-   void SetCanvasColor( float v0, float v1, float v2, float v3 )
-   {
-      canvasColor[0] = v0; canvasColor[1] = v1; canvasColor[2] = v2; canvasColor[3] = v3;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets current sample values for this %CanvasColor object.
-    *
-    * \param v    Starting address of an array from which new sample values
-    *             will be obtained. At least four elements are required.
-    */
-   void SetCanvasColor( const float* v )
-   {
-      canvasColor[0] = v[0]; canvasColor[1] = v[1]; canvasColor[2] = v[2]; canvasColor[3] = v[3];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets all sample values of this %CanvasColor object equal to an specified
-    * value \a v.
-    */
-   void SetCanvasColor( float v )
-   {
-      canvasColor[0] = canvasColor[1] = canvasColor[2] = canvasColor[3] = v;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Normalized floating-point sample values. Note that to the purpose of this
-   // structure float provides enough accuracy, even for DImage.
-   float canvasColor[ 4 ] = {}; // red/gray, green, blue, alpha
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_CanvasColor_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/CanvasColor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ChebyshevFit.h

@@ -1,945 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ChebyshevFit.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ChebyshevFit_h
-#define __PCL_ChebyshevFit_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ChebyshevFit.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Constants.h>
-#include <pcl/ErrorHandler.h>
-#include <pcl/Exception.h>
-#include <pcl/MultiVector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <typename Tx, typename Ty> class GenericScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericChebyshevFit
- * \brief Approximation of vector-valued functions by Chebyshev polynomial
- * expansions.
- *
- * %GenericChebyshevFit approximates a smooth, vector-valued function f(x) in a
- * given interval [a,b] by expansion with a set of truncated series of
- * Chebyshev polynomials. As is well known, the Chebyshev expansion:
- *
- * T(x) = Sum_i( ci*Ti(x) ),
- *
- * where i belongs to [0,&infin;), Ti(x) is the Chebyshev polynomial of the ith
- * degree, and the ci's are polynomial coefficients, is very close to the
- * optimal approximating polynomial that minimizes the error |T(x) - f(x)|,
- * where x varies over the fitting interval [a,b].
- *
- * For functions converging strongly after a given series length n, one can
- * truncate the Chebyshev series to a smaller length m < n to obtain an
- * approximating polynomial with a maximum error close to |Tm+1(x)|.
- *
- * In addition to Chebyshev expansion, truncation and approximation, this class
- * also implements generation of Chebyshev polynomials to approximate the
- * first derivative and indefinite integral of the fitted function.
- *
- * The template argument Tx represents the type of the independent variable, or
- * the type of the argument x of the fitted function y = f(x). The template
- * argument Ty represents the type of a component of the value y of the fitted
- * function.
- */
-template <typename Tx, typename Ty>
-class GenericChebyshevFit
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ordered list of Chebyshev polynomial coefficients.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<Ty>        coefficients;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a set of ordered lists of Chebyshev polynomial coefficients.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMultiVector<Ty>   coefficient_series;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a function value.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<Ty>        function_value;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a set of function values.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMultiVector<Ty>   function_values;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a truncated Chebyshev polynomial expansion with \a n
-    * coefficients to approximate the specified N-dimensional, vector-valued
-    * function \a f in the interval [\a x1,\a x2] of the independent variable.
-    *
-    * The function \a f will be called \a n times and should have the following
-    * prototype (or equivalent by means of suitable type conversions and/or
-    * default arguments):
-    *
-    * GenericVector&lt;Ty&gt; f( Tx )
-    *
-    * where the length of a returned vector must be equal to \a N.
-    *
-    * The expansion process will compute n^2 + n cosines, which may dominate the
-    * complexity of the process if the function \a f is comparatively fast.
-    *
-    * The interval [\a x1,\a x2] must not be empty or insignificant with
-    * respect to the machine epsilon. If that happens, this constructor will
-    * throw an appropriate Error exception. The interval bounds can be
-    * specified in any order, that is, \a x2 can legally be < \a x1; in such
-    * case the bounds will be implicitly swapped by this constructor.
-    *
-    * The interval [\a x1,\a x2] will be also the valid range of evaluation for
-    * this object, which can be retrieved with LowerBound() and UpperBound().
-    * See also the Evaluate() member function.
-    *
-    * The length \a n of the polynomial coefficient series should be &ge; 2. If
-    * \a n &le; 1, the specified value will be ignored and \a n = 2 will be
-    * forced. Typically, a relatively large series length should be used, say
-    * between 30 and 100 coefficients, depending on the rate and amplitude of
-    * function variations within the fitting interval. The polynomial expansion
-    * can be further truncated to approximate the function to the desired error
-    * bound. See the Truncate() and Evaluate() member functions for details.
-    */
-   template <class F>
-   GenericChebyshevFit( F f, Tx x1, Tx x2, int N, int n )
-      : dx( Abs( x2 - x1 ) )
-      , x0( (x1 + x2)/2 )
-      , m( Max( 2, n ), Max( 1, N ) )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( N > 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( n > 1 )
-      if ( 1 + dx == 1 )
-         throw Error( "GenericChebyshevFit: Empty or insignificant function evaluation interval." );
-      N = m.Length();
-      n = m[0];
-      Tx dx2 = dx/2;
-      function_values y( n, N );
-      for ( int j = 0; j < n; ++j )
-         y[j] = f( x0 + Cos( Const<Ty>::pi()*(j + 0.5)/n )*dx2 );
-      c = coefficient_series( N, n );
-      Ty k = 2.0/n;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-         for ( int j = 0; j < n; ++j )
-         {
-            Ty s = Ty( 0 );
-            for ( int k = 0; k < n; ++k )
-               s += y[k][i] * Cos( Const<Ty>::pi()*j*(k + 0.5)/n );
-            c[i][j] = k*s;
-         }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a truncated Chebyshev polynomial expansion from the specified
-    * coefficient series \a ck to approximate a vector-valued function in the
-    * interval [\a x1,\a x2] of the independent variable. The dimension of the
-    * approximated function and the coefficient series lengths are acquired
-    * from the specified container \a ck.
-    *
-    * This constructor performs basic coherence and structural integrity checks
-    * on the specified parameters, and throws the appropriate Error exception
-    * if it detects any problem. However, the validity of polynomial expansion
-    * coefficients cannot be verified; ensuring it is the responsibility of the
-    * caller.
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit( const coefficient_series& ck, Tx x1, Tx x2 )
-      : dx( Abs( x2 - x1 ) )
-      , x0( (x1 + x2)/2 )
-      , c( ck )
-      , m( int( ck.Length() ) )
-   {
-      if ( 1 + dx == 1 )
-         throw Error( "GenericChebyshevFit: Empty or insignificant function evaluation interval." );
-      if ( c.IsEmpty() )
-         throw Error( "GenericChebyshevFit: Empty polynomial expansion." );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < m.Length(); ++i )
-         if ( (m[i] = c[i].Length()) < 1 )
-            throw Error( "GenericChebyshevFit: Invalid coefficient series for dimension " + String( i ) + '.' );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * Constructs an invalid, uninitialized object that cannot be used to
-    * perform function evaluations. A default-constructed %GenericChebyshevFit
-    * object should be assigned with an already initialized instance in order
-    * to become operative.
-    *
-    * \sa IsValid()
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit( const GenericChebyshevFit& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit( GenericChebyshevFit&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit& operator =( const GenericChebyshevFit& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit& operator =( GenericChebyshevFit&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this object has been correctly initialized and can be
-    * used to perform function evaluations. Returns false if this is an
-    * uninitialized, default-constructed object
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return !c.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the lower bound of this Chebyshev fit. This is the smallest value
-    * of the independent variable for which the function has been fitted, and
-    * hence the smallest value for which this object can be legally evaluated
-    * for function approximation.
-    *
-    * \sa UpperBound()
-    */
-   Tx LowerBound() const
-   {
-      return x0 - dx/2;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the upper bound of this Chebyshev fit. This is the largest value
-    * of the independent variable for which the function has been fitted, and
-    * hence the largest value for which this object can be legally evaluated
-    * for function approximation.
-    *
-    * \sa LowerBound()
-    */
-   Tx UpperBound() const
-   {
-      return x0 + dx/2;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of components in the (vector-valued) dependent
-    * variable. This is the number of vector components in a fitted or
-    * approximated function value.
-    */
-   int NumberOfComponents() const
-   {
-      return m.Length();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of coefficients in the generated Chebyshev polynomial
-    * expansion for the specified zero-based vector component index \a i. This
-    * is the number of coefficients that was specified or acquired in a class
-    * constructor.
-    *
-    * \sa TruncatedLength()
-    */
-   int Length( int i = 0 ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i >= 0 && i < NumberOfComponents() )
-      return c[i].Length();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of coefficients in the truncated Chebyshev polynomial
-    * expansion for the specified zero-based vector component index \a i.
-    *
-    * If \a i < 0, returns the largest number of polynomial coefficients among
-    * all vector components.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate(), Length()
-    */
-   int TruncatedLength( int i = -1 ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i < 0 || i < NumberOfComponents() )
-      if ( i < 0 )
-         return m.MaxComponent();
-      return m[i];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of coefficients in this Chebyshev polynomial
-    * expansion, or the sum of computed coefficients for all vector components.
-    *
-    * \sa NumberOfTruncatedCoefficients()
-    */
-   int NumberOfCoefficients() const
-   {
-      int N = 0;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < NumberOfComponents(); ++i )
-         N += c[i].Length();
-      return N;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of coefficients in the truncated Chebyshev
-    * polynomial expansion, or the sum of the lengths of the truncated
-    * coefficients series for all vector components.
-    *
-    * \sa NumberOfCoefficients()
-    */
-   int NumberOfTruncatedCoefficients() const
-   {
-      return m.Sum();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the Chebyshev polynomial expansion has been truncated
-    * for the specified zero-based vector component index \a i.
-    *
-    * If \a i < 0, returns true iff the expansions have been truncated for all
-    * vector components.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate(), TruncatedLength()
-    */
-   bool IsTruncated( int i = -1 ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i < 0 || i < NumberOfComponents() )
-      if ( i < 0 )
-         return m.MaxComponent() < Length();
-      return m[i] < c[i].Length();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an estimate of the maximum error in the truncated Chebyshev
-    * polynomial expansion for the specified zero-based vector component index
-    * \a i.
-    *
-    * If \a i < 0, returns the largest expansion error estimate among all
-    * vector components.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate()
-    */
-   Ty TruncationError( int i = -1 ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i < 0 || i < NumberOfComponents() )
-      if ( i < 0 )
-      {
-         int N = NumberOfComponents();
-         function_value e( N );
-         for ( int j = 0; j < N; ++j )
-            e[j] = TruncationError( j );
-         return e.MaxComponent();
-      }
-      if ( m[i] < c[i].Length() )
-      {
-         Ty e = Ty( 0 );
-         for ( int j = c[i].Length(); --j >= m[i]; )
-            e += Abs( c[i][j] );
-         return e;
-      }
-      return Abs( c[i][c[i].Length()-1] );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Attempts to truncate the Chebyshev polynomial expansion for the specified
-    * maximum error \a e. Returns \c true iff the expansion could be truncated
-    * successfully for all vector components of the fitted function.
-    *
-    * If n is the length of a fitted polynomial series, this function finds a
-    * truncated length 1 &lt; m &le; n such that:
-    *
-    * Sum_i( |ci| ) < e
-    *
-    * where ci is a polynomial coefficient and the zero-based subindex i is in
-    * the interval [m,n-1].
-    *
-    * The truncated Chebyshev expansion will approximate the fitted function
-    * component with a maximum error close to &plusmn;|e| within the fitting
-    * interval.
-    *
-    * The optional parameter \a mmin is the minimum allowed length of a
-    * coefficient series. The value of this parameter is 2 by default, which is
-    * the minimum number of Chebyshev coefficients in a series expansion.
-    * Specifying a value greater than 2 can be useful sometimes to impose
-    * stricter accuracy constraints on the truncated series.
-    *
-    * This member function does not remove any polynomial coefficients, so the
-    * original polynomial expansion remains intact. This means that the fitted
-    * polynomials can be truncated successively to achieve different error
-    * bounds, as required.
-    *
-    * If the polynomial series cannot be truncated to achieve the required
-    * tolerance in all function components (that is, if either all coefficients
-    * for a given component are larger than \a e in absolute value, or n = 2),
-    * this function forces m = n for the components where the requested
-    * truncation is not feasible, yielding the original, untruncated Chebyshev
-    * polynomials for those components. In such case this function returns
-    * \c false.
-    */
-   bool Truncate( Ty e, int mmin = 2 )
-   {
-      e = Abs( e );
-      mmin = Max( 2, mmin );
-      int N = NumberOfComponents();
-      int tc = 0;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-      {
-         Ty s = Ty( 0 );
-         for ( m[i] = c[i].Length(); m[i] > mmin; --m[i] )
-            if ( (s += Abs( c[i][m[i]-1] )) >= e )
-               break;
-         if ( m[i] < c[i].Length() )
-            ++tc;
-      }
-      return tc == N;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable set of Chebyshev polynomial
-    * expansion coefficients in this object.
-    */
-   const coefficient_series& Coefficients() const
-   {
-      return c;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Evaluates the truncated Chebyshev polynomial expansion for the specified
-    * value \a x of the independent variable, and returns the approximated
-    * function value.
-    *
-    * The specified evaluation point \a x must lie within the fitting interval,
-    * given by LowerBound() and UpperBound(), which was specified as the \a x1
-    * and \a x2 arguments when the function was initially fitted by the class
-    * constructor. For performance reasons, this precondition is not verified
-    * by this member function. If an out-of-range evaluation point is
-    * specified, this function will return an unpredictable result.
-    *
-    * If the polynomial series has been truncated by calling Truncate(), this
-    * function evaluates the current truncated Chebyshev expansions instead of
-    * the original ones.
-    *
-    * \sa operator ()()
-    */
-   function_value Evaluate( Tx x ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x >= LowerBound() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x <= UpperBound() )
-      const Ty y0 = Ty( 2*(x - x0)/dx );
-      const Ty y2 = 2*y0;
-      function_value y( NumberOfComponents() );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < y.Length(); ++i )
-      {
-         Ty d0 = Ty( 0 );
-         Ty d1 = Ty( 0 );
-         const Ty* k = c[i].At( m[i] );
-         for ( int j = m[i]; --j > 0; )
-         {
-            Ty d = d1;
-            d1 = y2*d1 - d0 + *--k;
-            d0 = d;
-         }
-         y[i] = y0*d1 - d0 + *--k/2;
-      }
-      return y;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Evaluate().
-    */
-   function_value operator ()( Tx x ) const
-   {
-      return Evaluate( x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a %GenericChebyshevFit object that approximates the derivative of
-    * the function fitted by this object.
-    *
-    * The returned object can be used to evaluate the derivative within the
-    * fitting interval of this object, defined by LowerBound() and
-    * UpperBound().
-    *
-    * The returned object will always own Chebyshev polynomials with the length
-    * of the originally fitted series, \e not of the current truncated lengths,
-    * if the polynomial expansions have been truncated.
-    *
-    * \sa Integral()
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit Derivative() const
-   {
-      int N = NumberOfComponents();
-      GenericChebyshevFit ch1;
-      ch1.dx = dx;
-      ch1.x0 = x0;
-      ch1.c = coefficient_series( N );
-      ch1.m = IVector( N );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-      {
-         int n = Max( 1, c[i].Length()-1 );
-         ch1.c[i] = coefficients( n );
-         ch1.m[i] = n;
-         if ( n > 1 )
-         {
-            ch1.c[i][n-1] = 2*n*c[i][n];
-            ch1.c[i][n-2] = 2*(n-1)*c[i][n-1];
-            for ( int j = n-3; j >= 0; --j )
-               ch1.c[i][j] = ch1.c[i][j+2] + 2*(j+1)*c[i][j+1];
-            ch1.c[i] *= Ty( 2 )/dx;
-         }
-         else
-            ch1.c[i] = Ty( 0 );
-      }
-      return ch1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a %GenericChebyshevFit object that approximates the indefinite
-    * integral of the function fitted by this object.
-    *
-    * The returned object can be used to evaluate the integral within the
-    * fitting interval of this object, as defined by LowerBound() and
-    * UpperBound(). The constant of integration is set to a value such that the
-    * integral is zero at the lower fitting bound.
-    *
-    * The returned object will always own Chebyshev polynomials with the length
-    * of the originally fitted series, \e not of the current truncated lengths,
-    * if the polynomial expansions have been truncated.
-    *
-    * \sa Derivative()
-    */
-   GenericChebyshevFit Integral() const
-   {
-      int N = NumberOfComponents();
-      GenericChebyshevFit ch;
-      ch.dx = dx;
-      ch.x0 = x0;
-      ch.c = coefficient_series( N );
-      ch.m = IVector( N );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < N; ++i )
-      {
-         int n = c[i].Length();
-         ch.c[i] = coefficients( n );
-         ch.m[i] = n;
-         if ( n > 1 )
-         {
-            const Ty k = Ty( dx )/4;
-            Ty s = Ty( 0 );
-            int f = 1;
-            for ( int j = 1; j < n-1; ++j, f = -f )
-               s += f*(ch.c[i][j] = k*(c[i][j-1] - c[i][j+1])/j);
-            ch.c[i][0] = 2*(s + f*(ch.c[i][n-1] = k*c[i][n-2]/(n-1)));
-         }
-         else
-            ch.c[i] = Ty( 0 );
-      }
-      return ch;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   Tx                 dx; // x2 - x1
-   Tx                 x0; // (x1 + x2)/2
-   coefficient_series c;  // Chebyshev polynomial coefficients
-   IVector            m;  // length of the truncated coefficient series
-
-   friend class GenericScalarChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericScalarChebyshevFit
- * \brief Approximation of scalar-valued functions by Chebyshev polynomial
- * expansion.
- *
- * %GenericScalarChebyshevFit approximates a smooth, scalar-valued function
- * f(x) in a given interval [a,b] by expansion with a single truncated series
- * of Chebyshev polynomials. %GenericScalarChebyshevFit is a convenient
- * specialization of GenericChebyshevFit for functions returning a single
- * value; refer to the parent class for complete information.
- */
-template <typename Tx, typename Ty>
-class GenericScalarChebyshevFit : public GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a truncated Chebyshev polynomial expansion with \a n
-    * coefficients to approximate the specified N-dimensional, scalar-valued
-    * function \a f in the interval [\a x1,\a x2] of the independent variable.
-    *
-    * See GenericChebyshevFit::GenericChebyshevFit() for detailed information.
-    */
-   template <class F>
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit( F f, Tx x1, Tx x2, int n )
-      : GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>( [f]( Tx x ){ return GenericVector<Ty>( f( x ), 1 ); }, x1, x2, 1, n )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * Constructs an invalid, uninitialized object that cannot be used to
-    * perform function evaluations. A default-constructed
-    * %GenericScalarChebyshevFit object should be assigned with an already
-    * initialized instance in order to become operative.
-    *
-    * \sa IsValid()
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit( const GenericScalarChebyshevFit& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit( GenericScalarChebyshevFit&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator.
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit& operator =( const GenericScalarChebyshevFit& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator.
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit& operator =( GenericScalarChebyshevFit&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of coefficients in the truncated Chebyshev polynomial
-    * expansion.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate(), Length()
-    */
-   int TruncatedLength() const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::TruncatedLength( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the Chebyshev polynomial expansion has been truncated.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate(), TruncatedLength()
-    */
-   bool IsTruncated() const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::IsTruncated( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an estimate of the maximum error in the truncated Chebyshev
-    * polynomial expansion.
-    *
-    * \sa Truncate()
-    */
-   Ty TruncationError() const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::TruncationError( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Evaluates the truncated Chebyshev polynomial expansion for the specified
-    * value \a x of the independent variable, and returns the approximated
-    * function value.
-    *
-    * \sa operator ()()
-    */
-   Ty Evaluate( Tx x ) const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::Evaluate( x )[0];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Evaluate().
-    */
-   Ty operator ()( Tx x ) const
-   {
-      return Evaluate( x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a %GenericChebyshevFit object that approximates the derivative of
-    * the function fitted by this object.
-    *
-    * See GenericChebyshevFit::Derivative() for detailed information.
-    *
-    * \sa Integral()
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit Derivative() const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::Derivative();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a %GenericChebyshevFit object that approximates the indefinite
-    * integral of the function fitted by this object.
-    *
-    * See GenericChebyshevFit::Integral() for detailed information.
-    *
-    * \sa Derivative()
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit Integral() const
-   {
-      return GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::Integral();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    * Private constructor from the base class.
-    */
-   GenericScalarChebyshevFit( const GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>& T )
-      : GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>()
-   {
-      this->dx = T.dx;
-      this->x0 = T.x0;
-      this->c = typename GenericChebyshevFit<Tx,Ty>::coefficient_series( 1 );
-      this->c[0] = T.c[0];
-      this->m = IVector( 1 );
-      this->m[0] = T.m[0];
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_NO_CHEBYSHEV_FIT_INSTANTIATE
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup chebyshev_fit_types Chebyshev Fit Types
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F32ChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 32-bit floating point Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %F32ChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the
- * \c float type.
- */
-typedef GenericChebyshevFit<float, float>             F32ChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 32-bit floating point Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %FChebyshevFit is an alias for F32ChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef F32ChebyshevFit                               FChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F64ChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %F64ChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the
- * \c double type.
- */
-typedef GenericChebyshevFit<double, double>           F64ChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %DChebyshevFit is an alias for F64ChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef F64ChebyshevFit                               DChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %ChebyshevFit is an alias for DChebyshevFit. It is a template instantiation
- * of GenericChebyshevFit for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef DChebyshevFit                                 ChebyshevFit;
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F80ChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 80-bit extended precision floating point Chebyshev function
- * approximation.
- *
- * %F80ChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the
- * \c long \c double type.
- *
- * \note This template instantiation is not available on Windows with Visual
- * C++ compilers.
- */
-typedef GenericChebyshevFit<long double, long double> F80ChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::LDChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 80-bit extended precision floating point Chebyshev function
- * approximation.
- *
- * %LDChebyshevFit is an alias for F80ChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericChebyshevFit for the \c long \c double type.
- *
- * \note This template instantiation is not available on Windows with Visual
- * C++ compilers.
- */
-typedef F80ChebyshevFit                               LDChebyshevFit;
-
-#endif   // !_MSC_VER
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F32ScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 32-bit floating point scalar Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %F32ScalarChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of
- * GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef GenericScalarChebyshevFit<float, float>       F32ScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 32-bit floating point scalar Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %FScalarChebyshevFit is an alias for F32ScalarChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef F32ScalarChebyshevFit                         FScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F64ScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point scalar Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %F64ScalarChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of
- * GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef GenericScalarChebyshevFit<double, double>     F64ScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point scalar Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %DScalarChebyshevFit is an alias for F64ScalarChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef F64ScalarChebyshevFit                         DScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 64-bit floating point scalar Chebyshev function approximation.
- *
- * %ScalarChebyshevFit is an alias for DScalarChebyshevFit. It is a template
- * instantiation of GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef DScalarChebyshevFit                           ScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::F80ScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 80-bit extended precision floating point scalar Chebyshev function
- * approximation.
- *
- * %F80ScalarChebyshevFit is a template instantiation of
- * GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c long \c double type.
- *
- * \note This template instantiation is not available on Windows with Visual
- * C++ compilers.
- */
-typedef GenericScalarChebyshevFit<long double, long double> F80ScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::LDScalarChebyshevFit
- * \ingroup chebyshev_fit_types
- * \brief 80-bit extended precision floating point scalar Chebyshev function
- * approximation.
- *
- * %LDScalarChebyshevFit is an alias for F80ScalarChebyshevFit. It is a
- * template instantiation of GenericScalarChebyshevFit for the \c long
- * \c double type.
- *
- * \note This template instantiation is not available on Windows with Visual
- * C++ compilers.
- */
-typedef F80ScalarChebyshevFit                         LDScalarChebyshevFit;
-
-#endif   // !_MSC_VER
-
-#endif   // !__PCL_NO_CHEBYSHEV_FIT_INSTANTIATE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_ChebyshevFit_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ChebyshevFit.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/CheckBox.h

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/CheckBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_CheckBox_h
-#define __PCL_CheckBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/CheckBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Button.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CheckBox
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %CheckBox control
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %CheckBox
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CheckBox : public Button
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %CheckBox with the specified \a text, as a child control of
-    * \a parent.
-    */
-   CheckBox( const String& text = String(), Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %CheckBox control.
-    */
-   virtual ~CheckBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns \c false, since check boxes are not pushable buttons.
-    */
-   bool IsPushable() const override
-   {
-      return false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns \c true, since check boxes are checkable buttons.
-    */
-   bool IsCheckable() const override
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns \c true only if this check box can have three states.
-    */
-   bool IsTristateMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables \e tristate \e mode. In tristate mode, a check box
-    * can have three states: checked, unchecked, and \e semi-checked (also
-    * called \e third \e state).
-    */
-   void SetTristateMode( bool = true );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_CheckBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/CheckBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Checksum.h

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Checksum.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Checksum_h
-#define __PCL_Checksum_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Checksum.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ByteArray.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup checksum_functions Checksum Calculation Functions
- */
-
-/*!
- * Returns the <em>standard checksum</em> value calculated for a data sequence.
- * The returned value is the total number of bits set in the sequence of input
- * data bytes.
- *
- * \param data    Address of the first byte in the data sequence.
- * \param length  Length in bytes of the data sequence.
- *
- * \ingroup checksum_functions
- * \sa Checksum( const C& )
- */
-size_type PCL_FUNC inline Checksum( const void* data, size_type length )
-{
-   PCL_PRECONDITION( data != nullptr )
-   size_type S = 0;
-   for ( const uint8* p = (const uint8*)data, * p1 = p+length; p < p1; ++p )
-   {
-      uint8 b = *p;
-      if ( b & 0x01 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x02 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x04 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x08 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x10 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x20 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x40 ) ++S;
-      if ( b & 0x80 ) ++S;
-   }
-   return S;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the <em>standard checksum</em> value for a container.
- *
- * \param data    Reference to a container whose standard checksum will be
- *                calculated. The checksum number will be generated for the
- *                current data bytes in this container instance.
- *
- * \ingroup checksum_functions
- * \sa Checksum( const void*, size_type )
- */
-template <class C> inline
-uint32 Checksum( const C& data )
-{
-   return Checksum( data.Begin(), sizeof( *(data.Begin()) )*data.Length() );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the CRC-32 error-detecting code calculated for a data sequence.
- *
- * \param data    Address of the first byte in the data sequence.
- * \param length  Length in bytes of the data sequence.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * CRC calculation routine based on original code by Michael Barr. The employed
- * code requires the following copyright notice:
- *
- * <em>Copyright (c) 2000 by Michael Barr.  This software is placed into the
- * public domain and may be used for any purpose.  However, this notice must
- * not be changed or removed and no warranty is either expressed or implied by
- * its publication or distribution.</em>
- *
- * \ingroup checksum_functions
- * \sa CRC32( const C& )
- */
-uint32 PCL_FUNC CRC32( const void* data, size_type length );
-
-/*!
- * Returns the CRC-32 error-detecting code for a container.
- *
- * \param data    Reference to a container whose CRC-32 checksum will be
- *                calculated. The checksum code will be generated for the
- *                current data bytes in this container instance.
- *
- * \ingroup checksum_functions
- * \sa CRC32( const void*, size_type )
- */
-template <class C> inline
-uint32 CRC32( const C& data )
-{
-   return CRC32( data.Begin(), sizeof( *(data.Begin()) )*data.Length() );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Checksum_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Checksum.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/CodeEditor.h

@@ -1,894 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/CodeEditor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_CodeEditor_h
-#define __PCL_CodeEditor_h
-
-/// \file pcl/CodeEditor.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-
-#endif   // !__PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FindMode
- * \brief Flags to control text find and replacement operations.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FindMode::RegExp</td>        <td>Search with a regular expression instead of a literal substring.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::Backward</td>      <td>Search toward the beginning of the document.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::CaseSensitive</td> <td>Perform a case-sensitive search.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::WholeWords</td>    <td>Search for whole words only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::SelectionOnly</td> <td>Search and replace within the current text selection only</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::Incremental</td>   <td>Perform an incremental text find operation. The search begins after a previously matched text block.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FindMode::Default</td>       <td>The default text find mode, equal to FindMode::CaseSensitive|FindMode::WholeWords.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FindMode
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      RegExp         = 0x00000001,  // Search with a regular expression
-      Backward       = 0x00000010,  // Search toward the beginning of text
-      CaseSensitive  = 0x00000020,  // Case-sensitive search
-      WholeWords     = 0x00000040,  // Search for whole words
-      SelectionOnly  = 0x00000100,  // Replace within the current selection
-      Incremental    = 0x00000200,  // Perform an incremental find operation
-      Default        = CaseSensitive|WholeWords
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * A combination of text find and replacement mode flags.
- */
-typedef Flags<FindMode::mask_type>  FindModes;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CodeEditor
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %CodeEditor control.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %CodeEditor.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CodeEditor : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %CodeEditor control.
-    *
-    * \param parent     The parent control of this object. The default value is
-    *                   a null control.
-    */
-   CodeEditor( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %CodeEditor control.
-    */
-   virtual ~CodeEditor()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a <em>line numbers control</em> for this code
-    * editor.
-    *
-    * A line numbers control provides a visual index of the text lines
-    * currently displayed by a code editor. Typically, a code editor and its
-    * line numbers control are packed side by side in a HorizontalSizer.
-    */
-   Control& LineNumbersControl();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the absolute file path associated with this code editor, or an
-    * empty string if this object has not been associated with a file.
-    */
-   String FilePath() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the file path associated with this code editor.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a path includes a file name suffix (also known as file
-    * name \e extension), the control will use it to identify a programming
-    * language to perform automatic syntax highlighting of the text in the
-    * editor. Currently the following file suffixes and source code languages
-    * are supported:
-    *
-    * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    * <tr><td>.js .jsh</td>                                     <td>JavaScript source files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.scp</td>                                         <td>Command-line script files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.cpp .h .cxx .hpp .hxx .c .cc</td>                <td>C/C++ source files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.py</td>                                          <td>Python source files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.xml .xhtml .html .xosm .xpsm (among others)</td> <td>XML source files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.pidoc</td>                                       <td>PixInsight documentation source files</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>.pm .pmath</td>                                   <td>PixelMath source files</td></tr>
-    * </table>
-    *
-    * Unrecognized (or absent) file suffixes effectively disable the automatic
-    * syntax highlighting feature. The default value of this parameter is an
-    * empty string.
-    */
-   void SetFilePath( const String& path );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current text in this code editor in UTF-16 format.
-    */
-   String Text() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current text in this code editor in UTF-16 format.
-    */
-   void SetText( const String& text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an encoded 8-bit representation of the text in this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param encoding   The desired text encoding. Currently only the "UTF-8"
-    *                   and "ISO-8859-1" encodings are supported. The default
-    *                   value is "UTF-8".
-    */
-   IsoString EncodedText( const IsoString& encoding = "UTF-8" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the text in this code editor encoded in UTF-8 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code EncodedText( "UTF-8" ); \endcode
-    */
-   IsoString TextUTF8() const
-   {
-      return EncodedText( "UTF-8" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the text in this code editor encoded in ISO 8859-1 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code EncodedText( "ISO-8859-1" ); \endcode
-    */
-   IsoString TextISO88591() const
-   {
-      return EncodedText( "ISO-8859-1" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current text in this code editor, encoded in an 8-bit format.
-    *
-    * \param text       The encoded 8-bit text.
-    *
-    * \param encoding   The text encoding. Currently only the "UTF-8" and
-    *                   "ISO-8859-1" encodings are supported. The default value
-    *                   is "UTF-8".
-    */
-   void SetEncodedText( const IsoString& text, const IsoString& encoding = "UTF-8" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current text in this code editor, encoded in UTF-8 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code SetEncodedText( text, "UTF-8" ); \endcode
-    */
-   void SetTextUTF8( const IsoString& text )
-   {
-      SetEncodedText( text, "UTF-8" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current text in this code editor, encoded in ISO 8859-1 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code SetEncodedText( text, "ISO-8859-1" ); \endcode
-    */
-   void SetTextISO88591( const IsoString& text )
-   {
-      SetEncodedText( text, "ISO-8859-1" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears all the text in this code editor. Also clears all undo/redo
-    * buffers, so this action is irreversible.
-    */
-   void ClearText();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this code editor is in <em>read-only mode</em>. A
-    * read-only editor does not allow any command that can modify its text
-    * contents as a result of a direct user interaction. The text can only be
-    * changed programmatically for a read-only code editor.
-    */
-   bool IsReadOnly() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the read-only mode for this code editor. A read-only editor does
-    * not allow any command that can modify its text contents as a result of a
-    * direct user interaction. The text can only be changed programmatically
-    * for a read-only code editor.
-    *
-    * \param readOnly   Whether to enable or disable the read-only mode for
-    *                   this code editor.
-    */
-   void SetReadOnly( bool readOnly = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the text in this code editor to the specified file, encoded in an
-    * 8-bit format.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to the destination file.
-    *
-    * \param encoding   The desired text encoding. Currently only the "UTF-8"
-    *                   and "ISO-8859-1" encodings are supported. The default
-    *                   value is "UTF-8".
-    *
-    * Returns true if the file was successfully written; false in the event of
-    * error.
-    *
-    * \warning Upon successful completion, this function will overwrite an
-    * existing file at the specified path, whose previous contents will be
-    * lost.
-    */
-   bool Save( const String& filePath, const IsoString& encoding = "UTF-8" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the text in this code editor to the specified file, encoded in
-    * UTF-8 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code Save( filePath, "UTF-8" ); \endcode
-    */
-   bool SaveUTF8( const String& filePath )
-   {
-      return Save( filePath, "UTF-8" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the text in this code editor to the specified file, encoded in
-    * ISO 8859-1 format.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code Save( filePath, "ISO-8859-1" ); \endcode
-    */
-   bool SaveISO88591( const String& filePath )
-   {
-      return Save( filePath, "ISO-8859-1" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads an encoded 8-bit text file and loads it in this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to the source file.
-    *
-    * \param encoding   The text encoding. Currently only the "UTF-8" and
-    *                   "ISO-8859-1" encodings are supported. The default
-    *                   value is "UTF-8".
-    *
-    * Returns true if the file was successfully read; false in the event of
-    * error.
-    */
-   bool Load( const String& filePath, const IsoString& encoding = "UTF-8" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads a text file encoded in UTF-8 format, and loads it in this code
-    * editor.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code Load( filePath, "UTF-8" ); \endcode
-    */
-   bool LoadUTF8( const String& filePath )
-   {
-      return Load( filePath, "UTF-8" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads a text file encoded in ISO 8859-1 format, and loads it in this code
-    * editor.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code Load( filePath, "ISO-8859-1" ); \endcode
-    */
-   bool LoadISO88591( const String& filePath )
-   {
-      return Load( filePath, "ISO-8859-1" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of text lines (including empty lines) in this code
-    * editor.
-    */
-   int NumberOfLines() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of characters in the current text of this code
-    * editor.
-    */
-   int NumberOfCharacters() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current cursor position in visual coordinates. The returned
-    * object stores the current line and column of the cursor in its Point::y
-    * and Point::x public data members, respectively.
-    *
-    * Line and column coordinates are counted from zero. Line numbers range
-    * from zero to the number of existing text lines minus one. There is no
-    * specific limit for the number of text characters in a text line.
-    */
-   Point CursorPosition() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the line number of the current cursor position.
-    */
-   int CursorLine() const
-   {
-      return CursorPosition().y;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column number of the current cursor position.
-    */
-   int CursorColumn() const
-   {
-      return CursorPosition().x;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current cursor position in this code editor to the specified
-    * \a line and \a column. See CursorPosition() for more information on
-    * visual text coordinates.
-    */
-   void SetCursorPosition( int line, int column );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current cursor position in this code editor through the
-    * coordinates of a Point object. The new cursor line will be set to
-    * \a pos.y and the new cursor column to \a pos.x, respectively.
-    */
-   void SetCursorPosition( const Point& pos )
-   {
-      SetCursorPosition( pos.y, pos.x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this code editor is in <em>insert text mode</em>. Returns
-    * false if the editor is in <em>replace text mode</em>.
-    *
-    * In insert mode, newly generated text by direct user interaction is
-    * inserted at the current cursor location. In replace mode, newly generated
-    * text replaces existing characters starting at the current cursor
-    * location. The insert text mode is always enabled by default.
-    */
-   bool IsInsertMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the <em>insert text mode</em> for this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param insert  Whether to enable the insert text mode (if true) or the
-    *                replace text mode (if false). The default value is true.
-    */
-   void SetInsertMode( bool insert = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the <em>replace text mode</em> for this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param replace Whether to enable the replace text mode (if true) or the
-    *                insert text mode (if false). The default value is true.
-    */
-   void SetReplaceMode( bool replace = true )
-   {
-      SetInsertMode( !replace );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this code editor is in <em>block selection mode</em>;
-    * false if it is in <em>line selection mode</em>.
-    *
-    * In block selection mode, the user can select rectangular areas of text
-    * across multiple text lines. In <em>line selection mode</em>, text
-    * selections can only include entire text lines except for the first and
-    * last lines in a selection. The line selection mode is always enabled by
-    * default.
-    */
-   bool IsBlockSelectionMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the block selection mode for this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param blockMode  Whether to enable the block selection mode (if true) or
-    *                   the line selection mode (if false). The default value
-    *                   is true.
-    */
-   void SetBlockSelectionMode( bool blockMode = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the line selection mode for this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param lineMode   Whether to enable the line selection mode (if true) or
-    *                   the block selection mode (if false). The default value
-    *                   is true.
-    */
-   void SetLineSelectionMode( bool lineMode = true )
-   {
-      SetBlockSelectionMode( !lineMode );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this code editor is in <em>dynamic word wrap mode</em>.
-    *
-    * In dynamic word wrap mode, long text lines extending beyond the visible
-    * width of the editor's viewport are automatically truncated and continued
-    * on successive editor lines, so that the user can always see the entire
-    * contents of all text lines, and a horizontal scroll bar is never shown.
-    *
-    * When the dynamic word wrap mode is disabled, long text lines are never
-    * truncated and the editor shows a horizontal scroll bar when necessary.
-    * The dynamic word wrap mode is always disabled by default.
-    */
-   bool IsDynamicWordWrapMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the dynamic word wrap mode for this code editor.
-    *
-    * \param wrapMode   Whether to enable the dynamic word wrap mode.
-    */
-   void SetDynamicWordWrapMode( bool wrapMode = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of \e undo steps available for this code editor.
-    */
-   int UndoSteps() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of \e redo steps available for this code editor.
-    */
-   int RedoSteps() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this code editor has a text selection defined.
-    */
-   bool HasSelection() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the visual coordinates of the current selection in this code
-    * editor. The selection coordinates are stored in the returned rectangle as
-    * follows:
-    *
-    * \li Rect::y0 - Starting line of the current text selection.
-    * \li Rect::x0 - Starting column of the current text selection.
-    * \li Rect::y1 - Ending line of the current text selection.
-    * \li Rect::x1 - Ending column of the current text selection.
-    */
-   Rect Selection() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new text selection defined by its visual coordinates.
-    *
-    * \param fromLine   Starting line of the new text selection.
-    * \param fromCol    Starting column of the new text selection.
-    * \param toLine     Ending line of the new text selection.
-    * \param toCol      Ending column of the new text selection.
-    */
-   void SetSelection( int fromLine, int fromCol, int toLine, int toCol );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new text selection defined by its visual coordinates.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    *
-    * \code SetSelection( r.y0, r.x0, r.y1, r.x1 ); \endcode
-    */
-   void SetSelection( const Rect& r )
-   {
-      SetSelection( r.y0, r.x0, r.y1, r.x1 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the currently selected text in this code editor, or an empty
-    * string if this editor has no selection currently defined.
-    */
-   String SelectedText() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Inserts the specified \a text at the current cursor location.
-    *
-    * If there is a selection defined, the selected text is replaced with the
-    * inserted \a text.
-    */
-   void InsertText( const String& text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Undoes the last editor action. If no action can be undone, this function
-    * has no effect.
-    */
-   void Undo();
-
-   /*!
-    * Redoes the last editor action. If no action can be redone, this function
-    * has no effect.
-    */
-   void Redo();
-
-   /*!
-    * Copies the current text selection to the clipboard and removes the
-    * selected text. If no selection is defined, this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Cut();
-
-   /*!
-    * Copies the current text selection to the clipboard. If no selection is
-    * defined, this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Copy();
-
-   /*!
-    * Inserts the contents of the clipboard at the current cursor location. If
-    * the clipboard is empty, or if its contents cannot be converted to plain
-    * text, this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Paste();
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes the currently selected text. If there is no text selection
-    * defined, this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Delete();
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects all the text in this code editor.
-    */
-   void SelectAll();
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the current text selection, if any. This function simply unselects
-    * the text; it does not remove the selected text.
-    */
-   void Unselect();
-
-   /*!
-    * If the cursor points to a bracket or parenthesis character, look for a
-    * matching pair and move the cursor to the corresponding location.
-    *
-    * Returns true iff a matching pair could be found. If there is no bracket or
-    * parenthesis at the current cursor location, or if a matched pair couldn't
-    * be found, this function returns false and the cursor is not moved.
-    */
-   bool GotoMatchedParenthesis();
-
-   /*!
-    * Highlights all occurrences of a literal text string or a regular
-    * expression.
-    *
-    * \param toFind  The text or regular expression to search for, depending on
-    *                the specified \a mode flags.
-    *
-    * \param mode    An OR'ed combination of flags to control the text find
-    *                operation. Valid flags are enumerated in the pcl::FindMode
-    *                namespace.
-    *
-    * The operation takes place on the whole text document, ignoring the
-    * FindMode::Backward and FindMode::SelectionOnly flags. Returns the number
-    * of matches found.
-    */
-   int HighlightAllMatches( const String& toFind, FindModes mode );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears all text highlightings. This function does not remove the
-    * highlighted text; it simply clears the visual highlight indications.
-    */
-   void ClearMatches();
-
-   /*!
-    * Finds an occurrence of a literal text string or a regular expression.
-    *
-    * \param toFind  The text or regular expression to search for, depending on
-    *                the specified \a mode flags.
-    *
-    * \param mode    An OR'ed combination of flags to control the text find
-    *                operation. Valid flags are enumerated in the pcl::FindMode
-    *                namespace.
-    *
-    * Returns true iff a match was found.
-    */
-   bool Find( const String& toFind, FindModes mode );
-
-   /*!
-    * Replaces the current selection with the specified text.
-    *
-    * \param replaceWith   The text that will replace the current selection.
-    *                      Can be an empty string (to delete the current
-    *                      selection).
-    *
-    * If there is some text selected in this editor, this function returns
-    * true after performing the replacement operation. If there is no text
-    * currently selected, this function is ignored and false is returned.
-    */
-   bool ReplaceSelection( const String& replaceWith );
-
-   /*!
-    * Replaces all occurrences of a literal text string or a regular
-    * expression with the specified text.
-    *
-    * \param toFind  The text or regular expression to search for, depending on
-    *                the specified \a mode flags.
-    *
-    * \param replaceWith   The text that will replace all matches found. Can be
-    *                an empty string (to delete all matched occurrences).
-    *
-    * \param mode    An OR'ed combination of flags to control the text find and
-    *                replace operation. Valid flags are enumerated in the
-    *                pcl::FindMode namespace.
-    *
-    * Returns the number of matches found and replaced.
-    *
-    */
-   int ReplaceAll( const String& toFind, const String& replaceWith, FindModes mode );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup code_editor_event_handlers CodeEditor Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of an <em>editor event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * An editor event is generated when a %CodeEditor instance changes its
-    * state or contents due to direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends an editor event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*editor_event_handler)( CodeEditor& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>cursor event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A cursor event is generated when the cursor position changes in a
-    * %CodeEditor instance due to direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a cursor event.
-    *
-    * \param line    Line number of the new cursor position (>= 0).
-    *
-    * \param col     Column number of the new cursor position (>= 0).
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*cursor_event_handler)( CodeEditor& sender, int line, int col );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>selection event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A selection event is generated when the text selection changes in a
-    * %CodeEditor instance due to direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a selection event.
-    *
-    * \param fromLine   Line number of the starting position of the new text
-    *                selection.
-    *
-    * \param fromCol Column number of the starting position of the new text
-    *                selection.
-    *
-    * \param toLine  Line number of the ending position of the new text
-    *                selection.
-    *
-    * \param toCol   Column number of the ending position of the new text
-    *                selection.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*selection_event_handler)( CodeEditor& sender, int fromLine, int fromCol, int toLine, int toCol );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>state event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A state event is generated when a Boolean property changes in a
-    * %CodeEditor instance due to direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The control that sends a cursor event.
-    *
-    * \param state   New property state.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*state_event_handler)( CodeEditor& sender, bool state );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>text updated</em> events generated by this code
-    * editor. A text updated event is generated each time the text changes in
-    * this editor as a result of a direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive text updated events from
-    *                   this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnTextUpdated( editor_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>cursor position updated</em> events generated by
-    * this code editor. A cursor position updated event is generated each time
-    * the text cursor (also known as \e caret) moves in this editor as a result
-    * of a direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive cursor position updated
-    *                   events from this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnCursorPositionUpdated( cursor_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>selection updated</em> events generated by this
-    * code editor. A selection updated event is generated each time the text
-    * selection is changed in this editor as a result of a direct user
-    * interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive selection updated events
-    *                   from this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnSelectionUpdated( selection_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>overwrite mode updated</em> events generated by
-    * this code editor. An overwrite mode updated event is generated each time
-    * the overwrite mode is enabled or disabled in this editor (i.e., from
-    * overwrite mode to replace mode or vice-versa) as a result of a direct
-    * user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive overwrite mode updated
-    *                   events from this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnOverwriteModeUpdated( state_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>selection mode updated</em> events generated by
-    * this code editor. A selection mode updated event is generated each time
-    * the selection mode is changed in this editor (i.e., from line selection
-    * mode to block selection mode or vice-versa) as a result of a direct user
-    * interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive selection mode updated
-    *                   events from this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnSelectionModeUpdated( state_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>dynamic word wrap mode updated</em> events
-    * generated by this code editor. A dynamic word wrap mode updated event is
-    * generated each time the dynamic word wrap mode is enabled or disabled in
-    * this editor as a result of a direct user interaction.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive dynamic word wrap mode
-    *                   updated events from this code editor.
-    *
-    * \ingroup code_editor_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnDynamicWordWrapModeUpdated( state_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      editor_event_handler    onTextUpdated                = nullptr;
-      cursor_event_handler    onCursorPositionUpdated      = nullptr;
-      selection_event_handler onSelectionUpdated           = nullptr;
-      state_event_handler     onOverwriteModeUpdated       = nullptr;
-      state_event_handler     onSelectionModeUpdated       = nullptr;
-      state_event_handler     onDynamicWordWrapModeUpdated = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-   Control                    m_lineNumbers;
-
-   friend class CodeEditorEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_CodeEditor_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/CodeEditor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Color.h

@@ -1,412 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Color.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Color_h
-#define __PCL_Color_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Color.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Math.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup rgba_utility_functions RGBA Color Utility Functions
- */
-
-/*!
- * Defines a 32-bit RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * A %RGBA pixel value is encoded as follows:
- *
- * <tt>AARRGGBB</tt>
- *
- * where each letter represents a 4-bit hexadecimal digit (from 0 to F). Each
- * 8-bit pair represents a pixel component in the range from 0 to 255:
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td><tt>AA</tt></td> <td>Alpha value, or <em>pixel transparency</em>:
- *                   0 means completely transparent, 255 corresponds to an
- *                   opaque pixel.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>RR</tt></td> <td>Red pixel color component.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>GG</tt></td> <td>Green pixel color component.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>BB</tt></td> <td>Blue pixel color component.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-typedef uint32 RGBA;
-
-/*!
- * Returns the alpha (transparency) component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline uint8 Alpha( RGBA rgba )
-{
-   return uint8( rgba >> 24 );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the red color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline uint8 Red( RGBA rgba )
-{
-   return uint8( rgba >> 16 );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the green color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline uint8 Green( RGBA rgba )
-{
-   return uint8( rgba >> 8 );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the blue color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline uint8 Blue( RGBA rgba )
-{
-   return uint8( rgba );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Clears (sets to zero) the alpha (transparency) component of an RGBA pixel
- * value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void ClearAlpha( RGBA& rgba )
-{
-   rgba &= 0x00fffffful;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Clears (sets to zero) the red color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void ClearRed( RGBA& rgba )
-{
-   rgba &= 0xff00fffful;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Clears (sets to zero) the green color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void ClearGreen( RGBA& rgba )
-{
-   rgba &= 0xffff00fful;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Clears (sets to zero) the blue color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void ClearBlue( RGBA& rgba )
-{
-   rgba &= 0xffffff00ul;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Sets the alpha (transparency) component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void SetAlpha( RGBA& rgba, uint8 a )
-{
-   ClearAlpha( rgba ); rgba |= uint32( a ) << 24;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Sets the red color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void SetRed( RGBA& rgba, uint8 r )
-{
-   ClearRed( rgba ); rgba |= uint32( r ) << 16;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Sets the green color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void SetGreen( RGBA& rgba, uint8 g )
-{
-   ClearGreen( rgba ); rgba |= uint32( g ) << 8;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Sets the blue color component of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline void SetBlue( RGBA& rgba, uint8 b )
-{
-   ClearBlue( rgba ); rgba |= uint32( b );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an RGBA pixel value for the specified separate alpha and color
- * component integer values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- * \param a    Alpha  (transparency)
- *
- * All components must be in the range [0,255].
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( int r, int g, int b, int a )
-{
-   return (uint32( a ) << 24) | (uint32( r ) << 16) | (uint32( g ) << 8) | uint32( b );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an opaque RGBA pixel value for the specified separate color
- * component integer values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- *
- * All components must be in the range [0,255]. The returned RGBA value has its
- * alpha component equal to 255 (opaque).
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( int r, int g, int b )
-{
-   return 0xff000000ul | (uint32( r ) << 16) | (uint32( g ) << 8) | uint32( b );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an RGBA pixel value for the specified separate alpha and color
- * component real values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- * \param a    Alpha  (transparency)
- *
- * All components must be in the normalized range [0,1].
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( double r, double g, double b, double a )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( RoundInt( 255*r ), RoundInt( 255*g ), RoundInt( 255*b ), RoundInt( 255*a ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an RGBA pixel value for the specified separate alpha and color
- * component real values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- * \param a    Alpha  (transparency)
- *
- * All components must be in the normalized range [0,1].
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( float r, float g, float b, float a )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( double( r ), double( g ), double( b ), double( a ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an opaque RGBA pixel value for the specified separate color
- * component real values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- *
- * All components must be in the normalized range [0,1]. The returned RGBA
- * value has its alpha component equal to 255 (opaque).
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( double r, double g, double b )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( RoundInt( 255*r ), RoundInt( 255*g ), RoundInt( 255*b ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an opaque RGBA pixel value for the specified separate color
- * component real values.
- *
- * \param r    Red color component
- * \param g    Green color component
- * \param b    Blue color component
- *
- * All components must be in the normalized range [0,1]. The returned RGBA
- * value has its alpha component equal to 255 (opaque).
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( float r, float g, float b )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( double( r ), double( g ), double( b ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an RGBA pixel value corresponding to a CSS color specification
- * string.
- *
- * The string can be an hex-encoded color value in one of two valid formats:
- *
- * "#RRGGBB"
- * "#RRGGBBAA"
- *
- * or a valid CSS color name like "white", "black", "red", "orange", and so on.
- *
- * CSS color names are case-insensitive, and are returned with their alpha
- * components equal to 0xFF (opaque), except "transparent", which is returned
- * as 0x00000000 (also known as "transparent black").
- *
- * If the string cannot be converted to a valid color value, this function
- * silently ignores the error and returns zero.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-RGBA PCL_FUNC RGBAColor( const IsoString& colorNameOrHex );
-
-inline RGBA RGBAColor( const IsoString::ustring_base& colorNameOrHex )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( IsoString( colorNameOrHex ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * An alias to RGBAColor( const IsoString& ).
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline RGBA StringToRGBAColor( const IsoString& colorNameOrHex )
-{
-   return RGBAColor( colorNameOrHex );
-}
-
-inline RGBA StringToRGBAColor( const IsoString::ustring_base& colorNameOrHex )
-{
-   return StringToRGBAColor( IsoString( colorNameOrHex ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an hex-encoded string representation of an RGBA pixel value,
- * ignoring the alpha component.
- *
- * The returned string has the format "#RRGGBB".
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline IsoString RGBColorToHexString( RGBA c )
-{
-   IsoString s;
-   s.Format( "#%02X%02X%02X", Red( c ), Green( c ), Blue( c ) );
-   return s;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns an hex-encoded string representation of an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * The returned string has the format "#RRGGBBAA".
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-inline IsoString RGBAColorToHexString( RGBA c )
-{
-   IsoString s;
-   s.Format( "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", Red( c ), Green( c ), Blue( c ), Alpha( c ) );
-   return s;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns the CSS color name corresponding to an RGBA pixel value.
- *
- * The alpha component is ignored, except for the special value 0x00000000,
- * which is returned as "Transparent". If the value does not have a CSS named
- * color counterpart, this function returns an empty string.
- *
- * \ingroup rgba_utility_functions
- */
-IsoString PCL_FUNC CSSColorName( RGBA );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Color_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Color.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ColorComboBox.h

@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ColorComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ColorComboBox_h
-#define __PCL_ColorComboBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ColorComboBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Color.h>
-#include <pcl/ComboBox.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ColorComboBox
- * \brief A %ComboBox descendant class to select RGB colors.
- *
- * %ColorComboBox is a utility class that provides a simple list with the full
- * set of CSS3 standard colors. This includes 143 %ComboBox items that are
- * automatically shared by all existing %ColorComboBox instances. Thanks to
- * this implicit sharing mechanism, a module can define a large number of
- * %ColorComboBox controls without consuming too much resources on any
- * supported platform.
- *
- * The list of items corresponding to CSS3 colors is sorted by \e hue value (in
- * the HSV or HSI color ordering systems). This makes it much easier the task
- * of selecting colors since similar hues are grouped visually.
- *
- * In addition to CSS3 standard colors, a single custom color item can be
- * defined for a %ColorComboBox object. The custom color item is automatically
- * managed by %ColorComboBox and appended to the end of standard items.
- *
- * \sa pcl/Color.h, ComboBox
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ColorComboBox : public ComboBox
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ColorComboBox as a child control of \a parent.
-    *
-    * A standard set of %ComboBox items is created for the full set of CSS3
-    * colors. This includes 143 color items.
-    */
-   ColorComboBox( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %ColorComboBox control.
-    */
-   virtual ~ColorComboBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the RGB color value that corresponds to the currently selected
-    * %ComboBox item, or zero if no item is currently selected.
-    *
-    * \sa SetCurrentColor(), CustomColor(), HasCustomColor()
-    */
-   RGBA CurrentColor() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects a %ComboBox item corresponding to the specified \a color.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a color doesn't correspond to a standard CSS color, it
-    * replaces the existing <em>custom color item</em> in this %ColorComboBox,
-    * or a new one is created if there is no custom color item yet.
-    *
-    * \note The alpha (transparency) component of the specified \a color is
-    * always ignored. %ColorComboBox only includes opaque colors (alpha=0xff).
-    *
-    * \sa CurrentColor(), CustomColor(), HasCustomColor()
-    */
-   void SetCurrentColor( RGBA color );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current <em>custom color</em> in this %ColorComboBox, or zero
-    * if no custom color has been defined.
-    *
-    * To set a new custom color, call SetCurrentColor() with the desired custom
-    * color value.
-    *
-    * \sa HasCustomColor(), CurrentColor(), SetCurrentColor()
-    */
-   RGBA CustomColor() const
-   {
-      return m_customColor;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff a <em>custom color item</em> has been defined in this
-    * %ColorComboBox control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * CustomColor() != 0.
-    *
-    * \sa CustomColor(), CurrentColor(), SetCurrentColor()
-    */
-   bool HasCustomColor() const
-   {
-      return CustomColor() != 0;
-   }
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnColorSelected( ColorComboBox& sender, RGBA color );
-   // void OnColorHighlighted( ColorComboBox& sender, RGBA color );
-   // void OnCustomColorDefined( ColorComboBox& sender, RGBA color );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup colorcombobox_event_handlers ColorComboBox Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>color combo box event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A color combo box event is generated when an item is selected or
-    * highlighted in a color combo box, or when a new <em>custom color</em> has
-    * been defined.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The %ColorComboBox control that sends a color combo box
-    *                event.
-    *
-    * \param color   The RGBA value of the color that has been selected or
-    *                highlighted in the \a sender color combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup colorcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*color_event_handler)( ColorComboBox& sender, RGBA color );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>color selected</em> event handler for this color combo box.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The color combo box event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever a color is selected in this
-    *                   color combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>color selected</em>
-    *                   events from this color combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup colorcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnColorSelected( color_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>color highlighted</em> event handler for this color combo
-    * box control.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The color combo box event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever a color is highlighted in this
-    *                   color combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>color
-    *                   highlighted</em> events from this color combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup colorcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnColorHighlighted( color_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>custom color defined</em> event handler for this color combo
-    * box control.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The color combo box event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever a new custom color is defined
-    *                   in this color combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>custom color
-    *                   defined</em> events from this color combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup colorcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnCustomColorDefined( color_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      color_event_handler onColorSelected              = nullptr;
-      Control*            onColorSelectedReceiver      = nullptr;
-
-      color_event_handler onColorHighlighted           = nullptr;
-      Control*            onColorHighlightedReceiver   = nullptr;
-
-      color_event_handler onCustomColorDefined         = nullptr;
-      Control*            onCustomColorDefinedReceiver = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-   RGBA                       m_customColor;
-
-   void ItemSelected( ComboBox&, int );
-   void ItemHighlighted( ComboBox&, int );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ColorComboBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ColorComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ColorDialog.h

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ColorDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ColorDialog_h
-#define __PCL_ColorDialog_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ColorDialog.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Color.h>
-#include <pcl/Dialog.h>
-#include <pcl/NumericControl.h>
-#include <pcl/PushButton.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * ### TODO: Implement a fully-functional color dialog box in PCL.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class PCL_INTERNAL SimpleColorDialogPrivate;
-
-/*!
- * \class SimpleColorDialog
- * \brief A simple color selection dialog
- *
- * %SimpleColorDialog is a simplified color selection dialog box. This class is
- * suitable to implement quick definition of 32-bit RGBA color items as part of
- * a user preferences definition interface. It implements optional support for
- * an alpha (transparency) component. Color components are specified in the
- * eight-bit range [0,255].
- *
- * \sa Dialog
- */
-class PCL_CLASS SimpleColorDialog : public Dialog
-{
-public:
-
-   enum
-   {
-     AlphaEnabled = 0x0080,   //!< Enable definition of the alpha (transparency) component.
-     Grayscale    = 0x0020    //!< Define a grayscale AARRGGBB color, where RR=GG=BB.
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %SimpleColorDialog object.
-    *
-    * \param color   Address of a 32-bit unsigned integer variable (a RGBA
-    *                color value). If a non-null pointer is specified, when the
-    *                user accepts the dialog the selected color value will be
-    *                written to the specified variable.
-    *
-    * \param flags   A combination of flags that define the behavior of the
-    *                color selection dialog. Currently the following flags are
-    *                supported:\n
-    *                \n
-    *                SimpleColorDialog::AlphaEnabled: Enable definition of the
-    *                alpha (transparency) component\n
-    *                \n
-    *                SimpleColorDialog::Grayscale: Define a grayscale AARRGGBB
-    *                color, where RR=GG=BB.
-    */
-   SimpleColorDialog( RGBA* color = nullptr, uint32 flags = 0 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %SimpleColorDialog object.
-    */
-   virtual ~SimpleColorDialog()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current RGBA color value.
-    *
-    * This function can be called before executing the dialog to set an initial
-    * color value, as an alternative to passing a non-null pointer to the
-    * constructor.
-    */
-   void SetColor( RGBA color );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the RGBA color value that has been defined by the user.
-    *
-    * If a non-null pointer was passed to the constructor, this function
-    * returns the same color value that will be (or has been) written to the
-    * corresponding variable.
-    */
-   RGBA Color() const
-   {
-      return m_workingColor;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this dialog allows definition of an alpha (transparency)
-    * color component.
-    */
-   bool IsAlphaEnabled() const
-   {
-      return (m_flags & AlphaEnabled) != 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this dialog defines a grayscale color, where the three
-    * individual RGB components are equal.
-    */
-   bool IsGrayscale() const
-   {
-      return (m_flags & Grayscale) != 0;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   RGBA*  m_color;
-   RGBA   m_workingColor;
-   uint32 m_flags;
-
-   VerticalSizer  Global_Sizer;
-      HorizontalSizer   Color_Sizer;
-         VerticalSizer     Sliders_Sizer;
-            NumericControl    V0_NumericControl;
-            NumericControl    V1_NumericControl;
-            NumericControl    V2_NumericControl;
-            NumericControl    V3_NumericControl;
-         Control           ColorSample_Control;
-      HorizontalSizer   Buttons_Sizer;
-         PushButton        OK_PushButton;
-         PushButton        Cancel_PushButton;
-
-   void Color_ValueUpdated( NumericEdit& sender, double value );
-   void ColorSample_Paint( Control& sender, const Rect& updateRect );
-   void Done_Click( Button& sender, bool checked );
-   void Dialog_Return( Dialog& sender, int retVal );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ColorDialog_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ColorDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ColorFilterArray.h

@@ -1,348 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ColorFilterArray.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ColorFilterArray_h
-#define __PCL_ColorFilterArray_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ColorFilterArray.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Exception.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup cfa_classes Color Filter Array (CFA) Descriptive Classes
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class ColorFilterArray
- * \brief Color filter array (CFA) structure.
- *
- * %ColorFilterArray describes a color filter array (CFA), such as one of the
- * Bayer filters typically used in raw digital camera images.
- *
- * \ingroup cfa_classes
- * \sa BayerFilterBGGR, BayerFilterGBRG, BayerFilterGRBG, BayerFilterRGGB
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ColorFilterArray
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ColorFilterArray object.
-    *
-    * \param pattern    A sequence of ASCII characters defining a CFA matrix.
-    *                   Each string character represents an element of the CFA
-    *                   matrix, which can be one of:\n
-    *                   \n
-    *                   <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    *                   <tr><td>0</td> <td>A nonexistent or undefined CFA element.</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>R</td> <td>Red</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>G</td> <td>Green</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>B</td> <td>Blue</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>W</td> <td>White or panchromatic</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>C</td> <td>Cyan</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>M</td> <td>Magenta</td></tr>
-    *                   <tr><td>Y</td> <td>Yellow</td></tr>
-    *                   </table>\n
-    *                   \n
-    *                   The length of this string must be equal to the product
-    *                   of \a width by \a height. Otherwise an Error exception
-    *                   will be thrown. An exception will also be thrown if one
-    *                   or more invalid CFA elements are found in \a pattern.
-    *
-    * \param width      Horizontal dimension of the CFA matrix in pixels.
-    *
-    * \param height     Vertical dimension of the CFA matrix in pixels.
-    *
-    * \param name       An optional string identifying the type or model of CFA
-    *                   that is being described by this object.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray( const IsoString& pattern, int width, int height, const String& name = String() )
-      : m_pattern( pattern.Uppercase() )
-      , m_width( width )
-      , m_height( height )
-      , m_name( name )
-   {
-      if ( m_width < 1 || m_height < 1 || size_type( NumberOfElements() ) != m_pattern.Length() )
-         throw Error( "Malformed CFA pattern" );
-      for ( auto element : m_pattern )
-         if ( !IsValidCFAElement( element ) )
-            throw Error( "Invalid CFA pattern \'" + m_pattern + "\'" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %ColorFilterArray object. An empty CFA has no pattern
-    * and zero dimensions.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray( const ColorFilterArray& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray( ColorFilterArray&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray& operator =( const ColorFilterArray& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator.
-    */
-   ColorFilterArray& operator =( ColorFilterArray&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the CFA pattern in this object.
-    */
-   const IsoString& Pattern() const
-   {
-      return m_pattern;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the horizontal dimension of this CFA structure in pixels.
-    */
-   int Width() const
-   {
-      return m_width;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the vertical dimension of this CFA structure in pixels.
-    */
-   int Height() const
-   {
-      return m_height;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of elements (or pixels) in this CFA structure.
-    */
-   int NumberOfElements() const
-   {
-      return int( m_pattern.Length() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this is an empty %ColorFilterArray object. An empty
-    * CFA has no pattern and zero dimensions.
-    */
-   bool IsEmpty() const
-   {
-      return m_pattern.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the name of this CFA structure.
-    */
-   const String& Name() const
-   {
-      return m_name;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this object describes an RGB Bayer filter: BGGR,
-    * GRBG, GBRG, or RGGB.
-    */
-   bool IsBayerFilter() const
-   {
-      return m_pattern == "BGGR" || m_pattern == "GRBG" || m_pattern == "GBRG" || m_pattern == "RGGB";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a copy of the CFA element at the specified \a x and \a y
-    * coordinates (pixel column and row, respectively). The top-left corner of
-    * the CFA is by convention located at coordinates x=y=0.
-    *
-    * For a description of valid CFA elements, see the class constructor.
-    */
-   char Element( int x, int y ) const
-   {
-      size_type i = y*m_width + x;
-      if ( i < m_pattern.Length() )
-         return m_pattern[i];
-      return '\0';
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * Clears all internal structures to yield an empty CFA.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_pattern.Clear();
-      m_width = m_height = 0;
-      m_name.Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents the same CFA structure as another
-    * object \a x. This operator ignores the Name() components of both objects.
-    */
-   bool operator ==( const ColorFilterArray& x ) const
-   {
-      return m_pattern == x.m_pattern && m_width == x.m_width && m_height == x.m_height;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this %ColorFilterArray object precedes another
-    * object \a x. This is a lexicographic comparison performed exclusively on
-    * the CFA patterns, ignoring matrix dimensions and filter names.
-    */
-   bool operator <( const ColorFilterArray& x ) const
-   {
-      return m_pattern < x.m_pattern;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if the specified character is a valid element of a CFA
-    * pattern specification. For a description of valid CFA elements, see the
-    * class constructor.
-    */
-   static bool IsValidCFAElement( char element )
-   {
-      return strchr( "0RGBWCMY", element ) != nullptr;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   IsoString m_pattern;
-   int       m_width  = 0;
-   int       m_height = 0;
-   String    m_name;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class BayerFilterRGGB
- * \brief RGGB Bayer filter representation.
- * \ingroup cfa_classes
- * \sa ColorFilterArray, BayerFilterBGGR, BayerFilterGBRG, BayerFilterGRBG
- */
-class PCL_CLASS BayerFilterRGGB : public ColorFilterArray
-{
-public:
-
-   BayerFilterRGGB()
-      : ColorFilterArray( "RGGB", 2, 2, "RGGB Bayer Filter" )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class BayerFilterBGGR
- * \brief BGGR Bayer filter representation.
- * \ingroup cfa_classes
- * \sa ColorFilterArray, BayerFilterGBRG, BayerFilterGRBG, BayerFilterRGGB
- */
-class PCL_CLASS BayerFilterBGGR : public ColorFilterArray
-{
-public:
-
-   BayerFilterBGGR()
-      : ColorFilterArray( "BGGR", 2, 2, "BGGR Bayer Filter" )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class BayerFilterGBRG
- * \brief GBRG Bayer filter representation.
- * \ingroup cfa_classes
- * \sa ColorFilterArray, BayerFilterBGGR, BayerFilterGRBG, BayerFilterRGGB
- */
-class PCL_CLASS BayerFilterGBRG : public ColorFilterArray
-{
-public:
-
-   BayerFilterGBRG()
-      : ColorFilterArray( "GBRG", 2, 2, "GBRG Bayer Filter" )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class BayerFilterGRBG
- * \brief GRBG Bayer filter representation.
- * \ingroup cfa_classes
- * \sa ColorFilterArray, BayerFilterBGGR, BayerFilterGBRG, BayerFilterRGGB
- */
-class PCL_CLASS BayerFilterGRBG : public ColorFilterArray
-{
-public:
-
-   BayerFilterGRBG()
-      : ColorFilterArray( "GRBG", 2, 2, "GRBG Bayer Filter" )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ColorFilterArray_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ColorFilterArray.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ColorSpace.h

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ColorSpace.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ColorSpace_h
-#define __PCL_ColorSpace_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ColorSpace.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ColorSpace
- * \brief     Supported color spaces
- *
- * Current versions of the PixInsight platform support the following color
- * spaces for images:
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::Unknown</td> <td>Corresponds to an unknown or unsupported color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::Gray</td>    <td>Grayscale monochrome space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::RGB</td>     <td>RGB color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::CIEXYZ</td>  <td>CIE XYZ color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::CIELab</td>  <td>CIE L*a*b* color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::CIELch</td>  <td>CIE L*c*h* color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::HSV</td>     <td>HSV color space: Hue, Saturation, Value</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorSpace::HSI</td>     <td>HSI color space: Hue, Saturation, Intensity</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace ColorSpace
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Unknown = -1,  // Corresponds to an unknown or unsupported color space
-      Gray = 0,      // Grayscale monochrome space
-      RGB,           // RGB color space
-      CIEXYZ,        // CIE XYZ color space
-      CIELab,        // CIE L*a*b* color space
-      CIELch,        // CIE L*c*h* color space
-      HSV,           // HSV color space: Hue, Saturation, Value
-      HSI,           // HSI color space: Hue, Saturation, Intensity
-      NumberOfColorSpaces
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of nominal channels in the specified color space.
-    */
-   inline int NumberOfNominalChannels( int colorSpace )
-   {
-      return (colorSpace == Gray) ? 1 : 3;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string representing the name of a color space.
-    *
-    * \param colorSpace    A supported color space, identified by its
-    *                      corresponding symbolic constant.
-    */
-   String Name( int colorSpace );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the identifier of a nominal channel in a specified color space.
-    *
-    * \param colorSpace    A supported color space, identified by its
-    *                      corresponding symbolic constant.
-    *
-    * \param channel       The index >= 0 of a nominal channel or component.
-    */
-   String ChannelId( int colorSpace, int channel );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ColorSpace_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ColorSpace.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ComboBox.h

@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ComboBox_h
-#define __PCL_ComboBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ComboBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Bitmap.h>
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ComboBox
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %ComboBox control
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %ComboBox
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ComboBox : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ComboBox as a child control of \a parent.
-    */
-   ComboBox( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %ComboBox control.
-    */
-   virtual ~ComboBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of items in this %ComboBox control.
-    */
-   int NumberOfItems() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the index of the current item in this combo box, or -1 if no item
-    * is currently selected in this combo box.
-    */
-   int CurrentItem() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects a combo box item with the specified \a index.
-    */
-   void SetCurrentItem( int index );
-
-   /*!
-    * Finds an item in this combo box. Returns the index of the item found, or
-    * -1 if no item was found that matches the specified criteria.
-    *
-    * \param text             Text to find.
-    *
-    * \param fromIdx          Starting index from which the search will begin.
-    *
-    * \param exactMatch       Whether the search will succeed only if an exact
-    *                         match is found, or a partial match is sufficient.
-    *
-    * \param caseSensitive    True for a case-sensitive search.
-    */
-   int FindItem( const String& text, int fromIdx = 0, bool exactMatch = false, bool caseSensitive = false ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Inserts a new item in this combo box.
-    *
-    * \param index   Insertion point. If an index greater than or equal to the
-    *                current length is specified, the new item is appended to
-    *                the end of the current set of items. If the index is less
-    *                than or equal to zero, the new item will be prepended to
-    *                the current list of items.
-    *
-    * \param text    Text for the new item.
-    *
-    * \param icon    Item icon.
-    */
-   void InsertItem( int index, const String& text, const Bitmap& icon = Bitmap::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a new item at the end of this combo box.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * InsertItem( NumberOfItems(), text, icon )
-    */
-   void AddItem( const String& text, const Bitmap& icon = Bitmap::Null() )
-   {
-      InsertItem( NumberOfItems(), text, icon );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inserts a list of combo box items.
-    *
-    * \param index   Insertion point. If an index greater than or equal to the
-    *                current length is specified, the new items are appended to
-    *                the end of the current set of items. If the index is less
-    *                than or equal to zero, the new items will be prepended to
-    *                the current list of items.
-    *
-    * \param i,j     Two forward iterators defining a range of contiguous
-    *                strings that correspond to the texts of the newly created
-    *                items.
-    */
-   template <class FI>
-   void InsertItems( int index, FI i, FI j )
-   {
-      if ( i != j )
-      {
-         DisableUpdates();
-         do
-            InsertItem( index++, *i );
-         while ( ++i != j );
-         EnableUpdates();
-         Update();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Appends a list of combo box items.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * InsertItems( NumberOfItems(), i, j )
-    */
-   template <class FI>
-   void AddItems( FI i, FI j )
-   {
-      InsertItems( NumberOfItems(), i, j );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inserts a list of combo box items from a container.
-    *
-    * \param index   Insertion point. If an index greater than or equal to the
-    *                current length is specified, the new items are appended to
-    *                the end of the current set of items. If the index is less
-    *                than or equal to zero, the new items will be prepended to
-    *                the current list of items.
-    *
-    * \param c       A reference to a container with the list of strings that
-    *                will be assigned to newly created items.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * InsertItems( index, c.Begin(), c.End() )
-    */
-   template <class C>
-   void InsertItems( int index, const C& c )
-   {
-      InsertItems( index, c.Begin(), c.End() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Appends a list of combo box items from a container.
-    *
-    * \param c    A reference to a container with the list of strings that will
-    *             be used for newly created items.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * InsertItems( NumberOfItems(), c );
-    */
-   template <class C>
-   void AddItems( const C& c )
-   {
-      InsertItems( NumberOfItems(), c );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes the item at the specified \a index. If the specified index is
-    * greater than or equal to the current length, or less than zero,, no items
-    * are removed.
-    */
-   void RemoveItem( int index );
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing items in this combo box.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current text of the combo box item at the specified \a index.
-    */
-   String ItemText( int index ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current text of the combo box item at the specified \a index.
-    */
-   void SetItemText( int index, const String& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Empties the text of the combo box item at the specified \a index.
-    */
-   void ClearItemText( int index )
-   {
-      SetItemText( index, String() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon of the combo box item at the specified \a index.
-    */
-   Bitmap ItemIcon( int index ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Changes the icon of the combo box item at the specified \a index. If a
-    * null bitmap is specified, the combo box item will have no associated icon.
-    */
-   void SetItemIcon( int index, const Bitmap& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the icon of the combo box item at the specified \a index.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * SetItemIcon( index, Bitmap::Null() )
-    */
-   void ClearItemIcon( int index )
-   {
-      SetItemIcon( index, Bitmap::Null() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this combo box is editable. Editable combo boxes allow
-    * the user to edit the text of the currently selected item.
-    */
-   bool IsEditEnabled() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables the editable state of this combo box control.
-    */
-   void EnableEdit( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables the editable state of this combo box control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * EnableEdit( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableEdit( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableEdit( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current text of the editable part of this combo box control.
-    */
-   String EditText() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the text contents of the editable part of this combo box control.
-    */
-   void SetEditText( const String& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Empties the editable part of this combo box control.
-    */
-   void ClearEditText()
-   {
-      SetEditText( String() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff auto completion is currently enabled for this combo box
-    * control.
-    */
-   bool IsAutoCompletionEnabled() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables auto completion for this combo box control.
-    */
-   void EnableAutoCompletion( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables auto completion for this combo box control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * EnableAutoCompletion( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableAutoCompletion( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableAutoCompletion( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Provides the current icon dimensions for this combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param[out] width,height   Icon dimensions in pixels.
-    */
-   void GetIconSize( int& width, int& height ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon width in pixels for this combo box control.
-    */
-   int IconWidth() const
-   {
-      int w, dum; GetIconSize( w, dum ); return w;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current icon height in pixels for this combo box control.
-    */
-   int IconHeight() const
-   {
-      int dum, h; GetIconSize( dum, h ); return h;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the icon dimensions in pixels for this combo box control.
-    */
-   void SetIconSize( int width, int height );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the icon size in pixels for this combo box control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to:
-    * SetIconSize( size, size )
-    */
-   void SetIconSize( int size )
-   {
-      SetIconSize( size, size );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void GetScaledIconSize( int& width, int& height ) const
-   {
-      GetIconSize( width, height ); width = PhysicalPixelsToLogical( width ); height = PhysicalPixelsToLogical( height );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledIconWidth() const
-   {
-      int width, dum; GetIconSize( width, dum ); return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( width );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledIconHeight() const
-   {
-      int dum, height; GetIconSize( dum, height ); return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( height );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetScaledIconSize( int width, int height )
-   {
-      SetIconSize( LogicalPixelsToPhysical( width ), LogicalPixelsToPhysical( height ) );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetScaledIconSize( int size )
-   {
-      size = LogicalPixelsToPhysical( size );
-      SetIconSize( size, size );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum number of items that can be visible when this combo
-    * box control is dropped down, or 0 is no specific limit has been set.
-    */
-   int MaxVisibleItemCount() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the maximum number of items that can be visible when this combo
-    * box control is dropped down. If zero is specified, the combo box control
-    * will show a convenient number of items automatically in drop-down state.
-    */
-   void SetMaxVisibleItemCount( int );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the minimum number of characters that fit in this combo box
-    * control, or zero if no specific limit has been set.
-    */
-   int MinItemCharWidth() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the minimum number of characters that must fit in this combo box
-    * control. If zero is specified, the combo box control will adapt its
-    * size automatically to its initial contents.
-    */
-   void SetMinItemCharWidth( int );
-
-   //
-   // Drop-down items list
-   //
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces this combo box control to enter the drop-down state. The list of
-    * existing items is shown on a pop-up panel where they can be browsed and
-    * selected.
-    */
-   void ShowList();
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces this combo box control to exit the drop-down state. The list of
-    * items will be hidden, if it is currently visible.
-    */
-   void HideList();
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnItemSelected( ComboBox& sender, int itemIndex );
-   // void OnItemHighlighted( ComboBox& sender, int itemIndex );
-   // void OnEditTextUpdated( ComboBox& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup combobox_event_handlers ComboBox Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>combo box item event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A combo box item event is generated when an item is selected or
-    * highlighted in a combo box.
-    *
-    * \param sender     The ComboBox control that sends a combo box item event.
-    *
-    * \param itemIndex  The index of the combo box item where the event
-    *                   originated, in the range from zero to the number of
-    *                   existing combo box items minus one.
-    *
-    * \ingroup combobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*item_event_handler)( ComboBox& sender, int itemIndex );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>combo box edit event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A combo box edit event is generated when the text in the editable part of
-    * a combo box is changed by the user.
-    *
-    * \param sender     The ComboBox control that sends a combo box edit event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup combobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*edit_event_handler)( ComboBox& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>item selected</em> event handler for this combo box.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The combo box item event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever an item is selected in this
-    *                   combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>item selected</em>
-    *                   events from this combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup combobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnItemSelected( item_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>item highlighted</em> event handler for this combo box.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The combo box item event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever an item is highlighted in this
-    *                   combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>item highlighted</em>
-    *                   events from this combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup combobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnItemHighlighted( item_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>edit updated</em> event handler for this combo box.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The combo box edit event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever the text changes in the
-    *                   editable part of combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>edit updated</em>
-    *                   events from this combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup combobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnEditTextUpdated( edit_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      item_event_handler onItemSelected    = nullptr;
-      item_event_handler onItemHighlighted = nullptr;
-      edit_event_handler onEditTextUpdated = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   friend class ComboBoxEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ComboBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Compression.h

@@ -1,809 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Compression.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Compression_h
-#define __PCL_Compression_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Compression.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ByteArray.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup compression_classes Data Compression Classes
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class Compression
- * \brief Abstract base class of data compression algorithm implementations.
- *
- * %Compression defines a common interface for compression algorithms such as
- * Zlib/deflate, LZ4, LZMA, etc.
- *
- * \ingroup compression_classes
- * \sa ZLibCompression, LZ4Compression, LZ4HCCompression, BloscLZCompression
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Compression : public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * \struct pcl::Compression::Subblock
-    * \brief Compression subblock data.
-    */
-   struct Subblock
-   {
-      ByteArray compressedData;       //!< Sub-block compressed data.
-      size_type uncompressedSize = 0; //!< size in bytes of the uncompressed subblock.
-      uint64    checksum         = 0; //!< If non-zero, 64-bit non-cryptographic checksum of the compressed data.
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * \struct pcl::Compression::Performance
-    * \brief Compression/decompression performance measurements.
-    */
-   struct Performance
-   {
-      float  sizeReduction   = 0; //!< Relative size reduction, e.g.: 0.25 for a 25% size reduction.
-      double throughput      = 0; //!< Compression/decompression rate in MiB per second.
-      int    numberOfThreads = 0; //!< Number of parallel threads used.
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * A dynamic, ordered list of compression subblocks.
-    */
-   typedef Array<Subblock>    subblock_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. This object will be initialized with the following
-    * parameters:
-    *
-    * \li Compression level: Use an algorithm-dependent default level to
-    * achieve a good compromise between running speed and compression ratio.
-    *
-    * \li Byte shuffling: Enabled.
-    *
-    * \li Item size: One byte (which inhibits shuffling).
-    *
-    * \li Sub-block checksums: Enabled.
-    *
-    * \li Sub-block size: Use the maximum possible subblock size for each
-    * compression algorithm.
-    *
-    * \li Parallel processing: Enabled to use the maximum possible number of
-    * processors.
-    */
-   Compression()  = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Compression( const Compression& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Compression& operator =( const Compression& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~Compression()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of this data compression algorithm.
-    */
-   virtual String AlgorithmName() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum compression optimization level supported by this
-    * algorithm. Higher levels tend to provide higher compression ratios at the
-    * cost of more computational work.
-    */
-   virtual int MaxCompressionLevel() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the default compression optimization level for this algorithm.
-    * The returned value represents a good compromise between execution speed
-    * and compression ratio.
-    */
-   virtual int DefaultCompressionLevel() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current compression optimization level.
-    *
-    * See SetCompressionLevel() for more information.
-    */
-   int CompressionLevel() const
-   {
-      return m_compressionLevel;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets an algorithm-dependent compression optimization level.
-    *
-    * Higher levels tend to provide higher compression ratios at the cost of
-    * more computational work. If zero or a negative value is specified, the
-    * compression routines will select a default level automatically to achieve
-    * a good compromise between speed and compression ratio for each
-    * compression algorithm.
-    */
-   void SetCompressionLevel( int level )
-   {
-      m_compressionLevel = Range( level, 0, MaxCompressionLevel() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the default compression optimization level for this compression
-    * algorithm.
-    *
-    * This function is a shortcut for SetCompressionLevel( 0 ). The default
-    * compression level attempts to achieve a good compromise between speed and
-    * compression ratio for each compression algorithm.
-    */
-   void SetDefaultCompressionLevel()
-   {
-      SetCompressionLevel( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff byte shuffling is currently enabled for this
-    * %Compression object.
-    *
-    * See EnableByteShuffling() for more information.
-    */
-   bool ByteShufflingEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_byteShuffle;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables byte shuffling for this %Compression object.
-    *
-    * Enable this option to pre-process the data with a byte shuffling routine
-    * before compression. The byte shuffle algorithm reorganizes the data in a
-    * clever way that can greatly improve compression ratios, especially for
-    * data with high \e locality (or data containing similar values close
-    * together), such as most scientific and observational data. This option
-    * can be particularly efficient for compression of data structured as
-    * contiguous sequences of 16-bit, 32-bit and 64-bit numbers, such as most
-    * images processed with PixInsight. For 8-bit data, byte shuffling is a
-    * no-op and is hence ignored. Byte shuffling is enabled by default.
-    */
-   void EnableByteShuffling( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_byteShuffle = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables byte shuffling for this %Compression object.
-    *
-    * Equivalent to EnableByteShuffling( !disable ).
-    */
-   void DisableByteShuffling( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableByteShuffling( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current item size for shuffling.
-    *
-    * This is the length in bytes of an element in the uncompressed data, used
-    * by the byte shuffling algorithm. See EnableByteShuffling() for more
-    * information.
-    */
-   size_type ItemSize() const
-   {
-      return m_itemSize;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the item size for shuffling.
-    *
-    * \a itemSize is the length in bytes of a data item for the byte shuffling
-    * algorithm. See EnableByteShuffling() for more information.
-    */
-   void SetItemSize( size_type itemSize )
-   {
-      m_itemSize = uint8( Range( itemSize, size_type( 1 ), size_type( 128 ) ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current compression subblock size in bytes.
-    *
-    * See SetSubblockSize() for more information.
-    */
-   size_type SubblockSize() const
-   {
-      return m_subblockSize;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the compression subblock size.
-    *
-    * The specified \a size is the length in bytes of a compression subblock.
-    * If a value of zero is specified, the effective block size will be the
-    * maximum possible for this compression algorithm (for example, slightly
-    * less than 4 GiB for zlib/deflate and slightly less than 2 GiB for LZ4 and
-    * BloscLZ). The number of elements in the arrays returned by the Compress()
-    * family of functions will depend on this value.
-    */
-   void SetSubblockSize( size_type size )
-   {
-      m_subblockSize = Range( size, size_type( 0 ), MaxBlockSize() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff subblock checksums are currently enabled for this
-    * %Compression object.
-    *
-    * See EnableChecksums() for more information.
-    */
-   bool ChecksumsEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_checksums;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables subblock checksums for this %Compression object.
-    *
-    * When this option is enabled, a non-cryptographic checksum is computed for
-    * each compressed subblock and stored along with the subblock data. These
-    * checksums are computed again before decompression and compared with the
-    * stored values. This guarantees that the compressed data have not been
-    * altered.
-    *
-    * In current versions of PixInsight, the xxHash algorithm (64-bit version)
-    * is used for compressed subblock checksums. xxHash is an extremely fast
-    * hashing function, so its impact on compression/decompression speed is
-    * negligible. See the pcl::Hash64() function for details.
-    */
-   void EnableChecksums( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_checksums = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables subblock checksums for this %Compression object.
-    *
-    * Equivalent to EnableChecksums( !disable ).
-    */
-   void DisableChecksums( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableChecksums( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Compresses a data block.
-    *
-    * \param data    Starting address of the data block to be compressed.
-    *
-    * \param size    Length in bytes of the data block to be compressed.
-    *
-    * \param perf    If non-null, pointer to a Performance structure where
-    *                performance data will be provided.
-    *
-    * Returns a dynamic array of compressed subblocks. Each array element is a
-    * Subblock structure with the compressed data, the uncompressed length in
-    * bytes, and an optional checksum. If compression succeeds, the returned
-    * array will have at least one element.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a size is zero, or if one or more subblocks are not
-    * compressible with this algorithm, this function returns an empty array.
-    *
-    * This function can only throw an exception if the specified \a data
-    * pointer is null, or in the event of an out-of-memory condition.
-    */
-   subblock_list Compress( const void* data, size_type size, Performance* perf = nullptr ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Compression of a direct container with contiguous storage.
-    *
-    * \param data    Reference to a direct container with contiguous storage
-    *                and PCL container semantics. Meaningful Begin() and Size()
-    *                member functions are required. Typically, the ByteArray
-    *                class is used, although any array-like direct container
-    *                class is appropriate, including Array, String, Vector and
-    *                Matrix, among others.
-    *
-    * \param perf    If non-null, pointer to a Performance structure where
-    *                performance data will be provided.
-    *
-    * Returns a dynamic array of compressed subblocks. Each array element is a
-    * Subblock structure with the compressed data, the uncompressed length in
-    * bytes, and an optional checksum. If compression succeeds, the returned
-    * array will have at least one element.
-    *
-    * If the specified container is empty, or if one or more subblocks are not
-    * compressible with this algorithm, this function returns an empty array.
-    *
-    * This function can only throw an exception in the event of an
-    * out-of-memory condition.
-    */
-   template <class C>
-   subblock_list Compress( const C& data, Performance* perf = nullptr ) const
-   {
-      return Compress( data.Begin(), data.Size(), perf );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Decompression of a set of compressed subblocks.
-    *
-    * \param data       Starting address of the output uncompressed data block.
-    *
-    * \param maxSize    Maximum space in bytes available at \a data. Must be
-    *                   equal to or larger than the total uncompressed size.
-    *
-    * \param subblocks  Reference to a dynamic array of compressed subblocks.
-    *                   The specified array should be the result of a previous
-    *                   call to one of the Compress() functions for this
-    *                   algorithm. This object must have coherent ItemSize()
-    *                   and ByteShufflingEnabled() properties to match the ones
-    *                   used when the data was compressed.
-    *
-    * \param perf       If non-null, pointer to a Performance structure where
-    *                   performance data will be provided.
-    *
-    * Upon successful completion, the uncompressed data will be available in
-    * the specified output \a data block, and the function will return the
-    * length in bytes of the uncompressed data (necessarily smaller than or
-    * equal to \a maxSize).
-    *
-    * In the event of errors, such as invalid or corrupted data, uncompressed
-    * block or subblock size mismatch, or an out-of-memory condition, this
-    * function throws an Error exception. In such case the data possibly stored
-    * in the output \a data buffer will be invalid.
-    */
-   size_type Uncompress( void* data, size_type maxSize,
-                         const subblock_list& subblocks, Performance* perf = nullptr ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Decompression of a set of compressed subblocks.
-    *
-    * \param subblocks  Reference to a dynamic array of compressed subblocks.
-    *                   The specified array should be the result of a previous
-    *                   call to one of the Compress() functions for this
-    *                   algorithm. This object must have coherent ItemSize()
-    *                   and ByteShufflingEnabled() properties to match the ones
-    *                   used when the data was compressed.
-    *
-    * \param perf       If non-null, pointer to a Performance structure where
-    *                   performance data will be provided.
-    *
-    * Returns the uncompressed data as a ByteArray object.
-    *
-    * In the event of errors, such as invalid or corrupted data, uncompressed
-    * block or subblock size mismatch, or an out-of-memory condition, this
-    * function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   ByteArray Uncompress( const subblock_list& subblocks, Performance* perf = nullptr ) const
-   {
-      size_type uncompressedSize = 0;
-      for ( const Subblock& subblock : subblocks )
-         uncompressedSize += subblock.uncompressedSize;
-      ByteArray data( uncompressedSize );
-      (void)Uncompress( data.Begin(), uncompressedSize, subblocks, perf );
-      return data;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Decompression of a compressed data block stored in a ByteArray object.
-    * Returns the uncompressed data as a ByteArray.
-    *
-    * See the Uncompress( const subblock_list&, Performance* ) const member
-    * function for more information.
-    */
-   ByteArray Uncompress( const ByteArray& compressedData,
-                         size_type uncompressedSize, Performance* perf = nullptr ) const
-   {
-      Subblock subblock;
-      subblock.compressedData = compressedData;
-      subblock.uncompressedSize = uncompressedSize;
-      return Uncompress( subblock_list() << subblock, perf );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   int       m_compressionLevel = 0; // 0 = use codec's default
-   size_type m_subblockSize = 0;     // 0 = use largest possible subblocks
-   uint8     m_itemSize = 1;
-   bool      m_byteShuffle = true;
-   bool      m_checksums = true;
-
-protected:
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length in bytes of the smallest contiguous data block that
-    * can be compressed with this algorithm.
-    */
-   virtual size_type MinBlockSize() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length in bytes of the largest contiguous data block that can
-    * be compressed with this algorithm.
-    */
-   virtual size_type MaxBlockSize() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum length in bytes of the contiguous block necessary to
-    * compress a contiguous block of the specified \a size in bytes.
-    */
-   virtual size_type MaxCompressedBlockSize( size_type size ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Compression of a contiguous block starting at \a inputData with
-    * \a inputSize length in bytes, using the specified compression \a level.
-    * The compressed data will be written as a contiguous block starting at
-    * \a outputData, with length smaller than or equal to \a outputSize.
-    * Returns the number of bytes written to \a outputData, or zero if the data
-    * are not compressible.
-    */
-   virtual size_type CompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                                    const void* inputData, size_type inputSize, int level ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Decompression of a contiguous compressed block starting at \a inputData
-    * with \a inputSize length in bytes. The uncompressed data will be written
-    * as a contiguous block starting at \a outputData, with length equal to
-    * \a outputSize. Returns the number of bytes written to \a outputData,
-    * which should be equal to \a outputSize, or smaller in the event of error.
-    */
-   virtual size_type UncompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                                      const void* inputData, size_type inputSize ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Byte shuffling algorithm applied to \a size bytes starting at \a data,
-    * with element length \a itemSize in bytes. Returns the shuffled data as a
-    * ByteArray object.
-    */
-   static ByteArray Shuffle( const uint8* data, size_type size, size_type itemSize )
-   {
-      ByteArray shuffled( size );
-      if ( size > 0 && data != nullptr )
-      {
-         size_type numberOfItems = size / itemSize;
-         ByteArray::iterator s = shuffled.Begin();
-         for ( size_type j = 0; j < itemSize; ++j )
-         {
-            ByteArray::const_iterator u = data + j;
-            for ( size_type i = 0; i < numberOfItems; ++i, ++s, u += itemSize )
-               *s = *u;
-         }
-         ::memcpy( s, data + numberOfItems*itemSize, size % itemSize );
-      }
-      return shuffled;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Reverse byte shuffling algorithm (or \e unshuffling) applied to \a size
-    * bytes starting at \a data, with element length \a itemSize in bytes.
-    * Returns the unshuffled data as a ByteArray object.
-    */
-   static ByteArray Unshuffle( const uint8* data, size_type size, size_type itemSize )
-   {
-      ByteArray unshuffled( size );
-      if ( size > 0 && data != nullptr )
-      {
-         size_type numberOfItems = size / itemSize;
-         ByteArray::const_iterator s = data;
-         for ( size_type j = 0; j < itemSize; ++j )
-         {
-            ByteArray::iterator u = unshuffled.At( j );
-            for ( size_type i = 0; i < numberOfItems; ++i, ++s, u += itemSize )
-               *u = *s;
-         }
-         ::memcpy( unshuffled.At( numberOfItems*itemSize ), s, size % itemSize );
-      }
-      return unshuffled;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * In-place reverse byte shuffling algorithm (or \e unshuffling) applied to
-    * \a size bytes starting at \a data, with element length \a itemSize in
-    * bytes.
-    */
-   static void InPlaceUnshuffle( uint8* data, size_type size, size_type itemSize )
-   {
-      if ( size > 0 && data != nullptr )
-      {
-         const ByteArray shuffled( data, data+size );
-         size_type numberOfItems = size / itemSize;
-         ByteArray::const_iterator s = shuffled.Begin();
-         for ( size_type j = 0; j < itemSize; ++j )
-         {
-            ByteArray::iterator u = data + j;
-            for ( size_type i = 0; i < numberOfItems; ++i, ++s, u += itemSize )
-               *u = *s;
-         }
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Helper function to throw an error message with inclusion of the algorithm
-    * name.
-    */
-   void Throw( const String& errorMessage ) const;
-
-   friend class PCL_CompressionEngine;
-   friend class PCL_DecompressionEngine;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ZLibCompression
- * \brief Implementation of the ZLib/Deflate compression algorithm.
- *
- * This class implements the deflate lossless compression algorithm in the
- * standard zlib format. This is the default PixInsight/XISF compression codec.
- *
- * The underlying implementation in the PixInsight core application is the
- * well-known zlib library written by Jean-Loup Gailly and Mark Adler.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li Jean-Loup Gailly, L. Peter Deutsch (1996), RFC 1950: <em>ZLIB Compressed
- * Data Format Specification version 3.3</em>
- *
- * \li Jean-Loup Gailly, L. Peter Deutsch (1996), RFC 1951: <em>DEFLATE
- * Compressed Data Format Specification version 1.3</em>
- *
- * \li Greg Roelofs, Mark Adler, Zlib Home Site: http://www.zlib.net/
- *
- * \ingroup compression_classes
- * \sa Compression, LZ4Compression, LZ4HCCompression, BloscLZCompression
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ZLibCompression : public Compression
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of this data compression algorithm (ZLib).
-    */
-   String AlgorithmName() const override
-   {
-      return "ZLib";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int MaxCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int DefaultCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MinBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxCompressedBlockSize( size_type size ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type CompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                            const void* inputData, size_type inputSize, int level ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type UncompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                              const void* inputData, size_type inputSize ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class LZ4Compression
- * \brief Implementation of the LZ4 compression algorithm.
- *
- * This class implements the LZ4 compression algorithm by Yann Collet.
- *
- * LZ4 is a lossless data compression algorithm focused on compression and
- * decompression speed.
- *
- * The underlying implementation in the PixInsight core application is the
- * reference implementation by Yann Collet, which has been released under a New
- * BSD license.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li LZ4 source code repository: https://github.com/Cyan4973/lz4
- *
- * \li LZ4 website: http://cyan4973.github.io/lz4/
- *
- * \ingroup compression_classes
- * \sa Compression, LZ4HCCompression, ZLibCompression, BloscLZCompression
- */
-class PCL_CLASS LZ4Compression : public Compression
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of this data compression algorithm (LZ4-HC).
-    */
-   String AlgorithmName() const override
-   {
-      return "LZ4";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int MaxCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int DefaultCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MinBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxCompressedBlockSize( size_type size ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type CompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                            const void* inputData, size_type inputSize, int level ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type UncompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                              const void* inputData, size_type inputSize ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class LZ4HCCompression
- * \brief Implementation of the LZ4-HC compression algorithm.
- *
- * This class implements the LZ4 compression algorithm (high compression
- * variant) by Yann Collet.
- *
- * LZ4 is a lossless data compression algorithm focused on compression and
- * decompression speed.
- *
- * The underlying implementation in the PixInsight core application is the
- * reference implementation by Yann Collet, which has been released under a New
- * BSD license.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li LZ4 source code repository: https://github.com/Cyan4973/lz4
- *
- * \li LZ4 website: http://cyan4973.github.io/lz4/
- *
- * \ingroup compression_classes
- * \sa Compression, LZ4Compression, ZLibCompression, BloscLZCompression
- */
-class PCL_CLASS LZ4HCCompression : public Compression
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of this data compression algorithm (LZ4-HC).
-    */
-   String AlgorithmName() const override
-   {
-      return "LZ4-HC";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int MaxCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   int DefaultCompressionLevel() const override;
-
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MinBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxBlockSize() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type MaxCompressedBlockSize( size_type size ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type CompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                            const void* inputData, size_type inputSize, int level ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   size_type UncompressBlock( void* outputData, size_type outputSize,
-                              const void* inputData, size_type inputSize ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Compression_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Compression.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Console.h

@@ -1,829 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Console.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Console_h
-#define __PCL_Console_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Console.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class PCL_CLASS View;
-
-/*!
- * \class  Console
- * \brief  A high-level interface to a PixInsight processing console.
- *
- * The PixInsight platform provides three different user interfaces implemented
- * in the PixInsight core application: a graphical user interface (GUI), a
- * scripting interface (the PixInsight JavaScript runtime), and a command-line
- * interface. The %Console class is a high-level abstraction that represents
- * the %Process %Console window of the PixInsight core application, which
- * implements the entire command-line and console text input/output
- * functionality in PixInsight.
- *
- * A module can instantiate %Console to perform direct text input/output
- * operations. %Console objects are often used to display information about
- * ongoing processes, to let the user abort a process, or to put a process in a
- * wait state to perform a modal user interface operation (e.g., showing a
- * message box) in a thread-safe way.
- *
- * From the module developer perspective, each module has an associated
- * console. Such associations between modules and consoles are managed
- * automatically by internal core and PCL routines: module developers just need
- * to instantiate the %Console class and use its member functions.
- *
- * For example, writing a message to the console can be as simple as:
- *
- * \code
- * Console().WriteLn( "Hello, PixInsight" );
- * \endcode
- *
- * Stream-style console insertion and extraction operators are also available.
- * For example, this is equivalent to the above code:
- *
- * \code
- * Console() << "Hello, PixInsight" << '\n';
- * \endcode
- *
- * When you need to output formatted data, you can use the String::Format()
- * family of functions. These functions are similar to the standard printf() C
- * runtime function:
- *
- * \code
- * Console console;
- * console.WriteLn( String().Format( "Radius = %.6f, Angle = %+.2f&deg;", r, Deg( a ) ) );
- * \endcode
- *
- * PixInsight consoles can understand and reproduce the full set of ISO-8859-1
- * HTML entities. You see an example on the code fragment above: the \c "&deg;"
- * entity prints a <em>degree symbol</em> on the console.
- *
- * PixInsight consoles can also interpret a number of \e tags, similar to HTML,
- * to perform special actions and formatting operations. For example:
- *
- * \code
- * Console() << "<end><cbr>This is <b>bold</b> and this is <i>italics</i><br>";
- * \endcode
- *
- * In this example, the "<end>" tag moves the cursor after the last character
- * in the console, then the "<cbr>" tag (<em>conditional break</em>) generates
- * a new line only if the current line is not empty. This ensures that
- * subsequent text output will start on an empty line at the end of the current
- * console contents. The "<b>" and "</b>" tags write text in a bold type face,
- * and the "<i>" and "</i>" pair write text in italics. This is just a minimal
- * fraction of the rich set of tags understood by PixInsight consoles.
- *
- * As we describe in detail below, PixInsight consoles support standard ANSI
- * escape codes, and can also be used to render inline HTML contents.
- *
- * It must be pointed out that the entire text output functionality of %Console
- * is also available for TextBox controls. A module can instantiate a %TextBox
- * control to provide rich text-based output as a process log, the output of an
- * external process, or an information panel based on HTML tables, just to name
- * a few possibilities implemented frequently.
- *
- * <h2>%Console Tags</h2>
- *
- * Here is a comprehensive list of supported console tags at the time of
- * publishing this documentation. New functionality implemented through console
- * tags will be documented here as new versions are released.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- *
- * <tr><td>\<b\>\</b\></td> <td>Enables/disables bold text.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<i\>\</i\></td> <td>Enables/disables italics text.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<u\>\</u\></td> <td>Enables/disables underlined text.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<o\>\</o\></td> <td>Enables/disables overlined text.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<sub\>\</sub\></td> <td>Enables/disables subscript text.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<sup\>\</sup\></td> <td>Enables/disables superscript text.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<br\></td>      <td>Line break.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<br/\></td>     <td>Line break, XML compliant (same as \<br\>).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<cbr\></td>     <td>Conditional line break: sends a line break if the cursor is not at the beginning of an empty line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<cbr/\></td>    <td>Conditional line break, XML compliant (same as \<cbr\>).</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<bsp\></td>     <td>Backspace: deletes the previous character and moves the cursor one step left, only if it is not at the beginning of a line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<end\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the end of the console.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<beg\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the beginning of the console.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<bwd\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the previous character, only if it is not at the beginning of a line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<fwd\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the next character, only if it is not at the end of a line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<eol\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<bol\></td>     <td>Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<up\></td>      <td>Moves the cursor to the previous line, if it is not already at the first line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<down\></td>    <td>Moves the cursor to the next line, if it is not already at the last line.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<clr\></td>     <td>Clears the console. Avoid issuing this tag arbitrarily - please see the documentation for Console::Clear() for more information.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<clreol\></td>  <td>Deletes the text from the current cursor position (included) to the end of the current line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<clrbol\></td>  <td>Deletes the text from the current cursor position (included) to the beginning of the current line.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<clrend\></td>  <td>Deletes the text from the current cursor position (included) to the end of the console.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<clrbeg\></td>  <td>Deletes the text from the current cursor position (included) to the beginning of the console. Avoid issuing this tag arbitrarily - please see the documentation for Console::Clear() for more information.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<nowrap\>\</nowrap\></td>         <td>Disables/enables word wrapping of text lines.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<notags\>\</notags\></td>         <td>Disables/enables tag interpretation, except the \</notags\> tag, which is always interpreted.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<noentities\>\</noentities\></td> <td>Disables/enables interpretation of ISO-8859-1 entities.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<raw\>\</raw\></td>               <td>Disables/enables interpretation of tags, except the \</raw\> tag, and ISO-8859-1 entities. \<raw\> is equivalent to (but faster than) \<noentities\>\<notags\>.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<code\>\</code\></td>             <td>Equivalent to \<monospace\>\<raw\>. Useful to show source code fragments.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<monospace\></td>    <td>Selects a platform-dependent, monospaced font.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<sans\></td>         <td>Selects a platform-dependent, sans-serif font.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<serif\></td>        <td>Selects a platform-dependent, serif font.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<courier\></td>      <td>Selects the Courier font, or the nearest available monspaced font, depending on the platform.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<helvetica\></td>    <td>Selects the Helvetica font, or the nearest available sans-serif font, depending on the platform.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<times\></td>        <td>Selects the Times font, or the nearest available serif font, depending on the platform.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<default-font\></td> <td>Selects the default console font (usually a monospaced font; but user-selectable through preferences).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<reset-font\></td>   <td>Resets all text settings and styles to default values.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<show\></td>    <td>If this console corresponds to the processing console window, shows it if it's currently hidden and docked in the PixInsight core application window; otherwise this tag is ignored. Equivalent to calling the Console::Show() member function.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<hide\></td>    <td>If this console corresponds to the processing console window, hides it if it's currently visible and docked in the PixInsight core application window; otherwise this tag is ignored. Equivalent to calling the Console::Hide() member function.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\<flush\></td>   <td>Causes any pending data to be written immediately to the console. If there is no unwritten data for this console, this tag has no effect. Equivalent to calling the Console::Flush() member function.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td>\<html\>\</html\></td> <td>Enables/disables HTML mode. In HTML mode, the console interprets and renders a comprehensive set of HTML 4 tags, including full support of tables, as well as a significant part of Level 2 CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) directives. In HTML mode, PixInsight console tags are either ignored or interpreted with their corresponding meaning in HTML 4.</td></tr>
- *
- * </table>
- *
- * In addition, the \\n, \\r and \\b escape characters can be used in place of
- * the \<br\>, \<bol\> and \<bsp\> tags, respectively.
- *
- * <h2>Character Entities</h2>
- *
- * PixInsight consoles fully recognize and interpret the whole set of
- * HTML 4 character entities, including all ISO 8859-1 characters and all
- * character entities for symbols, mathematical symbols, Greek letters,
- * markup-significant and internationalization characters.
- *
- * Character entities are of the form:
- *
- * <tt>\<entity-name\>;</tt>
- *
- * where \<entity-name\> is one of the references included in the
- * following W3C Recommendation document:
- *
- * http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/sgml/entities.html
- *
- * <h2>HTML Mode</h2>
- *
- * The \<html\> tag allows you to put a PixInsight console in <em>HTML
- * mode</em>. In this mode you can embed HTML 4 contents directly. For example,
- * this code:
- *
- * \code
- * Console console;
- * console.Write( "<html>"
- *                "<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">"
- *                "<tr><td>If this is foo</td>  <td>and this is bar,</td></tr>"
- *                "<tr><td>then</td>            <td>this can only be foo bar.</td></tr>"
- *                "</table>"
- *                "</html>" ); \endcode
- *
- * generates an HTML table with two rows and two columns. PixInsight consoles
- * support most of the HTML 4 specification, including a subset of CSS2. For
- * detaled information, this document describes HTML support in Qt, which is
- * the underlying implementation in current versions of PixInsight:
- *
- * http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/richtext-html-subset.html
- *
- * In HTML mode, that is, within a pair of \<html\>\</html\> tags, no
- * PixInsight console tags or ANSI escape codes are recognized or interpreted.
- *
- * <h2>ANSI Escape Codes</h2>
- *
- * Since version 1.8.1 of the PixInsight core application, PixInsight consoles
- * support a large set of ANSI CSI (Control Sequence Introducer) codes. For a
- * detailed description of ANSI escape codes, refer to the following documents:
- *
- * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code
- * http://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
- *
- * The following table describes the supported CSI codes in the current version
- * of PixInsight. ESC represents the escape control character, whose ASCII code
- * is 27<sub>10</sub> = 1B<sub>16</sub>. The CSI sequence is ESC followed by
- * the left square bracket character, represented as the ESC[ sequence. See the
- * examples given at the end of the table.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n A</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor up n Times (default n=1) (CUU)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n B</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor down n Times (default n=1) (CUD)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n C</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor forward n Times (default n=1) (CUF)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n D</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor backward n Times (default n=1) (CUB)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n E</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor to next line n Times (default n=1) (CNL)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n F</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor to preceding line n Times (default n=1) (CPL)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n G</tt></td>    <td>%Cursor to character absolute column n (default n=1) (CHA)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n;m H</tt></td>  <td>%Cursor position to row n and column m (default n=m=1) (CUP)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n;m f</tt></td>  <td>Horizontal & Vertical Position (HVP). Same as H.</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n J</tt></td>    <td>Erase in Display (ED)<br>
- *       <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 0</tt></td> <td>Erase below up to the end of text. This is the default if no n is specified.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 1</tt></td> <td>Erase above up to the start of text.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 2</tt></td> <td>Erase all (entire console).</td></tr>
- *       </table></td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n K</tt></td>    <td>Erase in Line (EL)<br>
- *       <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 0</tt></td> <td>Erase to right up to the end of line. This is the default if no n is specified.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 1</tt></td> <td>Erase to left up to the start of line.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>n = 2</tt></td> <td>Erase the whole line.</td></tr>
- *       </table></td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n L</tt></td>    <td>Insert n line(s) (default n=1) (IL)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n M</tt></td>    <td>Delete n line(s) (default n=1) (DL)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ n P</tt></td>    <td>Delete n character(s) (default n=1) (DCH)</td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[ ... m</tt></td>  <td>Set graphics rendition (SGR)<br>
- *       The ellipsis represents a list of one or more integer arguments separated by semi-colons. The following arguments are recognized:<br>
- *       <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%">
- *       <tr><td><tt>0</tt></td>     <td>Reset all font and color properties to default values.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>1</tt></td>     <td>Bold font</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>2</tt></td>     <td>Faint (decreased intensity) - ignored (not implemented)</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>3</tt></td>     <td>Italic font</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>4</tt></td>     <td>Underline font</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>5</tt></td>     <td>Blink (slow) - reinterpreted - selects a bold font.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>6</tt></td>     <td>Blink (fast) - reinterpreted - selects a bold font.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>7</tt></td>     <td>Inverse colors (swap default foreground and background)</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>8</tt></td>     <td>Invisible - ignored (not implemented)</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>9</tt></td>     <td>Strike out font</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>21</tt></td>    <td>Bold font: disable</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>22</tt></td>    <td>Normal color - ignored (not implemented)</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>23</tt></td>    <td>Italic font: disable</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>24</tt></td>    <td>Underline font: disable</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>25</tt></td>    <td>Blink: disable - reinterpreted - disables bold font (same as 21).</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>27</tt></td>    <td>Inverse colors: disable</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>28</tt></td>    <td>Visible - ignored (not implemented)</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>29</tt></td>    <td>Strike out font: disable</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>30 ... 37</tt></td>  <td>Set foreground color to n-30: 0=black, 1=red, 2=green, 3=yellow, 4=blue, 5=magenta, 6=cyan, 7=white.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>38</tt></td>    <td>KDE's Konsole extended 24-bit color space: Set foreground color (see note below).</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>39</tt></td>    <td>Default foreground color.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>40 ... 47</tt></td>  <td>Set background color to n-40. Colors are the same as for 30 ... 37.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>48</tt></td>    <td>KDE's Konsole extended 24-bit color space: Set background color (see note below).</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>49</tt></td>    <td>Default background color.</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>53</tt></td>    <td>Overline font</td></tr>
- *       <tr><td><tt>55</tt></td>    <td>Overline font: disable</td></tr>
- *       </table></td></tr>
- *
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[s</tt></td>       <td>Save %Cursor Position (SCP)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td><tt>ESC[u</tt></td>       <td>Restore %Cursor Position (RCP)</td></tr>
- *
- * </table>
- *
- * KDE Konsole 24-bit colors use the following format:
- *
- * <tt>Select RGB foreground color: ESC[ ... 38;2;r;g;b ... m</tt><br>
- * <tt>Select RGB background color: ESC[ ... 48;2;r;g;b ... m</tt>
- *
- * where r, g and b are the red, green and blue components in the [0,255]
- * range. For detailed information on these codes, see the following document:
- *
- * https://projects.kde.org/projects/kde/applications/konsole/repository/revisions/master/entry/doc/user/README.moreColors
- *
- * <b>Examples</b>
- *
- * Write a text line using a bold font:
- *
- * \code
- * Console().WriteLn( "\x1b[1mThis is bold text\x1b[21m" ); \endcode
- *
- * Write a text line in orange color using an italic font:
- *
- * \code
- * String programName;
- * Console().WriteLn( "<end><cbr><br>\x1b[3;38;2;255;128;0m" + programName + "\x1b[39;23m" ); \endcode
- *
- * Write some text at the beginning of the current line, removing any previous
- * contents:
- *
- * \code
- * Console().Write( "\x1b[2KThis text replaces the whole line" ); \endcode
- *
- * \sa StatusMonitor, StandardStatus, SpinStatus, MuteStatus, Thread
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Console
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Console object.
-    */
-   Console();
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor, disabled because %Console instances represent unique
-    * objects that cannot be copied.
-    */
-   Console( const Console& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Console( Console&& x )
-      : m_handle( x.m_handle )
-      , m_thread( x.m_thread )
-   {
-      x.m_handle = x.m_thread = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator, disabled because %Console instances represent
-    * unique objects that cannot be copied.
-    */
-   Console& operator =( const Console& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Console& operator =( Console&& x )
-   {
-      if ( &x != this )
-      {
-         m_handle = x.m_handle;
-         m_thread = x.m_thread;
-         x.m_handle = x.m_thread = nullptr;
-      }
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Console object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Console();
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes an Unicode string \a s to this console.
-    */
-   void Write( const String& s );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes an Unicode string \a s to this console and appends a newline
-    * escape character ('\\n').
-    *
-    * Note that this function is faster than appending a newline character to
-    * the string, such as a call to Write( s + '\\n' ).
-    */
-   void WriteLn( const String& s );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sends a single newline escape character ('\\n') to the console.
-    *
-    * Note that this function is faster than writing a newline directly with a
-    * call to Write( '\\n' ).
-    */
-   void WriteLn();
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes an informative note message to this console.
-    *
-    * This function writes the specified Unicode string \a s using standard
-    * ANSI terminal color number 2 (green in the default palette). The
-    * implementation of this member function uses ANSI escape codes.
-    */
-   void Note( const String& s )
-   {
-      Write( "\x1b[32m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes an informative note message to this console and appends a newline
-    * escape character ('\\n').
-    *
-    * See the description of Note( const String& ).
-    */
-   void NoteLn( const String& s )
-   {
-      WriteLn( "\x1b[32m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a warning message to this console.
-    *
-    * This function writes the specified Unicode string \a s using standard
-    * ANSI terminal color number 5 (magenta in the default palette). The
-    * implementation of this member function uses ANSI escape codes.
-    */
-   void Warning( const String& s )
-   {
-      Write( "\x1b[35m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a warning message to this console and appends a newline escape
-    * character ('\\n').
-    *
-    * See the description of Warning( const String& ).
-    */
-   void WarningLn( const String& s )
-   {
-      WriteLn( "\x1b[35m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a critical error message to this console.
-    *
-    * This function writes the specified Unicode string \a s using standard
-    * ANSI terminal color number 1 (red in the default palette). The
-    * implementation of this member function uses ANSI escape codes.
-    */
-   void Critical( const String& s )
-   {
-      Write( "\x1b[31m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a critical error message to this console and appends a newline
-    * escape character ('\\n').
-    *
-    * See the description of Critical( const String& ).
-    */
-   void CriticalLn( const String& s )
-   {
-      WriteLn( "\x1b[31m" + s + "\x1b[39m" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads a single character from this console and returns it.
-    *
-    * This function puts the current thread in wait state, then waits until a
-    * character can be obtained in the core application's GUI thread. This
-    * usually involves waiting for a keyboard event.
-    *
-    * \note This member function has not been implemented in the current PCL
-    * version. Calling it has not effect, and zero is always returned.
-    */
-   int ReadChar();
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads a string from this console and returns it.
-    *
-    * This function puts the current thread in wait state, then opens a simple
-    * modal dialog box with a single-line edit control, where the user may
-    * enter a string. If the user cancels the input dialog, an empty string is
-    * returned.
-    *
-    * \note This member function has not been implemented in the current PCL
-    * version. Calling it has not effect, and an empty string is always
-    * returned.
-    */
-   String ReadString();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the current processing thread has been suspended by the
-    * PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   bool Suspended() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the current processing thread is in wait state.
-    */
-   bool Waiting() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the current processing thread can be aborted by the user.
-    */
-   bool AbortEnabled() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the user has requested to abort execution of the current
-    * processing thread.
-    */
-   bool AbortRequested() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets the current processing thread status.
-    *
-    * This function is useful to ignore an abort request for the current
-    * processing thread. For example, if the user requests to abort execution,
-    * a module may ask if she or he really wants to cancel, and if the user
-    * answers 'No', then this member function can be called to clear the
-    * existing abort request condition.
-    *
-    * \note This function must only be called when there is an active process
-    * running in the current module. It can only be called from the thread
-    * where either a reimplemented ProcessImplementation::ExecuteOn() or
-    * ProcessImplementation::ExecuteGlobal() member function has been invoked.
-    * An Error exception will be thrown otherwise.
-    */
-   void ResetStatus();
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables abort requests for the current processing thread.
-    *
-    * \note This function must only be called when there is an active process
-    * running in the current module. It can only be called from the thread
-    * where either a reimplemented ProcessImplementation::ExecuteOn() or
-    * ProcessImplementation::ExecuteGlobal() member function has been invoked.
-    * An Error exception will be thrown otherwise.
-    */
-   void EnableAbort();
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables abort requests for the current processing thread.
-    *
-    * \note This function must only be called when there is an active process
-    * running in the current module. It can only be called from the thread
-    * where either a reimplemented ProcessImplementation::ExecuteOn() or
-    * ProcessImplementation::ExecuteGlobal() member function has been invoked.
-    * An Error exception will be thrown otherwise.
-    */
-   void DisableAbort();
-
-   /*!
-    * Accepts a pending abort request.
-    *
-    * \note This function must only be called when there is an active process
-    * running in the current module. It can only be called from the thread
-    * where either a reimplemented ProcessImplementation::ExecuteOn() or
-    * ProcessImplementation::ExecuteGlobal() member function has been invoked.
-    * An Error exception will be thrown otherwise.
-    */
-   void Abort();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this is a valid console object associated to an active
-    * processing thread.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this console is valid and has been created by the
-    * calling thread; either by the root thread or by a running Thread object.
-    */
-   bool IsCurrentThreadConsole() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes any pending data to be written immediately to this console. If
-    * there is no unwritten data for this console, this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Flush();
-
-   /*!
-    * Shows the %Process %Console window in the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * The visibility of a console can only be controlled if it is the process
-    * console window. Furthermore, a module cannot show or hide the console if
-    * it is not owned by a docked window; the visibility of a floating window
-    * cannot be changed programmatically from a module.
-    *
-    * This function returns true if the console could be shown (or hidden)
-    * successfully. Unlike most interface operations, console hide/show
-    * operations are not cached, so if this function returns true then you know
-    * that the %Process %Console window is currently visible.
-    *
-    * \note Calling this function from a running thread has no effect. Console
-    * visibility can only be changed from the root thread.
-    */
-   bool Show( bool show = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Hides the %Process %Console window in the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience function, equivalent to: Show( !hide )
-    *
-    * Returns true iff the console could be hidden (or shown) successfully.
-    * Refer to the Show() member function for more information.
-    *
-    * \note Calling this function from a running thread has no effect. Console
-    * visibility can only be changed from the root thread.
-    */
-   bool Hide( bool hide = true )
-   {
-      return Show( !hide );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the console. This is a convenience function that simply writes the
-    * \<clr\> tag to the console.
-    *
-    * \note Calling this function from a running thread has no effect. The
-    * console output text of a Thread object cannot be erased by this function.
-    *
-    * \note In general, call this function only as a result of an explicit user
-    * request to clear the console. Clearing the console arbitrarily, without
-    * having an extremely good reason, is considered bad practice and can be
-    * a good argument to deny certification of a module.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-   /*!
-    *
-    */
-   void ExecuteCommand( const String& command );
-
-   /*!
-    * Executes a script file.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to the script file that will be executed. Must be
-    *                   a path to an existing script on the local filesystem.
-    *
-    * \param arguments  A dynamic array, possibly empty, of StringKeyValue
-    *                   objects. Each object in this array represents a script
-    *                   argument. The key member is the parameter name, and the
-    *                   value member is the corresponding parameter value.
-    *
-    * The core application will load, parse, authorize and execute the
-    * specified script file. The scripting language will be detected
-    * automatically from the file name suffix in \a filePath. Currently the
-    * .scp and .js suffixes are interpreted for command-line shell scripts and
-    * JavaScript scripts, respectively. Future versions may accept more
-    * languages and apply language detection heuristics besides file suffixes.
-    *
-    * This member function returns normally if the script was loaded and
-    * executed. In the event of error, for example if the specified file does
-    * not exist or can't be accessed, or in the event of security errors or
-    * failure to authorize script execution from the calling module, this
-    * member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Note that command-line or JavaScript runtime execution errors cannot be
-    * reported by this function. That means that this function knows nothing
-    * about whether the script worked or not correctly, or if it did what was
-    * expected.
-    *
-    * For execution of JavaScript scripts, this function is equivalent to
-    * ExecuteScriptGlobal(), that is, JavaScript scripts are always executed in
-    * the global context by default. When executed, the JavaScript script will
-    * see the following static properties of the %Parameters JS runtime object:
-    *
-    * \c Parameters.isGlobalTarget will be set to true. \n
-    * \c Parameters.isViewTarget will be set to false. \n
-    * \c Parameters.targetView will be set to \c undefined.
-    *
-    * See ExecuteScriptOn() for execution of scripts in view contexts.
-    *
-    * \note If this function is called from a running thread, an Error
-    * exception will be thrown and nothing will be executed. In current
-    * versions of the PixInsight platform, scripts can only be executed from
-    * the root thread. The main reason for this limitation is that the
-    * JavaScript and command-line execution engines are not reentrant.
-    */
-   void ExecuteScript( const String& filePath, const StringKeyValueList& arguments = StringKeyValueList() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Executes a script file in the global context. This is the default
-    * execution execution mode for all scripts.
-    *
-    * When a JavaScript script is executed through this member function, the
-    * following static properties of the %Parameters runtime object will be
-    * defined as described below:
-    *
-    * \c Parameters.isGlobalTarget will be set to true. \n
-    * \c Parameters.isViewTarget will be set to false. \n
-    * \c Parameters.targetView will be set to \c undefined.
-    *
-    * See ExecuteScript() for a detailed description of script execution from
-    * PCL/C++ code.
-    */
-   void ExecuteScriptGlobal( const String& filePath, const StringKeyValueList& arguments = StringKeyValueList() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Executes a script file in the context of the specified \a view.
-    *
-    * When a JavaScript script is executed through this member function, the
-    * following static properties of the %Parameters runtime object will be
-    * defined as described below:
-    *
-    * \c Parameters.isGlobalTarget will be set to false. \n
-    * \c Parameters.isViewTarget will be set to true. \n
-    * \c Parameters.targetView will reference the specified \a view.
-    *
-    * See ExecuteScript() for a detailed description of script execution from
-    * PCL/C++ code.
-    */
-   void ExecuteScriptOn( const View& view, const String& filePath, const StringKeyValueList& arguments = StringKeyValueList() );
-
-protected:
-
-   void* m_handle = nullptr;
-
-private:
-
-   void* m_thread = nullptr;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup console_operators Console Insertion and Extraction Operators
- */
-
-/*!
- * Writes an object \a t to the console \a o. The type T must have
- * convert-to-string semantics. Returns a reference to the console \a o.
- * \ingroup console_operators
- */
-template <typename T>
-inline Console& operator <<( Console& o, T t )
-{
-   o.Write( String( t ) );
-   return o;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Writes a null-terminated string \a s to the console \a o.
- * Returns a reference to the console \a o.
- * \ingroup console_operators
- */
-inline Console& operator <<( Console& o, const char* s )
-{
-   o.Write( s );
-   return o;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Writes a string \a s to the console \a o.
- * Returns a reference to the console \a o.
- * \ingroup console_operators
- */
-inline Console& operator <<( Console& o, const String& s )
-{
-   o.Write( s );
-   return o;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Reads a character \a c from the console \a o.
- * Returns a reference to the console \a o.
- * \ingroup console_operators
- */
-inline Console& operator >>( Console& o, char& c )
-{
-   c = o.ReadChar();
-   return o;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Reads a string \a s from the console \a o.
- * Returns a reference to the console \a o.
- * \ingroup console_operators
- */
-inline Console& operator >>( Console& o, String& s )
-{
-   s = o.ReadString();
-   return o;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Console_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Console.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Constants.h

@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Constants.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Constants_h
-#define __PCL_Constants_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Constants.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Const
- * \brief Fundamental numeric constants
- *
- * Specialize this class to obtain constants of the appropriate floating-point
- * types. For example: Const<double>::pi()
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS Const
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * pi/4 (45 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T pi4       () { return T( 0.785398163397448309615660845819875725e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * pi/2 (90 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T pi2       () { return T( 0.157079632679489661923132169163975145e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 3*pi/4 (135 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T _3pi4     () { return T( 0.2356194490192344928846982537459627175e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * The pi constant (180 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T pi        () { return T( 0.31415926535897932384626433832795029e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 5*pi/4 (225 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T _5pi4     () { return T( 0.3926990816987241548078304229099378625e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 3*pi/2 (270 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T _3pi2     () { return T( 0.471238898038468985769396507491925435e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 7*pi/4 (315 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T _7pi4     () { return T( 0.5497787143782138167309625920739130075e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 2*pi (360 degrees)
-    */
-   static constexpr T _2pi      () { return T( 0.62831853071795864769252867665590058e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 1/pi
-    */
-   static constexpr T _1_pi     () { return T( 0.3183098861837906715377675267450287224677e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 2/pi
-    */
-   static constexpr T _2_pi     () { return T( 0.6366197723675813430755350534900574449355e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 2/sqrt( pi )
-    */
-   static constexpr T _2_sqrtpi () { return T( 0.11283791670955125738961589031215451688501e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 180/pi - the radians-to-degrees conversion factor.
-    */
-   static constexpr T deg       () { return T( 0.572957795130823208767981548141051700441964e+02L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * Pi/180 - the degrees-to-radians conversion factor.
-    */
-   static constexpr T rad       () { return T( 0.174532925199432957692369076848861272222e-01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * The Euler constant e.
-    */
-   static constexpr T e         () { return T( 0.27182818284590452353602874713526625e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * log2( e )
-    */
-   static constexpr T log2e     () { return T( 0.14426950408889634073599246810018920709799e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * log2( 10 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T log210    () { return T( 0.33219280948873623478703194294893900118996e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * log10( e )
-    */
-   static constexpr T log10e    () { return T( 0.4342944819032518276511289189166050837280e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * log10( 2 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T log102    () { return T( 0.3010299956639811952137388947244930416265e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * ln( 2 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T ln2       () { return T( 0.6931471805599453094172321214581766e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * ln( 10 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T ln10      () { return T( 0.23025850929940456840179914546843642e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * sqrt( 2 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T sqrt2     () { return T( 0.14142135623730950488016887242096980785696e+01L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * 1/sqrt( 2 ) = sqrt( 2 )/2
-    */
-   static constexpr T _1_sqrt2  () { return T( 0.7071067811865475244008443621048490392848e+00L ); }
-
-   /*!
-    * sqrt( 2 )/2 = 1/sqrt( 2 )
-    */
-   static constexpr T sqrt2_2   () { return T( 0.7071067811865475244008443621048490392848e+00L ); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Constants_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Constants.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Container.h

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Container.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Container_h
-#define __PCL_Container_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Container.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Container
- * \brief Root base class of all PCL containers.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Container
-{
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class DirectContainer
- * \brief Root base class of all PCL containers of objects.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS DirectContainer : public Container
-{
-public:
-
-   typedef T  item_type;
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class IndirectContainer
- * \brief Root base class of all PCL containers of pointers to objects.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS IndirectContainer : public Container
-{
-public:
-
-   typedef T* item_type;
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class DirectSortedContainer
- * \brief Root base class of all PCL sorted containers of objects.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS DirectSortedContainer: public DirectContainer<T>
-{
-};
-
-/*!
- * \class IndirectSortedContainer
- * \brief Root base class of all PCL sorted containers of pointers to objects.
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS IndirectSortedContainer : public IndirectContainer<T>
-{
-};
-
-#define PCL_ASSERT_DIRECT_CONTAINER( C, T )                                   \
-   static_assert( std::is_base_of<DirectContainer<T>, C>::value,              \
-                  "Argument type must derive from DirectContainer<T>." )
-
-#define PCL_ASSERT_INDIRECT_CONTAINER( C, T )                                 \
-   static_assert( std::is_base_of<IndirectContainer<T>, C>::value,            \
-                  "Argument type must derive from IndirectContainer<T>." )
-
-#define PCL_ASSERT_CONTAINER( C, T )                                          \
-   static_assert( std::is_base_of<DirectContainer<T>, C>::value               \
-               || std::is_base_of<IndirectContainer<T>, C>::value,            \
-                  "Argument type must derive from DirectContainer<T> or IndirectContainer<T>." )
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Container_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Container.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Convolution.h

@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Convolution.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Convolution_h
-#define __PCL_Convolution_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Convolution.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/InterlacedTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/KernelFilter.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-#include <pcl/ThresholdedTransformation.h>
-
-#define __PCL_CONVOLUTION_TINY_WEIGHT 1.0e-20
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Convolution
- * \brief Discrete two-dimensional nonseparable convolution in the spatial
- * domain
- *
- * %Convolution implements a fully multithreaded, two-dimensional discrete
- * nonseparable convolution algorithm. It performs automatic fixing of
- * border artifacts by applying Neumann boundary conditions (mirroring).
- *
- * \note ImageTransformation is a virtual base class of %Convolution.
- *
- * \sa SeparableConvolution, FFTConvolution, KernelFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Convolution : public InterlacedTransformation,
-                              public ThresholdedTransformation,
-                              public ParallelProcess
-{                          // NB: ImageTransformation is a virtual base class
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * \note This constructor yields an uninitialized instance that cannot be
-    * used before explicit association with a KernelFilter instance.
-    */
-   Convolution() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Convolution instance with the specified filter.
-    *
-    * \param filter  Response function, or <em>convolution filter</em>. The
-    *                specified object does not have to remain valid while this
-    *                instance is actively used, since %Convolution owns a
-    *                private copy of the filter (note that KernelFilter is a
-    *                reference-counted class).
-    */
-   Convolution( const KernelFilter& filter )
-   {
-      SetFilter( filter );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Convolution( const Convolution& x )
-      : InterlacedTransformation( x )
-      , ThresholdedTransformation( x )
-      , ParallelProcess( x )
-      , m_weight( x.m_weight )
-      , m_highPass( x.m_highPass )
-      , m_rawHighPass( x.m_rawHighPass )
-      , m_rescaleHighPass( x.m_rescaleHighPass )
-   {
-      if ( !x.m_filter.IsNull() )
-         m_filter = x.m_filter->Clone();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Convolution( Convolution&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %Convolution object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Convolution()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Convolution& operator =( const Convolution& x )
-   {
-      if ( &x != this )
-      {
-         (void)InterlacedTransformation::operator =( x );
-         (void)ThresholdedTransformation::operator =( x );
-         (void)ParallelProcess::operator =( x );
-         if ( x.m_filter.IsNull() )
-            m_filter.Destroy();
-         else
-            m_filter = x.m_filter->Clone();
-         m_weight = x.m_weight;
-         m_highPass = x.m_highPass;
-         m_rawHighPass = x.m_rawHighPass;
-         m_rescaleHighPass = x.m_rescaleHighPass;
-      }
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Convolution& operator =( Convolution&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the kernel filter currently associated with this
-    * %Convolution object.
-    *
-    * If this object has not been initialized, this member function returns an
-    * empty kernel filter.
-    */
-   const KernelFilter& Filter() const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( !m_filter.IsNull() )
-      return *m_filter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new kernel \a filter to be applied by this %Convolution object.
-    */
-   void SetFilter( const KernelFilter& filter )
-   {
-      m_filter = filter.Clone();
-      CacheFilterProperties();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current filter weight. The filter weight is computed each
-    * time a kernel filter is associated with this object. It is only
-    * applied for low-pass filters as a normalization factor. For more
-    * information, see the documentation for KernelFilter::Weight().
-    *
-    * The filter weight and other filter properties are cached in private data
-    * members for quick reference.
-    */
-   double FilterWeight() const
-   {
-      return m_weight;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if the kernel filter currently associated with this
-    * %Convolution object is a high-pass filter; false if it is a low-pass
-    * filter. For more information, see the documentation for
-    * kernelFilter::IsHighPassFilter().
-    *
-    * Each time a kernel filter is associated with this object, its high-pass
-    * nature is checked and stored, along with other filter properties, in
-    * private data members. This allows for quick lookup of critical filter
-    * characteristics without degrading performance.
-    */
-   bool IsHighPassFilter() const
-   {
-      return m_highPass;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff out-of-range values will be rescaled for normalization of
-    * images after convolution with a high-pass filter.
-    *
-    * A high-pass filter has negative coefficients. As a result, some pixels in
-    * the convolved image may have negative values. Saturated pixels (values
-    * above one) can also result, depending on the filter coefficients. The
-    * standard behavior is to truncate out-of-range pixel values to the [0,1]
-    * range, which preserves the dynamics of the convolved image, so high-pass
-    * rescaling is disabled by default. When high-pass rescaling is enabled,
-    * the resulting image is \e normalized (that is, rescaled to [0,1] only if
-    * there are out-of-range values) and hence all the data after convolution
-    * are preserved at the cost of reducing the overall contrast of the image.
-    * Finally, if <em>raw high-pass convolution</em> has been enabled,
-    * out-of-range values are neither truncated nor rescaled irrespective of
-    * the value returned by this function. See the documentation for
-    * IsRawHighPassEnabled() for more information.
-    */
-   bool IsHighPassRescalingEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_rescaleHighPass;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables (or disables) high-pass rescaling of out-of-range convolved pixel
-    * values. See the documentation for IsHighPassRescalingEnabled() for more
-    * information.
-    */
-   void EnableHighPassRescaling( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_rescaleHighPass = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables (or enables) high-pass rescaling of out-of-range convolved pixel
-    * values. See the documentation for IsHighPassRescalingEnabled() for more
-    * information.
-    */
-   void DisableHighPassRescaling( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableHighPassRescaling( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff <em>raw high-pass convolution</em> is enabled. When raw
-    * high-pass convolution is enabled, out-of-range values after convolution
-    * with a high-pass filter are neither truncated nor normalized. Note that
-    * this is only relevant to convolution of floating point data.
-    *
-    * Raw high-pass convolution is disabled by default. For more information on
-    * out-of-range convolution results, refer to the documentation for
-    * IsHighPassRescalingEnabled().
-    */
-   bool IsRawHighPassEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_rawHighPass;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables (or disables) raw high-pass convolution. See the documentation
-    * for IsRawHighPassEnabled() for more information.
-    */
-   void EnableRawHighPass( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_rawHighPass = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables (or enables) raw high-pass convolution. See the documentation
-    * for IsRawHighPassEnabled() for more information.
-    */
-   void DisableRawHighPass( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableRawHighPass( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length in pixels of the overlapping regions between adjacent
-    * areas processed by parallel execution threads. The overlapping distance
-    * is a function of the filter size and the interlacing distance.
-    */
-   int OverlappingDistance() const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( !m_filter.IsNull() )
-      return m_filter->Size() + (m_filter->Size() - 1)*(InterlacingDistance() - 1);
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*
-    * The response function for convolution is defined as a kernel filter.
-    */
-   AutoPointer<KernelFilter> m_filter;
-
-   /*
-    * Cached filter properties.
-    */
-   double m_weight = 0;       // filter weight for low-pass normalization
-   bool   m_highPass = false; // true if this is a high-pass filter
-
-   /*
-    * User-selectable options
-    */
-   bool   m_rawHighPass = false;     // neither truncate nor normalize out-of-range values
-   bool   m_rescaleHighPass = false; // truncate out-of-range values instead of normalize
-
-   /*
-    * In-place 2-D nonseparable convolution algorithm in the spatial domain.
-    */
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-
-private:
-
-   void CacheFilterProperties()
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( !m_filter.IsNull() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( !m_filter->IsEmpty() )
-      ValidateFilter();
-      m_highPass = m_filter->IsHighPassFilter();
-      m_weight = m_filter->Weight();
-      if ( pcl::Abs( m_weight ) < __PCL_CONVOLUTION_TINY_WEIGHT )
-         m_weight = 1;
-   }
-
-   void ValidateFilter() const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Convolution_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Convolution.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Crop.h

@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Crop.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Crop_h
-#define __PCL_Crop_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Crop.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/GeometricTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageResolution.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
-   \namespace pcl::CropMode
-   \brief Image cropping modes for the Crop geometric transformation
-
-   <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-   <tr><td>CropMode::RelativeMargins</td>     <td>Cropping margins are relative to current image dimensions</td></tr>
-   <tr><td>CropMode::AbsolutePixels</td>      <td>Absolute cropping margins in pixels</td></tr>
-   <tr><td>CropMode::AbsoluteCentimeters</td> <td>Absolute cropping margins in centimeters</td></tr>
-   <tr><td>CropMode::AbsoluteInches</td>      <td>Absolute cropping margins in inches</td></tr>
-   </table>
-*/
-namespace CropMode
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      RelativeMargins,     // Cropping margins are relative to current image dimensions
-      AbsolutePixels,      // Absolute cropping margins in pixels
-      AbsoluteCentimeters, // Absolute cropping margins in centimeters
-      AbsoluteInches       // Absolute cropping margins in inches
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Crop
- * \brief %Image cropping/expansion algorithm
- *
- * %Crop is a noninterpolating geometric transformation class that allows
- * cropping an image or expanding it by specifying separate cropping margins
- * for each side. When a cropping margin is negative the image is cropped, and
- * when it is positive, the image is expanded.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Crop : public GeometricTransformation,
-                       public ImageResolution
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a cropping mode.
-    */
-   typedef CropMode::value_type  crop_mode;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Crop object with the specified cropping margins for
-    * the \a left, \a top, \a right and \a bottom sides.
-    */
-   Crop( double left = 0, double top = 0, double right = 0, double bottom = 0 )
-      : m_margins( left, top, right, bottom )
-      , m_mode( CropMode::RelativeMargins )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Crop object whose cropping margins are defined by the
-    * components of a rectangle \a r.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   Crop( const GenericRectangle<T>& r )
-      : m_margins( r )
-      , m_mode( CropMode::RelativeMargins )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Crop( const Crop& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Crop& operator =( const Crop& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a rectangle whose components correspond to the current cropping
-    * margins of this %Crop object.
-    */
-   DRect Margins() const
-   {
-      return m_margins;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the cropping margins equal to the components of a specified
-    * rectangle \a r.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   void SetMargins( const GenericRectangle<T>& r )
-   {
-      m_margins = r;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the specified \a left, \a top, \a right and \a bottom cropping
-    * margins.
-    */
-   void SetMargins( int left, int top, int right, int bottom )
-   {
-      m_margins = Rect( left, top, right, bottom );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current cropping mode of this %Crop object.
-    */
-   crop_mode Mode() const
-   {
-      return m_mode;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %Crop object interprets its cropping margins
-    * relative to current image dimensions. Returns false if cropping margins
-    * are interpreted as absolute increments.
-    */
-   bool IsRelative() const
-   {
-      return m_mode == CropMode::RelativeMargins;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %Crop object interprets its cropping margins as
-    * absolute increments. Returns false if cropping margins are interpreted
-    * relative to current image dimensions.
-    */
-   bool IsAbsolute() const
-   {
-      return !IsRelative();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the cropping \a mode for this %Crop object.
-    */
-   void SetMode( crop_mode mode )
-   {
-      m_mode = mode;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current vector of per-channel filling values for uncovered
-    * image regions.
-    *
-    * See the documentation for SetFillValues() for more information.
-    */
-   const DVector& FillValues() const
-   {
-      return m_fillValues;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a vector of per-channel filling values for uncovered image regions.
-    *
-    * Uncovered regions result when a %Crop instance extends an image due to
-    * positive cropping margins.
-    *
-    * By default, there are no filling values defined (and hence the returned
-    * vector is empty by default). When the %Crop instance is executed and a
-    * filling value is not defined for a channel of the target image, uncovered
-    * regions are filled with the minimum sample value in the native range of
-    * the image (usually zero).
-    */
-   void SetFillValues( const DVector& fillValues )
-   {
-      m_fillValues = fillValues;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& width, int& height ) const override;
-
-protected:
-
-   DRect     m_margins;
-   crop_mode m_mode;
-   DVector   m_fillValues;
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Crop_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Crop.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/CubicSplineInterpolation.h

@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/CubicSplineInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_CubicSplineInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_CubicSplineInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/CubicSplineInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/UnidimensionalInterpolation.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_x this->m_x
-#define m_y this->m_y
-
-/*!
- * \class CubicSplineInterpolation
- * \brief Generic interpolating cubic spline
- *
- * Interpolation with piecewise cubic polynomials. Spline interpolation is
- * usually preferred to interpolation with high-degree polynomials, which are
- * subject to oscillations caused by the Runge's phenomenon.
- *
- * \sa AkimaInterpolation, LinearInterpolation
- */
-template <typename T = double>
-class PCL_CLASS CubicSplineInterpolation : public UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   typedef typename UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::vector_type vector_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %CubicSplineInterpolation instance, which cannot be
-    * used for interpolation prior to initialization.
-    */
-   CubicSplineInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CubicSplineInterpolation( const CubicSplineInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   CubicSplineInterpolation( CubicSplineInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~CubicSplineInterpolation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Gets the boundary conditions of this interpolating cubic spline.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y1    First derivative of the interpolating cubic spline at
-    *                   the first data point x[0].
-    *
-    * \param[out] yn    First derivative of the interpolating cubic spline at
-    *                   the last data point x[n-1].
-    */
-   void GetBoundaryConditions( double& y1, double& yn ) const
-   {
-      y1 = m_dy1;
-      yn = m_dyn;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the boundary conditions of this interpolating cubic spline.
-    *
-    * \param y1   First derivative of the interpolating cubic spline at the
-    *             first data point x[0].
-    *
-    * \param yn   First derivative of the interpolating cubic spline at the
-    *             last data point x[n-1].
-    */
-   void SetBoundaryConditions( double y1, double yn )
-   {
-      Clear();
-      m_dy1 = y1;
-      m_dyn = yn;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Generation of an interpolating cubic spline.
-    *
-    * \param x    %Vector of x-values:\n
-    *             \n
-    *    \li If \a x is not empty: Must be a vector of monotonically
-    *    increasing, distinct values: x[0] < x[1] < ... < x[n-1].\n
-    *    \li If \a x is empty: This function will generate a natural cubic
-    *    spline with implicit x[i] = i for i = {0,1,...,n-1}.
-    *
-    * \param y    %Vector of function values for i = {0,1,...,n-1}.
-    *
-    * When \a x is an empty vector, a <em>natural spline</em> is always
-    * generated: boundary conditions are ignored and taken as zero at both ends
-    * of the data sequence.
-    *
-    * The length of the \a y vector (and also the length of a nonempty \a x
-    * vector) must be \e n >= 2.
-    */
-   void Initialize( const vector_type& x, const vector_type& y ) override
-   {
-      if ( y.Length() < 2 )
-         throw Error( "CubicSplineInterpolation::Initialize(): Less than two data points specified." );
-
-      try
-      {
-         Clear();
-         UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::Initialize( x, y );
-
-         int n = this->Length();
-         m_dy2 = DVector( n );
-         m_current = -1; // prepare for 1st interpolation
-         DVector w( n ); // working vector
-
-         if ( m_x )
-         {
-            /*
-             * Cubic splines with explicit x[i] for i = {0,...,n-1}.
-             */
-            if ( m_dy1 == 0 && m_dyn == 0 )
-            {
-               /*
-                * Natural cubic spline.
-                */
-               m_dy2[0] = m_dy2[n-1] = w[0] = 0;
-
-               for ( int i = 1; i < n-1; ++i )
-               {
-                  double s = (double( m_x[i] ) - double( m_x[i-1] )) / (double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i-1] ));
-                  double p = s*m_dy2[i-1] + 2;
-                  m_dy2[i] = (s - 1)/p;
-                  w[i] = (double( m_y[i+1] ) - double( m_y[i  ] )) / (double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i  ] ))
-                       - (double( m_y[i  ] ) - double( m_y[i-1] )) / (double( m_x[i  ] ) - double( m_x[i-1] ));
-                  w[i] = (6*w[i]/(double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i-1] )) - s*w[i-1])/p;
-               }
-
-               for ( int i = n-2; i > 0; --i ) // N.B. w[0] is not defined
-                  m_dy2[i] = m_dy2[i]*m_dy2[i+1] + w[i];
-            }
-            else
-            {
-               /*
-                * Cubic spline with prescribed end point derivatives.
-                */
-               w[0] = 3/(double( m_x[1] ) - double( m_x[0] ))
-                    * ((double( m_y[1] ) - double( m_y[0] ))/(double( m_x[1] ) - double( m_x[0] )) - m_dy1);
-
-               m_dy2[0] = -0.5;
-
-               for ( int i = 1; i < n-1; ++i )
-               {
-                  double s = (double( m_x[i] ) - double( m_x[i-1] )) / (double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i-1] ));
-                  double p = s*m_dy2[i-1] + 2;
-                  m_dy2[i] = (s - 1)/p;
-                  w[i] = (double( m_y[i+1] ) - double( m_y[i  ] )) / (double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i  ] ))
-                       - (double( m_y[i  ] ) - double( m_y[i-1] )) / (double( m_x[i  ] ) - double( m_x[i-1] ));
-                  w[i] = (6*w[i]/(double( m_x[i+1] ) - double( m_x[i-1] )) - s*w[i-1])/p;
-               }
-
-               m_dy2[n-1] = (3/(double( m_x[n-1] ) - double( m_x[n-2] ))
-                             * (m_dyn - (double( m_y[n-1] ) - double( m_y[n-2] ))/(double( m_x[n-1] ) - double( m_x[n-2] ))) - w[n-2]/2)
-                          / (1 + m_dy2[n-2]/2);
-
-               for ( int i = n-2; i >= 0; --i )
-                  m_dy2[i] = m_dy2[i]*m_dy2[i+1] + w[i];
-            }
-         }
-         else
-         {
-            /*
-             * Natural cubic spline with
-             * implicit x[i] = i for i = {0,1,...,n-1}.
-             */
-            m_dy2[0] = m_dy2[n-1] = w[0] = 0;
-
-            for ( int i = 1; i < n-1; ++i )
-            {
-               double p = m_dy2[i-1]/2 + 2;
-               m_dy2[i] = -0.5/p;
-               w[i] = double( m_y[i+1] ) - 2*double( m_y[i] ) + double( m_y[i-1] );
-               w[i] = (3*w[i] - w[i-1]/2)/p;
-            }
-
-            for ( int i = n-2; i > 0; --i ) // N.B. w[0] is not defined
-               m_dy2[i] = m_dy2[i]*m_dy2[i+1] + w[i];
-         }
-      }
-      catch ( ... )
-      {
-         Clear();
-         throw;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Cubic spline interpolation. Returns an interpolated value at the
-    * specified point \a x.
-    */
-   double operator()( double x ) const override
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsValid() )
-
-      int n = this->Length();
-
-      if ( m_x )
-      {
-         /*
-          * Cubic spline with explicit x[i] for i = {0,...,n-1}.
-          */
-
-         /*
-          * Bracket the evaluation point x by binary search of the closest
-          * pair of data points, if needed. m_current < 0 signals first-time
-          * evaluation since initialization.
-          */
-         int j0 = m_current, j1;
-         if ( j0 < 0 || x < m_x[j0] || m_x[j0+1] < x )
-            for ( j0 = 0, j1 = n-1; j1-j0 > 1; )
-            {
-               int m = (j0 + j1) >> 1;
-               if ( x < m_x[m] )
-                  j1 = m;
-               else
-                  j0 = m;
-            }
-         else
-            j1 = j0 + 1;
-         m_current = j0;
-
-         /*
-          * Distance h between the closest neighbors. Will be zero (or
-          * insignificant) if two or more x values are equal with respect to
-          * the machine epsilon for type T.
-          */
-         double h = double( m_x[j1] ) - double( m_x[j0] );
-         if ( 1 + h == 1 )
-            return 0.5*(double( m_y[j0] ) + double( m_y[j1] ));
-
-         double a = (double( m_x[j1] ) - x)/h;
-         double b = (x - double( m_x[j0] ))/h;
-         return a*double( m_y[j0] )
-              + b*double( m_y[j1] )
-              + ((a*a*a - a)*m_dy2[j0] + (b*b*b - b)*m_dy2[j1])*h*h/6;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         /*
-          * Natural cubic spline with implicit x[i] = i for i = {0,1,...,n-1}.
-          */
-         int j0 = pcl::Range( pcl::TruncInt( x ), 0, n-1 );
-         int j1 = pcl::Min( n-1, j0+1 );
-         double a = j1 - x;
-         double b = x - j0;
-         return a*double( m_y[j0] )
-              + b*double( m_y[j1] )
-              + ((a*a*a - a)*m_dy2[j0] + (b*b*b - b)*m_dy2[j1])/6;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets this cubic spline interpolation, deallocating all internal
-    * working structures.
-    */
-   void Clear() override
-   {
-      UnidimensionalInterpolation<T>::Clear();
-      m_dy2.Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this interpolation is valid, i.e. if it has been
-    * correctly initialized and is ready to interpolate function values.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const override
-   {
-      return m_dy2;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-           double  m_dy1 = 0;      // 1st derivative of spline at the first data point
-           double  m_dyn = 0;      // 1st derivative of spline at the last data point
-           DVector m_dy2;          // second derivatives of the interpolating function at x[i]
-   mutable int     m_current = -1; // index of the current interpolation segment
-};
-
-#undef m_x
-#undef m_y
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_CubicSplineInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/CubicSplineInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Cursor.h

@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Cursor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Cursor_h
-#define __PCL_Cursor_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Cursor.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Point.h>
-#include <pcl/UIObject.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::StdCursor
- * \brief Standard cursor shapes available in the PixInsight core application
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::NoCursor</td>               <td>No cursor is shown</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Arrow</td>                  <td>Standard arrow cursor (pointing left)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::InvArrow</td>               <td>Inverted arrow cursor (pointing right)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::UpArrow</td>                <td>Upwards arrow</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::DownArrow</td>              <td>Downwards arrow</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::LeftArrow</td>              <td>Leftwards arrow</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::RightArrow</td>             <td>Rightwards arrow</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Checkmark</td>              <td>Checkmark (ok) cursor</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Crossmark</td>              <td>Crossmark (cancel) cursor</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Accept</td>                 <td>Arrow + checkmark</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Reject</td>                 <td>Arrow + crossmark</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Add</td>                    <td>Arrow + plus sign</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Copy</td>                   <td>Arrow + square</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Cross</td>                  <td>Crosshair</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Hourglass</td>              <td>Hourglass (native Windows wait cursor)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Watch</td>                  <td>Watch (native Macintosh wait cursor)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Wait</td>                   <td>Default wait cursor (same as StdCursor::Watch)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::ArrowWait</td>              <td>Arrow + hourglass/watch</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::ArrowQuestion</td>          <td>Arrow + question mark</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::IBeam</td>                  <td>I-beam cursor (text edition)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::VerticalSize</td>           <td>Vertical resize</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::HorizontalSize</td>         <td>Horizontal resize</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::ForwardDiagonalSize</td>    <td>Forward diagonal resize (/)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::BackwardDiagonalSize</td>   <td>Backward diagonal resize (\\)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::SizeAll</td>                <td>Resize in all directions</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::VerticalSplit</td>          <td>Split vertical</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::HorizontalSplit</td>        <td>Split horizontal</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Hand</td>                   <td>Pointing hand cursor</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::PointingHand</td>           <td>Pointing hand cursor (same as StdCursor::Hand)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::OpenHand</td>               <td>Open hand cursor (used to inform about dragging operations)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::ClosedHand</td>             <td>Closed hand cursor (used during active dragging operations)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::SquarePlus</td>             <td>Plus sign into a square (used for zooming in)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::SquareMinus</td>            <td>Minus sign into a square (used for zooming out)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::CirclePlus</td>             <td>Plus sign into a circle (used for zooming in)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::CircleMinus</td>            <td>Minus sign into a circle (used for zooming out)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdCursor::Forbidden</td>              <td>Stop cursor</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace StdCursor
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      NoCursor,               // no cursor is shown
-      Arrow,                  // standard arrow cursor (pointing left)
-      InvArrow,               // inverted arrow cursor (pointing right)
-      UpArrow,                // upwards arrow
-      DownArrow,              // downwards arrow
-      LeftArrow,              // leftwards arrow
-      RightArrow,             // rightwards arrow
-      Checkmark,              // checkmark (ok) cursor
-      Crossmark,              // crossmark (cancel) cursor
-      Accept,                 // arrow + checkmark
-      Reject,                 // arrow + crossmark
-      Add,                    // arrow + plus sign
-      Copy,                   // arrow + square
-      Cross,                  // crosshair
-      Hourglass,              // hourglass (native Windows wait cursor)
-      Watch,                  // watch (native Macintosh wait cursor)
-      Wait           = Watch, // wait cursor: we like the watch! :)
-      ArrowWait,              // arrow + hourglass/watch
-      ArrowQuestion,          // arrow + question mark
-      IBeam,                  // I-beam cursor (text edition)
-      VerticalSize,           // vertical resize
-      HorizontalSize,         // horizontal resize
-      ForwardDiagonalSize,    // forward diagonal resize (/)
-      BackwardDiagonalSize,   // backward diagonal resize (\)
-      SizeAll,                // resize in all directions
-      VerticalSplit,          // split vertical
-      HorizontalSplit,        // split horizontal
-      Hand,                   // pointing hand cursor
-      PointingHand   = Hand,  // pointing hand cursor (same as Hand)
-      OpenHand,               // open hand cursor
-      ClosedHand,             // closed hand cursor
-      SquarePlus,             // plus sign into a square (used for zoom in)
-      SquareMinus,            // minus sign into a square (used for zoom out)
-      CirclePlus,             // plus sign into a circle (used for zoom in)
-      CircleMinus,            // minus sign into a circle (used for zoom out)
-      Forbidden               // stop cursor
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-class Bitmap;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Cursor
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %Cursor object
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Cursor.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Cursor : public UIObject
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a standard cursor shape.
-    */
-   typedef StdCursor::value_type std_cursor;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Cursor object with the specified standard cursor \a shape.
-    */
-   Cursor( std_cursor shape = StdCursor::Arrow );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Cursor object with the specified \a bmp shape and
-    * hot spot coordinates \a hotSpot.
-    */
-   Cursor( const Bitmap& bmp, const pcl::Point& hotSpot );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Cursor object with the specified \a bmp shape and
-    * hot spot coordinates \a hotSpotX and \a hotSpotY.
-    */
-   Cursor( const Bitmap& bmp, int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side cursor
-    * as the specified instance \a c.
-    */
-   Cursor( const Cursor& c ) : UIObject( c )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Cursor( Cursor&& x ) : UIObject( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Cursor object. If this object references an existing cursor
-    * in the PixInsight core application, its reference count is decremented.
-    * If it becomes unreferenced, it will be garbage-collected.
-    */
-   virtual ~Cursor()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side cursor as the specified
-    * instance \a c. If the previous cursor becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   Cursor& operator =( const Cursor& c )
-   {
-      SetHandle( c.handle );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Cursor& operator =( Cursor&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a <em>null cursor</em>. A null %Cursor object does
-    * not correspond to an existing cursor object in the PixInsight core
-    * application.
-    */
-   static Cursor& Null();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the hot spot coordinates of this %Cursor object.
-    *
-    * The hot spot is the <em>active point</em> of the cursor. It is used by
-    * the operating system to calculate the current cursor position. Hot spot
-    * coordinates are given relative to the upper left corner of the cursor's
-    * shape bitmap.
-    */
-   pcl::Point HotSpot() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current cursor position in global coordinates.
-    */
-   static pcl::Point Position();
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current cursor position to the specified \a x and \a y global
-    * coordinates.
-    */
-   static void SetPosition( int x, int y );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current cursor position in global coordinates.
-    *
-    * This function is equivalent to SetPosition( pos.x, pos.y ).
-    */
-   static void SetPosition( const pcl::Point& pos )
-   {
-      SetPosition( pos.x, pos.y );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   Cursor( void* h ) : UIObject( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   void* CloneHandle() const override;
-
-   friend class Control;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Cursor_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Cursor.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Diagnostics.h

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Diagnostics.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Diagnostics_h
-#define __PCL_Diagnostics_h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Definitions and macros for implementation of diagnostics code.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ###### THIS HEADER IS FOR INTERNAL USE EXCLUSIVELY - PLEASE IGNORE IT ######
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool PCL_FUNC IsConsoleDiagnostics();
-
-void PCL_FUNC SetConsoleDiagnostics( bool set = true );
-
-inline void SetGUIDiagnostics( bool set = true )
-{
-   SetConsoleDiagnostics( !set );
-}
-
-} // pcl
-
-extern "C" void PCL_FUNC __PCLAssertFail( int, const char*, const char*, int );
-
-#define __PCL_ASSERTION     0
-#define __PCL_PRECONDITION  1
-#define __PCL_CHECK         2
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// The value of __PCL_DIAGNOSTICS_LEVEL controls generation of diagnostics
-// code, as follows:
-//    0 = no diagnostics code is generated (the default value)
-//    1 = CHECK code only
-//    2 = both CHECK and PRECONDITION code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_DIAGNOSTICS_LEVEL
-#define __PCL_DIAGNOSTICS_LEVEL 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Precondition diagnostics macro.
-// This macro must be used when the arguments of a function are required to
-// satisfy a given condition p. The default behavior, under diagnostics mode,
-// is to terminate program execution if p doesn't hold.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if     __PCL_DIAGNOSTICS_LEVEL > 1
-#define PCL_PRECONDITION( __p ) \
-   ((__p) ? (void)0 : \
-   (void)__PCLAssertFail( __PCL_PRECONDITION, #__p, __FILE__, __LINE__ ));
-#else
-#define PCL_PRECONDITION( __p )
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Check diagnostics macro.
-// This macro should be used at any point where execution cannot continue if a
-// given condition p is not satisfied, except when a precondition applies. The
-// default behavior is to terminate program execution if p doesn't hold.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if     __PCL_DIAGNOSTICS_LEVEL > 0
-#define PCL_CHECK( __p ) \
-   ((__p) ? (void)0 : \
-   (void)__PCLAssertFail( __PCL_CHECK, #__p, __FILE__, __LINE__ ));
-#else
-#define PCL_CHECK( __p )
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Diagnostics_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Diagnostics.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Dialog.h

@@ -1,309 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Dialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Dialog_h
-#define __PCL_Dialog_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Dialog.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::StdDialogCode
- * \brief Standard dialog return codes
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>StdDialogCode::Ok</td>     <td>The dialog has been accepted (e.g., by clicking the OK button)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>StdDialogCode::Cancel</td> <td>The dialog has been rejected (e.g., by clicking the Cancel button)</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace StdDialogCode
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Cancel  = 0,   // The dialog has been rejected (e.g., by clicking the Cancel button)
-      Ok      = 1    // The dialog has been accepted (e.g., by clicking the OK button)
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Dialog
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight modal dialog
- *
- * Dialogs are top-level windows that execute modally relative to the main
- * window of the PixInsight core application.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Dialog : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a standard dialog return code.
-    */
-   typedef StdDialogCode::value_type   std_code;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Dialog object.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a parent control is a non-null control, the dialog will
-    * be shown centered over its parent. Otherwise the dialog window will be
-    * shown centered on the current workspace. Note that specifying a dialog
-    * parent does not change the dialog's \e modality: all dialog windows are
-    * application-modal in PixInsight. See the Execute() and Open() member
-    * functions for more information.
-    */
-   Dialog( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Dialog object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Dialog()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Shows a modal dialog and executes a separate event loop.
-    *
-    * This function creates a new event loop and does not return until the loop
-    * has exited and the dialog has been closed. During the event loop, the
-    * dialog behaves as an <em>application modal window:</em> Only the dialog
-    * window allows user interaction while the rest of the GUI is blocked in
-    * the PixInsight core application. To exit the modal event loop, the Ok()
-    * and Cancel() member functions can be used to return the standard dialog
-    * exit codes StdDialogCode::Ok and StdDialogCode::Cancel, respectively.
-    *
-    * This function returns a <em>dialog return code</em>. Although dialog
-    * return codes are arbitrary (they can be forced to any integer value with
-    * the Return() member function), dialogs with standard OK and Cancel
-    * buttons should always return a standard code, as defined in the
-    * StdDialogCode namespace.
-    *
-    * For a non-blocking alternative to use dialog windows, see the Open()
-    * member function.
-    *
-    * \sa Ok(), Cancel(), Return(), Open()
-    */
-   int Execute();
-
-   /*!
-    * Shows a modal dialog window.
-    *
-    * This function opens the dialog window and returns immediately, allowing
-    * normal execution to continue without entering a separate event loop. As
-    * happens with Dialog::Execute(), this member function creates a modal
-    * dialog that blocks the rest of the PixInsight core application for GUI
-    * user interaction. The essential difference between both member functions
-    * is that Open() does not enter a new event loop. Typically, this function
-    * is used to provide feedback to the user during long procedures, as well
-    * as the possibility to interrupt or pause those procedures. For example,
-    * a <em>progress dialog</em> can be shown as a modal window during a file
-    * copy operation, or while a long calculation routine is being executed.
-    *
-    * \sa Execute()
-    */
-   void Open();
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes this modal dialog and forces a return value \a retCode for the
-    * Execute() member function.
-    */
-   void Return( int retCode );
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function equivalent to:\n
-    * Return( StdDialogCode::Ok )
-    */
-   void Ok()
-   {
-      Return( StdDialogCode::Ok );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function equivalent to:\n
-    * Return( StdDialogCode::Cancel )
-    */
-   void Cancel()
-   {
-      Return( StdDialogCode::Cancel );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this dialog is user-resizable. User-resizable dialogs can
-    * be resized interactively with the mouse and standard window controls.
-    */
-   bool IsUserResizable() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables user resizing for this dialog.
-    */
-   void EnableUserResizing( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables user resizing for this dialog.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * EnableUserResizing( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableUserResizing( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableUserResizing( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Processes pending user interface events.
-    *
-    * This member function is a convenience wrapper with the same functionality
-    * as ProcessInterface::ProcessEvents().
-    */
-   static void ProcessEvents( bool excludeUserInputEvents = false );
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnExecute( Dialog& sender );
-   // void OnReturn( Dialog& sender, int retVal );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup dialog_event_handlers Dialog Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>dialog execution</em> event handler.
-    *
-    * A dialog execution event is generated when a dialog control is executed
-    * by invoking its Execute() member function.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The dialog that sends an execution event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup dialog_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*execute_event_handler)( Dialog& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>dialog return</em> event handler.
-    *
-    * A dialog return event is generated when a dialog control terminates
-    * execution by invoking its Return() member function.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The dialog that sends a return event.
-    *
-    * \param retCode Return code passed to the Return() member function. This
-    *                is also the return value of Execute().
-    *
-    * \ingroup dialog_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*return_event_handler)( Dialog& sender, int retCode );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the execution event handler for this dialog.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The dialog execution event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive execution events from
-    *                   this dialog.
-    *
-    * \ingroup dialog_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnExecute( execute_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the return event handler for this dialog.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The dialog return event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive return events from this
-    *                   dialog.
-    *
-    * \ingroup dialog_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnReturn( return_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      execute_event_handler onExecute = nullptr;
-      return_event_handler  onReturn  = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   friend class DialogEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Dialog_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Dialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/DisplayFunction.h

@@ -1,463 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/DisplayFunction.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_DisplayFunction_h
-#define __PCL_DisplayFunction_h
-
-/// \file pcl/DisplayFunction.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/HistogramTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/Vector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Default clipping increment in sigma units.
- */
-#define __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_CLIP   -2.80
-
-/*
- * Default target mean background in the [0,1] range.
- */
-#define __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_TBGD    0.25
-
-/*
- * Whether to apply a single transformation to nominal RGB channels, or
- * separate per-channel transformations.
- */
-#define __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_LINK    false
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class DisplayFunction
- * \brief Adaptive histogram transformations for image visualization.
- *
- * %DisplayFunction implements a set of histogram transformations for
- * visualization of linear images.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS DisplayFunction : public ImageTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. Constructs an identity display function.
-    */
-   DisplayFunction()
-      : m_m( 4 ), m_s( 4 ), m_h( 4 ), m_l( 4 ), m_r( 4 )
-   {
-      Reset();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a display function with the specified parameters.
-    *
-    * \param m    Vector of midtones balance parameters.
-    * \param s    Vector of shadows clipping point parameters.
-    * \param h    Vector of highlights clipping point parameters.
-    * \param l    Vector of shadows dynamic range expansion parameters.
-    * \param r    Vector of highlights dynamic range expansion parameters.
-    *
-    * Each argument vector can have from zero to four components (additional
-    * vector components are ignored, and missing components are replaced with
-    * default identity transformation parameters). Vector indices 0, 1, 2 and 3
-    * correspond to the red/gray, green, blue and lightness components for
-    * histogram transformations.
-    *
-    * For detailed information on parameter values and valid ranges, see the
-    * HistogramTransformation class.
-    */
-   template <class V>
-   DisplayFunction( const V& m, const V& s, const V& h, const V& l = V(), const V& r = V() )
-      : m_m( 4 ), m_s( 4 ), m_h( 4 ), m_l( 4 ), m_r( 4 )
-   {
-      Reset();
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4 && i < int( m.Length() ); ++i ) m_m[i] = Range( double( m[i] ), 0.0, 1.0 );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4 && i < int( s.Length() ); ++i ) m_s[i] = Range( double( s[i] ), 0.0, 1.0 );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4 && i < int( h.Length() ); ++i ) m_h[i] = Range( double( h[i] ), 0.0, 1.0 );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4 && i < int( l.Length() ); ++i ) m_l[i] = Max( 0.0, double( l[i] ) );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4 && i < int( r.Length() ); ++i ) m_r[i] = Min( 1.0, double( r[i] ) );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < 4; ++i )
-         if ( m_h[i] < m_s[i] )
-            pcl::Swap( m_s[i], m_h[i] );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   DisplayFunction( const DisplayFunction& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   DisplayFunction( DisplayFunction&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   DisplayFunction& operator =( const DisplayFunction& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   DisplayFunction& operator =( DisplayFunction&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~DisplayFunction()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Array subscript operator. Returns an histogram transformation for the
-    * specified channel index \a i, which must be in the range [0,3].
-    *
-    * Channel indices 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to the red/gray, green, blue and
-    * lightness components, respectively. If an out-of-range channel index is
-    * specified, this operator returns an identity histogram transformation.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation operator []( int i ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( 0 <= i && i < 4 )
-      PCL_CHECK( m_m.Length() == 4 && m_s.Length() == 4 && m_h.Length() == 4 && m_l.Length() == 4 && m_r.Length() == 4 )
-      if ( i >= 0 && i < 4 )
-         return HistogramTransformation( m_m[i], m_s[i], m_h[i], m_l[i], m_r[i] );
-      return HistogramTransformation();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a dynamic array of histogram transformations.
-    *
-    * The returned object contains four HistogramTransformation instances,
-    * where array indexes 0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to the red/gray, green, blue
-    * and lightness components, respectively.
-    */
-   Array<HistogramTransformation> HistogramTransformations() const
-   {
-      return Array<HistogramTransformation>() << operator[]( 0 )
-                                              << operator[]( 1 )
-                                              << operator[]( 2 )
-                                              << operator[]( 3 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Gets a copy of all display function parameters in the specified vectors.
-    *
-    * \param[out] m  Vector of midtones balance parameters.
-    * \param[out] s  Vector of shadows clipping point parameters.
-    * \param[out] h  Vector of highlights clipping point parameters.
-    * \param[out] l  Vector of shadows dynamic range expansion parameters.
-    * \param[out] r  Vector of highlights dynamic range expansion parameters.
-    *
-    * On output, each vector will have four components with the histogram
-    * transformation parameters for the red/gray, green, blue and lightness
-    * image components at vector indexes 0, 1, 2 and 3, respectively.
-    */
-   template <class V>
-   void GetDisplayFunctionParameters( V& m, V& s, V& h, V& l, V& r ) const
-   {
-      m = m_m; s = m_s; h = m_h; l = m_l; r = m_r;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this object defines an identity display function for
-    * the specified channel index \a i.
-    *
-    * An identity display function is a no-op: it does not alter the pixel data
-    * or properties of the target images to which it is applied.
-    */
-   bool IsIdentityTransformation( int i ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( 0 <= i && i < 4 )
-      PCL_CHECK( m_m.Length() == 4 && m_s.Length() == 4 && m_h.Length() == 4 && m_l.Length() == 4 && m_r.Length() == 4 )
-      return i >= 0 && i < 4 && m_m[i] == 0.5 && m_s[i] == 0 && m_h[i] == 1 && m_l[i] == 0 && m_r[i] == 1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this is an identity display function for the four
-    * image components (red/gray, green, blue and lightness).
-    *
-    * An identity display function is a no-op: it does not alter the pixel data
-    * or properties of the target images to which it is applied.
-    */
-   bool IsIdentityTransformation() const
-   {
-      return IsIdentityTransformation( 0 )
-          && IsIdentityTransformation( 1 )
-          && IsIdentityTransformation( 2 )
-          && IsIdentityTransformation( 3 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the clipping point parameter of this transformation, in sigma
-    * units from the central value.
-    */
-   double ClippingPoint() const
-   {
-      return m_clip;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the clipping point parameter of this transformation, in sigma units
-    * from the central value. The default clipping point is -2.8.
-    */
-   void SetClippingPoint( double clip )
-   {
-      m_clip = clip;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the target background parameter of this transformation in the
-    * normalized [0,1] range.
-    */
-   double TargetBackground() const
-   {
-      return m_tbkg;
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * Sets the target background parameter of this transformation in the
-    * normalized [0,1] range. The default target background is 0.25.
-    */
-   void SetTargetBackground( double tbkg )
-   {
-      m_tbkg = Range( tbkg, 0.0, 1.0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this transformation will compute a single adaptive
-    * histogram transformation for the nominal channels of an RGB color image.
-    * Returns false if adaptive per-channel transformations will be calculated
-    * separately.
-    */
-   bool LinkedRGB() const
-   {
-      return m_link;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the 'linked RGB' parameter of this transformation. When this
-    * parameter is true, a single adaptive histogram transformation will be
-    * computed for the nominal channels of an RGB color image. When this
-    * parameter is false, separate adaptive transformations will be calculated
-    * for each channel.
-    */
-   void SetLinkedRGB( bool link = true )
-   {
-      m_link = link;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes adaptive display functions, also known as <em>auto-stretch
-    * functions</em>, based on statistical estimates of scale and location.
-    *
-    * \param sigma   Vector of scale estimates. This is typically a vector of
-    *                normalized MAD values (median absolute deviation from the
-    *                median) or similar robust dispersion estimates.
-    *
-    * \param center  Vector of location estimates. Typically the median is used
-    *                as a robust estimator of central tendency.
-    *
-    * Both vectors must have one or three components, respectively for a
-    * monochrome (grayscale) or RGB color image. Avoid using non-robust
-    * statistical estimators such as the standard deviation or the mean, which
-    * can easily lead to completely wrong results.
-    *
-    * To obtain results coherent with other implementations, scale estimates
-    * should be normalized to be consistent with the standard deviation of a
-    * normal distribution. For example, if MAD values are used, they should be
-    * multiplied by 1.4826 before calling this function.
-    */
-   template <class V>
-   void ComputeAutoStretch( const V& sigma, const V& center )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_m.Length() == 4 && m_s.Length() == 4 && m_h.Length() == 4 && m_l.Length() == 4 && m_r.Length() == 4 )
-
-      if ( sigma.IsEmpty() || center.IsEmpty() )
-      {
-         Reset();
-         return;
-      }
-
-      int n = (sigma.Length() < 3 || center.Length() < 3) ? 1 : 3;
-
-      if ( m_link )
-      {
-         /*
-          * Try to find out how many channels look like channels of an inverted
-          * image.
-          *
-          * We know a channel is inverted because the main histogram peak is
-          * located over the right-hand half of the histogram. Seems simplistic
-          * but this is consistent with most real-world images.
-          */
-         int invertedChannels = 0;
-         for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-            if ( center[i] > 0.5 )
-               ++invertedChannels;
-
-         double c = 0, m = 0;
-         if ( invertedChannels < n )
-         {
-            // Noninverted image
-            for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-            {
-               if ( 1 + sigma[i] != 1 )
-                  c += center[i] + m_clip * sigma[i];
-               m += center[i];
-            }
-            m_s[0] = m_s[1] = m_s[2] = Range( c/n, 0.0, 1.0 );
-            m_m[0] = m_m[1] = m_m[2] = HistogramTransformation::MTF( m_tbkg, m/n - m_s[0] );
-            m_l[0] = m_l[1] = m_l[2] = 0.0;
-            m_h[0] = m_h[1] = m_h[2] = m_r[0] = m_r[1] = m_r[2] = 1.0;
-         }
-         else
-         {
-            // Inverted image
-            for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-            {
-               c += (1 + sigma[i] != 1) ? center[i] - m_clip * sigma[i] : 1.0;
-               m  += center[i];
-            }
-            m_h[0] = m_h[1] = m_h[2] = Range( c/n, 0.0, 1.0 );
-            m_m[0] = m_m[1] = m_m[2] = HistogramTransformation::MTF( m_h[0] - m/n, m_tbkg );
-            m_s[0] = m_s[1] = m_s[2] = m_l[0] = m_l[1] = m_l[2] = 0.0;
-            m_r[0] = m_r[1] = m_r[2] = 1.0;
-         }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         /*
-          * Unlinked RGB/K channnels: Compute automatic stretch functions for
-          * individual RGB/K channels separately.
-          */
-         for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-            if ( center[i] < 0.5 )
-            {
-               // Noninverted channel
-               m_s[i] = (1 + sigma[i] != 1) ? Range( center[i] + m_clip * sigma[i], 0.0, 1.0 ) : 0.0;
-               m_m[i] = HistogramTransformation::MTF( m_tbkg, center[i] - m_s[i] );
-               m_l[i] = 0.0;
-               m_h[i] = m_r[i] = 1.0;
-            }
-            else
-            {
-               // Inverted channel
-               m_h[i] = (1 + sigma[i] != 1) ? Range( center[i] - m_clip * sigma[i], 0.0, 1.0 ) : 1.0;
-               m_m[i] = HistogramTransformation::MTF( m_h[i] - center[i], m_tbkg );
-               m_s[i] = m_l[i] = 0.0;
-               m_r[i] = 1.0;
-            }
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets all display function parameters to yield an identity
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   void Reset()
-   {
-      m_m = 0.5;
-      m_s = m_l = 0.0;
-      m_h = m_r = 1.0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Exchanges two %DisplayFunction objects.
-    */
-   friend void Swap( DisplayFunction& x, DisplayFunction& y )
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_m, y.m_m );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_s, y.m_s );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_h, y.m_h );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_l, y.m_l );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_r, y.m_r );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_clip, y.m_clip );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_tbkg, y.m_tbkg );
-      pcl::Swap( x.m_link, y.m_link );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   DVector m_m;   // midtones balance
-   DVector m_s;   // shadows clipping point
-   DVector m_h;   // highlights clipping point
-   DVector m_l;   // shadows dynamic range expansion
-   DVector m_r;   // highlights dynamic range expansion
-   double  m_clip = __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_CLIP; // auto-stretch clipping point
-   double  m_tbkg = __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_TBGD; // auto-stretch target background
-   bool    m_link = __PCL_AUTOSTRETCH_DEFAULT_LINK; // auto-stretch linked RGB
-
-   /*
-    * Display function transformation.
-    */
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_DisplayFunction_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/DisplayFunction.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Edit.h

@@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Edit.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Edit_h
-#define __PCL_Edit_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Edit.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Frame.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Edit
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %Edit control
- *
- * %Edit controls are single-line plain text edit controls.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Edit : public Frame
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Edit object with the specified \a text, as a child control
-    * of \a parent.
-    */
-   Edit( const String& text = String(), Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %Edit control.
-    */
-   virtual ~Edit()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current edit text.
-    */
-   String Text() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current button text.
-    */
-   void SetText( const String& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all the text in this %edit control.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      SetText( String() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %Edit control is in read-only mode.
-    */
-   bool IsReadOnly() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables the read-only mode for this %Edit control.
-    */
-   void SetReadOnly( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables the read-only mode for this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * SetReadOnly( !rw )
-    */
-   void SetReadWrite( bool rw = true )
-   {
-      SetReadOnly( !rw );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the text in this %Edit control has been modified.
-    */
-   bool IsModified() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets or clears the modified status for this %Edit control.
-    */
-   void SetModified( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears or sets the modified status for this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * SetModified( !clear )
-    */
-   void ClearModified( bool clear = true )
-   {
-      SetModified( !clear );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %Edit control is in <em>password display mode</em>.
-    *
-    * In password mode, the text in an edit control is always displayed as a
-    * sequence of asterisks. This does not affect the actual text; the password
-    * mode only changes the way characters are displayed.
-    *
-    * \sa EnablePasswordMode(), DisablePasswordMode()
-    */
-   bool IsPasswordMode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the password display mode for this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * \sa IsPasswordMode(), DisablePasswordMode()
-    */
-   void EnablePasswordMode( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables the password display mode for this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * EnablePasswordMode( !disable )
-    *
-    * \sa IsPasswordMode(), EnablePasswordMode()
-    */
-   void DisablePasswordMode( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnablePasswordMode( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum allowed length for the text in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   int MaxLength() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the maximum allowed length for the text in this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * The default length limit is \c int_max, which in practice represents no
-    * length limit.
-    */
-   void SetMaxLength( int );
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables unlimited length for the text in this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * SetMaxLength( int_max )
-    */
-   void SetUnlimitedLength()
-   {
-      SetMaxLength( int_max );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects all the text in this %edit control.
-    */
-   void SelectAll( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the existing selection, if any, in this %edit control.
-    *
-    * \note This member function does not delete the selected text; it only
-    * removes the selection.
-    */
-   void Unselect( bool unsel = true )
-   {
-      SelectAll( !unsel );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Gets the limits of the current selection in this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * \param[out] selStart   The index of the first selected character.
-    * \param[out] selEnd     The index of the last selected character plus one.
-    *
-    * When \a selStart is equal to \a selEnd, there is no selection in this
-    * edit control.
-    */
-   void GetSelection( int& selStart, int& selEnd ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the limits of the current selection in this %Edit control.
-    *
-    * \param selStart   The index of the first selected character.
-    * \param selEnd     The index of the last selected character plus one.
-    *
-    * When \a selStart is equal to \a selEnd, there is no selection in this
-    * edit control.
-    */
-   void SetSelection( int selStart, int selEnd );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff there are one or more selected characters in this %Edit
-    * control.
-    */
-   bool HasSelection() const
-   {
-      int s0, s1;
-      GetSelection( s0, s1 );
-      return s0 != s1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the currently selected text, or an empty string if there is no
-    * selection in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   String SelectedText() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current caret position in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   int CaretPosition() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the current caret position in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   void SetCaretPosition( int );
-
-   /*!
-    * Moves the caret to the beginning of the text line in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   void Home()
-   {
-      SetCaretPosition( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Moves the caret to the end of the text line in this %Edit control.
-    */
-   void End()
-   {
-      SetCaretPosition( int_max );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the text in this %Edit control is right-aligned.
-    */
-   bool IsRightAligned() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the text in this %Edit control is left-aligned.
-    */
-   bool IsLeftAligned() const
-   {
-      return !IsRightAligned();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables right-alignment for the text in this %edit control.
-    */
-   void SetRightAlignment( bool right = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables right-alignment for the text in this %edit control.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * SetRightAlignment( !left )
-    */
-   void SetLeftAlignment( bool left = true )
-   {
-      SetRightAlignment( !left );
-   }
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnEditCompleted( Edit& sender );
-   // void OnReturnPressed( Edit& sender );
-   // void OnTextUpdated( Edit& sender, const String& text );
-   // void OnCaretPositionUpdated( Edit& sender, int oldPos, int newPos );
-   // void OnSelectionUpdated( Edit& sender, int newStart, int newEnd );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*edit_event_handler)( Edit& sender );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*text_event_handler)( Edit& sender, const String& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*caret_event_handler)( Edit& sender, int oldPos, int newPos );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*selection_event_handler)( Edit& sender, int newStart, int newEnd );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnEditCompleted( edit_event_handler, Control& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnReturnPressed( edit_event_handler, Control& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnTextUpdated( text_event_handler, Control& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnCaretPositionUpdated( caret_event_handler, Control& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnSelectionUpdated( selection_event_handler, Control& );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      edit_event_handler      onEditCompleted        = nullptr;
-      edit_event_handler      onReturnPressed        = nullptr;
-      text_event_handler      onTextUpdated          = nullptr;
-      caret_event_handler     onCaretPositionUpdated = nullptr;
-      selection_event_handler onSelectionUpdated     = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   friend class EditEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Edit_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Edit.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ElapsedTime.h

@@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ElapsedTime.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ElapsedTime_h
-#define __PCL_ElapsedTime_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ElapsedTime.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-#if !defined( __PCL_LINUX ) && !defined( __PCL_FREEBSD )
-#  include <pcl/Atomic.h>
-#  include <pcl/AutoLock.h>
-#  define PCL_CLOCK_ID 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __PCL_LINUX
-#  include <time.h>
-#  ifdef CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW // since kernel 2.6.28
-#    define PCL_CLOCK_ID CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW
-#  else
-#    define PCL_CLOCK_ID CLOCK_MONOTONIC
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __PCL_FREEBSD
-#  include <sys/timespec.h>
-#  ifdef CLOCK_MONOTONIC_PRECISE // since FreeBSD 10.1
-#    define PCL_CLOCK_ID CLOCK_MONOTONIC_PRECISE
-#  else
-#    define PCL_CLOCK_ID CLOCK_MONOTONIC
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __PCL_MACOSX
-#  include <mach/mach.h>
-#  include <mach/mach_time.h>
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ElapsedTime
- * \brief High-resolution time stamp.
- *
- * %ElapsedTime is a platform-independent, monotonically nondecreasing
- * high-resolution time stamp based on hardware time resources that are
- * independent on any external time reference. The underlying implementation
- * uses monotonic clock services on Linux and FreeBSD (via clock_gettime()
- * system calls), performance counters on Windows, and Mach absolute time
- * system services on macOS.
- *
- * Example of use:
- *
- * \code
- * ElapsedTime T;
- * for ( int i = 0; i < 100000; ++i )
- *    foo();
- * double t1 = T();
- * T.Reset();
- * for ( int i = 0; i < 100000; ++i )
- *    bar();
- * double t2 = T();
- * Console out;
- * out.WriteLn( "Execution times (100K function calls): );
- * out.WriteLn( "foo(): " + ElapsedTime::ToString( t1 ) );
- * out.WriteLn( "bar(): " + ElapsedTime::ToString( t2 ) );
- * \endcode
- *
- * Timing resolution should be better than one microsecond on all platforms,
- * but the actual resolution achieved is hardware and system dependent.
- *
- * This class is thread-safe: it can be instantiated and its member functions
- * can be safely invoked from multiple running threads.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ElapsedTime
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new %ElapsedTime object and initializes it with the current
-    * system time, which will be the starting point of subsequent time interval
-    * evaluations.
-    */
-   ElapsedTime()
-   {
-      Reset();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   ElapsedTime( const ElapsedTime& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ElapsedTime& operator =( const ElapsedTime& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the time interval elapsed since the last object initialization,
-    * expressed in seconds. An %ElapsedTime object is initialized either when
-    * it is constructed, or through a subsequent call to the Reset() member
-    * function.
-    */
-   double operator ()() const
-   {
-      return TimeStamp() - m_start;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this %ElapsedTime object with a new time stamp, which will be
-    * the starting point of subsequent time interval evaluations.
-    */
-   void Reset()
-   {
-      m_start = TimeStamp();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an 8-bit string representation of the time interval elapsed since
-    * the last object initialization. See operator()() and
-    * ToIsoString( double ) for detailed information.
-    */
-   IsoString ToIsoString() const
-   {
-      return ToIsoString( operator()() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a Unicode string representation of the time interval elapsed
-    * since the last object initialization. See operator()() and
-    * ToIsoString( double ) for detailed information.
-    */
-   String ToString() const
-   {
-      return ToString( operator()() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * IsoString conversion operator. Equivalent to ToIsoString().
-    */
-   operator IsoString() const
-   {
-      return ToIsoString();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * String conversion operator. Equivalent to ToString().
-    */
-   operator String() const
-   {
-      return ToString();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a 64-bit, monotonically nondecreasing time stamp.
-    *
-    * The returned value is the time elapsed in seconds since an arbitrary,
-    * platform-dependent starting time that will remain invariant during the
-    * current execution of the calling module.
-    *
-    * With the current implementation, accuracy of timestamps should be better
-    * than one microsecond on all supported platforms.
-    */
-   static double TimeStamp()
-   {
-#if defined( __PCL_LINUX ) || defined( __PCL_FREEBSD )
-
-      /*
-       * Linux/FreeBSD implementation based on clock_gettime().
-       */
-      timespec ts;
-      (void)clock_gettime( PCL_CLOCK_ID, &ts );
-      return ts.tv_sec + ts.tv_nsec*1.0e-09;
-
-#endif   // __PCL_LINUX || __PCL_FREEBSD
-
-#ifdef __PCL_MACOSX
-
-      /*
-       * macOS implementation based on Mach absolute time system services.
-       *
-       * https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/qa/qa1398/_index.html
-       * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5167269/clock-gettime-alternative-in-mac-os-x
-       */
-      static Mutex     mutex;
-      static AtomicInt initialized;
-      static double    absoluteToSeconds;
-      static uint64    offset;
-
-      if ( !initialized )
-      {
-         volatile AutoLock lock( mutex );
-         if ( initialized.Load() == 0 )
-         {
-            mach_timebase_info_data_t timeBase = { 0 };
-            mach_timebase_info( &timeBase );
-            absoluteToSeconds = 1.0e-09*(double( timeBase.numer )/timeBase.denom);
-            offset = mach_absolute_time();
-            initialized.Store( 1 );
-         }
-      }
-
-      uint64 t = mach_absolute_time();
-      return (t - offset)*absoluteToSeconds;
-
-#endif   // __PCL_MACOSX
-
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-
-      /*
-       * Windows implementation based on Win32 performance counters.
-       *
-       * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644905%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
-       * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms644904%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
-       * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5404277/porting-clock-gettime-to-windows
-       * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1676036/what-should-i-use-to-replace-gettimeofday-on-windows
-       */
-      static Mutex     mutex;
-      static AtomicInt initialized;
-      static double    countsToSeconds;
-      static uint64    offset;
-
-      if ( !initialized )
-      {
-         volatile AutoLock lock( mutex );
-         if ( initialized.Load() == 0 )
-         {
-            uint64 performanceFrequency;
-            QueryPerformanceFrequency( (LARGE_INTEGER*)&performanceFrequency );
-            countsToSeconds = 1.0/performanceFrequency;
-            QueryPerformanceCounter( (LARGE_INTEGER*)&offset );
-            initialized.Store( 1 );
-         }
-      }
-
-      uint64 t;
-      QueryPerformanceCounter( (LARGE_INTEGER*)&t );
-      return (t - offset)*countsToSeconds;
-
-#endif   // __PCL_WINDOWS
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an 8-bit string representation of the specified time interval
-    * in seconds.
-    *
-    * The returned string has one of the following formats:
-    *
-    * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    * <tr><td>(1) u.uuu us</td>   <td>u.uuu is the time t in microseconds if t < 0.001 s</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>(2) m.mmm ms</td>   <td>m.mmm is the time t in milliseconds if t < 1.0 s</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>(3) s.sss s</td>    <td>s.sss is the time t in seconds if t < 60.0 s</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>(4) mm:ss.ss</td>   <td>Zero-padded minutes and seconds if t < 3600 s</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>(5) hh:mm:ss.s</td> <td>Same as (4) with zero-padded hours if t < 86400 s</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>(6) d:hh:mm:ss</td> <td>Same as (5) with elapsed days if t >= 86400</td></tr>
-    * </table>
-    *
-    * If \a width > 0 and t &le; 60, the integer part of the represented
-    * microseconds, milliseconds or seconds will be right-padded in a field of
-    * \a width space characters.
-    *
-    * The output format is chosen automatically to generate the most
-    * significant representation. If the specified interval is negative (toward
-    * the past), a minus sign is prepended to the returned string.
-    */
-   static IsoString ToIsoString( double seconds, int width = 0 )
-   {
-      return ToString( seconds, width, (IsoString*)0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a Unicode string representation of the specified time interval
-    * \a s in seconds. See ToIsoString( double ) for information on the
-    * representation format.
-    */
-   static String ToString( double s, int width = 0 )
-   {
-      return ToString( s, width, (String*)0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the time interval in seconds elapsed between the starting points
-    * of two %ElapsedTime objects \a t1 and \a t2. The result is positive if
-    * \a t2 precedes \a t1, negative if \a t1 precedes \a t2, zero if and only
-    * if either \a t1 and \a t2 are references to the same instance, or if one
-    * of the objects has been constructed as a copy of the other.
-    */
-   friend double operator -( const ElapsedTime& t1, const ElapsedTime& t2 )
-   {
-      return t1.m_start - t2.m_start;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   double m_start; // timestamp in seconds
-
-   template <class S>
-   static S ToString( double s, int w, S* )
-   {
-      if ( s < 0.001 )
-         return S().Format( "%*.3f us", Max( 5, w+4 ), s*1000000 );
-
-      if ( s < 1 )
-         return S().Format( "%*.3f ms", Max( 5, w+4 ), s*1000 );
-
-      if ( s < 60 )
-         return S().Format( "%*.3f s", Max( 5, w+4 ), s );
-
-      int sign = (s < 0) ? -1 : +1;
-      s = Abs( s );
-
-      if ( s < 3600 )
-      {
-         int m = TruncInt( s/60 );
-         s -= m*60;
-         return S().Format( "%02d:%05.2f", m*sign, s );
-      }
-
-      if ( s < 86400 )
-      {
-         int h = TruncInt( s/3600 );
-         s -= h*3600;
-         int m = TruncInt( s/60 );
-         s -= m*60;
-         return S().Format( "%02d:%02d:%04.1f", h*sign, m, s );
-      }
-
-      int d = TruncInt( s/86400 );
-      s -= d*86400;
-      int h = TruncInt( s/3600 );
-      s -= h*3600;
-      int m = TruncInt( s/60 );
-      s -= m*60;
-      return S().Format( "%d:%02d:%02d:%02d", d*sign, h, m, RoundInt( s ) );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ElapsedTime_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ElapsedTime.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/EndianConversions.h

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/EndianConversions.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_EndianConversions_h
-#define __PCL_EndianConversions_h
-
-/// \file pcl/EndianConversions.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Math.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup endianness_conversion_and_detection Endianness Conversion and Detection Functions
- */
-
-/*!
- * Converts a 16-bit unsigned integer from big endian to little endian byte
- * storage order.
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-inline uint16 BigToLittleEndian( uint16 x )
-{
-   return (x << 8) | (x >> 8);
-}
-
-/*!
- * Converts a 32-bit unsigned integer from big endian to little endian byte
- * storage order.
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-inline uint32 BigToLittleEndian( uint32 x )
-{
-   return (RotL( x, 8 ) & 0x00ff00ffu) | (RotR( x, 8 ) & 0xff00ff00u);
-
-}
-
-/*!
- * Converts a 64-bit unsigned integer from big endian to little endian byte
- * storage order.
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-inline uint64 BigToLittleEndian( uint64 x )
-{
-   return (uint64( BigToLittleEndian( uint32( x ) ) ) << 32) | uint64( BigToLittleEndian( uint32( x >> 32 ) ) );
-}
-
-/*!
- * A convenience synonym function for little-to-big endian conversions, which
- * we define for the sake of code legibility. It is obviously equivalent to
- * BigToLittleEndian( x ).
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-template <typename T> inline T LittleToBigEndian( T x )
-{
-   return BigToLittleEndian( x );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-union __pcl_endian_check__ { uint32 w; uint8 b[ sizeof( uint32 ) ]; };
-
-constexpr __pcl_endian_check__ __pcl_endian_check_sample__ = { 0xdeadbeef };
-
-#ifdef __clang__
-
-inline bool IsLittleEndianMachine()
-{
-   return __pcl_endian_check_sample__.b[0] == 0xef;
-}
-
-inline bool IsBigEndianMachine()
-{
-   return __pcl_endian_check_sample__.b[0] == 0xde;
-}
-
-#else
-
-// Clang fails here with "read of member 'b' of union with active member 'w' is
-// not allowed in a constant expression".
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff the caller is running on a little-endian architecture.
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-constexpr bool IsLittleEndianMachine()
-{
-   return __pcl_endian_check_sample__.b[0] == 0xef;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff the caller is running on a big-endian architecture.
- *
- * \ingroup endianness_conversion_and_detection
- */
-constexpr bool IsBigEndianMachine()
-{
-   return __pcl_endian_check_sample__.b[0] == 0xde;
-}
-
-#endif // __clang__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_EndianConversions_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/EndianConversions.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ErrorHandler.h

@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ErrorHandler.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ErrorHandler_h
-#define __PCL_ErrorHandler_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ErrorHandler.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Exception.h>
-
-#include <new> // std::bad_alloc
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __PCL_SILENTLY_REPLACE_USER_ERROR_MACROS
-
-#undef ERROR_HANDLER
-#undef ERROR_CLEANUP
-
-#else
-
-#ifdef ERROR_HANDLER
-#error ERROR_HANDLER macro: Already defined!
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ERROR_CLEANUP
-#error ERROR_CLEANUP macro: Already defined!
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup error_handling_macros Error Handling Macros
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \def ERROR_HANDLER
- * \brief Standard PCL error handler macro
- *
- * Use the ERROR_HANDLER macro after try blocks in all PCL programs and
- * modules.
- *
- * \ingroup error_handling_macros
- */
-#define ERROR_HANDLER                                                         \
-   catch ( pcl::FatalError& )                                                 \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Launch fatal errors to the hyperspace... */                          \
-      throw;                                                                  \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( pcl::ProcessAborted& )                                             \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Abort process: Let the PI application do the GUI output */           \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( pcl::CaughtException& )                                            \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Exceptions already caught and managed: simply ignore them */         \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( pcl::Exception& x )                                                \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Other PCL exceptions */                                              \
-      x.Show();                                                               \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( pcl::String& s )                                                   \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Nonstandard ways of throwing things... */                            \
-      try                                                                     \
-      {                                                                       \
-         throw pcl::Error( s );                                               \
-      }                                                                       \
-      catch ( pcl::Exception& x )                                             \
-      {                                                                       \
-         x.Show();                                                            \
-      }                                                                       \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( std::bad_alloc& )                                                  \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Standard bad allocation exception */                                 \
-      try                                                                     \
-      {                                                                       \
-         throw pcl::Error( "Out of memory" );                                 \
-      }                                                                       \
-      catch ( pcl::Exception& x )                                             \
-      {                                                                       \
-         x.Show();                                                            \
-      }                                                                       \
-   }                                                                          \
-   catch ( ... )                                                              \
-   {                                                                          \
-      /* Catch-all */                                                         \
-      try                                                                     \
-      {                                                                       \
-         throw pcl::Error( "Unknown exception" );                             \
-      }                                                                       \
-      catch ( pcl::Exception& x )                                             \
-      {                                                                       \
-         x.Show();                                                            \
-      }                                                                       \
-   }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \def ERROR_CLEANUP
- * \brief Standard PCL error handler macro with cleanup code
- *
- * Use ERROR_CLEANUP in the same way as the ERROR_HANDLER macro, when you need
- * to specify a local clean up code, e.g. to delete dynamically allocated local
- * variables.
- *
- * \ingroup error_handling_macros
- */
-#define ERROR_CLEANUP( cleanup_code )                                         \
-   catch ( ... )                                                              \
-   {                                                                          \
-      cleanup_code;                                                           \
-                                                                              \
-      try                                                                     \
-      {                                                                       \
-         throw;                                                               \
-      }                                                                       \
-      ERROR_HANDLER                                                           \
-   }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ErrorHandler_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ErrorHandler.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Exception.h

@@ -1,671 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Exception.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Exception_h
-#define __PCL_Exception_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Exception.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-#include <typeinfo>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup standard_exception_classes Standard Exception Classes
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class Exception
- * \brief Root base class for all PCL exception classes
- *
- * All exceptions thrown by PCL classes and functions are descendants of the
- * %Exception class.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Exception
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Exception object.
-    */
-   Exception() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Exception( const pcl::Exception& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %Exception object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Exception()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an error class for this exception.
-    */
-   virtual String ExceptionClass() const
-   {
-      return String();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an error or warning message corresponding to this exception.
-    */
-   virtual String Message() const
-   {
-      return String();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a formatted representation of the information transported by this
-    * %Exception object.
-    */
-   virtual String FormatInfo() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a caption text suitable to represent the information in this
-    * %Exception object.
-    */
-   virtual String Caption() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Shows a representation of the information transported by this exception.
-    *
-    * Exception information can be shown as text on the platform console or
-    * using graphical interfaces, depending on a global setting controlled with
-    * the EnableConsoleOutput() and EnableGUIOutput() static member functions.
-    *
-    * \sa IsConsoleOutputEnabled(), IsGUIOutputEnabled()
-    */
-   virtual void Show() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Prints a representation of the information transported by this exception
-    * exclusively as plain text on the platform console.
-    *
-    * This function ignores current settings defined through previous calls to
-    * EnableConsoleOutput() and EnableGUIOutput().
-    */
-   PCL_FORCE_INLINE void ShowOnConsole() const
-   {
-      /*
-       * N.B.: This function must always be expanded inline. Otherwise, neither
-       * UNIX synchronous signal handlers nor Win32 structured exception
-       * handlers can throw C++ exceptions.
-       */
-      bool wasConsoleOutput = IsConsoleOutputEnabled();
-      bool wasGUIOutput = IsGUIOutputEnabled();
-      EnableConsoleOutput();
-      DisableGUIOutput();
-
-      Exception::Show();
-
-      EnableConsoleOutput( wasConsoleOutput );
-      EnableGUIOutput( wasGUIOutput );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff console text output is enabled for %Exception.
-    *
-    * When console output is enabled, exception information is presented as
-    * text on the PixInsight core application's console. Console exception
-    * output is always enabled by default.
-    *
-    * \sa IsGUIOutputEnabled(), EnableConsoleOutput(), EnableGUIOutput()
-    */
-   static bool IsConsoleOutputEnabled();
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables console output for %Exception.
-    *
-    * \sa IsConsoleOutputEnabled(), DisableConsoleOutput(),
-    * IsGUIOutputEnabled(), EnableGUIOutput()
-    */
-   static void EnableConsoleOutput( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables console output for %Exception.
-    *
-    * \sa IsConsoleOutputEnabled(), EnableConsoleOutput(),
-    * IsGUIOutputEnabled(), EnableGUIOutput()
-    */
-   static void DisableConsoleOutput( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableConsoleOutput( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff GUI output is enabled for %Exception.
-    *
-    * When GUI output is enabled, exception information is presented through
-    * message boxes and other modal, graphical interface elements. GUI
-    * exception output is always disabled by default.
-    *
-    * \sa IsConsoleOutputEnabled(), EnableConsoleOutput(), EnableGUIOutput()
-    */
-   static bool IsGUIOutputEnabled();
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables GUI output for %Exception.
-    *
-    * \sa IsGUIOutputEnabled(), DisableGUIOutput(), IsConsoleOutputEnabled(),
-    * EnableConsoleOutput()
-    */
-   static void EnableGUIOutput( bool = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables GUI output for %Exception.
-    *
-    * \sa IsGUIOutputEnabled(), EnableGUIOutput(), IsConsoleOutputEnabled(),
-    * EnableConsoleOutput()
-    */
-   static void DisableGUIOutput( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableGUIOutput( !disable );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Error
- * \brief A simple exception with an associated error message.
- *
- * %Error is a general exception message very frequently used by PCL classes
- * and functions.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Error : public pcl::Exception
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Error object with an empty error message.
-    */
-   Error() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Error( const Error& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %Error object with the specified error \a message.
-    */
-   Error( const String& message )
-      : m_message( message )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns descriptive information for this %Error object. The default
-    * implementation returns the message specified upon construction. A derived
-    * class can reimplement this function to provide additional information
-    * items such as file names, object identifiers, source code positions, date
-    * and time representations, etc.
-    */
-   String Message() const override
-   {
-      return m_message;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Caption() const override
-   {
-      return "Error";
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   String m_message;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FatalError
- * \brief Errors that cause immediate program termination
- *
- * %FatalError indicates an error situation that cannot be resumed and requires
- * immediate program termination.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FatalError : public Error
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FatalError object with an empty message.
-    */
-   FatalError() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FatalError object with the specified \a message.
-    */
-   FatalError( const String& message )
-      : Error( message )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * "Promote" any exception to have "fatal consequences".
-    */
-   FatalError( const pcl::Exception& x )
-      : Error( x.Message() )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FatalError( const pcl::FatalError& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Caption() const override
-   {
-      return "Fatal Error";
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class NotImplemented
- * \brief An exception that indicates an unsupported feature
- *
- * Throw one of these when you have an object that can't do something.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS NotImplemented : public Error
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %NotImplemented instance.
-    *
-    * \param object           The object that does not implement something
-    *
-    * \param notImplemented   A description of what \a object does not
-    *                         implement.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   NotImplemented( const T& object, const String& notImplemented )
-      : Error( String( IsoString( typeid( object ).name() )
-#ifdef __PCL_WINDOWS
-      .MBSToWCS()
-#else
-      .UTF8ToUTF16()
-#endif
-         ) + ": Not implemented: " + notImplemented )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   NotImplemented( const NotImplemented& ) = default;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ParseError
- * \brief Base class for exceptions thrown by parsing routines
- *
- * A %ParseError indicates an syntactic or semantic error found while
- * interpreting some code or trying to translate some text into an object.
- *
- * For example, String and IsoString throw %ParseError exceptions to indicate
- * syntax errors while converting strings to numbers.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ParseError : public Error
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %ParseError object: no error message and no position
-    * information.
-    */
-   ParseError() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   ParseError( const ParseError& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %ParseError object.
-    *
-    * \param message    The error message. HTML entities are not interpreted as
-    *             ISO 8859-1 characters, and console tags are ignored, even if
-    *             the exception is to be represented on a PixInsight console.
-    *             HTML entities and console tags are always written literally.
-    *             This limitation is necessary to ensure representativeness of
-    *             source code fragments shown in exception messages.
-    *
-    * \param beingParsed   The string being parsed, or an empty string if the
-    *             error is not associated to a particular source code string.
-    *
-    * \param errorPosition   The position >= 0 of the first offending character
-    *             in the string \a beingParsed, or < 0 if no specific position
-    *             can be associated with the error.
-    */
-   ParseError( const String& message, const String& beingParsed = String(), int errorPosition = -1 )
-      : Error( message )
-      , m_beingParsed( beingParsed )
-      , m_errorPosition( errorPosition )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Message() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void Show() const override;
-
-protected:
-
-   String m_beingParsed;
-   int    m_errorPosition = -1;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class SourceCodeError
- * \brief Base class for exceptions thrown by source code interpreters
- *
- * A %SourceCodeError represents a syntax error thrown by a source code parser
- * or interpreter, such as a scripting engine or an XML decoder.
- *
- * %SourceCodeError provides an error message string associated to a line
- * number and a column number that locate the error in the source code text
- * being processed.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS SourceCodeError : public Error
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %SourceCodeError object: no error message and no
-    * source code location information.
-    */
-   SourceCodeError() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   SourceCodeError( const SourceCodeError& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %SourceCodeError object.
-    *
-    * \param message    The error message. HTML entities are not interpreted as
-    *             ISO 8859-1 characters, and console tags are ignored, even if
-    *             the exception is to be represented on a PixInsight console.
-    *             HTML entities and console tags are always written literally.
-    *             This limitation is necessary to ensure representativeness of
-    *             source code fragments in exception messages.
-    *
-    * \param line       The line number (starting from 1) corresponding to the
-    *             position of this error in the source code text, or <= 0 if no
-    *             specific source code line can be associated with this error.
-    *             The default value is -1, meaning that no line number is
-    *             specified by default.
-    *
-    * \param column     The column number (starting from 1) corresponding to
-    *             the position of this error in the source code text, or <= 0
-    *             if no specific source code column can be associated with this
-    *             error. The default value is -1, meaning that no column number
-    *             is specified by default.
-    */
-   template <typename T1>
-   SourceCodeError( const String& message, T1 line = -1, T1 column = -1 )
-      : Error( message )
-      , m_lineNumber( Range( int( line ), -1, int_max ) )
-      , m_columnNumber( Range( int( column ), -1, int_max ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the line number in the source code text being processed,
-    * corresponding to this exception.
-    *
-    * If a valid source code line can be associated with this exception, the
-    * returned value should be >= 1. Otherwise, if no text line can be
-    * determined for this exception, -1 is returned.
-    *
-    * \sa ColumnNumber()
-    */
-   int LineNumber() const
-   {
-      return m_lineNumber;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the column number in the source code text being processed,
-    * corresponding to this exception.
-    *
-    * If a valid source code column can be associated with this exception, the
-    * returned value should be >= 1. Otherwise, if no text column can be
-    * determined for this exception, -1 is returned.
-    *
-    * \sa LineNumber()
-    */
-   int ColumnNumber() const
-   {
-      return m_columnNumber;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the source code \a line number and \a column (optional) for this
-    * exception.
-    *
-    * Valid (meaningful) source code coordinates must be >= 1. When a value < 0
-    * is specified, the corresponding coordinate is interpreted to be
-    * unavailable for the current exception.
-    *
-    * This member function is useful when nested sections of a source code
-    * block are being processed recursively; for example in XML decoders.
-    *
-    * \sa AddToPosition()
-    */
-   template <typename T1>
-   void SetPosition( T1 line, T1 column = -1 )
-   {
-      m_lineNumber = Range( int( line ), -1, int_max );
-      m_columnNumber = Range( int( column ), -1, int_max );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds the specified \a lines and \a columns (optional) increments to the
-    * source code coordinates for this exception.
-    *
-    * Valid (meaningful) source code coordinates must be >= 1. When a value
-    * <= 0 results from a call to this function, the corresponding coordinate
-    * is interpreted to be unavailable for the current exception.
-    *
-    * This member function is useful when nested sections of a source code
-    * block are being processed recursively; for example in XML decoders.
-    *
-    * \sa SetPosition()
-    */
-   template <typename T1>
-   void AddToPosition( T1 lines, T1 columns = 0 )
-   {
-      SetPosition( m_lineNumber+int( lines ), m_columnNumber+int( columns ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Message() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void Show() const override;
-
-protected:
-
-   int m_lineNumber   = -1;
-   int m_columnNumber = -1;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class CaughtException
- * \brief An exception that has already been handled
- *
- * %CaughtException is used to signal exceptions requiring no additional
- * processing. %CaughtException is useful to terminate a process (by branching
- * execution to a catch() block) without causing generation of further error
- * messages.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-class PCL_CLASS CaughtException : public pcl::Exception
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %CaughtException object.
-    */
-   CaughtException() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   CaughtException( const pcl::CaughtException& ) = default;
-};
-
-}  // pcl
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_DECLARE_EXCEPTION_CLASS
- * \brief A macro to implement simple exception classes derived from Exception
- *
- * \param className        The identifier of the exception class.
- *
- * \param exceptionClass   The name of the exception class, as presented in
- *                         formatted representations.
- *
- * \param message          The error message shown for this exception class.
- *
- * Use this macro to define and implement exceptions classes that show
- * constant error or warning messages.
- *
- * In many cases using the %Error exception class is preferable to create new
- * exception classes with this macro.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-#define PCL_DECLARE_EXCEPTION_CLASS( className, exceptionClass, message )  \
-   class PCL_CLASS className : public pcl::Exception                       \
-   {                                                                       \
-   public:                                                                 \
-      className() = default;                                               \
-      className( const className& ) = default;                             \
-      pcl::String ExceptionClass() const override                          \
-      {                                                                    \
-         return exceptionClass;                                            \
-      }                                                                    \
-      pcl::String Message() const override                                 \
-      {                                                                    \
-         return message;                                                   \
-      }                                                                    \
-   }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ProcessAborted
- * \brief An exception class signaling the interruption of a process
- *
- * %ProcessAborted is thrown by processes that have been aborted by the user.
- *
- * \ingroup standard_exception_classes
- */
-
-PCL_DECLARE_EXCEPTION_CLASS( ProcessAborted, "Process aborted", String() );
-
-}  // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Exception_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Exception.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ExternalProcess.h

@@ -1,852 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ExternalProcess.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ExternalProcess_h
-#define __PCL_ExternalProcess_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ExternalProcess.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-#include <pcl/UIObject.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ExternalProcessError
- * \brief External process error conditions.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::FailedToStart</td> <td>The external process failed to start.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::Crashed</td>       <td>The external process crashed.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::TimedOut</td>      <td>A wait operation timed out.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::ReadError</td>     <td>An error occurred while trying to read data from a process' stdout or stderr streams.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::WriteError</td>    <td>An error occurred while trying to write data to a process' stdin stream.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ExternalProcessError::UnknownError</td>  <td>An unknown error occurred trying to execute or communicate with an external process.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace ExternalProcessError
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      FailedToStart,
-      Crashed,
-      TimedOut,
-      ReadError,
-      WriteError,
-      UnknownError
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ExternalProcess
- * \brief Execution of external programs.
- *
- * %ExternalProcess is essentially a PCL wrapper to Qt's QProcess class, which
- * the PixInsight core application uses as the underlying implementation for
- * management of external processes on the PixInsight platform.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %ExternalProcess.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ExternalProcess : public UIObject
-{
-public:
-
-#ifndef __PCL_WINDOWS
-   /*!
-    * The type of a platform-dependent Process Identifier (PID).
-    *
-    * On Linux/UNIX (Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X), a PID is a 64-bit integer.
-    *
-    * On Windows platforms, a PID is a pointer to a _PROCESS_INFORMATION
-    * structure (hence, on 64-bit Windows platforms a PID is also a 64-bit
-    * integer number).
-    */
-   typedef int64  pid_type;
-#else
-   typedef void*  pid_type;
-#endif
-
-   /*!
-    * The type used to represent error conditions in external processes.
-    */
-   typedef ExternalProcessError::value_type  error_code;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ExternalProcess object.
-    */
-   ExternalProcess();
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys the client-side %ExternalProcess instance and dereferences the
-    * server-side object. If the server-side object becomes unreferenced, it
-    * will be garbage-collected and eventually destroyed by the core
-    * application.
-    */
-   virtual ~ExternalProcess()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. Copy semantics are disabled for %ExternalProcess
-    * because this class represents unique server-side objects.
-    */
-   ExternalProcess( const ExternalProcess& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. Copy semantics are disabled for %ExternalProcess because
-    * this class represents unique server-side objects.
-    */
-   ExternalProcess& operator =( const ExternalProcess& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor. Move semantics are disabled for %ExternalProcess
-    * because of parent-child server-side object relations.
-    */
-   ExternalProcess( ExternalProcess&& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment. Move semantics are disabled for %ExternalProcess because
-    * of parent-child server-side object relations.
-    */
-   ExternalProcess& operator =( ExternalProcess&& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Ensures that the server-side object managed by this instance is uniquely
-    * referenced.
-    *
-    * Since external processes are unique objects, calling this member function
-    * has no effect.
-    */
-   void EnsureUnique() override
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a null %ExternalProcess instance. A null
-    * %ExternalProcess does not correspond to an existing external process in
-    * the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   static ExternalProcess& Null();
-
-   /*!
-    * Attempts to execute an external process.
-    *
-    * \param program    Path to the executable file.
-    *
-    * \param arguments  Optional list of command-line arguments that will be
-    *                   passed to the executable. Arguments containing spaces
-    *                   will be enclosed by quotes automatically. The default
-    *                   value is an empty list.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a program cannot be executed for some reason (for
-    * example, because the specified \a program does not exist, or because the
-    * calling process doesn't have enough privileges), this function throws an
-    * Error exception.
-    *
-    * This function implicitly opens the standard input, output and error I/O
-    * streams (stdin, stdout and stderr, respectively) of the running process.
-    * You can read from and write to the process using the Read() and Write()
-    * member functions of %ExternalProcess, respectively. You can also close
-    * the I/O streams using the CloseXX() member functions.
-    */
-   void Start( const String& program, const StringList& arguments = StringList() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Waits for the process to start execution.
-    *
-    * \param ms         Maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If a negative
-    *                   value is specified, this function will never time out.
-    *                   The default waiting time is 6000 ms (six seconds).
-    *
-    * This function suspends the calling task for at most the specified time,
-    * or forever if a negative time value is specified. Returns true if the
-    * process started before the specified time elapsed. Returns false if the
-    * process timed out. In the latter case, this function can be called again
-    * to continue waiting for the process to start.
-    *
-    * \warning When called from the root thread, this function can freeze the
-    * entire PixInsight graphical interface. For asynchronous external process
-    * execution, consider calling WaitForXX() functions from a separate thread.
-    * Be aware that if you specify a large waiting time or a negative value,
-    * this function may crash the calling thread.
-    */
-   bool WaitForStarted( int ms = 6000 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Waits for the running process to finish execution.
-    *
-    * \param ms         Maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If a negative
-    *                   value is specified, this function will never time out.
-    *                   The default waiting time is 6000 ms (six seconds).
-    *
-    * This function suspends the calling task for at most the specified time,
-    * or forever if a negative time value is specified. Returns true if the
-    * process finished its execution before the specified time elapsed. Returns
-    * false if the process timed out. In the latter case, this function can be
-    * called again to continue waiting for the process to finish.
-    *
-    * \warning When called from the root thread, this function can freeze the
-    * entire PixInsight graphical interface. For asynchronous external process
-    * execution, consider calling WaitForXX() functions from a separate thread.
-    * Be aware that if you specify a large waiting time or a negative value,
-    * this function may crash the calling thread.
-    */
-   bool WaitForFinished( int ms = 6000 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Waits for the running process to send data.
-    *
-    * \param ms         Maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If a negative
-    *                   value is specified, this function will never time out.
-    *                   The default waiting time is 6000 ms (six seconds).
-    *
-    * This function suspends the calling task for at most the specified time,
-    * or forever if a negative time value is specified. Returns true if the
-    * process sent some data through one of its output streams (standard output
-    * or standard error) before the specified time elapsed. Returns false if
-    * the process timed out. In the latter case, this function can be called
-    * again to continue waiting for the process to generate output data. When
-    * new output data is available from the process, it can be read immediately
-    * by calling one of the Read() member functions.
-    *
-    * \warning When called from the root thread, this function can freeze the
-    * entire PixInsight graphical interface. For asynchronous external process
-    * execution, consider calling WaitForXX() functions from a separate thread.
-    * Be aware that if you specify a large waiting time or a negative value,
-    * this function may crash the calling thread.
-    */
-   bool WaitForDataAvailable( int ms = 6000 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Waits for the running process to receive data.
-    *
-    * \param ms         Maximum waiting time in milliseconds. If a negative
-    *                   value is specified, this function will never time out.
-    *                   The default waiting time is 6000 ms (six seconds).
-    *
-    * This function suspends the calling task for at most the specified time,
-    * or forever if a negative time value is specified. Returns true if the
-    * process received the data sent previously through its input stream (the
-    * process' <em>standard input</em>) before the specified time elapsed.
-    * Returns false if the process timed out. In the latter case, this function
-    * can be called again to continue waiting for the process to fetch its
-    * input data. Data can be sent to a running process by calling one of the
-    * Write() member functions.
-    *
-    * \warning When called from the root thread, this function can freeze the
-    * entire PixInsight graphical interface. For asynchronous external process
-    * execution, consider calling WaitForXX() functions from a separate thread.
-    * Be aware that if you specify a large waiting time or a negative value,
-    * this function may crash the calling thread.
-    */
-   bool WaitForDataWritten( int ms = 6000 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Attempts to terminate the running process.
-    *
-    * On Linux/UNIX platforms (Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X) a SIGTERM signal is
-    * sent to the process.
-    *
-    * On Windows, this function sends WM_CLOSE messages to all top-level
-    * windows owned by the process and to its main thread. Console Windows
-    * applications that don't have a message loop, or GUI Windows applications
-    * that don't process WM_CLOSE messages adequately, cannot be terminated by
-    * calling this member function. In these cases, the only way to terminate
-    * the running process is by calling Kill().
-    *
-    * \note Note that there is no guarantee that the running process will
-    * terminate after calling this function.
-    */
-   void Terminate();
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces termination of the running process.
-    *
-    * On Linux/UNIX platforms (Linux, FreeBSD and Mac OS X) a SIGKILL signal is
-    * sent to the process.
-    *
-    * On Windows, the TerminateProcess() API function is called to force
-    * process termination.
-    *
-    * \warning Unconditional termination of processes is always risky and
-    * should be avoided. For example, the running program wil not have an
-    * opportunity to close open files or save modified data. This function
-    * should only be used as a last resort to terminate a process.
-    */
-   void Kill();
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes the standard input stream (stdin) of the running process.
-    *
-    * After calling this function, you no longer can write to the process using
-    * one of the Write() member functions (doing so will always throw an Error
-    * exception due to an I/O error).
-    *
-    * There are programs that require you to close the input stream explicitly.
-    * An example is the 'cat' UNIX utility. For example, if you enter the 'cat'
-    * command from a UNIX terminal, the program starts reading data from its
-    * stdin stream (which is the terminal in this example) until you press the
-    * "Ctrl+D" combination to close it.
-    *
-    * \note This function can only be called for a running process. If the
-    * process is not running, an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void CloseStandardInput();
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes the standard output stream (stdout) of the running process.
-    *
-    * After calling this function, you no longer can read data from the process
-    * through its stdin stream. Calling this function can be useful to save
-    * memory for processes that generate large amounts of output data, or if a
-    * running process starts producing loads of data that you don't want to
-    * process anymore.
-    *
-    * \note This function can only be called for a running process. If the
-    * process is not running, an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void CloseStandardOutput();
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes the standard error stream (stderr) of the running process.
-    *
-    * After calling this function, you no longer can read data from the process
-    * through its stderr stream. Calling this function can be useful to save
-    * memory for processes that generate large amounts of output data, or if a
-    * running process starts producing loads of data that you don't want to
-    * process anymore.
-    *
-    * \note This function can only be called for a running process. If the
-    * process is not running, an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void CloseStandardError();
-
-   /*!
-    * Redirects the standard output stream (stdout) of the process to the
-    * specified file.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to the file where the process will write its
-    *                   standard output data.
-    *
-    * \param append     If true and the specified file already exists, its
-    *                   contents will be preserved and newly generated data
-    *                   will be appended. If false, the existing file will be
-    *                   overwritten and its previous contents will be lost. The
-    *                   default value is false (overwrite).
-    *
-    * Example:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * ExternalProcess p1, p2;
-    * p1.RedirectStandardOutput( "/tmp/foo.txt" );
-    * p1.Start( "ls", StringList() << "-la" << "*.bar" );
-    * \endcode
-    *
-    * The above code snippet is equivalent to this command:
-    *
-    * <tt>ls -la *.bar >/tmp/foo.txt</tt>
-    *
-    * \note This member function can only be called before running the process,
-    * i.e. before calling Start(). Otherwise an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void RedirectStandardOutput( const String& filePath, bool append = false );
-
-   /*!
-    * Redirects the standard output stream (stdout) of the process to the
-    * specified process.
-    *
-    * \param process    Reference to a process where this process will write
-    *                   its standard output data.
-    *
-    * This function can be used to build a \e pipe between two programs. For
-    * example:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * ExternalProcess p1, p2;
-    * p1.RedirectStandardOutput( p2 );
-    * p1.Start( "cat", StringList() << "*.bar" );
-    * p2.Start( "grep", StringList() << "\'foo\'" );
-    * \endcode
-    *
-    * would produce the same result as this command:
-    *
-    * <tt>cat *.bar |grep 'foo'</tt>
-    *
-    * \note This member function can only be called before running both
-    * processes, i.e. before calling Start() for this process \e and the
-    * specified \a process. Otherwise an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void RedirectStandardOutput( ExternalProcess& process );
-
-   /*!
-    * Redirects the standard error output stream (stderr) of the process to the
-    * specified file.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to the file where the process will write its
-    *                   standard error data.
-    *
-    * \param append     If true and the specified file already exists, its
-    *                   contents will be preserved and newly generated data
-    *                   will be appended. If false, the existing file will be
-    *                   overwritten and its previous contents will be lost. The
-    *                   default value is false (overwrite).
-    *
-    * For more information on redirection of process output, see the
-    * RedirectStandardOutput() functions.
-    */
-   void RedirectStandardError( const String& filePath, bool append = false );
-
-   /*!
-    * Redirects the standard input stream (stdin) of the process from the
-    * specified file.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to an existing file from which the process will
-    *                   read its standard input data. The current contents of
-    *                   the file won't be modified or affected in any way by
-    *                   calling this function.
-    *
-    * Example:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * ExternalProcess p;
-    * p.RedirectStandardInput( "/tmp/foo.txt" );
-    * p.Start( "grep", StringList() << "\'bar\'" );
-    * \endcode
-    *
-    * The above code snippet is equivalent to this command:
-    *
-    * <tt>grep 'bar' \</tmp/foo.txt</tt>
-    *
-    * \note This member function can only be called before running the process,
-    * i.e. before calling Start(). Otherwise an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void RedirectStandardInput( const String& filePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the working directory (aka folder) of this process.
-    */
-   String WorkingDirectory() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the working directory for this process.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Path to an existing directory, which will be the
-    *                   working directory of the process when it is started.
-    *
-    * \note This member function can only be called before running the process,
-    * i.e. before calling Start(). Otherwise an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void SetWorkingDirectory( const String& dirPath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the process is running. An %ExternalProcess object
-    * represents a running process briefly (usually) after calling its Start()
-    * member function, when the IsStarting() function returns false, and just
-    * before an OnStarted() event is generated.
-    */
-   bool IsRunning() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the process is starting. An %ExternalProcess object
-    * enters the starting state after calling its Start() member function, but
-    * before the actual process is running.
-    */
-   bool IsStarting() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the running process has crashed.
-    */
-   bool HasCrashed() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the platform-dependent Process Identifier (PID) of the running
-    * process. See the ExternalProcess::pid_type type definition for more
-    * information.
-    *
-    * If the process is not running this member function returns zero.
-    */
-   pid_type PID() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the exit code of the finished process. This is normally the
-    * return value of the process' main() function.
-    */
-   int ExitCode() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of bytes waiting to be read from this running process.
-    * If the process is not running, this member function returns zero.
-    *
-    * When this function returns a nonzero value, the available data can be
-    * read by calling one of the Read() member functions.
-    */
-   size_type BytesAvailable() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of bytes pending to be written to this running
-    * process. If the process is not running, this function returns zero.
-    *
-    * If this function returns a nonzero value, it is because one of the
-    * Write() member functions has been called previously for this process with
-    * nonempty data.
-    */
-   size_type BytesToWrite() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads all the data available from the standard output stream (stdout) of
-    * this process, and returns them as a ByteArray object.
-    *
-    * If the process has not sent any new data through its stdout stream, or if
-    * the process is not running, an empty %ByteArray is returned. Note that
-    * after the reading operation the stdout stream is cleared, i.e. the data
-    * can only be read once.
-    */
-   ByteArray StandardOutput();
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads all the data available from the standard error stream (stderr) of
-    * this process, and returns them as a ByteArray object.
-    *
-    * If the process has not sent any new data through its stderr stream, or if
-    * the process is not running, an empty %ByteArray is returned. Note that
-    * after the reading operation the stderr stream is cleared, i.e. the data
-    * can only be read once.
-    */
-   ByteArray StandardError();
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads all the data available from the standard output and standard error
-    * streams (stdout and stderr, respectively) of this process, and returns
-    * them as a ByteArray object.
-    *
-    * If the process has not sent any new data through its output streams, or
-    * if the process is not running, an empty %ByteArray is returned. Note that
-    * after the reading operation, both stdout and stderr streams are cleared,
-    * i.e. the data can only be read once.
-    *
-    * \note In the returned %ByteArray, the data from both stdout and stderr
-    * streams will be mixed because they are gathered as they are generated. If
-    * you need the data from both streams separately, call the StandardOutput()
-    * and StandardError() member functions as appropriate.
-    */
-   ByteArray Read();
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the specified \a data to the standard input stream (stdin) of this
-    * process.
-    */
-   void Write( const ByteArray& data );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the specified \a text to the standard input stream (stdin) of this
-    * process. The specified UTF-16 string will be treated as a sequence of
-    * bytes, and the terminating null character of the string (two bytes) will
-    * be excluded.
-    */
-   void Write( const String& text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the specified \a text to the standard input stream (stdin) of this
-    * process. The specified 8-bit string will be treated as a sequence of
-    * bytes, and the terminating null character of the string will be excluded.
-    */
-   void Write( const IsoString& text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes the specified \a text to the standard input stream (stdin) of this
-    * process. The specified 8-bit string will be treated as a sequence of
-    * bytes, and the terminating null character of the string will be excluded.
-    */
-   void Write( const char* text );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes \a count contiguous bytes starting at the specified \a data
-    * location to the standard input stream (stdin) of this process.
-    */
-   void Write( const void* data, size_type count );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the list of environment variables for this process. Environment
-    * variables are 'name=value' items that most programs can interpret to
-    * modify their functionality.
-    *
-    * If no environment has been set for this process, an empty list is
-    * returned.
-    */
-   StringList Environment() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the \a environment for this process.
-    *
-    * The environment is a list of 'name=value' elements, knwon as
-    * <em>environment variables</em>, that most programs can interpret to
-    * modify their functionality.
-    *
-    * If no environment is explicitly set for a process, it will inherit the
-    * environment of the calling process.
-    *
-    * \note This member function can only be called before running the process,
-    * i.e. before calling Start(). Otherwise an Error exception is thrown.
-    */
-   void SetEnvironment( const StringList& environment );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup external_process_event_handlers ExternalProcess Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>process event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A process event is generated when an %ExternalProcess instance changes
-    * its state, or generates a simple notification.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The object that sends a process event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*process_event_handler)( ExternalProcess& sender );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>process exit event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A process exit event is generated when an %ExternalProcess instance
-    * notifies that a running process has finished execution.
-    *
-    * \param sender     The object that sends a process exit event.
-    *
-    * \param exitCode   The process' exit code. Typically, this is the return
-    *                   value of the main() function in the process.
-    *
-    * \param exitOk     True if the process finished execution normally. False
-    *                   if the process crashed.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*process_exit_event_handler)( ExternalProcess& sender, int exitCode, bool exitOk );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>process error event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A process error event is generated when an %ExternalProcess instance
-    * reports an error condition, such as an I/O error, a nonexistent
-    * executable file or lack of execution permissions.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The object that sends a process error event.
-    *
-    * \param error   Identifies the error condition that generated the event.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*process_error_event_handler)( ExternalProcess& sender, error_code error );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>process started</em> events generated by this
-    * %ExternalProcess object. A process started event is generated when the
-    * process has just started and is running.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive process started events
-    *                   from this object.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnStarted( process_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>process finished</em> events generated by this
-    * %ExternalProcess object. A process finished event is generated when the
-    * running process has just finished execution.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive process finished events
-    *                   from this object.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnFinished( process_exit_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>stdout data available</em> events generated by
-    * this %ExternalProcess object. These events are generated when the running
-    * process sends data through its standard output stream, and the data is
-    * ready to be read.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive stdout data available
-    *                   events from this object.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnStandardOutputDataAvailable( process_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>stderr data available</em> events generated by
-    * this %ExternalProcess object. These events are generated when the running
-    * process sends data through its standard error stream, and the data is
-    * ready to be read.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive stderr data available
-    *                   events from this object.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnStandardErrorDataAvailable( process_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the handler for <em>process error</em> events generated by this
-    * %ExternalProcess object. A process error event is generated when the
-    * process reports an error condition.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The event handler. Must be a member function of the
-    *                   \a receiver object's class.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive process error events
-    *                   from this object.
-    *
-    * \ingroup external_process_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnError( process_error_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Executes a program as a child process and waits for it to terminate.
-    *
-    * \param program    Path to an existing executable file.
-    *
-    * \param arguments  Optional list of command-line arguments that will be
-    *                   passed to the executable. Arguments containing spaces
-    *                   will be enclosed by quotes automatically. The default
-    *                   value is an empty list.
-    *
-    * Returns the program's exit code. If the specified \a program cannot be
-    * executed, this member function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   static int ExecuteProgram( const String& program, const StringList& arguments = StringList() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Executes a program as an independent process.
-    *
-    * \param program    Path to an existing executable file.
-    *
-    * \param arguments  Optional list of command-line arguments that will be
-    *                   passed to the executable. Arguments containing spaces
-    *                   will be enclosed by quotes automatically. The default
-    *                   value is an empty list.
-    *
-    * \param workingDirectory Path to an existing directory, which will be the
-    *                   working directory of the process. The default value is
-    *                   an empty string.
-    *
-    * The program is executed as a standalone process, also known as a
-    * \e daemon on Linux/UNIX. It can continue running after the calling
-    * application terminates.
-    *
-    * Returns the platform-dependent process identifier (PID) of the running
-    * process. If the specified \a program cannot be executed, this member
-    * function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   static pid_type StartProgram( const String& program,
-                                 const StringList& arguments = StringList(),
-                                 const String& workingDirectory = String() );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      process_event_handler       onStarted                     = nullptr;
-      process_exit_event_handler  onFinished                    = nullptr;
-      process_event_handler       onStandardOutputDataAvailable = nullptr;
-      process_event_handler       onStandardErrorDataAvailable  = nullptr;
-      process_error_event_handler onError                       = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   ExternalProcess( void* );
-   void* CloneHandle() const override;
-
-   friend class ExternalProcessPrivate;
-   friend class ExternalProcessEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ExternalProcess_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ExternalProcess.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FFT1D.h

@@ -1,838 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FFT1D.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FFT1D_h
-#define __PCL_FFT1D_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FFT1D.h
-
-/*
- * The FFT routines used in this PCL version are based on the KISS FFT library
- * by Mark Borgerding: http://sourceforge.net/projects/kissfft/
- *
- * KISS FFT LICENSE INFORMATION
- * ============================
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2013 Mark Borgerding
- *
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- *
- * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
- *   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
- *   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
- *   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * * Neither the author nor the names of any contributors may be used to
- *   endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
- *   prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
- * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Complex.h>
-#include <pcl/Vector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class FFT1DBase
-{
-protected:
-
-   static int   OptimizedLength( int, fcomplex* );
-   static int   OptimizedLength( int, dcomplex* );
-   static int   OptimizedLength( int, float* );
-   static int   OptimizedLength( int, double* );
-
-   static void* Create( int, fcomplex* );
-   static void* Create( int, dcomplex* );
-   static void* Create( int, float* );
-   static void* Create( int, double* );
-
-   static void* CreateInv( int, fcomplex* );
-   static void* CreateInv( int, dcomplex* );
-   static void* CreateInv( int, float* );
-   static void* CreateInv( int, double* );
-
-   static void  Destroy( void* );
-
-   static void  Transform( void*, fcomplex*, const fcomplex* );
-   static void  Transform( void*, dcomplex*, const dcomplex* );
-   static void  Transform( void*, fcomplex*, const float* );
-   static void  Transform( void*, dcomplex*, const double* );
-   static void  Transform( void*, float*,    const fcomplex* );
-   static void  Transform( void*, double*,   const dcomplex* );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fft_1d Fast Fourier Transform Direction Specifiers
- */
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_FFT_FORWARD
- * \brief Indicates a Fourier transform.
- * \ingroup fft_1d
- */
-#define PCL_FFT_FORWARD    -1
-
-/*!
- * \def PCL_FFT_BACKWARD
- * \brief Indicates an inverse Fourier transform.
- * \ingroup fft_1d
- */
-#define PCL_FFT_BACKWARD   +1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AbstractFFT
- * \brief Abstract base class of all fast Fourier transform classes
- *
- * The %AbstractFFT template class implements basic properties and functions
- * shared by all %FFT PCL classes.
- *
- * \sa GenericFFT, GenericRealFFT
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS AbstractFFT : public FFT1DBase
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef T                        scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef Complex<T>               complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<scalar>    vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<complex>   complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the container type used to store an out-of-place discrete
-    * Fourier transform.
-    */
-   typedef complex_vector           transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AbstractFFT object of the specified \a length.
-    */
-   AbstractFFT( int length )
-      : m_length( length )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    *
-    * Destroys all internal control structures in this %AbstractFFT object,
-    * including the current discrete Fourier transform, if it exists.
-    */
-   virtual ~AbstractFFT()
-   {
-      Release();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the transform length of this %AbstractFFT object. The length is
-    * the number of data items that can be transformed, and is specified in the
-    * constructors of all %FFT classes.
-    */
-   int Length() const
-   {
-      return m_length;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a duplicate of the current discrete Fourier transform as a vector
-    * of complex values.
-    *
-    * For complex FFTs, the returned vector has Length() elements. For real
-    * transforms, the returned vector has Length()/2 + 1 elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this function returns an
-    * empty vector.
-   */
-   transform DFT() const
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the mutable current discrete Fourier transform in
-    * this object. The transform is a vector of complex values.
-    *
-    * For complex FFTs, the returned vector has Length() elements. For real
-    * transforms, the returned vector has Length()/2 + 1 elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this function returns a
-    * reference to an empty vector.
-   */
-   transform& DFT()
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the immutable first element in the current discrete
-    * Fourier transform. The transform is a set of consecutive complex numbers
-    * stored at the address returned by this member function.
-    *
-    * For complex FFTs, the transform is a sequence of Length() elements. For
-    * real transforms, there are only Length()/2 + 1 elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this member function
-    * returns zero.
-   */
-   const complex* operator *() const
-   {
-      return *m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the mutable first element in the current discrete
-    * Fourier transform. The transform is a set of consecutive complex numbers
-    * stored at the address returned by this member function.
-    *
-    * For complex FFTs, the transform is a sequence of Length() elements. For
-    * real transforms, there are only Length()/2 + 1 elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this member function
-    * returns zero.
-   */
-   complex* operator *()
-   {
-      return *m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys all internal control structures in this %AbstractFFT object,
-    * including the current discrete Fourier transform, if it exists.
-    */
-   virtual void Release()
-   {
-      if ( m_handle != nullptr )
-         this->Destroy( m_handle ), m_handle = nullptr;
-      if ( m_handleInv != nullptr )
-         this->Destroy( m_handleInv ), m_handleInv = nullptr;
-      m_dft = transform();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   int m_length;
-
-protected:
-
-   mutable void*     m_handle = nullptr; // Opaque pointers to internal control structures
-   mutable void*     m_handleInv = nullptr;
-           transform m_dft; // DFT of complex or real data
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_handle    this->m_handle
-#define m_handleInv this->m_handleInv
-#define m_dft       this->m_dft
-#define m_length    this->Length()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericFFT
- * \brief Generic fast Fourier transform of complex data
- *
- * The %GenericFFT template class performs forward and inverse, out-of-place
- * fast Fourier transforms of complex data.
- *
- * For fast Fourier transforms of real-valued data, see the GenericRealFFT
- * template class.
- *
- * \sa AbstractFFT, GenericRealFFT
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericFFT : public AbstractFFT<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the base class of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef AbstractFFT<T>                 base;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::scalar          scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex         complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::vector          vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_vector  complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the container type used to store an out-of-place discrete
-    * Fourier transform.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::transform       transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericFFT object of the specified length \a n.
-    *
-    * The current PCL implementation supports FFTs of arbitrary length, but the
-    * underlying routines have been optimized for performance when the length
-    * of the input vector can be factorized as follows:
-    *
-    * <tt>n = 2^n2 * 3^n3 * 4^n4 * 5^n5</tt>
-    *
-    * where n2, n3, n4, and n5 are arbitrary positive integers. For best
-    * performance, you should call GenericFFT::OptimizedLength() to get the
-    * smallest optimal length for your data, then place them on an array of the
-    * obtained length, padded with zeros.
-    */
-   GenericFFT( int n )
-      : base( n )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~GenericFFT()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the %FFT of the specified vector of
-    * complex values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a x must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least Length() elements.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT& operator <<( const complex* x )
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         m_dft = transform( m_length );
-      if ( m_handle == nullptr )
-         m_handle = this->Create( m_length, static_cast<complex*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handle, *m_dft, x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the inverse %FFT and stores the
-    * result in the specified vector of complex values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a y must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least Length() elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT& operator >>( complex* y ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         throw Error( "Invalid out-of-place inverse FFT: No FFT has been performed." );
-      if ( m_handleInv == nullptr )
-         m_handleInv = this->CreateInv( m_length, static_cast<complex*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handleInv, y, *m_dft );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the %FFT of a vector of complex values.
-    *
-    * The specified vector \a x must have at least Length() elements. Otherwise
-    * an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT& operator <<( const complex_vector& x )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x.Length() >= m_length )
-      if ( x.Length() < m_length )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT input vector length." );
-      return operator <<( *x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the inverse %FFT and stores the
-    * result in a vector of complex values.
-    *
-    * The specified vector \a y must have at least Length() elements. Otherwise
-    * an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT& operator >>( complex_vector& y ) const
-   {
-      if ( y.Length() < m_length )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT output vector length." );
-      return operator >>( *y );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the forward or inverse %FFT of an input vector of complex
-    * values, and stores the result in a caller-supplied output vector.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input vector. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Length() complex numbers.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output vector, where the result of the transform will be
-    *                stored. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Length() complex numbers.
-    *
-    * \param dir     Indicates the direction of the Fourier transform:\n
-    *                \n
-    *                <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    *                <tr><td>PCL_FFT_FORWARD</td>  <td>The direct FFT is calculated.</td></tr>
-    *                <tr><td>PCL_FFT_BACKWARD</td> <td>The inverse FFT is calculated.</td></tr>
-    *                </table>\n
-    *                \n
-    *                This parameter is optional; the default value is
-    *                PCL_FFT_FORWARD.
-    *
-    * The specified arguments \a x and \a y must be the starting addresses of
-    * two different, non-overlapping contiguous blocks of at least Length()
-    * elements.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if it exists.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT& operator()( complex* y, const complex* x, int dir = PCL_FFT_FORWARD ) const
-   {
-      if ( dir == PCL_FFT_BACKWARD )
-      {
-         if ( m_handleInv == nullptr )
-            m_handleInv = this->CreateInv( m_length, static_cast<complex*>( nullptr ) );
-         this->Transform( m_handleInv, y, x );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         if ( m_handle == nullptr )
-            m_handle = this->Create( m_length, static_cast<complex*>( nullptr ) );
-         this->Transform( m_handle, y, x );
-      }
-      return const_cast<GenericFFT&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>optimized complex %FFT length</em> larger than or equal to
-    * a given length \a n. The returned length will be optimal to perform a
-    * %FFT of complex data with the current PCL implementation. The optimized
-    * length can be used as the argument to the constructor of any %FFT class for
-    * complex data transforms.
-    */
-   static int OptimizedLength( int n )
-   {
-      return FFT1DBase::OptimizedLength( n, static_cast<complex*>( nullptr ) );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericRealFFT
- * \brief Generic fast Fourier transform of real data
- *
- * The %GenericRealFFT template class performs forward and inverse,
- * out-of-place fast Fourier transforms of real-valued data. For real data in
- * the time domain, this class performs nearly twice as fast as Fourier
- * transform classes for complex data.
- *
- * For fast Fourier transforms of complex-valued data, see the GenericFFT
- * template class.
- *
- * \sa AbstractFFT, GenericFFT
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericRealFFT : public AbstractFFT<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the base class of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef AbstractFFT<T>                 base;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::scalar          scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex         complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::vector          vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_vector  complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the container type used to store an out-of-place discrete
-    * Fourier transform.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::transform       transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericRealFFT object of the specified \a length.
-    *
-    * The current PCL implementation supports FFTs for real data of any even
-    * length, but the underlying routines have been optimized for performance
-    * when the length of the input vector can be factorized as follows:
-    *
-    * <tt>n = 2^n2 * 3^n3 * 4^n4 * 5^n5</tt>
-    *
-    * where n2, n3, n4, and n5 are arbitrary positive integers, and n is an
-    * even integer. For best performance, you should call
-    * GenericRealFFT::OptimizedLength() to get the smallest optimal length for
-    * your real data, then place them on an array of the obtained length,
-    * padded with zeros.
-    *
-    * \note We stress the fact that the specified \a length  must be an \e even
-    * integer.
-   */
-   GenericRealFFT( int length )
-      : base( length )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( (length & 1) == 0 )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~GenericRealFFT()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the %FFT of the specified vector of
-    * real numbers.
-    *
-    * The argument \a x must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least Length() scalars.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator <<( const scalar* x )
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         m_dft = transform( m_length/2 + 1 );
-      if ( m_handle == nullptr )
-         m_handle = this->Create( m_length, static_cast<scalar*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handle, *m_dft, x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the inverse %FFT and stores the
-    * result in the specified vector of real values.
-    *
-    * The value of \a y must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least Length() elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed for this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator >>( scalar* y ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         throw Error( "Invalid out-of-place inverse FFT: No FFT has been performed." );
-      if ( m_handleInv == nullptr )
-         m_handleInv = this->CreateInv( m_length, static_cast<scalar*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handleInv, y, *m_dft );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the %FFT of a vector of real numbers.
-    *
-    * The specified vector \a x must have at least Length() elements. Otherwise
-    * an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator <<( const vector& x )
-   {
-      if ( x.Length() < m_length )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT input vector length." );
-      return operator <<( *x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the inverse %FFT and stores the
-    * result in the specified vector of real values.
-    *
-    * The specified vector \a y must have at least Length() elements. Otherwise
-    * an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator >>( vector& y ) const
-   {
-      if ( y.Length() < m_length )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT output vector length." );
-      return operator >>( *y );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the %FFT of an input vector of real numbers, and stores the
-    * result in a caller-supplied output vector of complex values.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input vector. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Length() scalars.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output vector, where the result of the transform will be
-    *                stored. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Length()/2 + 1 complex numbers.
-    *
-    * The specified arguments \a x and \a y must be the starting addresses of
-    * two different, non-overlapping contiguous blocks of data. The output
-    * transform will be a sequence of Length()/2 + 1 complex numbers.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if any.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator()( complex* y, const scalar* x ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_handle == nullptr )
-         m_handle = this->Create( m_length, static_cast<scalar*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handle, y, x );
-      return const_cast<GenericRealFFT&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the inverse %FFT of an input vector of complex numbers, and
-    * stores the result in a caller-supplied output vector of real values.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input vector. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Length()/2 + 1 complex numbers,
-    *                corresponding to a discrete real Fourier transform of
-    *                length Length().
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output vector, where the result of the inverse transform
-    *                will be stored. Must be the starting address of a
-    *                contiguous sequence of at least Length() real numbers.
-    *
-    * The specified arguments \a x and \a y must be the starting addresses of
-    * two different, non-overlapping contiguous blocks of data. The input
-    * transform must be a sequence of Length()/2 + 1 complex numbers. The
-    * output inverse transform will be a sequence of Length() real numbers.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if any.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT& operator()( scalar* y, const complex* x ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_handleInv == nullptr )
-         m_handleInv = this->CreateInv( m_length, static_cast<scalar*>( nullptr ) );
-      this->Transform( m_handleInv, y, x );
-      return const_cast<GenericRealFFT&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>optimized real %FFT length</em> larger than or equal to a
-    * given length \a n. The returned length will be optimal to perform a %FFT
-    * of real data with the current PCL implementation. The optimized length
-    * can be used as the argument to the constructor of any %FFT class for
-    * real data transforms.
-    */
-   static int OptimizedLength( int n )
-   {
-      return FFT1DBase::OptimizedLength( n, static_cast<scalar*>( nullptr ) );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef m_handle
-#undef m_handleInv
-#undef m_dft
-#undef m_length
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_NO_FFT1D_INSTANTIATE
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fft_types_1d Fast Fourier Transforms
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FFFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %FFFT is a template instantiation of GenericFFT for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef GenericFFT<float>           FFFT;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DFFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 64-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %DFFT is a template instantiation of GenericFFT for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef GenericFFT<double>          DFFT;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FRealFFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %FRealFFT is a template instantiation of GenericRealFFT for \c float.
- */
-typedef GenericRealFFT<float>       FRealFFT;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DRealFFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 64-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %DRealFFT is a template instantiation of GenericRealFFT for \c double.
- */
-typedef GenericRealFFT<double>      DRealFFT;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %FFT is an alias for FFFT. It is a template instantiation of GenericFFT for
- * the \c float type.
- */
-typedef FFFT                        FFT;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::RealFFT
- * \ingroup fft_types_1d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %RealFFT is an alias for FRealFFT. It is a template instantiation of
- * GenericRealFFT for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef FRealFFT                    RealFFT;
-
-#endif // __PCL_NO_FFT1D_INSTANTIATE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FFT1D_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FFT1D.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FFT2D.h

@@ -1,869 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FFT2D.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FFT2D_h
-#define __PCL_FFT2D_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FFT2D.h
-
-/*
- * The FFT routines used in this PCL version are based on the KISS FFT library
- * by Mark Borgerding: http://sourceforge.net/projects/kissfft/
- *
- * KISS FFT LICENSE INFORMATION
- * ============================
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2003-2009 Mark Borgerding
- *
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- *
- * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
- *   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
- *   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
- *   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * * Neither the author nor the names of any contributors may be used to
- *   endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
- *   prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
- * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
- * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
- * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
- * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
- * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
- * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
- * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/FFT1D.h>
-#include <pcl/Matrix.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-#include <pcl/StatusMonitor.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class FFT2DBase
-{
-protected:
-
-   static void Transform( int, int, fcomplex*, const fcomplex*, int, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-   static void Transform( int, int, dcomplex*, const dcomplex*, int, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-   static void Transform( int, int, fcomplex*, const float*, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-   static void Transform( int, int, dcomplex*, const double*, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-   static void Transform( int, int, float*, const fcomplex*, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-   static void Transform( int, int, double*, const dcomplex*, StatusMonitor*, bool, int );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class AbstractFFT2D
- * \brief Abstract base class of all two-dimensional fast Fourier transform classes
- *
- * The %AbstractFFT2D template class implements basic properties and functions
- * shared by all 2-D %FFT PCL classes.
- *
- * \sa GenericFFT2D, GenericRealFFT2D
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS AbstractFFT2D : public FFT2DBase, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef T                        scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef Complex<T>               complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<scalar>    vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef GenericVector<complex>   complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a real matrix.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMatrix<scalar>    matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex matrix.
-    */
-   typedef GenericMatrix<complex>   complex_matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a discrete Fourier transform matrix.
-    */
-   typedef complex_matrix           transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AbstractFFT2D object of the specified dimensions
-    * \a rows and \a cols.
-    */
-   AbstractFFT2D( int rows, int cols )
-      : m_rows( rows )
-      , m_cols( cols )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %AbstractFFT2D object of the specified dimensions
-    * \a rows and \a cols, using the specified status \a monitor object.
-    *
-    * On each transform performed with this object, the status monitor will be
-    * incremented by the sum of transform dimensions: \a rows + \a cols.
-    */
-   AbstractFFT2D( int rows, int cols, StatusMonitor& monitor )
-      : m_rows( rows )
-      , m_cols( cols )
-      , m_monitor( &monitor )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    *
-    * Destroys all internal control structures in this %AbstractFFT2D object,
-    * including the current discrete Fourier transform, if exists.
-    */
-   virtual ~AbstractFFT2D()
-   {
-      Release();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of rows in the 2-D transform of this %AbstractFFT2D
-    * object. Transform dimensions are specified in the constructors of all 2-D
-    * %FFT classes.
-    */
-   int Rows() const
-   {
-      return m_rows;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of columns in the 2-D transform of this %AbstractFFT2D
-    * object. Transform dimensions are specified in the constructors of all 2-D
-    * %FFT classes.
-    */
-   int Cols() const
-   {
-      return m_cols;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of matrix elements in the 2-D data set of this
-    * %AbstractFFT2D object, or Rows() multiplied by Cols(). The dimensions are
-    * specified in the constructors of all 2-D %FFT classes.
-    */
-   int NumberOfElements() const
-   {
-      return m_rows*m_cols;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a duplicate of the current discrete Fourier transform as a matrix
-    * of complex values.
-    *
-    * For complex data transforms, the returned matrix has Rows()*Cols()
-    * elements. For real data, the returned matrix has Rows()*(Cols()/2 + 1)
-    * elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this function returns an
-    * empty matrix.
-    */
-   transform DFT() const
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a non-const reference to the current discrete Fourier transform
-    * in this object. The transform is a matrix of complex values.
-    *
-    * For complex data transforms, the returned matrix has Rows()*Cols()
-    * elements. For real data, the returned matrix has Rows()*(Cols()/2 + 1)
-    * elements.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object, this function returns a
-    * reference to an empty matrix.
-    */
-   transform& DFT()
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys all internal control structures in this %FFT object, including
-    * the current Fourier transform, if exists.
-    */
-   virtual void Release()
-   {
-      m_dft = transform();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   // Transform dimensions
-   int m_rows;
-   int m_cols;
-
-protected:
-
-   transform      m_dft;   // DFT of complex or real data
-   StatusMonitor* m_monitor = nullptr;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define m_dft           this->m_dft
-#define m_rows          this->Rows()
-#define m_cols          this->Cols()
-#define m_monitor       this->m_monitor
-#define m_parallel      this->m_parallel
-#define m_maxProcessors this->m_maxProcessors
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericFFT2D
- * \brief Generic two-dimensional fast Fourier transform of complex data
- *
- * The %GenericFFT2D template class performs two-dimensional forward and
- * inverse, out-of-place fast Fourier transforms of complex data.
- *
- * For fast Fourier transforms of 2-D real-valued data, see the
- * GenericRealFFT2D template class.
- *
- * \sa AbstractFFT2D, GenericRealFFT2D
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericFFT2D : public AbstractFFT2D<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the base class of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef AbstractFFT2D<T>               base;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::scalar          scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex         complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::vector          vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_vector  complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a real matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::matrix          matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_matrix  complex_matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a discrete Fourier transform matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::transform       transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericFFT2D object of the specified dimensions \a rows and
-    * \a cols.
-    *
-    * The current PCL implementation supports FFTs of arbitrary length, but the
-    * underlying routines have been optimized for performance when the length
-    * of the input vector can be factorized as follows:
-    *
-    * <tt>n = 2^n2 * 3^n3 * 4^n4 * 5^n5</tt>
-    *
-    * where n2, n3, n4, and n5 are arbitrary positive integers. For best
-    * performance, you should call GenericFFT2D::OptimizedLength() to get the
-    * smallest optimal dimensions for your data, then place them on a matrix of
-    * the obtained dimensions, padded with zeros.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D( int rows, int cols )
-      : base( rows, cols )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericFFT2D object of the specified dimensions \a rows and
-    * \a cols, using the specified status monitoring object \a status.
-    *
-    * On each transform performed with this object, the status m_monitor will be
-    * incremented by the sum of transform dimensions: \a rows + \a cols.
-    *
-    * See the GenericFFT2D( int, int ) constructor for more information.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D( int rows, int cols, StatusMonitor& status )
-      : base( rows, cols, status )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~GenericFFT2D()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional %FFT of the
-    * specified matrix of complex values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a x must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least NumberOfElements() elements, stored in row order: all elements
-    * of the first matrix row followed by all elements of the second row, and
-    * so on.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D& operator <<( const complex* x )
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         m_dft = transform( m_rows, m_cols );
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, *m_dft, x, PCL_FFT_FORWARD, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional inverse %FFT
-    * and stores the result in the specified matrix of complex values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a y must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least NumberOfElements() elements. The result matrix will be stored in
-    * row order: all elements of the first matrix row followed by all elements
-    * of the second row, and so on.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D& operator >>( complex* y ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         throw Error( "Invalid out-of-place inverse FFT: No FFT has been performed." );
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, y, *m_dft, PCL_FFT_BACKWARD, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional %FFT of a matrix of
-    * complex values.
-    *
-    * The specified matrix \a x must have Rows() and Cols() dimensions.
-    * Otherwise an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D& operator <<( const complex_matrix& x )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x.Rows() == m_rows )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x.Cols() == m_cols )
-      if ( x.Rows() != m_rows || x.Cols() != m_cols )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT input matrix dimensions." );
-      return operator <<( *x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional inverse %FFT
-    * and stores the result in a matrix of complex values.
-    *
-    * The specified matrix \a y must have Rows() and Cols() dimensions.
-    * Otherwise an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D& operator >>( complex_matrix& y ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( y.Rows() == m_rows )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( y.Cols() == m_cols )
-      if ( y.Rows() != m_rows || y.Cols() != m_cols )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT output matrix dimensions." );
-      return operator >>( *y );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the forward or inverse two-dimensional %FFT of an input matrix
-    * of complex values, and stores the result in a caller-supplied output
-    * matrix.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input matrix. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least NumberOfElements() complex numbers,
-    *                stored in row order: all elements of the first row
-    *                followed by all elements of the second row, and so on.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output matrix, where the result of the transform will be
-    *                stored. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least NumberOfElements() complex numbers.
-    *                The result will be stored in row order: all elements of
-    *                the first row followed by all elements of the second row,
-    *                and so on.
-    *
-    * \param dir     Indicates the direction of the Fourier transform:\n
-    *                \n
-    *                <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    *                <tr><td>PCL_FFT_FORWARD</td>  <td>The FFT is calculated.</td></tr>
-    *                <tr><td>PCL_FFT_BACKWARD</td> <td>The inverse FFT is calculated.</td></tr>
-    *                </table>\n
-    *                \n
-    *                This parameter is optional; the default value is
-    *                PCL_FFT_FORWARD.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if it exists.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericFFT2D& operator ()( complex* y, const complex* x, int dir = PCL_FFT_FORWARD ) const
-   {
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, y, x, dir, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return const_cast<GenericFFT2D&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>optimized complex %FFT length</em> larger than or equal to
-    * a given length \a n. The returned length will be optimal to perform a
-    * %FFT of complex data with the current PCL implementation. The optimized
-    * length can be used as the \a rows or \a cols argument to the constructor
-    * of any two-dimensional %FFT class for complex data transforms.
-    */
-   static int OptimizedLength( int n )
-   {
-      return GenericFFT<T>::OptimizedLength( n );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GenericRealFFT2D
- * \brief Generic two-dimensional fast Fourier transform of real data
- *
- * The %GenericRealFFT2D template class performs forward and inverse,
- * out-of-place fast two-dimensional Fourier transforms of real-valued data.
- * For real data in the time domain, this class performs nearly twice as fast
- * as Fourier transform classes for complex data.
- *
- * For two-dimensional fast Fourier transforms of complex-valued data, see the
- * GenericFFT2D template class.
- *
- * \sa AbstractFFT2D, GenericFFT2D
- */
-template <typename T>
-class PCL_CLASS GenericRealFFT2D : public AbstractFFT2D<T>
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Identifies the base class of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef AbstractFFT2D<T>               base;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a scalar in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::scalar          scalar;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex number in the context of this %FFT class.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex         complex;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of real numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::vector          vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a vector of complex numbers.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_vector  complex_vector;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a real matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::matrix          matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a complex matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::complex_matrix  complex_matrix;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a discrete Fourier transform matrix.
-    */
-   typedef typename base::transform       transform;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericRealFFT2D object of the specified dimensions \a rows
-    * and \a cols.
-    *
-    * The current PCL implementation supports FFTs for real data of any even
-    * length, but the underlying routines have been optimized for performance
-    * when the length of the input vector can be factorized as follows:
-    *
-    * <tt>n = 2^n2 * 3^n3 * 4^n4 * 5^n5</tt>
-    *
-    * where n2, n3, n4, and n5 are arbitrary positive integers, and n is an
-    * even integer. For best performance, you should call
-    * GenericRealFFT2D::OptimizedLength() to get the smallest optimal
-    * dimensions for your real-valued data, then place them on a matrix of the
-    * obtained dimensions, padded with zeros.
-    *
-    * \note We stress the fact that the specified dimensions \a rows and
-    * \a cols must be \e even integer numbers.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D( int rows, int cols )
-      : base( rows, cols )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GenericRealFFT2D object of the specified dimensions \a rows
-    * and \a cols, using the specified status monitoring object \a status.
-    *
-    * On each transform performed with this object, the status m_monitor will be
-    * incremented by the sum of transform dimensions: \a rows + \a cols.
-    *
-    * See the GenericRealFFT2D( int, int ) constructor for more information.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D( int rows, int cols, StatusMonitor& status )
-      : base( rows, cols, status )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~GenericRealFFT2D()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional %FFT of the
-    * specified matrix of real values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a x must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least NumberOfElements() elements, stored in row order: all elements
-    * of the first matrix row followed by all elements of the second row, and
-    * so on.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator <<( const scalar* x )
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         m_dft = transform( m_rows, m_cols/2 + 1 );
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, *m_dft, x, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional inverse %FFT
-    * and stores the result in the specified matrix of real values.
-    *
-    * The argument \a y must be the starting address of a contiguous block of
-    * at least NumberOfElements() elements. The result matrix will be stored in
-    * row order: all elements of the first matrix row followed by all elements
-    * of the second row, and so on.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator >>( scalar* y ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_dft.IsEmpty() )
-         throw Error( "Invalid out-of-place inverse FFT: No FFT has been performed." );
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, y, *m_dft, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional %FFT of a matrix of
-    * real numbers.
-    *
-    * The specified matrix \a x must have Rows() and Cols() dimensions.
-    * Otherwise an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator <<( const matrix& x )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x.Rows() == m_rows )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x.Cols() == m_cols )
-      if ( x.Rows() != m_rows || x.Cols() != m_cols )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT input matrix dimensions." );
-      return operator <<( *x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Inverse fast Fourier transform. Performs the two-dimensional inverse %FFT
-    * and stores the result in a matrix of real numbers.
-    *
-    * The specified matrix \a y must have Rows() and Cols() dimensions.
-    * Otherwise an Error exception will be thrown.
-    *
-    * If no %FFT has been performed on this object (by a previous call to
-    * operator <<()), this member function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator >>( matrix& y ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( y.Rows() == m_rows )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( y.Cols() == m_cols )
-      if ( y.Rows() != m_rows || y.Cols() != m_cols )
-         throw Error( "Invalid FFT output matrix dimensions." );
-      return operator >>( *y );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the two-dimensional %FFT of an input matrix of real numbers, and
-    * stores the result in an output matrix of complex numbers.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input matrix. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least NumberOfElements() real numbers,
-    *                stored in row order: all elements of the first row
-    *                followed by all elements of the second row, and so on.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output matrix, where the result of the transform will be
-    *                stored. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Rows()*(Cols()/2 + 1) complex
-    *                numbers. The result will be stored in row order: all
-    *                elements of the first row followed by all elements of the
-    *                second row, and so on, where each row has Cols()/2 + 1
-    *                complex numbers.
-    *
-    * The output matrix will have Rows() rows and Cols()/2 + 1 columns, stored
-    * in row order.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if it exists.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator()( complex* y, const scalar* x ) const
-   {
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, y, x, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return const_cast<GenericRealFFT2D&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs the inverse two-dimensional %FFT of an input matrix of complex
-    * numbers, and stores the result in an output matrix of real numbers.
-    *
-    * \param[in] x   Input matrix. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least Rows()*(Cols()/2 + 1) complex
-    *                numbers, stored in row order: all elements of the first
-    *                row followed by all elements of the second row, and so on,
-    *                where each row must have Cols()/2 + 1 complex numbers.
-    *
-    * \param[out] y  Output matrix, where the result of the transform will be
-    *                stored. Must be the starting address of a contiguous
-    *                sequence of at least NumberOfElements() real numbers. The
-    *                result will be stored in row order: all elements of the
-    *                first row followed by all elements of the second row, and
-    *                so on.
-    *
-    * The input matrix must have Rows() rows and Cols()/2 + 1 columns, stored
-    * in row order.
-    *
-    * This member function does not change the current Fourier transform in
-    * this object, if it exists.
-    *
-    * Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GenericRealFFT2D& operator()( scalar* y, const complex* x ) const
-   {
-      this->Transform( m_rows, m_cols, y, x, m_monitor, m_parallel, m_maxProcessors );
-      return const_cast<GenericRealFFT2D&>( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>optimized complex %FFT length</em> larger than or equal to
-    * a given length \a n. The returned length will be optimal to perform a
-    * %FFT of real data with the current PCL implementation. The optimized
-    * length can be used as the \a rows or \a cols argument to the constructor
-    * of any two-dimensional %FFT class for real-valued data transforms.
-    */
-   static int OptimizedLength( int n )
-   {
-      return GenericFFT<T>::OptimizedLength( n );
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#undef m_dft
-#undef m_rows
-#undef m_cols
-#undef m_monitor
-#undef m_parallel
-#undef m_maxProcessors
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fft_2d Two-Dimensional Fast Fourier Transforms
- */
-
-#ifndef __PCL_NO_FFT2D_INSTANTIATE
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FFFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %FFFT2D is a template instantiation of GenericFFT2D for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef GenericFFT2D<float>         FFFT2D;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DFFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 64-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %DFFT2D is a template instantiation of GenericFFT2D for the \c double type.
- */
-typedef GenericFFT2D<double>        DFFT2D;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FRealFFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %FRealFFT2D is a template instantiation of GenericRealFFT2DT for \c float.
- */
-typedef GenericRealFFT2D<float>     FRealFFT2D;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::DRealFFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 64-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %DRealFFT2D is a template instantiation of GenericRealFFT2D for \c double.
- */
-typedef GenericRealFFT2D<double>    DRealFFT2D;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point complex data.
- *
- * %FFT2D is an alias for FFFT2D. It is a template instantiation of
- * GenericFFT2D for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef FFFT2D                      FFT2D;
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::RealFFT2D
- * \ingroup fft_2d
- * \brief Fast Fourier transform of 32-bit floating point real data.
- *
- * %RealFFT2D is an alias for FRealFFT2D. It is a template instantiation of
- * GenericRealFFT2D for the \c float type.
- */
-typedef FRealFFT2D                  RealFFT2D;
-
-#endif // __PCL_NO_FFT2D_INSTANTIATE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FFT2D_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FFT2D.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FFTConvolution.h

@@ -1,477 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FFTConvolution.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FFTConvolution_h
-#define __PCL_FFTConvolution_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FFTConvolution.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/KernelFilter.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup convolution_speed_limits Helper Functions for Selection of
- * Convolution Algorithms
- */
-
-/*!
- * \class FFTConvolution
- * \brief Fourier-based two-dimensional convolution in the spatial domain
- *
- * %FFTConvolution implements a fully multithreaded, two-dimensional discrete
- * convolution algorithm via fast Fourier transforms. It performs automatic
- * fixing of border artifacts by applying Neumann boundary conditions
- * (mirroring), and is able to convolve images and response functions of
- * arbitrary sizes, only limited by the available memory.
- *
- * \sa Convolution, SeparableConvolution
-*/
-class PCL_CLASS FFTConvolution : public ImageTransformation, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * \note This constructor yields an uninitialized instance that cannot be
-    * used before explicit association with a response function, specified
-    * either as a KernelFilter object or as an ImageVariant.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %FFTConvolution instance with the specified kernel filter.
-    *
-    * \param filter  Response function, or <em>convolution filter</em>. The
-    *                specified object does not have to remain valid while this
-    *                %FFTConvolution instance is actively used, since it owns a
-    *                private copy of the filter (note that KernelFilter is a
-    *                reference-counted class).
-    */
-   FFTConvolution( const KernelFilter& filter )
-      : m_filter( filter.Clone() )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( bool( m_filter ) )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %FFTConvolution instance with the specified response
-    * function image.
-    *
-    * \param f    A reference to an ImageVariant whose transported image is the
-    *             <em>response function</em>, or <em>convolution filter</em>.
-    *             The transported image <em>must remain valid</em> while this
-    *             %FFTConvolution instance is actively used, or until a new
-    *             response function is associated with this instance. The
-    *             specified %ImageVariant doesn't have to remain valid, since a
-    *             %FFTConvolution instance owns a private %ImageVariant that
-    *             transports the response function image.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution( const ImageVariant& f )
-      : m_image( f )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( bool( m_image ) )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution( const FFTConvolution& x )
-      : ImageTransformation( x )
-      , ParallelProcess( x )
-      , m_image( x.m_image )
-      , m_outputRealCmp( x.m_outputRealCmp )
-   {
-      if ( x.m_filter )
-         m_filter = x.m_filter->Clone();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution( FFTConvolution&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %FFTConvolution object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FFTConvolution()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution& operator =( const FFTConvolution& x )
-   {
-      if ( &x != this )
-      {
-         (void)ImageTransformation::operator =( x );
-         (void)ParallelProcess::operator =( x );
-         DestroyFilter();
-         if ( x.m_filter )
-            m_filter = x.m_filter->Clone();
-         else
-            m_image = x.m_image;
-         m_outputRealCmp = x.m_outputRealCmp;
-      }
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   FFTConvolution& operator =( FFTConvolution&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this %FFTConvolution uses a KernelFilter object as its
-    * response function; false if it uses an image.
-    */
-   bool UsingFilter() const
-   {
-      return m_filter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the kernel filter currently associated with this
-    * %FFTConvolution object. If this object does not use a kernel filter,
-    * either because it uses an image as its response function, or because this
-    * object has not been initialized, the returned filter is empty (i.e., it
-    * has no filter coefficients and zero dimensions).
-    */
-   const KernelFilter& Filter() const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( bool( m_filter ) )
-      return *m_filter;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the filter image currently associated with this
-    * %FFTConvolution object. The referenced ImageVariant object will transport
-    * no image if this object does not use a filter image, either because it
-    * uses a kernel filter as its response function, or because this object has
-    * not been initialized.
-    *
-    * The response function is actually the image transported by the returned
-    * ImageVariant. It can be an image of any supported data type.
-    */
-   const ImageVariant& FilterImage() const
-   {
-      return m_image;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new kernel filter as the response function to be applied by this
-    * %FFTConvolution object.
-    *
-    * The specified object does not have to remain valid while this
-    * %FFTConvolution instance is actively used, since it owns a private copy
-    * of the filter (note that KernelFilter is a reference-counted class).
-    */
-   void SetFilter( const KernelFilter& filter )
-   {
-      DestroyFilter();
-      m_filter = filter.Clone();
-      PCL_CHECK( bool( m_filter ) )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new filter image as the response function to be applied by this
-    * %FFTConvolution object.
-    *
-    * The image transported by the specified ImageVariant must remain valid
-    * while this %FFTConvolution instance is actively used, or until a new
-    * response function is associated with this instance. The %ImageVariant
-    * doesn't have to remain valid, since this object owns a private
-    * %ImageVariant that transports the response function image.
-    */
-   void SetFilter( const ImageVariant& filter )
-   {
-      DestroyFilter();
-      m_image = filter;
-      PCL_CHECK( bool( m_image ) )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of the
-    * complex <em>response function</em> used internally by this
-    * %FFTConvolution object, or nullptr if the response function has not been
-    * created yet.
-    *
-    * The internal DFT of the response function is created and initialized the
-    * first time this %FFTConvolution object is used to perform a convolution.
-    * It is reused to save memory and CPU resources, as long as successive
-    * transformations apply to target images with the same dimensions, or
-    * otherwise it is re-created on the fly, as necessary. It is destroyed when
-    * a new filter is associated with this object.
-    *
-    * This function returns a pointer to a complex image that stores the DFT
-    * of the original filter after transforming it to <em>wrap around
-    * order</em>. This means that the original filter data has been splitted,
-    * mirrored, and redistributed to occupy the four corners of the complex 2-D
-    * matrix prior to calculating its DFT.
-    *
-    * If this object has not been initialized, the returned pointer is nullptr.
-    */
-   const ComplexImage* ResponseFunctionDFT() const
-   {
-      return m_h;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this object applies to real images by copying the real
-    * component of the complex convolved result.
-    *
-    * Returns false if this object applies to real images by storing the
-    * magnitude of the complex convolution result. This is the default
-    * behavior.
-    *
-    * \sa IsMagnitudeOutputEnabled(), EnableRealComponentOutput()
-    */
-   bool IsRealComponentOutputEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_outputRealCmp;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this object applies to real images by storing the
-    * magnitude of the complex convolution result. This is the default
-    * behavior.
-    *
-    * Returns false if this object applies to real images by copying the real
-    * component of the complex convolved result.
-    *
-    * \sa IsRealComponentOutputEnabled(), EnableMagnitudeOutput()
-    */
-   bool IsMagnitudeOutputEnabled() const
-   {
-      return !m_outputRealCmp;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this object to apply to real images by copying the real component
-    * of the complex convolved result.
-    *
-    * \sa IsRealComponentOutputEnabled(), EnableMagnitudeOutput()
-    */
-   void EnableRealComponentOutput( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_outputRealCmp = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this object to apply to real images by storing the magnitude of
-    * the complex convolution result. This is the default behavior.
-    *
-    * \sa IsMagnitudeOutputEnabled(), EnableRealComponentOutput()
-    */
-   void EnableMagnitudeOutput( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_outputRealCmp = !enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the minimum filter size in pixels for which FFT-based
-    * two-dimensional convolution is consistently faster than nonseparable
-    * convolution on the current PixInsight/PCL platform, for the specified
-    * number of parallel execution threads.
-    *
-    * The values returned by this function have been determined experimentally
-    * on reference hardware for optimized execution on machines and builds with
-    * and without AVX2/FMA3 processor instruction support.
-    *
-    * \ingroup convolution_speed_limits
-    */
-   static constexpr int FasterThanNonseparableFilterSize( int numThreads )
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_COMPATIBILITY
-
-      // No vectorization
-
-      if ( numThreads >= 32 )
-         return 17;
-      if ( numThreads >= 24 )
-         return 15;
-      if ( numThreads >= 12 )
-         return 13;
-      if ( numThreads >= 8 )
-         return 11;
-      return 9;
-
-#else
-
-      // Vectorization with SSE4.2 / AVX2 and FMA instructions
-
-      if ( numThreads >= 32 )
-         return 29;
-      if ( numThreads >= 24 )
-         return 27;
-      if ( numThreads >= 16 )
-         return 25;
-      if ( numThreads >= 12 )
-         return 21;
-      if ( numThreads >= 8 )
-         return 19;
-      if ( numThreads >= 4 )
-         return 17;
-      if ( numThreads >= 2 )
-         return 15;
-      return 13;
-
-#endif
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the minimum filter size in pixels for which FFT-based
-    * two-dimensional convolution is consistently faster than separable
-    * convolution on the current PixInsight/PCL platform, for the specified
-    * number of parallel execution threads.
-    *
-    * The values returned by this function have been determined experimentally
-    * on reference hardware for optimized execution on machines and builds with
-    * and without AVX2/FMA3 processor instruction support.
-    *
-    * \ingroup convolution_speed_limits
-    */
-   static constexpr int FasterThanSeparableFilterSize( int numThreads )
-   {
-#ifdef __PCL_COMPATIBILITY
-
-      // No vectorization
-
-      if ( numThreads >= 24 )
-         return 191;
-      if ( numThreads >= 16 )
-         return 141;
-      if ( numThreads >= 12 )
-         return 135;
-      if ( numThreads >= 8 )
-         return 95;
-      if ( numThreads >= 4 )
-         return 75;
-      return 61;
-
-#else
-
-      // Vectorization with SSE4.2 / AVX2 and FMA instructions
-
-      if ( numThreads >= 16 )
-         return 901;
-      if ( numThreads >= 12 )
-         return 831;
-      if ( numThreads >= 8 )
-         return 741;
-      return 395;
-
-#endif
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*
-    * The response function for convolution is defined as either a KernelFilter
-    * instance or as an image. In the latter case, the image transported by the
-    * ImageVariant must remain valid while this object is actively used.
-    */
-   AutoPointer<KernelFilter> m_filter;
-   ImageVariant              m_image;
-   bool                      m_outputRealCmp = false;
-
-   /*
-    * Internal DFT of the response function. Initially zero. This matrix is
-    * generated/reused/regenerated as this object is applied to convolve
-    * different target images. It is destroyed when a new filter is specified.
-    */
-   mutable AutoPointer<ComplexImage> m_h;
-
-   /*
-    * In-place Fourier-based 2-D convolution algorithm.
-    */
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-
-   friend class PCL_FFTConvolutionEngine;
-
-private:
-
-   void DestroyFilter()
-   {
-      m_filter.Destroy();
-      m_image.Free();
-      m_h.Destroy();
-   }
-
-   void Validate() const;
-   void ValidateFilter() const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FFTConvolution_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FFTConvolution.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FFTRegistration.h

@@ -1,611 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FFTRegistration.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FFTRegistration_h
-#define __PCL_FFTRegistration_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FFTRegistration.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ImageVariant.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FFTRegistrationEngine
- * \brief Base class of %FFT-based image registration algorithms
- *
- * Image registration based on phase correlation via fast Fourier transforms.
- *
- * <b>References</b>
- *
- * \li Araiza, R., Xie, H. & al., 2002. Automatic referencing of multi-spectral
- * images. Proceedings of 15th IEEE Southwest Symposium on Image Analysis and
- * Interpretation, Santa Fe, USA, 21-25.
- *
- * \li Xie, H. & al., 2000. Automatic image registration based on a %FFT
- * algorithm and IDL/ENVI. Proceedings of the ICORG-2000 International
- * Conference on Remote Sensing and GIS/GPS, Hyderabad, India, I-397~I-402.
- *
- * \li Harold S., Stone T. & al., 2003. Analysis of image registration noise
- * due to rotationally dependent aliasing. Journal of Visual Communication and
- * Image Representation 14, 114-135.
- *
- * \li DeCastro, E., Morandi, C., 1987. Registration of translated and rotated
- * images using finite Fourier transforms. IEEE Transactions on Pattern
- * Analysis and Machine Intelligence 95, 700-703.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FFTRegistrationEngine
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %FFTRegistrationEngine object.
-    */
-   FFTRegistrationEngine() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FFTRegistrationEngine( const FFTRegistrationEngine& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   FFTRegistrationEngine( FFTRegistrationEngine&& x )
-      : m_fftReference( std::move( x.m_fftReference ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %FFTRegistrationEngine object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FFTRegistrationEngine()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this engine has been initialized.
-    */
-   bool IsInitialized() const
-   {
-      return !m_fftReference.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this registration engine for the specified reference image
-    * \a image.
-    *
-    * Once initialized, subsequent calls to Evaluate() will compute
-    * registration parameters for target images referred to the same reference
-    * image, until a new initialization is performed, or until the Reset()
-    * member function is called.
-    */
-   template <class P>
-   void Initialize( const pcl::GenericImage<P>& image )
-   {
-      Reset();
-      m_fftReference = DoInitialize( image );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this registration engine for the specified reference
-    * \a image.
-    *
-    * This member function behaves like Initialize( const GenericImage<P>& ),
-    * except that it receives a reference to ImageVariant. The engine is
-    * initialized for the image transported by the ImageVariant object.
-    */
-   void Initialize( const ImageVariant& image )
-   {
-      Reset();
-      if ( image )
-         if ( image.IsComplexSample() )
-            switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-            {
-            case 32: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const ComplexImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-            case 64: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const DComplexImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-            }
-         else if ( image.IsFloatSample() )
-            switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-            {
-            case 32: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-            case 64: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const DImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-            }
-         else
-            switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-            {
-            case  8: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const UInt8Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-            case 16: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const UInt16Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-            case 32: m_fftReference = DoInitialize( static_cast<const UInt32Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-            }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the discrete Fourier transform of the reference
-    * image.
-    *
-    * The reference image is the image specified in the last call to
-    * Initialize(). This function returns an empty image if this registration
-    * engine has not been initialized.
-    */
-   const ComplexImage& DFTOfReferenceImage() const
-   {
-      return m_fftReference;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets this registration engine and deallocates all internal data
-    * structures. The engine will have to be initialized before performing new
-    * evaluations of registration parameters.
-    */
-   void Reset()
-   {
-      m_fftReference.FreeData();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Evaluates a target image \a image to compute registration parameters.
-    *
-    * Before calling this function, the engina must be initialized by calling
-    * Initialize() with a reference image.
-    */
-   template <class P>
-   void Evaluate( const pcl::GenericImage<P>& image )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsInitialized() )
-      if ( IsInitialized() )
-         DoEvaluate( image );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Evaluates a target image \a vimg to compute registration parameters.
-    *
-    * This member function behaves like Evaluate( const GenericImage<P>& ),
-    * except that it receives a reference to ImageVariant. The engine evaluates
-    * for the image transported by the ImageVariant object.
-    */
-   void Evaluate( const ImageVariant& image )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsInitialized() )
-      if ( IsInitialized() )
-         if ( image )
-            if ( image.IsComplexSample() )
-               switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-               {
-               case 32: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::ComplexImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-               case 64: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::DComplexImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-               }
-            else if ( image.IsFloatSample() )
-               switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-               {
-               case 32: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-               case 64: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::DImage&>( *image ) ); break;
-               }
-            else
-               switch ( image.BitsPerSample() )
-               {
-               case  8: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::UInt8Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-               case 16: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::UInt16Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-               case 32: DoEvaluate( static_cast<const pcl::UInt32Image&>( *image ) ); break;
-               }
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // DFT of the reference image.
-   ComplexImage m_fftReference;
-
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) = 0;
-
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) = 0;
-   virtual void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fft_registration_functions FFT-Based Registration Operators
- */
-
-/*!
- * Initializes a %FFT registration engine or evaluates a target image.
- *
- * \param R      %FFT registration engine.
- * \param image  An image or ImageVariant for initialization or evaluation.
- *
- * If the engine has not still been initialized, it is initialized for the
- * \e reference image \a image. Once the engine has been initialized, it
- * evaluates registration parameters for the specified \e target image \a image.
- *
- * Returns a reference to the %FFT registration engine \a R.
- *
- * \sa FFTRegistrationEngine
- *
- * \ingroup fft_registration_functions
- */
-template <class O> inline
-FFTRegistrationEngine& operator <<( FFTRegistrationEngine& R, const O& image )
-{
-   if ( !R.IsInitialized() )
-      R.Initialize( image );
-   else
-      R.Evaluate( image );
-   return R;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FFTTranslation
- * \brief %FFT registration engine: translation
- *
- * %FFTTranslation evaluates translation image registration parameters. It
- * computes the offsets \e dx and \e dy required to register a target image on
- * a reference image, using an %FFT-based phase correlation algorithm.
- *
- * \sa FFTRotationAndScaling, FFTRegistrationEngine
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FFTTranslation : public FFTRegistrationEngine
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %FFTTranslation object.
-    */
-   FFTTranslation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %FFTTranslation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FFTTranslation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this registration engine can evaluate translations
-    * greater than or equal to one half of the largest dimension of the
-    * reference image.
-    *
-    * \sa EnableLargeTranslations(), DisableLargeTranslations()
-    */
-   bool AreLargeTranslationsEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_largeTranslations;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables evaluation of large translations (>= one half of the
-    * reference image dimension).
-    *
-    * \warning When large translations are enabled, the engine needs to double
-    * the sizes of internal working matrices, which \e quadruplicates the
-    * amount of required memory.
-    *
-    * \sa DisableLargeTranslations(), AreLargeTranslationsEnabled()
-    */
-   void EnableLargeTranslations( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      if ( enable != m_largeTranslations )
-      {
-         Reset();
-         m_largeTranslations = enable;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables evaluation of large translations (>= one half of the
-    * reference image dimension).
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableLargeTranslations( !disable )
-    *
-    * \warning When large translations are enabled, the engine needs to double
-    * the sizes of internal working matrices, which \e quadruplicates the
-    * amount of required memory.
-    *
-    * \sa EnableLargeTranslations(), AreLargeTranslationsEnabled()
-    */
-   void DisableLargeTranslations( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableLargeTranslations( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the evaluated translation increments in pixels.
-    *
-    * The returned Point object contains the required offsets in the X and Y
-    * directions to register the last evaluated target image on the reference
-    * image set upon initialization.
-    *
-    * \sa DeltaX(), DeltaY()
-    */
-   const FPoint& Delta() const
-   {
-      return m_delta;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the evaluated translation increment in the X direction, in
-    * pixels.
-    *
-    * \sa DeltaY(), Delta()
-    */
-   float DeltaX() const
-   {
-      return m_delta.x;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the evaluated translation increment in the Y direction, in
-    * pixels.
-    *
-    * \sa DeltaX(), Delta()
-    */
-   float DeltaY() const
-   {
-      return m_delta.y;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the peak value read from the phase matrix for the last evaluated
-    * target image. The peak value isn't normalized, that is, it doesn't
-    * necessarily have to be in the [0,1] range.
-    */
-   float Peak() const
-   {
-      return m_peak;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Allow translations > size/2.
-   // Warning: a lot of memory may be necessary --four times more.
-   bool     m_largeTranslations = false;
-
-   // Evaluation result.
-   FPoint   m_delta = 0.0F;
-
-   // Peak value detected in the phase matrix.
-   float    m_peak = 0.0F;
-
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FFTRotationAndScaling
- * \brief %FFT registration engine: rotation and scaling
- *
- * %FFTRotationAndScaling evaluates rotation and scaling image registration
- * parameters. It computes the rotation angle and scaling ratio required to
- * register a target image on a reference image, using an algorithm based on
- * the Fourier-Mellin transform.
- *
- * \warning This class is currently experimental. It is not guaranteed to
- * provide reliable image registration parameters.
- *
- * \sa FFTTranslation, FFTRegistrationEngine
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FFTRotationAndScaling : public FFTRegistrationEngine
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FFTRotationAndScaling object.
-    *
-    * Scaling ratio evaluation (see EvaluatesScaling()) is disabled by default.
-    */
-   FFTRotationAndScaling() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %FFTRotationAndScaling object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FFTRotationAndScaling()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this engine evaluates scaling ratios. By default, scale
-    * evaluation is disabled.
-    */
-   bool EvaluatesScaling() const
-   {
-      return m_evaluateScaling;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables evaluation of scaling ratios.
-    */
-   void EnableScalingEvaluation( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      if ( enable != m_evaluateScaling )
-      {
-         Reset();
-         m_evaluateScaling = enable;
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables evaluation of scaling ratios.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableScalingEvaluation( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableScalingEvaluation( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableScalingEvaluation( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current low frequency cutoff for this registration engine.
-    *
-    * See the documentation for SetLowFrequencyCutoff() for a detailed
-    * description of low-frequency cutoffs.
-    */
-   float LowFrequencyCutoff() const
-   {
-      return m_lowFrequencyCutoff;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this engine uses a low-frequency cutoff to reduce the
-    * effects of rotational aliasing.
-    */
-   bool HasLowFrequencyCutoff() const
-   {
-      return LowFrequencyCutoff() > 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the radius of the low-frequency cutoff.
-    *
-    * The evaluation of rotation and scaling registration parameters can
-    * benefit from a simple low-frequency cutoff operation to reduce rotational
-    * aliasing on the computed DFTs. The value set by this function is the
-    * radius of the cutoff \e hole relative to the largest dimension of the
-    * reference image. The default value is 1/200. A value of zero disables the
-    * low-frequency cutoff feature.
-    */
-   void SetLowFrequencyCutoff( float r )
-   {
-      m_lowFrequencyCutoff = Range( r, 0.0F, 0.5F );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the evaluated rotation angle in radians.
-    *
-    * The returned value is the required rotation angle to register the last
-    * evaluated target image on the reference image set upon initialization.
-    */
-   float RotationAngle() const
-   {
-      return m_rotationAngle;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the evaluated scaling ratio.
-    *
-    * The returned value is the required scaling ratio to register the last
-    * evaluated target image on the reference image set upon initialization.
-    */
-   float ScalingRatio() const
-   {
-      return m_scalingRatio;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Evaluate rotation+scaling, or just rotation?
-   bool     m_evaluateScaling = false;
-
-   // Low-frequency cutoff, as a fraction of the DFT radius.
-   float    m_lowFrequencyCutoff = 1.0F/200;
-
-   // Evaluation result
-   float    m_rotationAngle = 0.0F; // radians
-   float    m_scalingRatio = 1.0F;  // pixels
-
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   ComplexImage DoInitialize( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   void DoEvaluate( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FFTRegistration_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FFTRegistration.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FITSHeaderKeyword.h

@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FITSHeaderKeyword.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FITSHeaderKeyword_h
-#define __PCL_FITSHeaderKeyword_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FITSHeaderKeyword.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Array.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FITSHeaderKeyword
- * \brief %FITS header keyword
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FITSHeaderKeyword
-{
-public:
-
-   IsoString name;    //!< Keyword name
-   IsoString value;   //!< Keyword value
-   IsoString comment; //!< Keyword comment
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FITSHeaderKeyword object with empty name, value and comment
-    * components.
-    */
-   FITSHeaderKeyword() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FITSHeaderKeyword( const FITSHeaderKeyword& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   FITSHeaderKeyword( FITSHeaderKeyword&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FITSHeaderKeyword object with the specified name, value and
-    * comment components.
-    */
-   FITSHeaderKeyword( const IsoString& a_name,
-                      const IsoString& a_value = IsoString(),
-                      const IsoString& a_comment = IsoString() )
-      : name( a_name )
-      , value( a_value )
-      , comment( a_comment )
-   {
-      Trim();
-   }
-
-   template <class S1, class S2, class S3>
-   FITSHeaderKeyword( const S1& a_name, const S2& a_value, const S3& a_comment )
-      : name( IsoString( a_name ) )
-      , value( IsoString( a_value ) )
-      , comment( IsoString( a_comment ) )
-   {
-      Trim();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   FITSHeaderKeyword& operator =( const FITSHeaderKeyword& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %FITS keyword has no %value (i.e., if the value
-    * member is an empty string).
-    */
-   bool IsNull() const
-   {
-      return value.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %FITS keyword has a string %value.
-    *
-    * A string %value is assumed if the value component begins with a single
-    * quote (').
-    */
-   bool IsString() const
-   {
-      return value.StartsWith( '\'' );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %FITS keyword has a boolean %value.
-    *
-    * A boolean %value is assumed if the value component is equal to 'T' or 'F'
-    * for \c true and \c false, respectively.
-    */
-   bool IsBoolean() const
-   {
-      return value == 'T' || value == 'F';
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %FITS keyword has a numeric %value.
-    *
-    * A numeric %value is assumed if the value component is a valid
-    * representation of an integer or floating point number.
-    */
-   bool IsNumeric() const
-   {
-      return value.IsNumeral();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Gets the numeric %value of this %FITS keyword in the specified variable
-    * \a v, or zero if this keyword has no numeric %value.
-    *
-    * Returns true iff this keyword has a valid numeric %value. This member
-    * function does not throw exceptions, even if the keyword's value contains
-    * an illegal numeric representation.
-    */
-   bool GetNumericValue( double& v ) const
-   {
-      if ( value.TryToDouble( v ) )
-         return true;
-      v = 0;
-      return false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the string %value of this %FITS header keyword (irrespective of
-    * its data type), with delimiters pulled off and leading/trailing
-    * whitespace trimmed out.
-    */
-   IsoString StripValueDelimiters() const
-   {
-      IsoString stripped;
-
-      if ( !value.IsEmpty() && *value == '\'' ) // leading delimiter ?
-      {
-         size_type n = value.Length()-1;
-         if ( value[n] == '\'' ) // trailing delimiter ?
-            --n;
-         stripped = value.Substring( 1, n );
-      }
-      else
-         stripped = value;
-
-      return stripped.Trimmed();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * If this keyword has a string value without leading and trailing quotes,
-    * this member function adds them, as required by the FITS standard. Returns
-    * true if the value was fixed, false if the value was not changed.
-    */
-   bool FixValueDelimiters()
-   {
-      double dum;
-      if ( !IsNull() )
-         if ( !IsString() )
-            if ( !IsBoolean() )
-               if ( !IsNumeric() || !value.TryToDouble( dum ) )
-               {
-                  value.EnsureSingleQuoted();
-                  return true;
-               }
-      return false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes leading and trailing spaces in the name, value and comment
-    * components of this %FITS header keyword.
-    */
-   void Trim()
-   {
-      name.Trim();
-      value.Trim();
-      comment.Trim();
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::FITSKeywordArray
- * \brief Dynamic array of %FITS header keywords
- *
- * %FITSKeywordArray is a template instantiation of Array for
- * FITSHeaderKeyword.
- */
-typedef Array<FITSHeaderKeyword> FITSKeywordArray;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fits_keyword_comparison FITS Keyword Comparison Functions
- */
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff two %FITS header keywords, \a h1 and \a h2, are equal.
- *
- * Two %FITS keywords are equal if their three components (name, value,
- * comment) are equal. However, keyword name comparison is case-insensitive as
- * per the %FITS standard.
- *
- * \ingroup fits_keyword_comparison
- */
-inline bool operator ==( const FITSHeaderKeyword& h1, const FITSHeaderKeyword& h2 )
-{
-   // Keyword name comparison is case-insensitive as per the FITS standard.
-   return h1.name.CompareIC( h2.name ) == 0 && h1.value == h2.value && h1.comment == h2.comment;
-}
-
-/*!
- * Returns true iff a %FITS header keyword \a h1 is less than other keyword
- * \a h2.
- *
- * This function compares the components of both keywords. The precedence order
- * is name, value and comment. Keyword name comparison is case-insensitive as
- * per the %FITS standard.
- *
- * \ingroup fits_keyword_comparison
- */
-inline bool operator <( const FITSHeaderKeyword& h1, const FITSHeaderKeyword& h2 )
-{
-   int i = h1.name.CompareIC( h2.name );
-   return i < 0 || i == 0 && (h1.value < h2.value || h1.value == h2.value && h1.comment < h2.comment);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FITSHeaderKeyword_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FITSHeaderKeyword.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FastRotation.h

@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FastRotation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FastRotation_h
-#define __PCL_FastRotation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FastRotation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/GeometricTransformation.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup fast_rotations Non-interpolating Rotations and Specular&nbsp;\
- * Transformations.
- *
- * <em>Fast rotations</em> are non-interpolating geometric transformations:
- * they carry out image rotation and specular projection operations exclusively
- * by copying and swapping pixels.
- *
- * Since no pixel interpolation is performed, there is absolutely no data
- * degradation after an arbitrary number of consecutive fast rotations.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Rotate180
- * \brief Rotates images by 180 degrees
- *
- * \ingroup fast_rotations
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Rotate180 : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& w, int& h ) const override
-   {
-      // No change
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Rotate90CW
- * \brief Rotates images by 90 degrees (clockwise)
- *
- * \ingroup fast_rotations
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Rotate90CW : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& w, int& h ) const override
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( w, h ); // Permute
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Rotate90CCW
- * \brief Rotates images by -90 degrees (counter-clockwise)
- *
- * \ingroup fast_rotations
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Rotate90CCW : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& w, int& h ) const override
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( w, h ); // Permute
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class HorizontalMirror
- * \brief Mirrors images horizontally
- *
- * \ingroup fast_rotations
- */
-class PCL_CLASS HorizontalMirror : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& w, int& h ) const override
-   {
-      // No change
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class VerticalMirror
- * \brief Mirrors images vertically
- *
- * \ingroup fast_rotations
- */
-class PCL_CLASS VerticalMirror : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void GetNewSizes( int& w, int& h ) const override
-   {
-      // No change
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation.
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FastRotation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FastRotation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileDataCache.h

@@ -1,549 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileDataCache.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileDataCache_h
-#define __PCL_FileDataCache_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileDataCache.h
-
-#include <pcl/File.h>
-#include <pcl/Matrix.h>
-#include <pcl/MultiVector.h>
-#include <pcl/Mutex.h>
-#include <pcl/ReferenceSortedArray.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-#include <pcl/TimePoint.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileDataCacheItem
- * \brief Element of a file data cache
- *
- * This class represents a file in a FileDataCache object. This is a basic
- * cache item structure to transport a full file path and, the known time of
- * last file modification, and the time of last cache access.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileDataCacheItem
-{
-public:
-
-   String    path;     //!< Full path to the file represented by this item.
-   TimePoint time;     //!< Cached file time.
-   TimePoint lastUsed; //!< Time this cache item was last used.
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileDataCacheItem()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Assigns data from another cache \a item.
-    */
-   void Assign( const FileDataCacheItem& item )
-   {
-      path     = item.path;
-      time     = item.time;
-      lastUsed = item.lastUsed;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returs true iff this object represents the same file as another cache
-    * \a item.
-    */
-   bool operator ==( const FileDataCacheItem& item ) const
-   {
-      return path == item.path;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object precedes another cache \a item. File cache
-    * items are sorted by full file paths in ascending order.
-    */
-   bool operator <( const FileDataCacheItem& item ) const
-   {
-      return path < item.path;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the file represented by this cache item was last
-    * modified before the specified file time \a t.
-    *
-    * \note This member function ignores the milliseconds component of the
-    * specified FileTime instance, by setting it to zero. This is done to
-    * prevent wrong cache invalidations caused by unreliable file time
-    * milliseconds on Windows.
-    */
-   bool ModifiedSince( FileTime t ) const
-   {
-      t.milliseconds = 0;
-      return time < TimePoint( t );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the amount of days elapsed since the time this cache item was
-    * last used.
-    */
-   double DaysSinceLastUsed() const
-   {
-      return TimePoint::Now() - lastUsed;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*!
-    * Assigns additional data stored in another file cache item.
-    *
-    * The default implementation does nothing. This virtual member function
-    * should be reimplemented by derived classes to ensure persistence of
-    * reimplementation-specific data.
-    */
-   virtual void AssignData( const FileDataCacheItem& )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string representation of additional data stored in this cache
-    * item.
-    *
-    * The default implementation returns an empty string. This virtual member
-    * function should be reimplemented by derived classes to allow access to
-    * reimplementation-specific data.
-    */
-   virtual String DataToString() const
-   {
-      return String();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves additional data from a list of string tokens. Returns true iff
-    * the data were successfully retrieved.
-    *
-    * The default implementation returns true. This virtual member function
-    * should be reimplemented by derived classes for retrieval of
-    * reimplementation-specific data.
-    */
-   virtual bool GetDataFromTokens( const StringList& )
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the additional data stored in this cache item are valid.
-    *
-    * The default implementation returns true. This virtual member function
-    * should be reimplemented by derived classes for validation of
-    * reimplementation-specific data.
-    */
-   virtual bool ValidateData() const
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string serialization of a floating-point vector. The returned
-    * string can be deserialized with the GetVector() static member function.
-    */
-   static String VectorToString( const DVector& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Deserializes a floating-point vector from the specified list of
-    * \a tokens, parsing the necessary tokens starting from the specified
-    * \a start iterator.
-    */
-   static bool GetVector( DVector&, StringList::const_iterator& start, const StringList& tokens );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string serialization of a floating-point matrix. The returned
-    * string can be deserialized with the GetMatrix() static member function.
-    */
-   static String MatrixToString( const DMatrix& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Deserializes a floating-point matrix from the specified list of
-    * \a tokens, parsing the necessary tokens starting from the specified
-    * \a start iterator.
-    */
-   static bool GetMatrix( DMatrix&, StringList::const_iterator& start, const StringList& tokens );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string serialization of a floating-point multivector. The
-    * returned string can be deserialized with the GetMultiVector() static
-    * member function.
-    */
-   static String MultiVectorToString( const DMultiVector& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Deserializes a floating-point vector from the specified list of
-    * \a tokens, parsing the necessary tokens starting from the specified
-    * \a start iterator.
-    */
-   static bool GetMultiVector( DMultiVector&, StringList::const_iterator& start, const StringList& tokens );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a string serialization of an array of floating-point matrices.
-    * The returned string can be deserialized with the GetMatrices() static
-    * member function.
-    */
-   static String MatricesToString( const Array<DMatrix>& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Deserializes an array of floating-point matrices from the specified list
-    * of \a tokens, parsing the necessary tokens starting from the specified
-    * \a start iterator.
-    */
-   static bool GetMatrices( Array<DMatrix>&, StringList::const_iterator& start, const StringList& tokens );
-
-   /*
-    * Special constructor used for cache search operations.
-    */
-   FileDataCacheItem( const String& p = String() ) : path( p )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FileDataCacheItem( const FileDataCacheItem& ) = default;
-
-private:
-
-   String ToString() const;
-   bool FromString( const String& s );
-
-   bool Load( const IsoString& keyPrefix, int index );
-   void Save( const IsoString& keyPrefix, int index ) const;
-
-   friend class FileDataCache;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileDataCache
- * \brief Abstract base class of file data cache implementations.
- *
- * This class provides the necessary infrastructure to implement a file cache
- * with persistent storage in module settings data. The main cache access
- * functions provided by this class (to add, get and find cache items, as well
- * as to clear the cache and query cache properties) are implemented as
- * thread-safe routines. This supports applications performing parallel disk
- * I/O operations.
- *
- * You'll find examples of use for this class in standard PixInsight modules
- * such as ImageIntegration and SubframeSelector.
- *
- * \sa FileDataCacheItem, Settings
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileDataCache
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new file data cache with the specified settings \a key and
-    * maximum cache item duration in \a days.
-    *
-    * The specified \a key will be used to store all cache data structures
-    * associated with this object persistently in module settings data. See the
-    * Settings class for more information on module settings and settings keys.
-    *
-    * \warning If the specified number of \a days is &le; 0, existing cache
-    * items will never expire. This is <em>not recommended</em> and can cause
-    * problems by increasing the size of stored core application settings
-    * indiscriminately. In general, the default maximum duration of 30 days is
-    * quite appropriate for most applications.
-    */
-   FileDataCache( const IsoString& key, int days = 30 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    *
-    * Destroys and deallocates all file data cache items and internal
-    * structures associated with this object. Note that this refers to data
-    * currently stored in memory, not to persistent storage in module settings.
-    * To destroy data stored persistently, the Purge() member function must be
-    * called explicitly.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileDataCache()
-   {
-      Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an identifying name for this cache object. The default
-    * implementation returns "File Cache". Derived classes should reimplement
-    * this function to return more specific identifiers.
-    */
-   virtual String CacheName() const
-   {
-      return "File Cache";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current cache version. The default implementation returns 1.
-    *
-    * \sa MinSupportedVersion()
-    */
-   virtual int Version() const
-   {
-      return 1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the minimum supported cache version. The default implementation
-    * returns 1.
-    *
-    * No items will be loaded from existing module settings data if their
-    * version is either less than the value returned by this function, or
-    * greater than the current cache version. This allows for a basic version
-    * control system with a range of valid cache versions.
-    *
-    * \sa Version()
-    */
-   virtual int MinSupportedVersion() const
-   {
-      return 1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this cache is currently enabled. A disabled cache does
-    * not load existing cache items when the Load() member function is invoked.
-    */
-   bool IsEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_enabled;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables this file data cache.
-    *
-    * Note that enabling a cache does not force a reload of existing cache
-    * items; the Load() member function must be called to perform that action.
-    * In the same way, disabling a cache does not remove any cache item,
-    * neither from existing internal data structures, nor from persistent
-    * settings storage.
-    */
-   void Enable( bool enable )
-   {
-      m_enabled = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum duration in days of a valid cache item.
-    *
-    * Existing cache items that have not been accessed during a period larger
-    * than the value returned by this function will not be loaded from
-    * persistent settings data.
-    *
-    * \sa SetDuration(), NeverExpires()
-    */
-   int Duration() const
-   {
-      return m_durationDays;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new maximum duration in days for valid cache items.
-    *
-    * \warning If the specified number of \a days is &le; 0, existing cache
-    * items will never expire. This is <em>not recommended</em> and can cause
-    * problems by increasing the size of stored core application settings
-    * indiscriminately. In general, the default maximum duration of 30 days is
-    * quite appropriate for most applications.
-    *
-    * \sa Duration(), NeverExpires()
-    */
-   void SetDuration( int days )
-   {
-      m_durationDays = Max( 0, days );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff existing cache items associated with this object will
-    * never expire.
-    *
-    * \sa Duration(), SetDuration()
-    */
-   bool NeverExpires() const
-   {
-      return m_durationDays <= 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total number of cache items associated with this object.
-    *
-    * The returned value corresponds to the number of cache items currently
-    * stored in internal data structures. This includes cache items loaded from
-    * existing module settings data as well as items newly created and possibly
-    * still not copied to persistent storage.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    */
-   size_type NumberOfItems() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this cache is empty, i.e. if there are no cache items
-    * associated with this object.
-    *
-    * The returned value is the number of items currently stored in internal
-    * memory data structures. This does not necessarily equals the total number
-    * of items currently stored in persistent module settings.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    */
-   bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the address of a file cache item corresponding to the specified
-    * file \a path, or nullptr if no such cache item could be found.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    *
-    * \sa Get()
-    */
-   const FileDataCacheItem* Find( const String& path ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys and removes all cache items currently associated with this
-    * object.
-    *
-    * Only items stored in internal memory data structures are removed by this
-    * function. Persistent storage in module settings data is not altered.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds the specified \a item to this cache.
-    *
-    * The item will be stored in internal memory data structures, \e not in
-    * persistent module settings data. To store cache items persistently, the
-    * Save() member function must be called for this object.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    */
-   void Add( const FileDataCacheItem& item );
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves a copy of the existing cache data corresponding to the
-    * specified file \a path in the specified \a item.
-    *
-    * Returns true iff a cache item for the specified \a path was found in
-    * internal memory data structures, and its data were copied. If false is
-    * returned, the specified \a item will not be modified in any way.
-    *
-    * \note This function is thread-safe.
-    *
-    * \sa Find()
-    */
-   bool Get( FileDataCacheItem& item, const String& path );
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads existing cache items from persistent module settings data.
-    *
-    * All previously existing cache items stored in internal memory structures
-    * will be destroyed and deallocated before loading new data.
-    */
-   virtual void Load();
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes all cache items associated with this object to persistent module
-    * settings data.
-    */
-   virtual void Save() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys and deallocates all existing cache items, including all items
-    * currently in internal memory data structures as well as all items stored
-    * in persistent module settings data.
-    */
-   virtual void Purge() const;
-
-protected:
-
-   /*!
-    * Allocates and constructs a new cache item.
-    *
-    * Returns a pointer to the newly created cache item. The new item will be
-    * owned by this object, which will destroy and deallocate it automatically
-    * when appropriate.
-    *
-    * This is a pure virtual member function that must be reimplemented by all
-    * derived classes. This is because the data transported by a cache item is
-    * application-specific and cannot be known in advance by this class.
-    */
-   virtual FileDataCacheItem* NewItem() const = 0;
-
-private:
-
-   typedef ReferenceSortedArray<FileDataCacheItem> cache_index;
-
-   mutable Mutex       m_mutex;
-           cache_index m_cache;
-           IsoString   m_keyPrefix;
-           int         m_durationDays = 30; // <= 0 -> never expires
-           bool        m_enabled = true;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileDataCache_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileDataCache.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileDataCachePreferencesDialog.h

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileDataCachePreferencesDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileDataCachePreferencesDialog_h
-#define __PCL_FileDataCachePreferencesDialog_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileDataCache.h
-
-#include <pcl/CheckBox.h>
-#include <pcl/Dialog.h>
-#include <pcl/Label.h>
-#include <pcl/PushButton.h>
-#include <pcl/Sizer.h>
-#include <pcl/SpinBox.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class PCL_CLASS FileDataCache;
-
-/*!
- * \class FileDataCachePreferencesDialog
- * \brief A dialog to edit file data cache preferences settings
- *
- * This dialog allows to define persistence and maximum duration for file data
- * cache items associated with a given FileDataCache instance. The dialog also
- * allows to clear all cache items in memory and/or persistent storage.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileDataCachePreferencesDialog : public Dialog
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a new dialog to edit preferences settings for the specified
-    * \a cache object.
-    */
-   FileDataCachePreferencesDialog( FileDataCache* cache );
-
-private:
-
-   FileDataCache* m_cache;
-   bool           m_cacheEnabled;
-   int            m_cacheDuration;
-
-   VerticalSizer  Global_Sizer;
-      HorizontalSizer   PersistentCache_Sizer;
-         CheckBox          PersistentCache_CheckBox;
-      HorizontalSizer   CacheDuration_Sizer;
-         Label             CacheDuration_Label;
-         SpinBox           CacheDuration_SpinBox;
-      HorizontalSizer   ClearCache_Sizer;
-         PushButton        ClearCache_PushButton;
-      HorizontalSizer   PurgeCache_Sizer;
-         PushButton        PurgeCache_PushButton;
-      HorizontalSizer   Buttons_Sizer;
-         PushButton        OK_PushButton;
-         PushButton        Cancel_PushButton;
-
-   void Update();
-
-   void e_ValueUpdated( SpinBox& sender, int value );
-   void e_Click( Button& sender, bool checked );
-   void e_Return( Dialog& sender, int retVal );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileDataCachePreferencesDialog_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileDataCachePreferencesDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileDialog.h

@@ -1,535 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileDialog_h
-#define __PCL_FileDialog_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileDialog.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/File.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class FileDialogPrivate;
-class OpenFileDialogPrivate;
-class SaveFileDialogPrivate;
-class GetDirectoryDialogPrivate;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileFilter
- * \brief A description of a file type and its associated file extensions
- *
- * %FileFilter is a simple class to describe a file type and enumerate its
- * associated file extensions. That information plays a key role in file
- * dialogs as OpenFileDialog and SaveFileDialog.
- *
- * \sa FileDialog, GetDirectoryDialog, OpenFileDialog, SaveFileDialog
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %FileFilter object.
-    */
-   FileFilter() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileFilter with the specified \a description and list of
-    * file \a extensions.
-    */
-   FileFilter( const String& description, const StringList extensions )
-   {
-      SetDescription( description );
-      AddExtensions( extensions );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileFilter with the specified \a description and a single
-    * file \a extension.
-    */
-   FileFilter( const String& description, const String& extension )
-   {
-      SetDescription( description );
-      AddExtension( extension );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FileFilter( const FileFilter& x ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileFilter()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the description of the file type represented by this %FileFilter
-    * object. Example: "FITS Files".
-    */
-   String Description() const
-   {
-      return m_description;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the \a description of the file type represented by this %FileFilter
-    * object.
-    */
-   void SetDescription( const String& description )
-   {
-      m_description = description.Trimmed();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list of file extensions associated to the file type represented
-    * by this %FileFilter object. Example: ".fit", ".fits", ".fts".
-    */
-   const StringList& Extensions() const
-   {
-      return m_extensions;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a file \a extension associated with the file type represented by
-    * this %FileFilter object.
-    */
-   void AddExtension( const String& extension );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds an ordered list of file \a extensions.
-    */
-   void AddExtensions( const StringList& extensions )
-   {
-      for ( const String& extension : extensions )
-         AddExtension( extension );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the file type description and the list of file extensions.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-private:
-
-   String      m_description;
-   StringList  m_extensions;
-
-   String MakeAPIFilter() const;
-
-   friend class FileDialogPrivate;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileDialog
- * \brief Abstract base class of PCL file dialogs
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %FileDialog.
- *
- * \sa GetDirectoryDialog, OpenFileDialog, SaveFileDialog, FileFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileDialog
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * A list of file filters describing file types and their associated file
-    * extensions.
-    */
-   typedef Array<FileFilter>  filter_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileDialog object.
-    */
-   FileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %FileDialog object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the caption of this file dialog.
-    */
-   String Caption() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new \a caption for this file dialog. If an empty caption is
-    * specified, the platform will assign a default caption depending on the
-    * type of dialog: "Open File", "Save File As", and so on.
-    */
-   void SetCaption( const String& caption );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>initial path</em> for this file dialog.
-    *
-    * If not empty, the initial directory is selected upon dialog execution. If
-    * the initial path points to a file, that file is set as the initial dialog
-    * selection, if appropriate.
-    */
-   String InitialPath() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>initial path</em> for this file dialog. See InitialPath()
-    * for a full description.
-    */
-   void SetInitialPath( const String& path );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable list of file filters in this file
-    * dialog.
-    */
-   const filter_list& Filters() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the list of file \a filters to be used by this file dialog.
-    */
-   void SetFilters( const filter_list& filters );
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines a unique file \a filter to be used by this file dialog.
-    */
-   void SetFilter( const FileFilter& filter )
-   {
-      SetFilters( filter_list() << filter );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a set of file \a filters to the list of filters used by this file
-    * dialog.
-    */
-   void AddFilters( const filter_list& filters );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a file \a filter to the list of filters used by this file dialog.
-    */
-   void AddFilter( const FileFilter& filter )
-   {
-      AddFilters( filter_list() << filter );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the mutable list of file filters in this file
-    * dialog.
-    *
-    * \deprecated This member function has been deprecated. It is kept just to
-    * support existing code and must not be used in newly produced code. Use
-    * SetFilters() instead of this function.
-    */
-   filter_list& Filters();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the <em>selected file extension</em> in this file dialog.
-    *
-    * If not empty, a file filter containing the specified file extension will
-    * be selected upon dialog execution. After an accepted call to Execute(),
-    * this property will store the extension of the first selected file.
-    */
-   String SelectedFileExtension() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>selected file extension</em> for this file dialog.
-    * See SelectedFileExtension() for a full description.
-    */
-   void SetSelectedFileExtension( const String& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Modal dialog execution.
-    *
-    * Returns true if the dialog has been accepted; false if the dialog has
-    * been cancelled.
-    */
-   virtual bool Execute() = 0;
-
-protected:
-
-   AutoPointer<FileDialogPrivate> p;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class OpenFileDialog
- * \brief A modal dialog box to select one or more existing files
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %FileDialog.
- *
- * \sa GetDirectoryDialog, FileDialog, SaveFileDialog, FileFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS OpenFileDialog : public FileDialog
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %OpenFileDialog object.
-    */
-   OpenFileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %OpenFileDialog object.
-    */
-   virtual ~OpenFileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads a set of file filters corresponding to all installed file formats
-    * that are able to read image files.
-    *
-    * The set of file filters loaded by this function will depend on the file
-    * format modules currently installed on the PixInsight platform. Typically
-    * it will include formats like FITS, TIFF, JPEG, JPEG2000, and DSLR RAW.
-    * In the unlikely event that no file format able to read files is installed
-    * on the platform, the filter set will be empty.
-    *
-    * Before the set of format-specific file filters, an additional filter is
-    * always included that comprises the whole set of reading-capable formats,
-    * i.e. a first "All known formats" filter is always present.
-    */
-   void LoadImageFilters();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this dialog accepts multiple selections.
-    *
-    * When multiple selections are enabled, the user can select a list of one
-    * or more existing files. When this mode is disabled, only a single
-    * existing file can be selected.
-    *
-    * \sa EnableMultipleSelections(), DisableMultipleSelections()
-    */
-   bool AllowsMultipleSelections() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables multiple file selections for this dialog.
-    *
-    * \sa DisableMultipleSelections(), AllowsMultipleSelections()
-    */
-   void EnableMultipleSelections( bool enable = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables multiple file selections for this dialog.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableMultipleSelections( !disable ).
-    *
-    * \sa DisableMultipleSelections(), AllowsMultipleSelections()
-    */
-   void DisableMultipleSelections( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableMultipleSelections( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool Execute() override;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the list of selected files.
-    *
-    * Each element in the returned list is a full path to a selected file.
-    *
-    * When multiple selections are enabled, the returned list may contain one
-    * or more file paths.
-    */
-   const StringList& FileNames() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the first selected file path.
-    *
-    * Use this member function to access a single file name, when multiple
-    * selections are disabled, or to the first file name of a multiple
-    * selection.
-    */
-   String FileName() const;
-
-private:
-
-   AutoPointer<OpenFileDialogPrivate> q;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class SaveFileDialog
- * \brief A modal dialog box to select a single file name for output
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %SaveFileDialog.
- *
- * \sa GetDirectoryDialog, OpenFileDialog, FileDialog, FileFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS SaveFileDialog : public FileDialog
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %SaveFileDialog object
-    */
-   SaveFileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %SaveFileDialog object
-    */
-   virtual ~SaveFileDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads a set of file filters corresponding to all installed file formats
-    * that are able to write image files.
-    *
-    * The set of file filters loaded by this function will depend on the file
-    * format modules currently installed on the PixInsight platform. Typically
-    * it will include formats like FITS, TIFF, JPEG, and JPEG2000. In the
-    * (improbable) event that no file format able to write files is installed
-    * on the platform, the filter set will be empty.
-    */
-   void LoadImageFilters();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff <em>overwrite prompts</em> are enabled for this dialog.
-    *
-    * When overwrite prompts are enabled, the dialog will request confirmation
-    * if an existing file is selected.
-    *
-    * \sa EnableOverwritePrompt(), DisableOverwritePrompt()
-    */
-   bool IsOverwritePromptEnabled() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables overwrite prompts for this dialog.
-    *
-    * \sa DisableOverwritePrompt(), IsOverwritePromptEnabled()
-    */
-   void EnableOverwritePrompt( bool enable = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables overwrite prompts for this dialog.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableOverwritePrompt( !disable )
-    *
-    * \sa EnableOverwritePrompt(), IsOverwritePromptEnabled()
-    */
-   void DisableOverwritePrompt( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableOverwritePrompt( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool Execute() override;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the selected file path. A full file path is always returned.
-    */
-   String FileName() const;
-
-private:
-
-   AutoPointer<SaveFileDialogPrivate> q;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GetDirectoryDialog
- * \brief A modal dialog box to select an existing directory
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %GetDirectoryDialog.
- *
- * \sa FileDialog, OpenFileDialog, SaveFileDialog
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GetDirectoryDialog : public FileDialog
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GetDirectoryDialog object
-    */
-   GetDirectoryDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %GetDirectoryDialog object
-    */
-   virtual ~GetDirectoryDialog();
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool Execute() override;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the selected directory path. A full path is always returned.
-    */
-   String Directory() const;
-
-private:
-
-   AutoPointer<GetDirectoryDialogPrivate> q;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileDialog_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileDialog.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileFormat.h

@@ -1,495 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileFormat.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileFormat_h
-#define __PCL_FileFormat_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileFormat.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/FileFormatBase.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class FileFormatPrivate;
-
-/*!
- * \class FileFormat
- * \brief High-level interface to an installed image file format.
- *
- * %FileFormat instances are high-level, managed objects that represent
- * installed image file formats in the PixInsight platform. A module creates an
- * instance of %FileFormat to gain access to an installed file format through
- * <em>intermodule communication</em>.
- *
- * <b>%FileFormat and %MetaFileFormat</b>
- *
- * %FileFormat provides a description of the functionality and properties of an
- * <em>already installed</em> image file format. Contrarily, by subclassing the
- * MetaFileFormat class a module can define and implement a new image file
- * format that can be installed in the PixInsight platform. %MetaFileFormat is
- * a formal description of a file format, while %FileFormat describes an
- * existing (and installed) file format.
- *
- * As a %MetaFileFormat subclass describes how a format can be instantiated,
- * %FileFormat allows a module to create new instances of a file format that
- * can be used to access actual image files. %FileFormat doesn't provide any
- * file handling functionality; access to image files is provided by the
- * FileFormatInstance class.
- *
- * \sa FileFormatBase, MetaFileFormat, FileFormatInstance
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileFormat : public FileFormatBase
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileFormat object.
-    *
-    * \param nameExtOrMime  A format name, file suffix, or MIME type. This
-    *                   parameter determines how the PixInsight core
-    *                   application looks for an installed file format to which
-    *                   this %FileFormat instance will be an interface.
-    *
-    * \param toRead     When a file suffix or MIME type is specified and this
-    *                   parameter is true, a %FileFormat instance will be
-    *                   created for an installed file format able to read files
-    *                   with the specified file suffix or corresponding to the
-    *                   specified MIME type.
-    *
-    * \param toWrite    When a file suffix or MIME type is specified and this
-    *                   parameter is true, a %FileFormat instance will be
-    *                   created for an installed file format able to write
-    *                   files with the specified file suffix or corresponding
-    *                   to the specified MIME type.
-    *
-    * When a format name is used as the argument of this constructor,
-    * %FileFormat will provide access to an installed file format with the
-    * specified identifier, if there exists one. If the argument is a string
-    * starting with a dot character, then it is interpreted as a file suffix.
-    * If the argument has a slash character ('/'), it is interpreted as a MIME
-    * type specifier. In the latter two cases, the PixInsight core application
-    * will search for an installed file format able to handle image files with
-    * the specified file suffix or for the specified MIME type.
-    *
-    * In all cases, if no installed file format fits to the specified
-    * argument(s), this constructor throws an Error exception with the
-    * corresponding error message. Your code should guarantee that these
-    * exceptions will be caught and handled appropriately.
-    *
-    * When \a nameExtOrMime specifies a format name, the \a toRead and
-    * \a toWrite parameters are ignored.
-    *
-    * Example:
-    *
-    * \code
-    * try
-    * {
-    *    // Find a format able to read XISF files
-    *    FileFormat xisfFormat( ".xisf", true );
-    *
-    *    // Create a format instance
-    *    FileFormatInstance myXISFFile( xisfFormat );
-    *
-    *    // Use the instance to open an existing file
-    *    myXISFFile.Open( "/path/to/test.xisf" );
-    *
-    *    // Read an image in 32-bit floating point format
-    *    Image img;
-    *    myXISFFile.ReadImage( img );
-    *    // ...
-    * }
-    * catch ( Exception& x )
-    * {
-    *    // Handle errors ...
-    * }
-    * \endcode
-    *
-    * \note The \a toRead and \a toWrite parameters are false by default, which
-    * means that no access restrictions are applied by default when creating
-    * %FileFormat instances.
-    */
-   FileFormat( const String& nameExtOrMime, bool toRead = false, bool toWrite = false );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. Constructs an \e alias %FileFormat object that refers
-    * to the same image file format as the specified object \a fmt.
-    */
-   FileFormat( const FileFormat& fmt );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %FileFormat object.
-    *
-    * \note This destructor does not destroy or uninstall the actual image file
-    * format it refers to, which is part of the PixInsight core application.
-    * Only the managed alias object living in the caller module is destroyed.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileFormat();
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   IsoString Name() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   StringList FileExtensions() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   IsoStringList MimeTypes() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   uint32 Version() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Description() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Implementation() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   String Status() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   Bitmap Icon() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   Bitmap SmallIcon() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanRead() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanWrite() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanReadIncrementally() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanWriteIncrementally() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStore8Bit() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStore16Bit() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStore32Bit() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStore64Bit() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreFloat() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreDouble() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreComplex() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreDComplex() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreGrayscale() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreRGBColor() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreAlphaChannels() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreResolution() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreKeywords() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreICCProfiles() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreThumbnails() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreProperties() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreImageProperties() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreRGBWS() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreDisplayFunctions() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanStoreColorFilterArrays() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool SupportsCompression() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool SupportsMultipleImages() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool SupportsViewProperties() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool CanEditPreferences() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool UsesFormatSpecificData() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool IsDeprecated() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool ValidateFormatSpecificData( const void* data ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   void DisposeFormatSpecificData( void* data ) const override;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   bool EditPreferences() const override;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list with all installed file formats in the PixInsight core
-    * application.
-    */
-   static Array<FileFormat> AllFormats();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the specified file suffix corresponds to an installed
-    * file format.
-    *
-    * \param path       A file path including a file suffix identifying an
-    *                   image format, such as ".xisf", ".jpg", etc. This
-    *                   parameter is case-insensitive. Existence of an actual
-    *                   file at the specified path is not verified.
-    *
-    * \param toRead     True to identify an installed file format module able
-    *                   to read files.
-    *
-    * \param toWrite    True to identify an installed file format module able
-    *                   to write files.
-    *
-    * \note The \a toRead and \a toWrite parameters are false by default, which
-    * means that no access restrictions are applied by default.
-    */
-   static bool IsSupportedFileFormatBySuffix( const String& path, bool toRead = false, bool toWrite = false );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list with the full file paths of all supported image files in
-    * a given directory of the local filesystem.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Path to an existing directory in the local filesystem,
-    *                   where supported image files will be looked for.
-    *
-    * \param toRead     True to select files supported for read operations.
-    *
-    * \param toWrite    True to select files supported for write operations.
-    *
-    * \param recursive  True to search for files recursively throughout the
-    *                   entire subtree rooted at \a dirPath. False to restrict
-    *                   the file search operation to existing files on
-    *                   \a dirPath. This parameter is false by default.
-    *
-    * \param followLinks   True to follow symbolic links to directories and
-    *                   files, on platforms supporting symbolic links. This is
-    *                   true by default. This parameter is ignored on Windows.
-    *
-    * \note The \a toRead and \a toWrite parameters are false by default, which
-    * means that no access restrictions are applied by default.
-    */
-   static StringList SupportedImageFiles( const String& dirPath, bool toRead = false, bool toWrite = false,
-                                          bool recursive = false, bool followLinks = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list with the full file paths of all local normalization data
-    * files in a given directory of the local filesystem.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Path to an existing directory in the local filesystem,
-    *                   where local normalization data files will be looked
-    *                   for.
-    *
-    * \param recursive  True to search for files recursively throughout the
-    *                   entire subtree rooted at \a dirPath. False to restrict
-    *                   the file search operation to existing files on
-    *                   \a dirPath. This parameter is false by default.
-    *
-    * \param followLinks   True to follow symbolic links to directories and
-    *                   files, on platforms supporting symbolic links. This is
-    *                   true by default. This parameter is ignored on Windows.
-    *
-    * Currently this function looks for files with the .xnml suffix (XML local
-    * normalization data format, XNML).
-    *
-    * \sa LocalNormalizationData
-    */
-   static StringList LocalNormalizationFiles( const String& dirPath, bool recursive = false, bool followLinks = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list with the full file paths of all drizzle data files in a
-    * given directory of the local filesystem.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Path to an existing directory in the local filesystem,
-    *                   where drizzle data files will be looked for.
-    *
-    * \param recursive  True to search for files recursively throughout the
-    *                   entire subtree rooted at \a dirPath. False to restrict
-    *                   the file search operation to existing files on
-    *                   \a dirPath. This parameter is false by default.
-    *
-    * \param followLinks   True to follow symbolic links to directories and
-    *                   files, on platforms supporting symbolic links. This is
-    *                   true by default. This parameter is ignored on Windows.
-    *
-    * Currently this function looks for files with the .drz (compatibility text
-    * drizzle format) and .xdrz (XML drizzle data format, XDRZ) suffixes.
-    *
-    * \sa DrizzleData
-    */
-   static StringList DrizzleFiles( const String& dirPath, bool recursive = false, bool followLinks = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list with the full file paths of all ephemeris data files in a
-    * given directory of the local filesystem.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Path to an existing directory in the local filesystem,
-    *                   where ephemeris data files will be looked for.
-    *
-    * \param recursive  True to search for files recursively throughout the
-    *                   entire subtree rooted at \a dirPath. False to restrict
-    *                   the file search operation to existing files on
-    *                   \a dirPath. This parameter is false by default.
-    *
-    * \param followLinks   True to follow symbolic links to directories and
-    *                   files, on platforms supporting symbolic links. This is
-    *                   true by default. This parameter is ignored on Windows.
-    *
-    * Currently this function looks for files with the .xeph suffix (Extensible
-    * Ephemeris Data format, XEPH).
-    *
-    * \sa EphemerisFile
-    */
-   static StringList EphemerisFiles( const String& dirPath, bool recursive = false, bool followLinks = true );
-
-private:
-
-   AutoPointer<FileFormatPrivate> m_data;
-
-   FileFormat( const void* );
-
-   const void* Handle() const;
-
-   friend class FileFormatPrivate;
-   friend class FileFormatInstance;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileFormat_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileFormat.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileFormatBase.h

@@ -1,515 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileFormatBase.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileFormatBase_h
-#define __PCL_FileFormatBase_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileFormatBase.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Bitmap.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileFormatBase
- * \brief Abstract base class for image file format descriptions.
- *
- * %FileFormatBase defines a number of descriptive properties of a file format
- * in the PixInsight platform.
- *
- * %FileFormatBase is an abstract base class of the MetaFileFormat and
- * FileFormat instantiable classes. %MetaFileFormat describes an installable
- * file format, while the %FileFormat class provides direct access to an
- * installed file format through <em>intermodule communication</em>.
- *
- * In more practical terms, modules defining new file formats must implement
- * derived classes of %MetaFileFormat, while %FileFormat is used by modules
- * requiring direct access to image files through installed file formats.
- *
- * Note that the %FileFormatBase, %MetaFileFormat, %FileFormat,
- * FileFormatImplementation and FileFormatInstance classes are conceptually
- * parallel to the ProcessBase, MetaProcess, Process, ProcessImplementation and
- * ProcessInstance classes, respectively. This is just a reflection of the
- * strong object orientation and modularity that characterize the PixInsight
- * platform.
- *
- * \sa MetaFileFormat, FileFormat, FileFormatImplementation, FileFormatInstance
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileFormatBase
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileFormatBase object.
-    */
-   FileFormatBase()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %FileFormatBase object.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileFormatBase() noexcept( false )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the identifier of this file format (also known as the
-    * <em>format name</em>).
-    *
-    * File format identifiers are unique, valid C identifiers.
-    * Examples: "FITS", "TIFF", "JPEG2000".
-    */
-   virtual IsoString Name() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the list of file extensions associated to this file format.
-    *
-    * The returned list must be a sequence of ".xxx...x" strings in priority
-    * order. Examples: ".fit", ".fits", ".fts".
-    */
-   virtual StringList FileExtensions() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a list of MIME types corresponding to the data supported by
-    * this file format.
-    *
-    * The returned list must be a sequence of "media_type/content_type" items
-    * approved by IANA (see http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/), for
-    * example: "image/fits", "application/fits".
-    *
-    * Providing a list of MIME types is not mandatory, but highly recommended
-    * for all format support modules implementing standard (i.e., recognized by
-    * IANA) image formats.
-    */
-   virtual IsoStringList MimeTypes() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a version number for this file format, encoded as a hexadecimal
-    * number.
-    *
-    * For example, version 1.0.5 should be returned as 0x105, and version
-    * 3.11.5 as 0x3B5. The default return value is 0x100, corresponding to
-    * version 1.0.0.
-    */
-   virtual uint32 Version() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a brief description text for this file format.
-    *
-    * This function should provide a simple, typically single-line, description
-    * of this image file format for quick reference. Example: "Flexible Image
-    * Transport System". The Implementation() member function has been designed
-    * to provide a more complete description of a format's functionality and
-    * capabilities.
-    */
-   virtual String Description() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a descriptive text about this implementation of a particular
-    * image file format.
-    *
-    * This function must provide a brief but sufficiently informative
-    * description of this file format implementation. The returned description
-    * will appear on the Format Explorer window, and should provide information
-    * about how this format has been implemented in a module. Avoid too
-    * exhaustive descriptions that are better reserved for a technical manual.
-    * Avoid also describing a file format itself; the information given should
-    * not intend to replace an official/formal definition of an image format.
-    *
-    * Descriptions of file format implementations are always printed on
-    * PixInsight consoles. This means that the text output functionality of the
-    * Console class can be used to format the string returned by this function.
-    * Refer to that class and its documentation for further information.
-    */
-   virtual String Implementation() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a description of the current status of this file format
-    * implementation.
-    *
-    * This function should return an empty string for normal file format
-    * implementations. Exceptions to this rule are obsolete or deprecated file
-    * formats (see the IsDeprecated() member function), deficient
-    * implementations, or other special cases where the user should be aware of
-    * important potential problems or limitations.
-    *
-    * The output of this function should be essentially plain text with basic
-    * HTML tags. No console tags should be used.
-    */
-   virtual String Status() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a <em>large icon</em> image that identifies this format.
-    *
-    * The returned image is used to identify all instances of this format
-    * (e.g., images and files) in the core application's GUI. It is used on the
-    * Format Explorer window, on image icons of this format, and in general for
-    * every graphical item related to this format or to an instance of this
-    * format.
-    */
-   virtual Bitmap Icon() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a <em>small icon</em> image that identifies this format.
-    *
-    * For details on format icon images, see the documentation for Icon().
-    *
-    * Small icons are used on interface elements where screen space must be
-    * preserved. Two good examples are the Format Explorer window and the
-    * ImageContainer interface.
-    */
-   virtual Bitmap SmallIcon() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read an entire
-    * image in a single operation.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanRead() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can write an entire
-    * image in a single operation.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanWrite() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports
-    * <em>incremental read</em> operations on image files.
-    *
-    * Incremental read operations allow the PixInsight core application and
-    * other modules to load images by successive row strips.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanReadIncrementally() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports
-    * <em>incremental write</em> operations on image files.
-    *
-    * Incremental write operations allow the PixInsight core application and
-    * other modules to write images by successive row strips.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanWriteIncrementally() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write 8-bit
-    * unsigned integer images
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStore8Bit() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 16-bit unsigned integer images
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStore16Bit() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 32-bit unsigned integer images
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStore32Bit() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 64-bit unsigned integer images
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStore64Bit() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 32-bit floating point real images (IEEE 754 32-bit <em>single
-    * precision</em> format for pixel sample values).
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreFloat() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 64-bit floating point real images (IEEE 754 64-bit <em>double
-    * precision</em> format for pixel sample values).
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreDouble() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 32-bit complex floating point images (IEEE 754 32-bit <em>single
-    * precision</em> format for components of complex pixel sample values).
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreComplex() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * 64-bit complex floating point images (IEEE 754 64-bit <em>double
-    * precision</em> format for components of complex pixel sample values).
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreDComplex() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write
-    * grayscale pixel data.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreGrayscale() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can read/write RGB
-    * color pixel data.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreRGBColor() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports alpha
-    * channels.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreAlphaChannels() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * image resolution data.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreResolution() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can embed/extract
-    * FITS header keyword collections.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreKeywords() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can embed/extract
-    * ICC color profiles.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreICCProfiles() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can embed/extract
-    * thumbnail images.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreThumbnails() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * data properties associated with format instances or image files.
-    *
-    * \note Don't confuse this member function with CanStoreImageProperties().
-    * This function returns true if the implementation can store properties
-    * associated with an entire file or format instance, while
-    * CanStoreImageProperties() returns true if the implementation can store
-    * properties associated with individual images.
-    *
-    * \sa CanStoreImageProperties(), SupportsViewProperties()
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreProperties() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * data properties associated with individual images.
-    *
-    * \sa CanStoreProperties(), SupportsViewProperties()
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreImageProperties() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * RGB working space data.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreRGBWS() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * display function (aka screen transfer function, or STF) parameters.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreDisplayFunctions() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation can store/retrieve
-    * color filter array (CFA) descriptions.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanStoreColorFilterArrays() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports compression
-    * of pixel data.
-    *
-    * This refers to compression of \e source pixels, not to native compression
-    * schemes used by some file formats.
-    *
-    * For example, the compression schemes employed in the JPEG and JPEG2000
-    * formats must \e not cause this member function to return true. The
-    * optional ZIP and LZW compressions used in TIFF are the exact kind of
-    * compressions that must cause this member function to return true.
-    */
-   virtual bool SupportsCompression() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports multiple
-    * images stored in a single file.
-    *
-    * For example, multiple images (e.g., taken with different filters) can be
-    * stored in FITS files by means of FITS image extensions, forming a
-    * <em>data cube</em> of several images with the same dimensions, or even a
-    * collection of independent images.
-    */
-   virtual bool SupportsMultipleImages() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation supports data
-    * properties of different data types such as Float64, UI32Vector, String,
-    * Complex32, etc.
-    *
-    * If this member function returns true, a reimplementation of
-    * CanStoreProperties() and/or CanStoreImageProperties() (depending on
-    * format capabilities) must also return true, and the format must implement
-    * all property data types supported by View objects. For information on
-    * supported view property types, see the VTYPE_XXX predefined constants in
-    * PCL API headers.
-    *
-    * This function should return false if this format only supports storage of
-    * BLOB properties, represented as ByteArray objects, or a limited subset of
-    * view property types.
-    *
-    * \sa CanStoreProperties(), CanStoreImageProperties(),
-    * View::PropertyValue(), View::SetPropertyValue()
-    */
-   virtual bool SupportsViewProperties() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation allows the user to
-    * edit specific format preferences.
-    *
-    * If this function returns true, then the EditPreferences() procedure must
-    * be reimplemented in a derived class of MetaFileFormat by the module that
-    * implements this format.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanEditPreferences() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format implementation uses
-    * <em>format-specific data</em>.
-    *
-    * Format-specific data are preserved on a per-instance (say per-file) basis
-    * by the PixInsight application, who actually knows nothing about them.
-    */
-   virtual bool UsesFormatSpecificData() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true only if this file format has been deprecated or declared
-    * obsolete on the PixInsight platform.
-    *
-    * When this function returns true, the Status() member function should also
-    * return information about the current status of this file format,
-    * including an explanation of the reasons for deprecation.
-    */
-   virtual bool IsDeprecated() const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Validates a <em>format-specific data block</em>.
-    *
-    * File formats that use format-specific data reimplement this function to
-    * validate format-specific data structures. If this function returns true,
-    * that means that the passed \a data block is a valid format-specific data
-    * structure for this file format implementation.
-    *
-    * This function will be called by the PixInsight core application for
-    * validation of the \a data block before calling
-    * FileFormatImplementation::SetFormatSpecificData() and
-    * DisposeFormatSpecificData().
-    */
-   virtual bool ValidateFormatSpecificData( const void* data ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Disposes a <em>format-specific data block</em>.
-    *
-    * File formats that use format-specific data reimplement this function to
-    * destroy and deallocate, as appropriate, their own format-specific data
-    * structures.
-    *
-    * This function will be called by the PixInsight core application with the
-    * \a data argument pointing to the beginning of a format-specific data
-    * block. This function will only be called after validation of the data
-    * block by ValidateFormatSpecificData().
-    */
-   virtual void DisposeFormatSpecificData( void* data ) const = 0;
-
-   /*!
-    * Handles a request to edit format preferences. Returns true if the
-    * preferences were successfully edited.
-    *
-    * When implemented, this procedure should open a dialog box to let the
-    * user edit format-specific preferences and operating options. This
-    * function should only return true if the user accepts the new settings
-    * (e.g. by clicking the dialog's OK button).
-    *
-    * \note This member function will never be called if the
-    * CanEditPreferences() member function is not reimplemented to return true
-    * in a derived class of MetaFileFormat by the module that implements this
-    * file format.
-    */
-   virtual bool EditPreferences() const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileFormatBase_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileFormatBase.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileFormatImplementation.h

@@ -1,903 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileFormatImplementation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileFormat_h
-#define __PCL_FileFormat_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileFormatImplementation.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/ColorFilterArray.h>
-#include <pcl/DisplayFunction.h>
-#include <pcl/FITSHeaderKeyword.h>
-#include <pcl/ICCProfile.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageDescription.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageVariant.h>
-#include <pcl/MetaFileFormat.h>
-#include <pcl/PropertyDescription.h>
-#include <pcl/RGBColorSystem.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-struct FileFormatImplementationPrivate;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileFormatImplementation
- * \brief Implementation of a PixInsight file format instance
- *
- * In the PixInsight/PCL framework, an <em>image file format</em> is formally
- * defined as a descendant of the MetaFileFormat class.
- * %FileFormatImplementation defines the behavior and functionality of a file
- * format instance, which usually (although not necessarily) identifies an
- * <em>image file</em> encoded in the corresponding file format.
- *
- * Note that %MetaFileFormat and %FileFormatImplementation describe and
- * implement, respectively, an \e installable image file format in a PixInsight
- * module. All installed file formats can be accessed and instantiated by means
- * of the FileFormat and FileFormatInstance classes, respectively, through
- * intermodule communication mechanisms.
- *
- * \sa MetaFileFormat, FileFormat, FileFormatInstance
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileFormatImplementation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a file format instance.
-    *
-    * \param m    Pointer to a metaformat that identifies the file format class
-    *             that this file instance belongs to.
-    */
-   FileFormatImplementation( const MetaFileFormat* m );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a file format instance.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileFormatImplementation() noexcept( false );
-
-   /*
-    * FileFormatImplementation instances (e.g., image files) are unique.
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because file format
-    * instances represent unique objects (e.g., files or I/O streams).
-    */
-   FileFormatImplementation( const FileFormatImplementation& x ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because file format instances
-    * represent unique objects (e.g., files or I/O streams).
-    */
-   FileFormatImplementation& operator =( const FileFormatImplementation& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a pointer to the \e metaformat of this file format instance.
-    *
-    * The metaformat defines the format class this instance belongs to.
-    */
-   const MetaFileFormat* Meta() const
-   {
-      return meta;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes an image file (after Open() or Create()).
-    */
-   virtual void Close();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this file is currently open.
-    */
-   virtual bool IsOpen() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current file path in this instance. If no file path has been
-    * set yet (by calling Open() or Create()), this member function should
-    * return an empty string.
-    */
-   virtual String FilePath() const;
-
-   // Reader functionality
-
-   /*!
-    * Opens an image file for reading and/or information retrieval.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   File path to a file that will be opened. The core
-    *          PixInsight application always passes full file paths to existing
-    *          files. However, other modules that may call this member function
-    *          (through intermodule communication) may not behave in the same
-    *          way. A module must be prepared to receive relative file path
-    *          specifications, and even paths to files that don't exist, in
-    *          this argument.
-    *
-    * \param hints      A string containing a (possibly empty) list of \e hints
-    *          intended to modify the way an image file is opened and/or the
-    *          way image data are to be read and decoded. A format module can
-    *          simply ignore all of these hints, or just look for one or more
-    *          hints that it recognizes and supports, ignoring others. When two
-    *          or more hints are specified, they must be separated by space
-    *          characters (0x20). Most standard file formats support hints. For
-    *          example, the standard DSLR_RAW format recognizes the "raw" hint
-    *          to force reading pure raw data (no deBayerization, no black
-    *          pedestal subtraction, no white balancing) irrespective of the
-    *          current DSLR RAW format settings.
-    *
-    * This function must return a dynamic array of ImageDescription structures
-    * that describes the image(s) stored in the opened image file. Each
-    * %ImageDescription structure contains ImageInfo and ImageOptions objects
-    * that describe both basic image parameters (as geometry and color space)
-    * and format-independent image options (pixel format, embedded data, etc).
-    *
-    * In the event of error, a reimplementation of this member function should
-    * throw a PCL exception. Thrown exceptions will be caught and processed by
-    * internal PCL code.
-    */
-   virtual ImageDescriptionArray Open( const String& filePath, const IsoString& hints );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the image at the specified zero-based \a index in this file.
-    *
-    * This member function will only be called for file formats that support
-    * multiple images stored in a single file. It will never be called if the
-    * MetaFileFormat::SupportsMultipleImages() member function has not been
-    * reimplemented to return true in the metaformat class for this instance.
-    */
-   virtual void SelectImage( int index );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current zero-based image index in this file.
-    *
-    * This member function will only be called for file formats that support
-    * multiple images stored in a single file. It will never be called if the
-    * MetaFileFormat::SupportsMultipleImages() member function has not been
-    * reimplemented to return true in the metaformat class for this instance.
-    */
-   virtual int SelectedImageIndex() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a <em>format-specific data block</em> for the current image in
-    * this file, or nullptr if no such data have been retrieved.
-    *
-    * See SetFormatSpecificData() for a description of format specific data
-    * functionality in PCL.
-    */
-   virtual void* FormatSpecificData() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Provides a human-readable summary of format-specific properties for the
-    * current image in this file.
-    *
-    * The returned string should include format-specific information, \e not
-    * generic image information. For example, don't include image dimensions,
-    * color space, and other things that the PixInsight core application
-    * already knows.
-    *
-    * \note The default implementation returns an empty string.
-    */
-   virtual String ImageFormatInfo() const
-   {
-      return String();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the ICC color profile associated with the current image in
-    * this file. If no ICC color profile is defined for the current image, this
-    * function should return a null (empty) %ICCProfile object.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support storage of ICC color profiles. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreICCProfiles().
-    */
-   virtual ICCProfile ReadICCProfile();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the RGB working space associated with the current image in
-    * this file. If no RGBWS is defined for the current image, this function
-    * should return a default RGBColorSystem object (see RGBColorSystem::sRGB).
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support storage of RGB working spaces. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreRGBWS().
-    */
-   virtual RGBColorSystem ReadRGBWorkingSpace();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the display function associated with the current image in
-    * this file. If no display function is defined for the current image, this
-    * function should return an identity display function (see
-    * DisplayFunction's default constructor).
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support storage of display functions. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreDisplayFunctions().
-    */
-   virtual DisplayFunction ReadDisplayFunction();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the color filter array (CFA) for the current image in this
-    * file. If no CFA is defined for the current image, this function should
-    * return an empty CFA (see ColorFilterArray's default constructor).
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support storage of color filter arrays. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreColorFilterArrays().
-    */
-   virtual ColorFilterArray ReadColorFilterArray();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the embedded thumbnail for the current image in this file.
-    * If the current image does not embed a thumbnail image, this function
-    * should return an empty 8-bit integer image.
-    */
-   virtual UInt8Image ReadThumbnail();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of the list of embedded %FITS keywords for the current image
-    * in this file. If the current image embeds no %FITS keywords, this
-    * function should return an empty array.
-    */
-   virtual FITSKeywordArray ReadFITSKeywords();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a description of all data properties associated with this file.
-    * For each data property, the returned array provides information on the
-    * unique identifier of a property and its data type.
-    *
-    * Returns an empty array if there are no properties stored for this file.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties. See FileFormat::CanStoreProperties().
-    *
-    * \note Don't confuse this member function with ImagePropertyDescriptions(). This
-    * function returns information on the properties of the \e whole image
-    * file, while %ImagePropertyDescriptions() provides the properties of the currently
-    * selected image.
-    */
-   virtual PropertyDescriptionArray PropertyDescriptions();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of a data property with the specified unique identifier.
-    *
-    * If no property with the specified identifier exists associated with this
-    * file, an invalid Variant object should be returned.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties. See FileFormat::CanStoreProperties().
-    *
-    * \note Don't confuse this member function with ReadImageProperty(). This
-    * function returns the value of a given property of the \e whole image
-    * file, while %ReadImageProperty() returns the value of a property of the
-    * currently selected image.
-    */
-   virtual Variant ReadProperty( const IsoString& property );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a description of all data properties associated with the current
-    * image in this file. For each data property, the returned array provides
-    * information on the unique identifier of a property and its data type.
-    *
-    * Returns an empty array if there are no properties stored for the current
-    * image in this file.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties for individual images. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreImageProperties().
-    */
-   virtual PropertyDescriptionArray ImagePropertyDescriptions();
-
-   /*!
-    * Extraction of a data property of the current image with the specified
-    * unique identifier.
-    *
-    * If no property with the specified identifier exists associated with the
-    * current image in this file, an invalid Variant object should be returned.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties for individual images. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreImageProperties().
-    */
-   virtual Variant ReadImageProperty( const IsoString& property );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads the current image in 32-bit floating point format.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadImage( pcl::Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads the current image in 64-bit floating point format.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadImage( pcl::DImage& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads the current image in 8-bit unsigned integer format.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadImage( UInt8Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads the current image in 16-bit unsigned integer format.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadImage( UInt16Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Reads the current image in 32-bit unsigned integer format.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadImage( UInt32Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this instance can perform incremental read operations.
-    *
-    * The default implementation returns true. Do not confuse this member
-    * function with MetaFileFormat::CanReadIncrementally(), which tells the
-    * PixInsight core application if a given file format has the capability of
-    * performing incremental file reads in general. The value returned by this
-    * function refers specifically to the file format instance (e.g., a
-    * particular file) represented by this object.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanReadIncrementally() const
-   {
-      return true; // allow incremental reads if the format supports them
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental read in 32-bit floating point sample format.
-    *
-    * \param[out] buffer      Address of the destination sample buffer.
-    *
-    * \param      startRow    First pixel row to read.
-    *
-    * \param      rowCount    Number of pixel rows to read.
-    *
-    * \param      channel     Channel index to read.
-    *
-    * Incremental read operations allow the PixInsight core application and
-    * other modules to load images by successive row strips.
-    *
-    * To implement incremental reading,
-    * MetaFileFormat::CanReadIncrementally() must be reimplemented to return
-    * true in the metaformat class for this file instance; otherwise this
-    * member function will never be called. Furthermore, the
-    * FileFormatImplementation::CanReadIncrementally() member function must
-    * return true for the format instance represented by this object.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadSamples( pcl::Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental read in 64-bit floating point sample format.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the DImage type; see
-    * ReadSamples( Image::sample*, int, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadSamples( pcl::DImage::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental read in 8-bit unsigned integer sample format.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt8Image type; see
-    * ReadSamples( Image::sample*, int, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadSamples( UInt8Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental read in 16-bit unsigned integer sample format.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt16Image type; see
-    * ReadSamples( Image::sample*, int, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadSamples( UInt16Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental read in 32-bit unsigned integer sample format.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt32Image type; see
-    * ReadSamples( Image::sample*, int, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void ReadSamples( UInt32Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the last file read operation was \e inexact.
-    *
-    * The PixInsight application invokes this function just after successful
-    * completion of a call to ReadImage() or Read(). If a file format instance
-    * reads (or might read) source images inexactly, (e.g., by applying a
-    * rounding function to source sample values), then this function must be
-    * reimplemented to return true, as appropriate.
-    *
-    * \note The default implementation of this function returns false, so
-    * exact read operations are assumed by default.
-    */
-   virtual bool WasInexactRead() const
-   {
-      return false;  // exact read operations assumed by default
-   }
-
-   // Writer functionality
-
-   /*!
-    * Query image options and format-specific data before creating a new image
-    * file. Returns true if the file creation operation can continue; false if
-    * it should be aborted.
-    *
-    * \param[out] options   Reference to a dynamic array of ImageOptions
-    *          objects. On output, each of these objects must provide a general
-    *          description of an image stored in a file instance of this file
-    *          format. A file format module is responsible for setting the
-    *          appropriate values in the passed structures, which will be used
-    *          to generate a new file through a subsequent call to Create().
-    *          Formats that can store multiple images per file can receive more
-    *          than one %ImageOptions structure stored in this array. Formats
-    *          that don't support multiple images can safely ignore all
-    *          structures but the first one in this array.
-    *
-    * \param[out] formatOptions  Reference to a dynamic array of
-    *          <em>format-specific data blocks</em>. Each void pointer in this
-    *          array can be either zero or point to valid format-specific data
-    *          for the format of this instance. This array can be empty if no
-    *          format-specific data is being set. See the
-    *          SetFormatSpecificData() member function for more information on
-    *          format-specific data blocks.
-    *
-    * If the PixInsight application calls this function, it does so just before
-    * calling Create(). Typically, this happens as part of a <tt>File > Save
-    * As</tt> operation. Other modules can also invoke this function through
-    * intermodule communication. Format modules should open a dialog box to let
-    * the user modify some working options, as appropriate; then they should
-    * return true unless the user cancels the dialog.
-    *
-    * \note The default implementation of this function simply returns true
-    * without opening an options dialog.
-    */
-   virtual bool QueryOptions( Array<ImageOptions>& options, Array<void*>& formatOptions )
-   {
-      return true;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Creates an image file for writing.
-    *
-    * \param filePath   Path to a file that will be created. If a file exists
-    *          at the same path, it will be overwritten and its current
-    *          contents will be lost. The PixInsight core application always
-    *          passes full file paths to existing files. However, other modules
-    *          that may call this member function (through intermodule
-    *          communication) may not behave in the same way. A module must be
-    *          prepared to receive relative file path specifications, and even
-    *          invalid paths, in this argument.
-    *
-    * \param numberOfImages   This is the number of images that will be written
-    *          to the file after creation. It can be zero if an empty file is
-    *          being created, and also less than zero if the number of images
-    *          is unknown or cannot be defined at the point of creation.
-    *          Although the PixInsight core application will always pass the
-    *          exact number of images that will be written, other modules that
-    *          can call this member function (through intermodule
-    *          communication) might not behave so accurately. Therefore, format
-    *          modules should be flexible enough as to not depend on an
-    *          accurate count of images passed here. For a format that does not
-    *          support empty files or multiple images stored in a single file,
-    *          a reimplementation of this member function should throw an Error
-    *          exception if this value is zero or not equal to one,
-    *          respectively.
-    *
-    * \param hints      A string containing a (possibly empty) list of \e hints
-    *          intended to modify the way an image file is generated and/or the
-    *          way image data are to be encoded and written. A format module
-    *          can simply ignore all of these hints, or just look for one or
-    *          more hints that it recognizes and supports, ignoring others.
-    *          When two or more hints are specified, they must be separated by
-    *          space characters (0x20). Many standard file formats support some
-    *          hints. For example, the standard JPEG format recognizes the
-    *          "quality" hint to force generation of a JPEG image with a given
-    *          quality level in the range 1 to 100, irrespective of the current
-    *          JPEG format settings.
-    *
-    * In the event of error, a reimplementation of this member function should
-    * throw a PCL exception. Thrown exceptions will be caught and processed by
-    * internal PCL code.
-    */
-   virtual void Create( const String& filePath, int numberOfImages, const IsoString& hints );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies an identifier for the next image that will be written or
-    * created in this file.
-    *
-    * \note Reimplementation of this member function is optional. The default
-    * implementation does nothing (ignores image identifiers).
-    */
-   virtual void SetId( const IsoString& id )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a set of format-independent image \a options for the next image
-    * that will be written or created in this file.
-    *
-    * \note Reimplementation of this member function is optional. The default
-    * implementation does nothing (ignores format-independent image options).
-    */
-   virtual void SetOptions( const ImageOptions& options )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a <em>format-specific data block</em> for the next image that
-    * will be written or created in this file.
-    *
-    * Format-specific data are arbitrary data blocks; the PixInsight core
-    * application knows nothing about them except that it passes them among
-    * instances, even instances of different file formats.
-    *
-    * Format-specific data are used by file formats that need working
-    * parameters that must persist across different file instances. In such
-    * cases, derived classes should implement suitable mechanisms to identify
-    * and validate their own data.
-    *
-    * For example, file formats that use variable compression schemes usually
-    * reimplement this member function, along with FormatSpecificData(), to
-    * keep track of a compression ratio, along with other private data items.
-    *
-    * To implement format-specific data support,
-    * MetaFileFormat::UsesFormatSpecificData() must be reimplemented to return
-    * true in the metaformat class for this file instance; otherwise this
-    * member function will never be called.
-    *
-    * Before calling this function, the PixInsight core application will call
-    * MetaFileFormat::ValidateFormatSpecificData() for the same \a data block.
-    * If the validation routine returns false, this function will not be called
-    * for the \a data block that failed the validation test.
-    */
-   virtual void SetFormatSpecificData( const void* data );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies an ICC profile to be embedded in the next image written or
-    * created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteICCProfile( const ICCProfile& icc );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies the parameters of an RGB working space that will be embedded in
-    * the next image written or created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteRGBWorkingSpace( const RGBColorSystem& rgbws );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a display function that will be embedded in the next image
-    * written or created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteDisplayFunction( const DisplayFunction& df );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a color filter array (CFA) that will be embedded in the next
-    * image written or created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteColorFilterArray( const ColorFilterArray& cfa );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a thumbnail \a image to be embedded in the next image written
-    * or created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteThumbnail( const pcl::UInt8Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a set of %FITS \a keywords to be embedded in the next image
-    * written or created in this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteFITSKeywords( const FITSKeywordArray& keywords );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a data property to be embedded in this file.
-    *
-    * \param property   Unique identifier of the data property.
-    *
-    * \param value      Property value.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties. See FileFormat::CanStoreProperties().
-    *
-    * \note Don't confuse this member function with WriteImageProperty(). This
-    * function defines a property for the \e whole file, while
-    * %WriteImageProperty() defines a property of the currently selected image.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteProperty( const IsoString& property, const Variant& value );
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies a data property to be embedded in the next image written or
-    * created in this file.
-    *
-    * \param property   Unique identifier of the data property.
-    *
-    * \param value      Property value.
-    *
-    * This member function will never be called if the underlying file format
-    * does not support data properties for individual images. See
-    * FileFormat::CanStoreImageProperties().
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImageProperty( const IsoString& property, const Variant& value );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a 32-bit floating point image to this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImage( const pcl::Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a 64-bit floating point image to this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImage( const pcl::DImage& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes an 8-bit unsigned integer image to this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImage( const UInt8Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a 16-bit unsigned integer image to this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImage( const UInt16Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Writes a 32-bit unsigned integer image to this file.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteImage( const UInt32Image& image );
-
-   /*!
-    * Creates a new image with the geometry and color space as specified by an
-    * ImageInfo structure. The newly created image will be written by
-    * subsequent incremental write operations.
-    *
-    * The sample data type and other format-independent and format-specific
-    * image parameters have been specified by previous calls to SetOptions()
-    * and SetFormatSpecificData().
-    *
-    * \note This member function must be reimplemented by all derived classes
-    * supporting incremental write operations.
-    */
-   virtual void CreateImage( const ImageInfo& info );
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes the image that has been created by a previous call to
-    * CreateImage().
-    *
-    * \note This member function must be reimplemented by all derived classes
-    * supporting incremental write operations.
-    */
-   virtual void CloseImage();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this instance can perform incremental write operations.
-    *
-    * The default implementation returns true. Do not confuse this member
-    * function with MetaFileFormat::CanWriteIncrementally(), which tells the
-    * PixInsight core application if a given file format has the capability of
-    * performing incremental file writes in general. The value returned by this
-    * function refers specifically to the file format instance (e.g., a
-    * particular file) represented by this object.
-    */
-   virtual bool CanWriteIncrementally() const
-   {
-      return true; // allow incremental writes if the format supports them
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental write of 32-bit floating point pixel samples.
-    *
-    * \param buffer     Address of the source sample buffer.
-    *
-    * \param startRow   First pixel row to write.
-    *
-    * \param rowCount   Number of pixel rows to write.
-    *
-    * \param channel    Channel index to write.
-    *
-    * Incremental write operations allow the PixInsight core application and
-    * other modules to generate images by successive row strips.
-    *
-    * To implement incremental writing,
-    * MetaFileFormat::CanWriteIncrementally() must be reimplemented to return
-    * true in the metaformat class for this file instance; otherwise this
-    * member function will never be called. Furthermore, the
-    * FileFormatImplementation::CanWriteIncrementally() member function must
-    * return true for the format instance represented by this object.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteSamples( const pcl::Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental write of a 64-bit floating point image.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the DImage type; see
-    * WriteSamples( const Image::sample*, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteSamples( const pcl::DImage::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental write of an 8-bit unsigned integer image.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt8Image type; see
-    * WriteSamples( const Image::sample*, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteSamples( const UInt8Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental write of a 16-bit unsigned integer image.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt16Image type; see
-    * WriteSamples( const Image::sample*, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteSamples( const UInt16Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Incremental write of a 32-bit unsigned integer image.
-    *
-    * This is an overloaded member function for the UInt32Image type; see
-    * WriteSamples( const Image::sample*, int, int, int ) for a full description.
-    */
-   virtual void WriteSamples( const UInt32Image::sample* buffer, int startRow, int rowCount, int channel );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the last file write operation in this file was \e lossy.
-    *
-    * The PixInsight core application invokes this function just after
-    * successful completion of a call to WriteImage() or Write(). If a file
-    * format instance writes (or might write) lossy image data (e.g., by
-    * applying some lossy compression scheme), then this function must be
-    * reimplemented to return true, as appropriate.
-    *
-    * \note The default implementation of this function returns false, so
-    * lossless write operations are assumed by default.
-    */
-   virtual bool WasLossyWrite() const
-   {
-      return false;  // lossless write operations assumed by default
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*
-    * The file format to which this instance belongs.
-    */
-   const MetaFileFormat* meta = nullptr;
-
-private:
-
-   /*
-    * Internal stuff to automate low-level C API communication.
-    */
-   AutoPointer<FileFormatImplementationPrivate> m_data;
-
-   ImageDescriptionArray m_description; // used exclusively by FileFormatDispatcher
-
-   void BeginPrivate();
-
-   void BeginICCProfileExtraction();
-   const ICCProfile& GetICCProfile() const;
-   void EndICCProfileExtraction();
-
-   void BeginRGBWSExtraction();
-   const RGBColorSystem& GetRGBWS() const;
-   void EndRGBWSExtraction();
-
-   void BeginDisplayFunctionExtraction();
-   const DisplayFunction& GetDisplayFunction() const;
-   void EndDisplayFunctionExtraction();
-
-   void BeginColorFilterArrayExtraction();
-   const ColorFilterArray& GetColorFilterArray() const;
-   void EndColorFilterArrayExtraction();
-
-   void BeginThumbnailExtraction();
-   const UInt8Image& GetThumbnail() const;
-   void EndThumbnailExtraction();
-
-   void BeginKeywordExtraction();
-   size_type NumberOfKeywords() const;
-   bool GetNextKeyword( FITSHeaderKeyword& ) const;
-   void EndKeywordExtraction();
-
-   void BeginPropertyExtraction();
-   const Variant& GetProperty( const IsoString& );
-   void EndPropertyExtraction();
-
-   void BeginImagePropertyExtraction();
-   const Variant& GetImageProperty( const IsoString& );
-   void EndImagePropertyExtraction();
-
-   void BeginICCProfileEmbedding();
-   void SetICCProfile( const ICCProfile& );
-   void EndICCProfileEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginRGBWSEmbedding();
-   void SetRGBWS( const RGBColorSystem& );
-   void EndRGBWSEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginDisplayFunctionEmbedding();
-   void SetDisplayFunction( const DisplayFunction& );
-   void EndDisplayFunctionEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginColorFilterArrayEmbedding();
-   void SetColorFilterArray( const ColorFilterArray& );
-   void EndColorFilterArrayEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginThumbnailEmbedding();
-   void SetThumbnail( const UInt8Image& );
-   void EndThumbnailEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginKeywordEmbedding();
-   void AddKeyword( const FITSHeaderKeyword& );
-   void EndKeywordEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginPropertyEmbedding();
-   void SetProperty( const IsoString&, const Variant& );
-   void EndPropertyEmbedding();
-
-   void BeginImagePropertyEmbedding();
-   void SetImageProperty( const IsoString&, const Variant& );
-   void EndImagePropertyEmbedding();
-
-   friend class FileFormatDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FileFormat_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileFormatImplementation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FileInfo.h

@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FileInfo.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FileInfo_h
-#define __PCL_FileInfo_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FileInfo.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/File.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FileInfo
- * \brief Platform-independent information on file and directory items.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %FileInfo.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FileInfo
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. Constructs an empty %FileInfo object without any
-    * information on existing file or directory items.
-    */
-   FileInfo()
-   {
-      Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FileInfo object with information retrieved for the
-    * specified file or directory \a path.
-    */
-   FileInfo( const String& path )
-   {
-      Refresh( path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   FileInfo( const FileInfo& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~FileInfo()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   FileInfo& operator =( const FileInfo& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the absolute path of this file or directory.
-    */
-   const String& Path() const
-   {
-      return m_path;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the Windows drive component of the path in this object, or an
-    * empty string if the path does not include a Windows drive specification.
-    *
-    * This function only makes sense on Windows. On UNIX and Linux operating
-    * systems, this function always returns an empty string.
-    */
-   String Drive() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractDrive( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the parent directory component of the path in this object, or an
-    * empty string if the path does not include a parent directory.
-    *
-    * On Windows, the drive component of the path is \e not included.
-    *
-    * Examples:
-    *
-    * \li In '/foo.tar.gz' the directory is '/'.
-    * \li In '/foo/bar.tar.gz' the directory is '/foo'.
-    * \li In 'foo/bar.tar.gz' the directory is 'foo'.
-    * \li In 'C:/Foo/Bar.txt' the directory is '/Foo'.
-    */
-   String Directory() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractDirectory( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the file name component of the path in this object, or an empty
-    * string if the path does not include a name.
-    *
-    * The file extension or suffix is \e not included.
-    *
-    * Examples:
-    *
-    * \li In '/foo/bar.tar.gz' the name is 'bar'.
-    * \li In 'C:/Foo/Bar.txt' the name is 'Bar'.
-    */
-   String Name() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractName( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the file extension component of the path in this object, or an
-    * empty string if the path does not include an extension.
-    *
-    * The returned extension \e includes the initial dot separator.
-    *
-    * Examples:
-    *
-    * \li In '/foo/bar.tar.gz' the extension is '.gz'.
-    * \li In 'C:/Foo/Bar.txt' the extension is '.txt'.
-    */
-   String Extension() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractExtension( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for Extension().
-    */
-   String Suffix() const
-   {
-      return Extension();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the complete suffix of the path in this object, or an empty
-    * string if the path does not include a suffix.
-    *
-    * The returned string \e includes the initial dot separator.
-    *
-    * The complete suffix is the rightmost substring of the path, starting with
-    * the first occurrence of a dot character. For example, in 'foo.tar.gz' the
-    * complete suffix is '.tar.gz'.
-    */
-   String CompleteSuffix() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractCompleteSuffix( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name and extension of the path in this object. Calling this
-    * member function is functionally equivalent to: Name() + Extension().
-    */
-   String NameAndExtension() const
-   {
-      return File::ExtractNameAndExtension( m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for NameAndExtension().
-    */
-   String NameAndSuffix() const
-   {
-      return NameAndExtension();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents an existing file or directory.
-    */
-   bool Exists() const
-   {
-      return m_exists;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to the FileAttributes flags for this file or
-    * directory.
-    */
-   const FileAttributes& Attributes() const
-   {
-      return m_attributes;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents an existing directory.
-    */
-   bool IsDirectory() const
-   {
-      return m_attributes.IsFlagSet( FileAttribute::Directory );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents an existing file.
-    */
-   bool IsFile() const
-   {
-      return m_attributes.IsFlagSet( FileAttribute::Regular );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents a symbolic link.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns false.
-    */
-   bool IsSymbolicLink() const
-   {
-      return m_attributes.IsFlagSet( FileAttribute::SymbolicLink );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the target path of this symbolic link, or an empty string if this
-    * object does not represent a symbolic link.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns an empty string.
-    */
-   String SymbolicLinkTarget() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents a hidden file or directory.
-    *
-    * On Windows, this member function returns true if the file or directory
-    * represented by this object has the hidden attribute set. On UNIX and
-    * Linux operating systems, this function returns true when the file or
-    * directory name begins with a dot character.
-    */
-   bool IsHidden() const
-   {
-      return m_attributes.IsFlagSet( FileAttribute::Hidden );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the user id and group id of the caller process have read
-    * access permission for the item represented by this object.
-    */
-   bool IsReadable() const
-   {
-      return m_readable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the user id and group id of the caller process have write
-    * access permission for the item represented by this object.
-    */
-   bool IsWritable() const
-   {
-      return m_writable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the user id and group id of the caller process have
-    * execution access permission for the item represented by this object.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns false.
-    *
-    * On POSIX systems, this function returns true only if the item represented
-    * has the S_IXUSR file mode bit set. This means that this function will
-    * normally return true for directories, since S_IXUSR/S_IXGRP/S_IXOTH
-    * represent standard search permissions for a directory.
-    */
-   bool IsExecutable() const
-   {
-      return m_executable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the size in bytes of the file or directory item represented by
-    * this object.
-    *
-    * If this object represents a directory, a fixed size (usually 4096 bytes)
-    * is always returned on UNIX and Linux systems. On Windows, zero is always
-    * returned for directories.
-    */
-   fsize_type Size() const
-   {
-      return m_size;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of existing hard links to the file or directory item
-    * represented by this object.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns zero.
-    */
-   int NumberOfHardLinks() const
-   {
-      return m_numberOfHardLinks;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the user id of the owner of the file or directory item
-    * represented by this object.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns zero.
-    */
-   int UserId() const
-   {
-      return m_userId;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the group id of the owner of the file or directory item
-    * represented by this object.
-    *
-    * This member function only makes sense on UNIX/Linux platforms. On Windows
-    * it always returns zero.
-    */
-   int GroupId() const
-   {
-      return m_groupId;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to a FileTime structure corresponding to the
-    * creation time of this file or directory.
-    */
-   const FileTime& TimeCreated() const
-   {
-      return m_created;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to a FileTime structure corresponding to the
-    * last access time of this file or directory.
-    */
-   const FileTime& LastAccessed() const
-   {
-      return m_lastAccessed;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to a FileTime structure corresponding to the
-    * last modification time of this file or directory.
-    */
-   const FileTime& LastModified() const
-   {
-      return m_lastModified;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves up-to-date information for the item represented by this object.
-    */
-   void Refresh();
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves information for the specified \a path.
-    */
-   void Refresh( const String& path );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears all the information in this object, leaving it in an invalid state
-    * corresponding to a nonexistent item.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-private:
-
-   String         m_path;              // full file or directory path
-   FileAttributes m_attributes;        // item attributes
-   fsize_type     m_size;              // file size in bytes
-   int            m_numberOfHardLinks; // number of existing hard links to this file
-   int            m_userId;            // user id of the file owner
-   int            m_groupId;           // group id of the file owner
-   FileTime       m_created;           // creation time
-   FileTime       m_lastAccessed;      // time of last access
-   FileTime       m_lastModified;      // time of last change
-   bool           m_exists;            // item exists
-   bool           m_readable;          // caller has read permission
-   bool           m_writable;          // caller has write permission
-   bool           m_executable;        // caller has execute permission
-
-   // Clears everything but *preserves* m_path
-   void ClearData();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_FileInfo_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FileInfo.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Flags.h

@@ -1,409 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Flags.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Flags_h
-#define __PCL_Flags_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Flags.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#ifdef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-namespace pi
-{
-class GlobalSettings;
-}
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <bool> struct FlagType {};
-template <>     struct FlagType<true>  { typedef unsigned type; };
-template <>     struct FlagType<false> { typedef int      type; };
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Flags
- * \brief A type-safe collection of enumerated flags
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Flags.
- */
-template <typename E>
-class PCL_CLASS Flags
-{
-public:
-
-   static_assert( sizeof( E ) <= sizeof( int ),
-                  "Invalid sizeof( Flags::enum_type ): Must not be larger than sizeof( int )" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the enumerated type that defines individual flags.
-    */
-   typedef                          E enum_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the integral type used to store flags.
-    */
-   typedef typename FlagType<std::is_unsigned<enum_type>::value>::type
-                                    flag_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty (zero) %Flags instance.
-    */
-   Flags() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Flags instance from an enumerated flag value \a e.
-    */
-   constexpr
-   Flags( enum_type e )
-      : m_flags( int( e ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Flags instance from a mask \a m.
-    */
-   constexpr
-   Flags( flag_type m )
-      : m_flags( int( m ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Flags( const Flags& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator =( const Flags& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Assigns an enumerated flag value \a e to this object. Returns a reference
-    * to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator =( enum_type e )
-   {
-      m_flags = e;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise AND operation with other flags \a f and stores the
-    * resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator &=( Flags f )
-   {
-      m_flags &= f.m_flags;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise AND operation with an enumerated flag value \a e and
-    * stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator &=( enum_type e )
-   {
-      m_flags &= unsigned( e );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise AND operation with a mask value \a m and stores the
-    * resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator &=( unsigned m )
-   {
-      m_flags &= m;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise inclusive OR operation with other flags \a f and
-    * stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator |=( Flags f )
-   {
-      m_flags |= f.m_flags;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise inclusive OR operation with an enumerated flag value
-    * \a e and stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference
-    * to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator |=( enum_type e )
-   {
-      m_flags |= unsigned( e );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise inclusive OR operation with a mask value \a m and
-    * stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator |=( unsigned m )
-   {
-      m_flags |= m;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise exclusive OR (XOR) operation with other flags \a f and
-    * stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator ^=( Flags f )
-   {
-      m_flags ^= f.m_flags;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise exclusive OR (XOR) operation with an enumerated flag
-    * value \a e and stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a
-    * reference to this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator ^=( enum_type e )
-   {
-      m_flags ^= unsigned( e );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a bitwise exclusive OR (XOR) operation with a mask value \a m
-    * and stores the resulting flags in this object. Returns a reference to
-    * this object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator ^=( unsigned m )
-   {
-      m_flags ^= m;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the specified flag \a e is set in this %Flags object.
-    */
-   constexpr bool IsFlagSet( enum_type e ) const
-   {
-      return (m_flags & e) != flag_type( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets or clears the specified flag \a e in this %Flags object.
-    */
-   void SetFlag( enum_type e, bool on = true )
-   {
-      if ( on )
-         m_flags |= e;
-      else
-         m_flags &= ~e;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the specified flag \a e.
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to SetFlag( e, false ).
-    */
-   void ClearFlag( enum_type e )
-   {
-      SetFlag( e, false );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears all flags in this object.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_flags = flag_type( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the specified flag \a e in this object. Returns a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   Flags& operator <<( enum_type e )
-   {
-      SetFlag( e );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff all flags in this object are zero.
-    */
-   constexpr bool operator !() const
-   {
-      return m_flags == flag_type( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Converts this %Flags object to an integer.
-    */
-   constexpr operator flag_type() const
-   {
-      return m_flags;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a %Flags object whose value is the bitwise negation of the flags
-    * stored in this object.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator ~() const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( ~m_flags ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise AND between two %Flags objects.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator &( Flags f ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags & f.m_flags ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise AND between a Flags object and an enumerated value.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator &( enum_type e ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags & flag_type( e ) ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise AND between a %Flags object and a mask.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator &( unsigned m ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags & m ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise OR between two %Flags objects.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator |( Flags f ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags | f.m_flags ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise OR between a Flags object and an enumerated value.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator |( enum_type e ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags | flag_type( e ) ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise OR between a %Flags object and a mask.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator |( unsigned m ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags | m ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise XOR between two %Flags objects.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator ^( Flags f ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags ^ f.m_flags ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise XOR between a Flags object and an enumerated value.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator ^( enum_type e ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags ^ flag_type( e ) ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Bitwise XOR between a %Flags object and a mask.
-    */
-   constexpr Flags operator ^( unsigned m ) const
-   {
-      return Flags( enum_type( m_flags ^ m ) );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   flag_type m_flags = flag_type( 0 );
-
-#ifndef __PCL_NO_FLAGS_SETTINGS_IO
-   friend class Settings;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __PCL_NO_FLAGS_FILE_IO
-   friend class File;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-   friend class pi::GlobalSettings;
-#endif
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Flags_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Flags.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Font.h

@@ -1,547 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Font.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Font_h
-#define __PCL_Font_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Font.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Rectangle.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-#include <pcl/UIObject.h>
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FontFamily
- * \brief Platform-independent, standard font families
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Default</td>    <td>Default font</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::SansSerif</td>  <td>Sans serif font: Helvetica, Swiss, Arial</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Helvetica</td>  <td>Equivalent to SansSerif</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Swiss</td>      <td>Equivalent to SansSerif</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Serif</td>      <td>Serif font: Times, Garamond</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Times</td>      <td>Equivalent to Serif</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Script</td>     <td>Handwriting font: Script, Comic</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Monospace</td>  <td>Fixed-pitch font: Courier, Vera Sans Mono</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::TypeWriter</td> <td>Equivalent to Monospace</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Courier</td>    <td>Equivalent to Monospace</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Teletype</td>   <td>Equivalent to Monospace</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Decorative</td> <td>Decorative font: OldEnglish</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::OldEnglish</td> <td>Equivalent to Decorative</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontFamily::Symbol</td>     <td>Math, greek, etc: Symbol</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FontFamily
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Default,       // default font
-      SansSerif,     // sans serif font: Helvetica, Swiss, Arial
-      Helvetica  = SansSerif,
-      Swiss      = SansSerif,
-      Serif,         // serif font: Times, Garamond
-      Times      = Serif,
-      Script,        // handwriting font: Script, Comic
-      Monospace,     // fixed-pitch font: Courier, Vera Sans Mono
-      TypeWriter = Monospace,
-      Courier    = Monospace,
-      Teletype   = Monospace,
-      Decorative,    // decorative font: OldEnglish,
-      OldEnglish = Decorative,
-      Symbol         // math, greek, etc.: Symbol
-   };
-
-   String PCL_FUNC FamilyToFace( value_type family );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FontWeight
- * \brief Standard font weights
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Thin</td>       <td>100</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::ExtraLight</td> <td>200</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::UltraLight</td> <td>= ExtraLight</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Light</td>      <td>300</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Normal</td>     <td>400</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Regular</td>    <td>= Normal</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Medium</td>     <td>500</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::SemiBold</td>   <td>600</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::DemiBold</td>   <td>= SemiBold</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Bold</td>       <td>700</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::ExtraBold</td>  <td>800</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::UltraBold</td>  <td>= ExtraBold</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Heavy</td>      <td>850</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontWeight::Black</td>      <td>900</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FontWeight
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Thin           =  100,
-      ExtraLight     =  200,
-      UltraLight     =  ExtraLight,
-      Light          =  300,
-      Normal         =  400,
-      Regular        =  Normal,
-      Medium         =  500,
-      SemiBold       =  600,
-      DemiBold       =  SemiBold,
-      Bold           =  700,
-      ExtraBold      =  800,
-      UltraBold      =  ExtraBold,
-      Heavy          =  850,
-      Black          =  900
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FontStretch
- * \brief Standard font stretchs
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::UltraCondensed</td> <td>50</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::ExtraCondensed</td> <td>62</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::Condensed</td>      <td>75</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::SemiCondensed</td>  <td>87</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::Unstretched</td>    <td>100</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::SemiExpanded</td>   <td>112</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::Expanded</td>       <td>125</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::ExtraExpanded</td>  <td>150</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FontStretch::UltraExpanded</td>  <td>200</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FontStretch
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      UltraCondensed =  50,
-      ExtraCondensed =  62,
-      Condensed      =  75,
-      SemiCondensed  =  87,
-      Unstretched    = 100,
-      SemiExpanded   = 112,
-      Expanded       = 125,
-      ExtraExpanded  = 150,
-      UltraExpanded  = 200
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Font
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %Font object
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Font.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Font : public UIObject
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a standard font family.
-    */
-   typedef FontFamily::value_type      family;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a standard font weight.
-    */
-   typedef FontWeight::value_type      std_weight;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a standard font stretch.
-    */
-   typedef FontStretch::value_type     std_stretch;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Font object with the specified family and \a size in
-    * points.
-    *
-    * ### TODO: Elaborate on font families, font matching, etc.
-    */
-   Font( family f = FontFamily::Default, double size = 12.0 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Font object with the specified font \a face and \a size
-    * in points.
-    *
-    * ### TODO: Elaborate on font faces, font matching, etc.
-    */
-   Font( const String& face, double size = 12.0 );
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This object will reference the same server-side font
-    * as the specified instance \a f.
-    */
-   Font( const Font& f ) : UIObject( f )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Font( Font&& x ) : UIObject( std::move( x ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Font object. If this object references an existing font in
-    * the PixInsight core application, its reference count is decremented. If
-    * it becomes unreferenced, it will be garbage-collected.
-    */
-   virtual ~Font()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * Makes this object reference the same server-side font as the specified
-    * instance \a f. If the previous font becomes unreferenced, it will be
-    * garbage-collected by the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   Font& operator =( const Font& f )
-   {
-      SetHandle( f.handle );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Font& operator =( Font&& x )
-   {
-      Transfer( x );
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to a <em>null font</em>. A null %Font object does not
-    * correspond to an existing font object in the PixInsight core application.
-    */
-   static Font& Null();
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   String Face() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetFace( const String& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsExactMatch() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   StringList AvailableWritingSystems() const
-   {
-      return AvailableFontWritingSystems( Face() );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   StringList AvailableStyles() const
-   {
-      return AvailableFontStyles( Face() );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsScalable( const String& style = String() ) const
-   {
-      return IsScalableFont( Face(), style );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   Array<double> OptimalPointSizes( const String& style = String() ) const
-   {
-      return OptimalFontPointSizes( Face(), style );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int PixelSize() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetPixelSize ( int );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double PointSize() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetPointSize( double );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsFixedPitch() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsFixedPitch( const String& style ) const
-   {
-      return IsFixedPitchFont( Face(), style );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetFixedPitch( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsKerningEnabled() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void EnableKerning( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void DisableKerning( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int StretchFactor() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetStretchFactor( int );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Weight() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Weight( const String& style ) const
-   {
-      return FontWeight( Face(), style );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetWeight( int );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsBold() const
-   {
-      return Weight() >= FontWeight::Bold;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetBold( bool b = true )
-   {
-      SetWeight( b ? FontWeight::Bold : FontWeight::Normal );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsItalic() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsItalic( const String& style ) const
-   {
-      return IsItalicFont( Face(), style );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetItalic( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsUnderline() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetUnderline( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsOverline() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetOverline( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsStrikeOut() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetStrikeOut( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Ascent() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Descent() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Height() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int LineSpacing() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsCharDefined( int ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int MaxWidth() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Width( const String& ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int Width( int ch ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   Rect BoundingRect( const String& ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   Rect TightBoundingRect( const String& ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static StringList AvailableFonts( const String& writingSystem = String() );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static StringList AvailableFontWritingSystems( const String& font );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static StringList AvailableFontStyles( const String& font );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static Array<double> OptimalFontPointSizes( const String& font, const String& style = String() );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static bool IsScalableFont( const String& font, const String& style = String() );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static bool IsFixedPitchFont( const String& font, const String& style = String() );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static bool IsItalicFont( const String& font, const String& style = String() );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   static int FontWeight( const String& font, const String& style = String() );
-
-private:
-
-   Font( void* h ) : UIObject( h )
-   {
-   }
-
-   void* CloneHandle() const override;
-
-   friend class InternalFontEnumerator;
-   friend class GraphicsContextBase;
-   friend class Control;
-   friend class TreeBox;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Font_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Font.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FontComboBox.h

@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FontComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FontComboBox_h
-#define __PCL_FontComboBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FontComboBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/ComboBox.h>
-#include <pcl/Font.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FontComboBox
- * \brief A %ComboBox descendant class to select font faces.
- *
- * %FontComboBox is a utility class that provides a simple list with all the
- * installed fonts on the system, plus the set of <em>standard font
- * families</em> - see the FontFamily namespace for the supported set of
- * standard font families in the PixInsight/PCL platform.
- *
- * Optionally, %FontComboBox can restrict the list of font items to include
- * only scalable, bitmapped or fixed-pitch fonts. The fonts list can also be
- * restricted as a function of the available writing systems (Latin, Greek,
- * Cyrillic, and so on).
- *
- * \sa Font, ComboBox, FontFamily
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FontComboBox : public ComboBox
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %FontComboBox as a child control of \a parent.
-    *
-    * A default set of %ComboBox items is created for the full set of fonts
-    * currently installed on the system.
-    */
-   FontComboBox( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %FontComboBox control.
-    */
-   virtual ~FontComboBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the face name of the font that corresponds to the currently
-    * selected %ComboBox item, or an empty string if no item is currently
-    * selected.
-    *
-    * \sa CurrentFont(), SetCurrentFont( const String& ),
-    * SetCurrentFont( const Font& )
-    */
-   String CurrentFontFace() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a Font object that corresponds to the currently selected
-    * %ComboBox item, or a null font object (Font::Null()) if no item is
-    * currently selected.
-    *
-    * \param size    The size in points of the returned font.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * Font( CurrentFontFace(), size ).
-    *
-    * \sa CurrentFontFace(), SetCurrentFont( const String& ),
-    * SetCurrentFont( const Font& )
-    */
-   pcl::Font CurrentFont( double size = 12.0 ) const
-   {
-      return pcl::Font( CurrentFontFace(), size );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the %ComboBox item corresponding to the specified font \a face.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a face doesn't correspond to an installed or standard
-    * font family, or if an empty string is specified, this member function
-    * leaves the %ComboBox control with no selection, i.e. with its selected
-    * index equal to -1.
-    *
-    * \sa SetCurrentFont( const Font& ), CurrentFont(), CurrentFontFace()
-    */
-   void SetCurrentFont( const String& face );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the %ComboBox item corresponding to the specified \a font.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a font doesn't correspond to an installed or standard
-    * font family, or if \a font is Font::Null(), this member function leaves
-    * the %ComboBox control with no selection, i.e. with its selected index
-    * equal to -1.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * SetCurrentFont( font.Face() ).
-    *
-    * \sa SetCurrentFont( const String& ), CurrentFont(), CurrentFontFace()
-    */
-   void SetCurrentFont( const pcl::Font& font )
-   {
-      SetCurrentFont( font.Face() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets this %FontComboBox control to its default state: Replaces the
-    * current list of %ComboBox items with a new set corresponding to the
-    * standard font families available on the PixInsight/PCL platform, plus all
-    * installed fonts on the system.
-    *
-    * \sa AddStandardFontFamilies(), AddScalableFonts(), AddFixedPitchFonts(),
-    * AddItalicFonts(), AddWritingSystem()
-    */
-   void ResetFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a list of %ComboBox items corresponding to the standard font
-    * families available on the PixInsight/PCL platform. This includes the
-    * following fonts: Default, SansSerif, Serif, Script, Monospace,
-    * Decorative, and Symbol.
-    *
-    * \note The list of standard font families is always prepended at the
-    * beginning of the existing set of items.
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveStandardFontFamilies()
-    */
-   void AddStandardFontFamilies();
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to standard font
-    * families available on the PixInsight/PCL platform. See
-    * AddStandardFontFamilies() for more information.
-    *
-    * \sa AddStandardFontFamilies()
-    */
-   void RemoveStandardFontFamilies();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a list of %ComboBox items corresponding to all scalable fonts
-    * currently installed on the system.
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveScalableFonts()
-    */
-   void AddScalableFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to scalable fonts.
-    *
-    * \sa AddScalableFonts()
-    */
-   void RemoveScalableFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a list of %ComboBox items corresponding to all fixed-pitch fonts
-    * currently installed on the system.
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveFixedPitchFonts()
-    */
-   void AddFixedPitchFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to fixed-pitch
-    * fonts.
-    *
-    * \sa AddFixedPitchFonts()
-    */
-   void RemoveFixedPitchFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a list of %ComboBox items corresponding to all italic fonts
-    * currently installed on the system.
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveItalicFonts()
-    */
-   void AddItalicFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to italic fonts.
-    *
-    * \sa AddItalicFonts()
-    */
-   void RemoveItalicFonts();
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a list of %ComboBox items corresponding to all installed fonts that
-    * support the specified writing system.
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveWritingSystem()
-    */
-   void AddWritingSystem( const String& writingSystem );
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to installed fonts
-    * supporting the specified writing system.
-    *
-    * \sa AddWritingSystem()
-    */
-   void RemoveWritingSystem( const String& writingSystem );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds items for all installed fonts that support the Latin writing system.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * AddWritingSystem( "Latin" ).
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveLatinFonts(), AddGreekFonts()
-    */
-   void AddLatinFonts()
-   {
-      AddWritingSystem( "Latin" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to installed fonts
-    * supporting the Latin writing system.
-    *
-    * \sa AddLatinFonts(), RemoveGreekFonts()
-    */
-   void RemoveLatinFonts()
-   {
-      RemoveWritingSystem( "Latin" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds items for all installed fonts that support the Greek writing system.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to:
-    * AddWritingSystem( "Greek" ).
-    *
-    * \sa RemoveGreekFonts(), AddLatinFonts()
-    */
-   void AddGreekFonts()
-   {
-      AddWritingSystem( "Greek" );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Removes all existing %ComboBox items that correspond to installed fonts
-    * supporting the Greek writing system.
-    *
-    * \sa AddGreekFonts(), RemoveLatinFonts()
-    */
-   void RemoveGreekFonts()
-   {
-      RemoveWritingSystem( "Greek" );
-   }
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnFontSelected( FontComboBox& sender, const String& font );
-   // void OnFontHighlighted( FontComboBox& sender, const String& font );
-
-   /*!
-    * \defgroup fontcombobox_event_handlers FontComboBox Event Handlers
-    */
-
-   /*!
-    * Defines the prototype of a <em>font combo box event handler</em>.
-    *
-    * A font combo box event is generated when an item is selected or
-    * highlighted in a font combo box.
-    *
-    * \param sender  The %FontComboBox control that sends a font combo box
-    *                event.
-    *
-    * \param font    The face name of the font that has been selected or
-    *                highlighted in the \a sender font combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup fontcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*font_event_handler)( FontComboBox& sender, const String& font );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>font selected</em> event handler for this font combo box.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The font combo box event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever a font is selected in this
-    *                   font combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>font selected</em>
-    *                   events from this font combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup fontcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnFontSelected( font_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the <em>font highlighted</em> event handler for this font combo
-    * box control.
-    *
-    * \param handler    The font combo box event handler. Must be a member
-    *                   function of the receiver object's class. This handler
-    *                   will be called whenever a font is highlighted in this
-    *                   font combo box control.
-    *
-    * \param receiver   The control that will receive <em>font
-    *                   highlighted</em> events from this font combo box.
-    *
-    * \ingroup fontcombobox_event_handlers
-    */
-   void OnFontHighlighted( font_event_handler handler, Control& receiver );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      font_event_handler onFontSelected            = nullptr;
-      Control*           onFontSelectedReceiver    = nullptr;
-
-      font_event_handler onFontHighlighted         = nullptr;
-      Control*           onFontHighlightedReceiver = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   void ItemSelected( ComboBox&, int );
-   void ItemHighlighted( ComboBox&, int );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FontComboBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FontComboBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/FourierTransform.h

@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/FourierTransform.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_FourierTransform_h
-#define __PCL_FourierTransform_h
-
-/// \file pcl/FourierTransform.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/FFT1D.h>
-#include <pcl/FFT2D.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FFTDirection
- * \brief Defines directions and types of fast Fourier transforms.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FFTDirection::Forward</td>  <td>Fourier transform</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FFTDirection::Backward</td> <td>Inverse Fourier transform</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FFTDirection
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Forward,
-      Backward
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class InPlaceFourierTransform
- * \brief In-place discrete Fourier transform of two-dimensional complex images.
- *
- * %InPlaceFourierTransform performs in-place, discrete Fourier transforms of
- * complex-sampled two-dimensional images using fast Fourier transform
- * algorithms.
- *
- * %InPlaceFourierTransform can only be applied to 32-bit and 64-bit floating
- * point complex images: either ComplexImage or DComplexImage.
- *
- * \note \b Important - For performance reasons, %InPlaceFourierTransform can
- * change the dimensions of a transformed image (width and/or height in pixels)
- * to their nearest optimized %FFT lengths. This may involve reallocation of
- * pixel data. If the transformed image already has optimized dimensions, no
- * size change or reallocation occurs. See the GenericFFT::GenericFFT( int )
- * constructor for details on optimized %FFT lengths.
- *
- * \sa FourierTransform
- */
-class PCL_CLASS InPlaceFourierTransform : public ImageTransformation, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a %FFT direction and type.
-    */
-   typedef FFTDirection::value_type    transform_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %InPlaceFourierTransform instance.
-    *
-    * \param type Transform direction and type. This parameter can have one of
-    *             the following values:\n
-    *             \n
-    * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
-    * <tr><td>FFTDirection::Forward</td>
-    *     <td>Fourier transform. This is the default value.</td></tr>
-    * <tr><td>FFTDirection::Backward</td>
-    *     <td>Inverse Fourier transform</td></tr>
-    * </table>
-    */
-   InPlaceFourierTransform( transform_type type = FFTDirection::Forward )
-      : m_type( type )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   InPlaceFourierTransform( const InPlaceFourierTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %InPlaceFourierTransform object.
-    */
-   virtual ~InPlaceFourierTransform()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the type and direction of this Fourier transform. See the
-    * FFTDirection namespace for possible values.
-    */
-   transform_type Type() const
-   {
-      return m_type;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   transform_type m_type;
-
-   // In-place FFT of complex images.
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class InPlaceInverseFourierTransform
- * \brief In-place discrete inverse Fourier transform of two-dimensional complex images.
- *
- * %InPlaceInverseFourierTransform performs in-place, inverse discrete Fourier
- * transforms of complex-sampled two-dimensional images using fast Fourier
- * transform algorithms.
- *
- * This is a convenience class derived from InPlaceFourierTransform. It
- * implements exactly the same functions as its parent class, but performs
- * inverse Fourier transforms by default.
- *
- * \sa InPlaceFourierTransform
- */
-class PCL_CLASS InPlaceInverseFourierTransform : public InPlaceFourierTransform
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %InPlaceInverseFourierTransform instance.
-    */
-   InPlaceInverseFourierTransform()
-      : InPlaceFourierTransform( FFTDirection::Backward )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   InPlaceInverseFourierTransform( const InPlaceInverseFourierTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor.
-    */
-   virtual ~InPlaceInverseFourierTransform()
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class FourierTransform
- * \brief Out-of-place discrete Fourier transform of two-dimensional images.
- *
- * %FourierTransform performs out-of-place, discrete Fourier transforms of
- * complex and real two-dimensional images, using fast Fourier transform
- * algorithms.
- *
- * %FourierTransform stores a Fourier transform as either a ComplexImage
- * (32-bit floating point) or a DComplexImage (64-bit floating point). The
- * transform image is transported by an ImageVariant object. 64-bit transforms
- * are created for 64-bit floating point (both real and complex) and 32-bit
- * integer (real) images. For the rest of images a 32-bit transform is used.
- *
- * \sa InPlaceFourierTransform
- */
-class PCL_CLASS FourierTransform : public BidirectionalImageTransformation, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * Creates a %FourierTransform object with an empty Fourier transform.
-    */
-   FourierTransform() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    *
-    * This constructor copies the Fourier transform in the specified source
-    * object. The Fourier transform is an ImageVariant object. This constructor
-    * creates an %ImageVariant that references the same image as the source
-    * object.
-    */
-   FourierTransform( const FourierTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   FourierTransform( FourierTransform&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys this %FourierTransform object.
-    *
-    * The current Fourier transform, if it exists, is automatically released.
-    * The Fourier transform is implemented as an ImageVariant object. If there
-    * are no external references to the image transported by the %ImageVariant,
-    * then it is also destroyed and deallocated.
-    */
-   virtual ~FourierTransform()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * This operator copies the Fourier transform in the source object. The
-    * Fourier transform is an ImageVariant object. This operator causes the
-    * %ImageVariant in this object to reference the same image as the source
-    * object. If this object already stores a Fourier transform, it is released
-    * before assignment.
-    */
-   FourierTransform& operator =( const FourierTransform& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   FourierTransform& operator =( FourierTransform&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a constant reference to the Fourier transform in this
-    * %FourierTransform object.
-    *
-    * The Fourier transform is an ImageVariant object. It can transport either
-    * a 32-bit (float) or 64-bit (double) complex image, that is, either a
-    * ComplexImage or a DComplexImage, depending on the sample type of the
-    * transformed image.
-    */
-   const ImageVariant& DFT() const
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the Fourier transform in this %FourierTransform
-    * object.
-    *
-    * The Fourier transform is an ImageVariant object. It can transport either
-    * a 32-bit (float) or 64-bit (double) complex image, that is, either a
-    * ComplexImage or a DComplexImage, depending on the sample type of the
-    * transformed image.
-    */
-   ImageVariant& DFT()
-   {
-      return m_dft;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for DFT() const.
-    */
-   const ImageVariant& operator *() const
-   {
-      return DFT();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A synonym for DFT().
-    */
-   ImageVariant& operator *()
-   {
-      return DFT();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Transfers ownership of the current Fourier transform to the caller.
-    *
-    * Returns a copy of the ImageVariant object that transports the current
-    * Fourier transform in this object. Then the internal ImageVariant of this
-    * object is released. The transform itself, which is either a ComplexImage
-    * or a DComplexImage, will not be destroyed, as the newly created
-    * %ImageVariant will transport and reference it.
-    *
-    * If this object stores no Fourier transform, the returned %ImageVariant
-    * will be empty (no image transported).
-    */
-   ImageVariant ReleaseTransform()
-   {
-      ImageVariant r;
-      m_dft.ReleaseTo( r );
-      return r;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Releases the current Fourier transform, if exists.
-    *
-    * If there are no external references to the image transported by the
-    * internal ImageVariant object, then the transform matrix, which is either
-    * a ComplexImage or a DComplexImage object, is destroyed.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_dft.Free();
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   // Discrete 2-D Fourier Transform
-   ImageVariant m_dft;
-
-   // Transform
-   void Transform( const pcl::Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::DImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::ComplexImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::DComplexImage& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt8Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt16Image& ) override;
-   void Transform( const pcl::UInt32Image& ) override;
-
-   // Inverse transform
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::ComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DComplexImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_FourierTransform_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/FourierTransform.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Frame.h

@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Frame.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Frame_h
-#define __PCL_Frame_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Frame.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::FrameStyle
- * \brief Frame styles
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>FrameStyle::Flat</td>   <td>No frame is drawn</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FrameStyle::Box</td>    <td>Simple rectangular frame</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FrameStyle::Raised</td> <td>Raised 3-D panel</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FrameStyle::Sunken</td> <td>Sunken (lowered) 3-D panel</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FrameStyle::Styled</td> <td>The appearance depends on the current platform and GUI style</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace FrameStyle
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Flat,    // No frame is drawn
-      Box,     // Simple rectangular frame
-      Raised,  // Raised 3-D panel
-      Sunken,  // Sunken (lowered) 3-D panel
-      Styled   // The appearance depends on the current platform and GUI style
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Frame
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %Frame control
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Frame.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Frame : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a frame style.
-    */
-   typedef FrameStyle::value_type   style;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Frame as a child control of \a parent.
-    */
-   Frame( Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Frame object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Frame()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current frame style.
-    */
-   style Style() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the frame style.
-    */
-   void SetStyle( style );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current frame's line width in pixels.
-    */
-   int LineWidth() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the frame's line width in pixels.
-    */
-   void SetLineWidth( int );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the border width of this frame.
-    *
-    * The border width is the distance in pixels from the outer frame rectangle
-    * to the inner client rectangle.
-    */
-   int BorderWidth() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledLineWidth() const
-   {
-      return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( LineWidth() );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetScaledLineWidth( int width )
-   {
-      SetLineWidth( LogicalPixelsToPhysical( width ) );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   int ScaledBorderWidth() const
-   {
-      return PhysicalPixelsToLogical( BorderWidth() );
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    */
-   Frame( void* h ) : Control( h )
-   {
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Frame_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Frame.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GaiaDatabaseFile.h

@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GaiaDatabaseFile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GaiaDatabaseFile_h
-#define __PCL_GaiaDatabaseFile_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GaiaDatabaseFile.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ElapsedTime.h>
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-#include <pcl/StarDatabaseFile.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::GaiaStarFlag
- * \brief Data availability and quality flags for Gaia star data.
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::NoPM</td>             <td>No proper motions and parallax available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::NoGBPMag</td>         <td>No G-BP magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::NoGRPMag</td>         <td>No G-RP magnitude available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::LackingData</td>      <td>Equivalent to NoPM|NoGBPMag|NoGRPMag.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldRA</td>           <td>Standard error of right ascension &lt; 0.13 mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldDec</td>          <td>Standard error of declination &lt; 0.12 mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldParx</td>         <td>Standard error of parallax &lt; 0.13 mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldPMRA</td>         <td>Standard error of proper motion in right ascension &lt; 0.14 mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldPMDec</td>        <td>Standard error of proper motion in declination &lt; 0.12 mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldAstrometry</td>   <td>Equivalent to GoldRA|GoldDec|GoldParx|GoldPMRA|GoldPMDec.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverRA</td>         <td>Standard error of right ascension in the range [0.13,1.43) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverDec</td>        <td>Standard error of declination in the range [0.12,1.28) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverParx</td>       <td>Standard error of parallax in the range [0.13,0.86) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverPMRA</td>       <td>Standard error of proper motion in right ascension in the range [0.14,0.97) mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverPMDec</td>      <td>Standard error of proper motion in declination in the range [0.12,0.85) mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverAstrometry</td> <td>Equivalent to SilverRA|SilverDec|SilverParx|SilverPMRA|SilverPMDec.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeRA</td>         <td>Standard error of right ascension in the range [1.43,2.49) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeDec</td>        <td>Standard error of declination in the range [1.28,2.22) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeParx</td>       <td>Standard error of parallax in the range [0.86,1.38) mas.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzePMRA</td>       <td>Standard error of proper motion in right ascension in the range [0.97,1.58) mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzePMDec</td>      <td>Standard error of proper motion in declination in the range [0.85,1.38) mas/year.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeAstrometry</td> <td>Equivalent to BronzeRA|BronzeDec|BronzeParx|BronzePMRA|BronzePMDec.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldGMag</td>         <td>Error on G-band mean flux < 0.84 e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldGBPMag</td>       <td>Error on the integrated BP mean flux < 4.94 e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldGRPMag</td>       <td>Error on the integrated RP mean flux < 5.89 e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::GoldPhotometry</td>   <td>Equivalent to GoldGMag|GoldGBPMag|GoldGRPMag.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverGMag</td>       <td>Error on G-band mean flux in the range [0.84,2.13) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverGBPMag</td>     <td>Error on the integrated BP mean flux in the range [4.94,12.61) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverGRPMag</td>     <td>Error on the integrated RP mean flux in the range [5.89,15.40) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::SilverPhotometry</td> <td>Equivalent to SilverGMag|SilverGBPMag|SilverGRPMag.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeGMag</td>       <td>Error on G-band mean flux in the range [2.13,3.08) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeGBPMag</td>     <td>Error on the integrated BP mean flux in the range [12.61,18.04) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzeGRPMag</td>     <td>Error on the integrated RP mean flux in the range [15.40,22.35) e-/s.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BronzePhotometry</td> <td>Equivalent to BronzeGMag|BronzeGBPMag|BronzeGRPMag.</td></tr>
-
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BPRPExcess</td>       <td>BP-RP excess factor &ge; 2.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GaiaStarFlag::BPRPExcessHigh</td>   <td>BP-RP excess factor &ge; 5.0 (Gaia EDR3 only)</td></tr>
-
- * </table>
- *
- * The above data quality ranges correspond to the Gaia EDR3 XPSD database
- * version 1.0.0, released December 4, 2020.
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-namespace GaiaStarFlag
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      NoPM             = 0x00000001,
-      NoGBPMag         = 0x00000002,
-      NoGRPMag         = 0x00000004,
-      LackingData      = 0x00000007,
-
-      GoldRA           = 0x00000010,
-      GoldDec          = 0x00000020,
-      GoldPMRA         = 0x00000040,
-      GoldPMDec        = 0x00000080,
-
-      SilverRA         = 0x00000100,
-      SilverDec        = 0x00000200,
-      SilverPMRA       = 0x00000400,
-      SilverPMDec      = 0x00000800,
-
-      BronzeRA         = 0x00001000,
-      BronzeDec        = 0x00002000,
-      BronzePMRA       = 0x00004000,
-      BronzePMDec      = 0x00008000,
-
-      GoldGMag         = 0x00010000,
-      GoldGBPMag       = 0x00020000,
-      GoldGRPMag       = 0x00040000,
-      GoldParx         = 0x00080000,
-
-      SilverGMag       = 0x00100000,
-      SilverGBPMag     = 0x00200000,
-      SilverGRPMag     = 0x00400000,
-      SilverParx       = 0x00800000,
-
-      BronzeGMag       = 0x01000000,
-      BronzeGBPMag     = 0x02000000,
-      BronzeGRPMag     = 0x04000000,
-      BronzeParx       = 0x08000000,
-
-      BPRPExcess       = 0x10000008,
-      BPRPExcessHigh   = 0x20000000,
-
-      GoldAstrometry   = 0x000800F0,
-      SilverAstrometry = 0x00800F00,
-      BronzeAstrometry = 0x0800F000,
-
-      GoldPhotometry   = 0x00070000,
-      SilverPhotometry = 0x00700000,
-      BronzePhotometry = 0x07000000
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \struct GaiaStarData
- * \brief Star data structure for Gaia catalog search operations.
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-struct PCL_CLASS GaiaStarData
-{
-   double ra = 0;     //!< Right ascension in degrees, in the range [0,360).
-   double dec = 0;    //!< Declination in degrees, in the range [-90,+90].
-   float  parx = 0;   //!< Parallax in mas.
-   float  pmra = 0;   //!< Proper motion in right ascension * cos(dec), in mas/year.
-   float  pmdec = 0;  //!< Proper motion in declination, in mas/year.
-   float  magG = 0;   //!< Mean G magnitude.
-   float  magBP = 0;  //!< Mean G_BP magnitude.
-   float  magRP = 0;  //!< Mean G_RP magnitude.
-   uint32 flags = 0u; //!< Data availability and quality flags. See the GaiaStarFlag namespace.
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \struct pcl::GaiaSearchData
- * \brief Data items and parameters for Gaia catalog search operations.
- *
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-typedef XPSD::SearchData<GaiaStarData> GaiaSearchData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GaiaDatabaseFile
- * \brief Gaia catalog star database file (XPSD format).
- *
- * This class implements an interface to XPSD files serializing encoded Gaia
- * star data. As of writing this documentation (December 2020), Gaia DR2 and
- * EDR3 are supported and have been implemented.
- *
- * The most important functionality of this class is performing fast indexed
- * search operations to retrieve point source data for Gaia stars matching a
- * set of user-defined criteria. See the GaiaDatabaseFile::Search() member
- * function and the GaiaSearchData structure for detailed information.
- *
- * This implementation provides the following data for the complete Gaia DR2
- * and EDR3 catalogs:
- *
- * \li Source positions.
- * \li Parallaxes.
- * \li Proper motions.
- * \li Mean magnitudes on the G, GBP and GRP bands.
- * \li Data availability and quality flags.
- *
- * \b References
- *
- * \li Gaia Data Release 2 - online resources:
- * https://www.cosmos.esa.int/web/gaia/data-release-2
- *
- * \li <em>Gaia Data Release 2. Summary of the contents and survey
- * properties.</em> Gaia Collaboration, Brown, A.G.A., et al.:
- * https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.09365v2
- *
- * \li Gaia Data Release 2. Documentation release 1.2:
- * https://gea.esac.esa.int/archive/documentation/GDR2/index.html
- *
- * \li Gaia Early Data Release 3 - online resources:
- * https://www.cosmos.esa.int/web/gaia/early-data-release-3
- *
- * \li <em>Gaia Early Data Release 3. Summary of the contents and survey
- * properties.</em> Gaia Collaboration, A.G.A. Brown, A. Vallenari, T. Prusti,
- * J.H.J. de Bruijne, et al.:
- * https://www.aanda.org/articles/aa/pdf/forth/aa39657-20.pdf
- *
- * \li Gaia Early Data Release 3. Documentation release 1.0:
- * https://gea.esac.esa.int/archive/documentation/GEDR3/index.html
- *
- * \b Credits
- *
- * This work has made use of data from the European Space Agency (ESA) mission
- * Gaia (https://www.cosmos.esa.int/gaia), processed by the Gaia Data
- * Processing and Analysis Consortium (DPAC,
- * https://www.cosmos.esa.int/web/gaia/dpac/consortium). Funding for the DPAC
- * has been provided by national institutions, in particular the institutions
- * participating in the Gaia Multilateral Agreement.
- *
- * \sa StarDatabaseFile, APASSDatabaseFile
- * \ingroup point_source_databases
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GaiaDatabaseFile : public StarDatabaseFile
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    *
-    * Constructs an invalid instance that cannot be used until initialized by
-    * calling the Open() member function.
-    */
-   GaiaDatabaseFile() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a &GaiaDatabaseFile instance initialized from the specified
-    * point source database file in XPSD format. As of writing this
-    * documentation (December 2020), The Gaia DR2 and EDR3 catalogs are
-    * available.
-    *
-    * In the event of errors or invalid data, this constructor will throw the
-    * appropriate Error exception.
-    */
-   GaiaDatabaseFile( const String& filePath )
-      : StarDatabaseFile( filePath )
-   {
-      static_assert( sizeof( EncodedStarData ) == 32, "Invalid sizeof( GaiaDatabaseFile::EncodedStarData )" );
-      if ( Metadata().databaseIdentifier == "GaiaEDR3" )
-         m_dr = "EDR3";
-      else if ( Metadata().databaseIdentifier == "GaiaDR2" )
-      {
-         m_dr = "DR2";
-         StringList tokens;
-         Metadata().databaseVersion.Break( tokens, '.' );
-         // Make sure we reject an unsupported DR2 version older than 1.0.2
-         if ( tokens.Length() < 3 || tokens[0].ToInt() < 1 || tokens[1].ToInt() < 0 || tokens[2].ToInt() < 2 )
-            throw Error( "Unsupported Gaia DR2 database version '"
-                        + Metadata().databaseVersion  + "': " + filePath );
-      }
-      else
-         throw Error( "Invalid or unsupported Gaia database file with unknown identifier '"
-                     + Metadata().databaseIdentifier  + "': " + filePath );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GaiaDatabaseFile& operator =( GaiaDatabaseFile&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Deleted copy constructor. %GaiaDatabaseFile instances are unique,
-    * hence cannot be copied.
-    */
-   GaiaDatabaseFile( const GaiaDatabaseFile& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Deleted copy assignment operator. %GaiaDatabaseFile instances are
-    * unique, hence cannot be copied.
-    */
-   GaiaDatabaseFile& operator =( const GaiaDatabaseFile& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Performs a search operation for point sources matching the specified
-    * criteria.
-    *
-    * This member function performs a fast indexed search for point sources in
-    * this database file matching the criteria defined in the specified \a data
-    * structure. See the GaiaSearchData structure for detailed information on
-    * search parameters and output data.
-    *
-    * Summarily, search criteria include:
-    *
-    * \li The region of the sky where point sources will be searched for. This
-    * region is defined by the equatorial coordinates of a field center and a
-    * field radius.
-    *
-    * \li An optional range of magnitudes.
-    *
-    * \li Optional inclusion/exclusion flags.
-    *
-    * \li An optional limit for the number of sources included in the search
-    * result.
-    *
-    * The result of the search operation is also returned in the specified
-    * \a data structure, including, among others, the following items:
-    *
-    * \li The list of point sources found.
-    *
-    * \li Instrumentation items for performance analysis, including: total
-    * search time, time used for I/O operations, total I/O operations, time
-    * used for data decoding, and time used for data decompression.
-    */
-   void Search( GaiaSearchData& data ) const
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      for ( const XPSD::IndexTree& tree : m_index )
-         tree.Search( data.centerRA, data.centerDec, data.radius, &data );
-      data.timeTotal += T();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the name of the Gaia data release corresponding to the data
-    * available in this database file. As of writing this documentation
-    * (December 2020), this member function can return either "DR2" or "EDR3".
-    */
-   const IsoString& DataRelease() const
-   {
-      return m_dr;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   IsoString m_dr; // data release, one of "DR2", "EDR3"
-
-#pragma pack(push, 1)
-   /*
-    * Encoded star record (32 bytes uncompressed).
-    */
-   struct EncodedStarData
-   {
-      // Projected coordinates relative to the origin of the parent quadtree
-      // node, in 0.002 mas units.
-      uint32 dx;
-      uint32 dy;
-      // Parallax in mas units.
-      float  parx;
-      // Proper motions, mas/yr.
-      float  pmra;
-      float  pmdec;
-      // Mean magnitudes in 0.001 mag units, encoded as (mag + 1.5)*1000.
-      uint16 magG;
-      uint16 magBP;
-      uint16 magRP;
-      // Right ascension correction for high declinations, in 0.01 mas units.
-      int16  dra;
-      // Data availability and quality flags.
-      uint32 flags;
-   };
-#pragma pack(pop)
-
-   void LoadData( void* block, uint64 offset, uint32 size, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      StarDatabaseFile::LoadData( block, offset, size, searchData );
-      reinterpret_cast<GaiaSearchData*>( searchData )->timeIO += T();
-      ++reinterpret_cast<GaiaSearchData*>( searchData )->countIO;
-   }
-
-   void Uncompress( ByteArray& block, uint32 uncompressedSize, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      StarDatabaseFile::Uncompress( block, uncompressedSize, searchData );
-      reinterpret_cast<GaiaSearchData*>( searchData )->timeUncompress += T();
-   }
-
-   void GetEncodedData( const ByteArray& data, const XPSD::IndexTree& tree, const XPSD::IndexNode& node, void* searchData ) const override
-   {
-      ElapsedTime T;
-      GaiaSearchData* search = reinterpret_cast<GaiaSearchData*>( searchData );
-      double r = Rad( search->radius );
-      const EncodedStarData* S = reinterpret_cast<const EncodedStarData*>( data.Begin() );
-      int count = int( data.Size() / sizeof( EncodedStarData ) );
-      int matched = 0;
-      for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i, ++S )
-         if ( search->requiredFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->requiredFlags) == search->requiredFlags )
-            if ( search->inclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->inclusionFlags) != 0 )
-               if ( search->exclusionFlags == 0 || (S->flags & search->exclusionFlags) == 0 )
-               {
-                  float magG = 0.001*S->magG - 1.5;
-                  if ( magG >= search->magnitudeLow )
-                     if ( magG <= search->magnitudeHigh )
-                     {
-                        GaiaStarData star;
-                        double x = node.x0 + double( S->dx )/3600/1000/500;
-                        double y = node.y0 + double( S->dy )/3600/1000/500;
-                        tree.Unproject( star.ra, star.dec, x, y );
-                        if ( unlikely( S->dra != 0 ) )
-                        {
-                           star.ra += double( S->dra )/3600/1000/100;
-                           if ( star.ra < 0 )
-                              star.ra += 360;
-                           else if ( star.ra >= 360 )
-                              star.ra -= 360;
-                        }
-                        if ( Distance( search->centerRA, search->centerDec, star.ra, star.dec ) < r )
-                        {
-                           if ( search->stars.Length() < size_type( search->sourceLimit ) )
-                           {
-                              star.parx = S->parx;
-                              star.pmra = S->pmra;
-                              star.pmdec = S->pmdec;
-                              star.magG = magG;
-                              star.magBP = 0.001*S->magBP - 1.5;
-                              star.magRP = 0.001*S->magRP - 1.5;
-                              star.flags = S->flags;
-                              search->stars << star;
-                           }
-                           else
-                              ++search->excessCount;
-                           ++matched;
-                        }
-                     }
-               }
-
-      search->rejectCount += count - matched;
-      search->timeDecode += T();
-   }
-
-   friend class GaiaDR2DatabaseFileGenerator;
-   friend class GaiaEDR3DatabaseFileGenerator;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_GaiaDatabaseFile_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GaiaDatabaseFile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GaussianFilter.h

@@ -1,498 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GaussianFilter.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GaussianFilter_h
-#define __PCL_GaussianFilter_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GaussianFilter.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/KernelFilter.h>
-#include <pcl/Math.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GaussianFilter
- * \brief A kernel filter implementing a discrete Gaussian distribution in two
- * dimensions.
- *
- * A %GaussianFilter object is a specialized KernelFilter whose elements are
- * calculated as a discrete representation of an elliptical Gaussian function
- * centered at the origin:
- *
- * G(x,y) = Exp( -( x^2/(2*sx^2) + y^2/(2*sy^2) ) )
- *
- * where sx and sy are the standard deviations of the Gaussian distribution on
- * the horizontal and vertical axes, respectively.
- *
- * %GaussianFilter also supports arbitrary rotation around the origin. When the
- * filter is rotated, the coordinates x, y in the equation above are replaced
- * by their rotated counterparts.
- *
- * A %GaussianFilter instance is formally defined by the following parameters:
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>\e sigma</td>   <td>Standard deviation of the filter distribution on the X axis (sigma > 0).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\e rho</td>     <td>The ratio sy/sx (see equation above) of the generated filter distribution (0 <= rho <= 1).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\e theta</td>   <td>Rotation angle of the horizontal axis in radians (0 <= theta < PI). This parameter only makes sense when rho < 1.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>\e epsilon</td> <td>Maximum truncation error of the computed filter coefficients (eps > 0).</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \sa KernelFilter, VariableShapeFilter, MoffatFilter, LinearFilter,
- * MeanFilter
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GaussianFilter : public KernelFilter
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %GaussianFilter object with default functional
-    * parameters: sigma=2, epsilon=0.01, rho=1, theta=0.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GaussianFilter object given the standard deviation
-    * \a sigma > 0 and truncation error \a epsilon > 0. Assigns an optional
-    * \a name to the new filter object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( float sigma, float epsilon = 0.01, const String& name = String() )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, epsilon, 1, 0 );
-      Rename( name );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GaussianFilter object given the standard deviation
-    * \a sigma > 0, truncation error \a epsilon > 0, aspect ratio
-    * 0 <= \a rho <= 1, and rotation angle 0 <= \a theta <= PI in radians.
-    * Assigns an optional \a name to the new filter object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( float sigma, float epsilon, float rho, float theta = 0, const String& name = String() )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, epsilon, rho, theta );
-      Rename( name );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GaussianFilter object given the odd kernel size \a n >= 3
-    * and truncation error \a epsilon > 0. Assigns an optional \a name to the
-    * new filter object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( int n, float epsilon = 0.01, const String& name = String() )
-   {
-      Initialize( n, epsilon, 1, 0 );
-      Rename( name );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GaussianFilter object given the odd kernel size \a n >= 3,
-    * truncation error \a epsilon > 0, aspect ratio 0 <= \a rho <= 1, and
-    * rotation angle 0 <= \a theta <= PI in radians. Assigns an optional
-    * \a name to the new filter object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( int n, float epsilon, float rho, float theta = 0, const String& name = String() )
-   {
-      Initialize( n, epsilon, rho, theta );
-      Rename( name );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( const GaussianFilter& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter( GaussianFilter&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    */
-   KernelFilter* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new GaussianFilter( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a separable filter equivalent to this Gaussian kernel filter.
-    *
-    * A Gaussian filter is the only circularly symmetric, two-dimensional
-    * separable filter. This reimplementation returns a separable filter only
-    * if this object represents an undistorted/unrotated Gaussian function,
-    * that is, when its aspect ratio is 1. Otherwise an empty SeparableFilter
-    * object is returned since the filter matrix is not separable.
-    */
-   SeparableFilter AsSeparableFilter( float tolerance = __PCL_DEFAULT_FILTER_SEPARABILITY_TOLERANCE ) const override
-   {
-      if ( m_rho == 1 )
-      {
-         FVector v = coefficients.RowVector( Size()>>1 );
-         return SeparableFilter( v, v );
-      }
-      return SeparableFilter();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this filter is separable,
-    *
-    * A Gaussian filter is separable. As reimplemented in %GaussianFilter, this
-    * member function returns true for undistorted/unrotated Gaussian filters,
-    * that is, when this object's aspect ratio is 1.
-    */
-   bool IsSeparable() const override
-   {
-      return m_rho == 1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter& operator =( const GaussianFilter& x )
-   {
-      (void)KernelFilter::operator =( x );
-      m_sigma   = x.m_sigma;
-      m_epsilon = x.m_epsilon;
-      m_rho     = x.m_rho;
-      m_theta   = x.m_theta;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GaussianFilter& operator =( GaussianFilter&& x )
-   {
-      (void)KernelFilter::operator =( std::move( x ) );
-      m_sigma   = x.m_sigma;
-      m_epsilon = x.m_epsilon;
-      m_rho     = x.m_rho;
-      m_theta   = x.m_theta;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the standard deviation of the filter distribution on the X
-    * (horizontal) axis.
-    */
-   float SigmaX() const
-   {
-      return m_sigma;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the standard deviation of the filter distribution on the Y
-    * (vertical) axis.
-    */
-   float SigmaY() const
-   {
-      return m_rho*m_sigma;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the standard deviation of the filter distribution on the X
-    * (horizontal) axis.
-    *
-    * This function is an alias to SigmaX().
-    */
-   float Sigma() const
-   {
-      return SigmaX();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the maximum truncation error of the filter coefficients.
-    */
-   float Truncation() const
-   {
-      return m_epsilon;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the aspect ratio of the filter distribution. This is the ratio
-    * vertical:horizontal between filter axes in the range [0,1].
-    */
-   float AspectRatio() const
-   {
-      return m_rho;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the rotation angle of the filter distribution. This is the
-    * rotation angle in radians with respect to the central pixel, in the
-    * range [0,+PI].
-    */
-   float RotationAngle() const
-   {
-      return m_theta;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the full width at half maximum (FWHM), in sigma units, for the
-    * horizontal axis of the elliptical Gaussian filter distribution.
-    */
-   double FWHMx() const
-   {
-      return 2.3548200450309493 * m_sigma;
-
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the full width at half maximum (FWHM), in sigma units, for the
-    * vertical axis of the elliptical Gaussian filter distribution.
-    */
-   double FWHMy() const
-   {
-      return m_rho * FWHMx();
-
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the full width at half maximum, in sigma units, for the
-    * horizontal axis of the elliptical Gaussian filter distribution.
-    *
-    * This function is an alias to FWHMx().
-    */
-   double FWHM() const
-   {
-      return FWHMx();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates filter coefficients for the specified sigma \a sigma > 0,
-    * truncation error \a epsilon > 0, aspect ratio 0 <= \a rho <= 1, and
-    * rotation angle 0 <= \a theta <= PI in radians.
-    */
-   void Set( float sigma, float epsilon, float rho, float theta )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, epsilon, rho, theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates filter coefficients for the specified sigma \a sigma > 0,
-    * truncation error \a epsilon > 0, and aspect ratio 0 <= \a rho <= 1. Does
-    * not change the current rotation angle.
-    */
-   void Set( float sigma, float epsilon, float rho )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, epsilon, rho, m_theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates filter coefficients for the specified sigma \a sigma > 0 and
-    * truncation error \a epsilon > 0. Does not change the current aspect ratio
-    * and rotation angle.
-    */
-   void Set( float sigma, float epsilon )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, epsilon, m_rho, m_theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates filter coefficients for the specified sigma \a sigma > 0.
-    * The current coefficient truncation error, aspect ratio and rotation angle
-    * are not changed.
-    */
-   void Set( float sigma )
-   {
-      Initialize( sigma, m_epsilon, m_rho, m_theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to Set( sigma ).
-    */
-   void SetSigma( float sigma )
-   {
-      Set( sigma );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * Set( Sigma(), epsilon ).
-    */
-   void SetTruncation( float epsilon )
-   {
-      Set( m_sigma, epsilon );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * Set( Sigma(), Truncation(), rho ).
-    */
-   void SetAspectRatio( float rho )
-   {
-      Set( m_sigma, m_epsilon, rho );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * Set( Sigma(), Truncation(), AspectRatio(), theta ).
-    */
-   void SetRotationAngle( float theta )
-   {
-      Set( m_sigma, m_epsilon, m_rho, theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates filter coefficients for the given odd kernel size \a n >= 3.
-    * This routine computes the required standard deviation to sample the
-    * Gaussian function on a matrix of the specified size, preserving the
-    * current coefficient truncation, aspect ratio and rotation angle.
-    */
-   void Resize( int n ) override
-   {
-      Initialize( n, m_epsilon, m_rho, m_theta );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Exchanges two Gaussian filters \a x1 and \a x2.
-    */
-   friend void Swap( GaussianFilter& x1, GaussianFilter& x2 )
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( static_cast<KernelFilter&>( x1 ), static_cast<KernelFilter&>( x2 ) );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_sigma,   x2.m_sigma );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_rho,     x2.m_rho );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_theta,   x2.m_theta );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_epsilon, x2.m_epsilon );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   float m_sigma = 2;       // standard deviation, horizontal axis
-   float m_rho = 1;         // vertical:horizontal axes ratio
-   float m_theta = 0;       // rotation angle in radians, [0,+pi]
-   float m_epsilon = 0.01F; // maximum truncation error in sigma units
-
-   void Initialize( float s, float e, float r, float a )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( s > 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( e > 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( r >= 0 && r <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( a >= 0 && a <= Const<float>::pi() )
-      m_sigma = Abs( s );
-      m_epsilon = Abs( e );
-      m_rho = Range( r, 0.0F, 1.0F );
-      m_theta = Range( a, 0.0F, Const<float>::pi() );
-      KernelFilter::Resize( 1 + (Max( 1, RoundInt( m_sigma * Sqrt( -2*Ln( m_epsilon ) ) ) ) << 1) );
-      Rebuild();
-   }
-
-   void Initialize( int n, float e, float r, float a )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( n == 0 || n >= 3 && (n & 1) != 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( e > 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( r >= 0 && r <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( a >= 0 && a <= Const<float>::pi() )
-      KernelFilter::Resize( n );
-      m_epsilon = Abs( e );
-      m_sigma = (Size() >> 1)/Sqrt( -2*Ln( m_epsilon ) );
-      m_rho = Range( r, 0.0F, 1.0F );
-      m_theta = Range( a, 0.0F, Const<float>::pi() );
-      Rebuild();
-   }
-
-   void Rebuild()
-   {
-      int size = Size();
-      if ( size == 0 )
-         return;
-
-      float* __restrict__ h = *coefficients;
-      double sx = m_sigma;
-      double sy = m_rho * sx;
-
-      if ( m_theta == 0 || m_rho == 1 )
-      {
-         double twosx2 = 2*sx*sx;
-         double twosy2 = 2*sy*sy;
-         for ( int n2 = size >> 1, dy = -n2; dy <= n2; ++dy )
-            if ( dy > 0 )
-               for ( int dx = 0; dx < size; ++dx, ++h )
-                  *h = *(h - ((dy+dy)*size));
-            else
-               for ( int dx = -n2; dx <= n2; ++dx, ++h )
-                  *h = (dx > 0) ? *(h - (dx+dx)) : float( Exp( -(dx*dx/twosx2 + dy*dy/twosy2) ) );
-      }
-      else
-      {
-         double st, ct; SinCos( double( m_theta ), st, ct );
-         double sct    = st*ct;
-         double st2    = st*st;
-         double ct2    = ct*ct;
-         double twosx2 = 2*sx*sx;
-         double twosy2 = 2*sy*sy;
-         double p1     = ct2/twosx2 + st2/twosy2;
-         double p2     = sct/twosy2 - sct/twosx2;
-         double p3     = st2/twosx2 + ct2/twosy2;
-         for ( int n2 = size >> 1, dy = -n2; dy <= n2; ++dy )
-         {
-            double twop2dy = 2*p2*dy;
-            double p3dy2   = p3*dy*dy;
-            for ( int dx = -n2; dx <= n2; ++dx, ++h )
-               *h = float( Exp( -(p1*dx*dx + twop2dy*dx + p3dy2) ) );
-         }
-      }
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GaussianFilter_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GaussianFilter.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GeometricTransformation.h

@@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GeometricTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GeometricTransformation_h
-#define __PCL_GeometricTransformation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GeometricTransformation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/PixelInterpolation.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GeometricTransformation
- * \brief Abstract base class of all PCL geometric image transformations.
- *
- * %GeometricTransformation represents a geometrical transformation that can be
- * applied to any image type defined in PCL.
- *
- * \sa InterpolatingGeometricTransformation, ImageTransformation
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GeometricTransformation : public virtual ImageTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GeometricTransformation object.
-    */
-   GeometricTransformation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GeometricTransformation( const GeometricTransformation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %GeometricTransformation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~GeometricTransformation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Predicts transformed image dimensions.
-    *
-    * \param[in,out] width  Reference to a variable whose value is a horizontal
-    *             dimension in pixels (width). On output, it will receive the
-    *             predicted horizontal dimension after the transformation.
-    *
-    * \param[in,out] height Reference to a variable whose value is a vertical
-    *             dimension in pixels (height). On output, it will receive the
-    *             predicted vertical dimension after the transformation.
-    *
-    * \note This is a pure virtual member function that must be reimplemented
-    * in every derived class.
-    */
-   virtual void GetNewSizes( int& width, int& height ) const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class InterpolatingGeometricTransformation
- * \brief Abstract base class of all PCL interpolating geometric image
- *        transformations.
- *
- * %InterpolatingGeometricTransformation represents a geometrical
- * transformation that uses a pixel interpolating algorithm to yield
- * transformed pixel sample values. Transformations implemented as derived
- * classes of %InterpolatingGeometricTransformation can be applied to all
- * standard image types defined in PCL.
- *
- * \sa GeometricTransformation, PixelInterpolation, ImageTransformation
- */
-class PCL_CLASS InterpolatingGeometricTransformation : public GeometricTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %InterpolatingGeometricTransformation object that will use
-    * the specified pixel interpolation \a p.
-    *
-    * The specified PixelInterpolation object must remain valid and accessible
-    * as long as this object exists, or until this object is associated with a
-    * different pixel interpolation.
-    */
-   InterpolatingGeometricTransformation( PixelInterpolation& p )
-      : m_interpolation( &p )
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_interpolation != nullptr )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. The constructed object will use the same pixel
-    * interpolation as the specified source object.
-    *
-    * The PixelInterpolation object used by both this object and the source
-    * object must remain valid and accessible as long as at least one of both
-    * objects is associated with it.
-    */
-   InterpolatingGeometricTransformation( const InterpolatingGeometricTransformation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   InterpolatingGeometricTransformation( InterpolatingGeometricTransformation&& x )
-      : GeometricTransformation( x )
-      , m_interpolation( x.m_interpolation )
-      , m_unclipped( x.m_unclipped )
-   {
-      x.m_interpolation = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    *
-    * After assignment, this object will use the same pixel interpolation as
-    * the specified source object. The previously used pixel interpolation is
-    * simply forgotten by this object, which will no longer depend on it.
-    *
-    * The PixelInterpolation object used by both this object and the source
-    * object must remain valid and accessible as long as at least one of both
-    * objects is associated with it.
-    */
-   InterpolatingGeometricTransformation& operator =( const InterpolatingGeometricTransformation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   InterpolatingGeometricTransformation& operator =( InterpolatingGeometricTransformation&& x )
-   {
-      m_interpolation = x.m_interpolation;
-      x.m_interpolation = nullptr;
-      m_unclipped = x.m_unclipped;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the unmodifiable PixelInterpolation object that
-    * this transformation is currently using.
-    */
-   const PixelInterpolation& Interpolation() const
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_interpolation != nullptr )
-      return *m_interpolation;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the PixelInterpolation object that this
-    * transformation is currently using.
-    */
-   PixelInterpolation& Interpolation()
-   {
-      PCL_CHECK( m_interpolation != nullptr )
-      return *m_interpolation;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this transformation to use the specified pixel interpolation \a p.
-    *
-    * The new pixel interpolation will be used to generate transformed pixel
-    * values after calling this function. The previously used pixel
-    * interpolation is simply forgotten by this object, which will no longer
-    * depend on it.
-    *
-    * The specified PixelInterpolation object must remain valid and accessible
-    * as long as this object exists, or until this object is associated with a
-    * different pixel interpolation.
-    */
-   void SetInterpolation( PixelInterpolation& p )
-   {
-      m_interpolation = &p;
-      PCL_CHECK( m_interpolation != nullptr )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this image transformation applies unclipped pixel
-    * interpolations. Unclipped interpolations don't constrain interpolated
-    * pixel sample values to the native range of the pixel data type of the
-    * transformed image. This allows to apply interpolating transformations to
-    * images that exceed their representable ranges; for example, when images
-    * are used to store and manipulate arbitrary matrices for convenience.
-    *
-    * Unclipped transformations are always disabled by default.
-    */
-   bool UsingUnclippedInterpolation() const
-   {
-      return m_unclipped;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables the use of unclipped pixel interpolations. See
-    * UsingUnclippedInterpolation() for more information.
-    */
-   void EnableUnclippedInterpolation( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      m_unclipped = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables the use of unclipped pixel interpolations. See
-    * UsingUnclippedInterpolation() for more information.
-    */
-   void DisableUnclippedInterpolation( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableUnclippedInterpolation( !disable );
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   PixelInterpolation* m_interpolation = nullptr;
-   bool                m_unclipped = false;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GeometricTransformation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GeometricTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GlobalSettings.h

@@ -1,522 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GlobalSettings.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GlobalSettings_h
-#define __PCL_GlobalSettings_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GlobalSettings.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Color.h>
-#include <pcl/String.h>
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-#include <pcl/Font.h>
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::GlobalVariableType
- * \brief Data types for global platform variables
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Undefined</td>  <td>Indicates that the requested global variable does not exist.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Flag</td>       <td>Boolean value.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Integer</td>    <td>Signed integer.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Unsigned</td>   <td>Unsigned integer.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Real</td>       <td>Floating point real (IEEE 64-bit floating point).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Color</td>      <td>RGBA color (uint32).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::Font</td>       <td>A font face (a string).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>GlobalVariableType::String</td>     <td>A UTF-16 string.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace GlobalVariableType
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Undefined,  // The requested global variable doesn't exist
-      Flag,       // bool
-      Integer,    // int
-      Unsigned,   // unsigned
-      Real,       // double
-      Color,      // RGBA (= uint32)
-      Font,       // Font
-      String      // String
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class PixInsightSettings
- * \brief Retrieves global settings from the PixInsight core application
- *
- * PixInsight global settings, also known as <em>global variables</em>, are
- * identifier/value pairs available from the core application to all installed
- * modules. Settings can be of six types: flags (or Boolean), integer (signed
- * and unsigned), real (floating point), color, font, and string. See the
- * pcl::GlobalVariableType namespace for more details.
- *
- * Below is a complete list of all global settings available in current
- * versions of the PixInsight platform (updated as of core version 1.8.8-13).
- *
- * <h3>PixInsight Public Global Variables</h3>
- *
- * <h4>Global %Flags</h4>
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>Application/AutoUIScaling</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/HealRegistryInformationOnUpdates</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultEmbedProfilesInGrayscaleImages</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultEmbedProfilesInRGBImages</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultGamutCheckEnabled</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultProofingEnabled</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/IsEnabled</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/IsValid</td><td>Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/UseLowResolutionCLUTs</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/UseProofingBPC</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/BackupFiles</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/CreatePreviewsFromCoreProperties</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/Default24BitScreenLUT</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultEmbedProperties</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultEmbedThumbnails</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultMasksShown</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultMetricResolution</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/FastScreenRenditions</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/FileFormatWarnings</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/FollowDownloadLocations</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/HighDPIRenditions</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/LoadAstrometricSolutions</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/LoadInitialProcessingFromCoreProperties</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/MeasureScreenRenderingPerformance</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/NativeFileDialogs</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ProjectVerifyIncrementalChecksums</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/RememberFileOpenType</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/RememberFileSaveType</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowActiveSTFIndicators</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowCaptionCurrentChannels</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowCaptionFullPaths</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowCaptionIdentifiers</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowCaptionZoomRatios</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ShowViewSelectorImageThumbnails</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/StrictFileSaveMode</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/SwapCompression</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/TouchEvents</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/UseFileNamesAsImageIdentifiers</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/VerboseNetworkOperations</td><td>Not available on Windows.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ZoomAtCursor</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AcceptDroppedFiles</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AnimateCombo</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AnimateMenu</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AnimateToolBox</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AnimateToolTip</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AnimateWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/CapitalizedMenuBars</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/CheckForUpdatesAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ConfirmProgramTermination</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/DesktopSettingsAware</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/DoubleClickLaunchesOpenDialog</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ExpandFavoritesAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ExpandMostUsedAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ExpandRecentlyUsedAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ExplodeIcons</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FadeAutoHideWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FadeMenu</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FadeToolTip</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FadeWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FadeWorkspaces</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/FullScreenAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/HighQualityWallpapers</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/HoverableAutoHideWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ImplodeIcons</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/MaximizeAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/NativeMenuBar</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/OpenURLsWithInternalBrowser</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/OpenResourcesOnNewWebBrowserWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/PrivateWebBrowsingMode</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowFavorites</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowMostUsed</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowRecentlyUsed</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowSplashAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowViewListImageThumbnails</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ShowWorkspaceThumbnails</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/TranslucentAutoHideWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/TranslucentChildWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/TranslucentWindows</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/UseWallpapers</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WindowButtonsOnTheLeft</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/AlertOnProcessCompleted</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/BackupFiles</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableCUDAAcceleration</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableExecutionStatistics</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableLaunchStatistics</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableParallelCoreColorManagement</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableParallelCoreRendering</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableParallelModuleProcessing</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableParallelProcessing</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/EnableThreadCPUAffinity</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/GenerateScriptComments</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/InitCUDARuntimeAtStartup</td><td></td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/VerifyScriptChecksums</td><td></td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <h4>Global Integers</h4>
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>Application/FontResolution</td><td>In dots per inch.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultRenderingIntent</td><td>See the pcl::ICCRenderingIntent namespace.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/OnMissingProfile</td><td>Core application policies. See the documentation for ColorManagementSetup.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/OnProfileMismatch</td><td>Core application policies. See the documentation for ColorManagementSetup.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/ProofingIntent</td><td>See the pcl::ICCRenderingIntent namespace.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/CursorTolerance</td><td>In device pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultMaskMode</td><td>See the pcl::MaskMode namespace.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultTransparencyMode</td><td>See the pcl::TransparencyMode namespace.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/FastScreenRenditionThreshold</td><td>In MiB.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ImageThumbnailSize</td><td>In image pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ProjectThumbnailSize</td><td>In image pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/WheelStepAngle</td><td>In degrees, unsigned.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/WheelDirection</td><td>When >= 0, rotating forward zooms out. When < 0, rotating forward zooms in.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/MaxRecentFiles</td><td>Maximum length of recent file menu lists.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/AutoSavePSMPeriod</td><td>In seconds.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/ConsoleDelay</td><td>In milliseconds.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxConsoleLines</td><td>Maximum number of stored text lines on %Process %Console.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxModuleThreadPriority</td><td>From 0=idle to 7=real-time.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxProcessors</td><td>Maximum number of processor cores allowed for installed modules.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxFileReadThreads</td><td>Maximum number of concurrent file reading threads.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxFileWriteThreads</td><td>Maximum number of concurrent file writing threads.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Process/MaxUsageListLength</td><td>Maximum length of the <em>Recently Used</em> and <em>Most Used</em> lists on %Process %Explorer.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>System/NumberOfProcessors</td><td>Total number of processor cores available. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>TransparencyBrush/Brush</td><td>See the pcl::BackgroundBrush namespace.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Workspace/PrimaryScreenCenterX</td><td>Read-only. In physical device pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Workspace/PrimaryScreenCenterY</td><td>Read-only. In physical device pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Workspace/IconGridSpacing</td><td>Grid distance for aligned icon positions on all workspaces. In logical device pixels.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <h4>Global Reals</h4>
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>Application/StartJD</td><td>Starting time of the core application instance as a Julian day number. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/UIScalingFactor</td><td>Global interface scaling factor of the core application. In the range [1.0,4.0].</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultHorizontalResolution</td><td>In device pixels per resolution unit. See the ImageWindow/DefaultMetricResolution global variable.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultVerticalResolution</td><td>In device pixels per resolution unit. See the ImageWindow/DefaultMetricResolution global variable.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/PinchSensitivity</td><td>For touch events. In device pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/ActiveWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/AutoHideWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/InactiveChildWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/InactiveWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/MovingChildWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/MovingWindowOpacity</td><td>Window opacity in the [0,1] range.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <h4>Global Colors</h4>
- *
- * Since PixInsight core version 1.8.0, most UI colors and fonts are defined in
- * cascading style sheet files loaded automatically on startup. Only the
- * following four color variables remain because they are purely functional
- * (i.e., not related to the appearance of GUI controls).
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/GamutWarningColor</td><td>For signaling out-of-gamut pixels in color proofing image renditions.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>TransparencyBrush/BackgroundColor</td><td>Background brush color for renditions of translucent image pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>TransparencyBrush/DefaultColor</td><td>Opaque color for renditions of translucent image pixels.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>TransparencyBrush/ForegroundColor</td><td>Foreground brush color for renditions of translucent image pixels.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <h4>Global Fonts</h4>
- *
- * Currently there are no global font variables. Since PixInsight core version
- * 1.8.0, all UI fonts are defined through cascading style sheet files loaded
- * automatically on startup.
- *
- * <h4>Global Strings</h4>
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>Application/AppDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's core application bundle. Read-only. macOS only,</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/AsteroidEphemeridesFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's asteroid ephemerides file (XEPH format).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/AsteroidEphemeridesFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's asteroid ephemerides file (XEPH format). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/BaseDirectory</td><td>Base directory of the core distribution. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/BinDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's bin directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/CIP_ITRSDataFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's data file of CIP coordinates in the ITRS (plain text).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/CIP_ITRSDataFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's data file of CIP coordinates in the ITRS (plain text). Read-only</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/CoreDirectory</td><td>Full directory of the core executable file. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/CoreFilePath</td><td>Full file path of the core executable. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/DeltaATDataFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's Delta AT (TAI-UTC) data file (plain text).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/DeltaATDataFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's Delta AT (TAI-UTC) data file (plain text). Read-only</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/DeltaTDataFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's Delta T (TT-UT1) data file (plain text).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/DeltaTDataFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's Delta T (TT-UT1) data file (plain text). Read-only</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/DocDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's doc directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/EtcDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's etc directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/FundamentalEphemeridesFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's fundamental ephemerides file (XEPH format).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/FundamentalEphemeridesFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's fundamental ephemerides file (XEPH format). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/HighResFont</td><td>%Font family for automatic style sheet replacement on high-dpi displays.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/HighResMonoFont</td><td>Monospaced font family for automatic style sheet replacement on high-dpi displays.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/IncludeDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's include directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/LibDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's lib directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/LibraryDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's library directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/LowResFont</td><td>%Font family for automatic style sheet replacement on low-dpi displays.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/LowResMonoFont</td><td>Monospaced font family for automatic style sheet replacement on low-dpi displays.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/NutationModelFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's nutation model file (XEPH format).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/NutationModelFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's nutation model file (XEPH format). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile01</td><td>Core resource file #1.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile02</td><td>Core resource file #2.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile03</td><td>Core resource file #3.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile04</td><td>Core resource file #4.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile05</td><td>Core resource file #5.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile06</td><td>Core resource file #6.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile07</td><td>Core resource file #7.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile08</td><td>Core resource file #8.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile09</td><td>Core resource file #9.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ResourceFile10</td><td>Core resource file #10.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/RscDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's rsc directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermAsteroidEphemeridesFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's asteroid ephemerides file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermAsteroidEphemeridesFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's asteroid ephemerides file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermFundamentalEphemeridesFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's fundamental ephemerides file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermFundamentalEphemeridesFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's fundamental ephemerides file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermNutationModelFile</td><td>File name or path of the distribution's nutation model file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span).</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/ShortTermNutationModelFilePath</td><td>Full path to the current distribution's nutation model file (XEPH format) - short-term version (reduced time span). Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/SrcDirectory</td><td>Full path to the distribution's src directory. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/StartTime</td><td>Starting time of the core application in ISO 8601 extended format. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Application/StyleSheetFile</td><td>Main core stile sheet file.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultGrayscaleProfilePath</td><td>Full path to the default ICC color profile for grayscale monochrome images.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/DefaultRGBProfilePath</td><td>Full path to the default ICC color profile for RGB color images.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/MonitorProfilePath</td><td>Full path to the ICC color profile associated with the primary monitor. Read-only.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/ProofingProfilePath</td><td>Full path to the ICC color profile for the color proofing target device.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ColorManagement/UpdateMonitorProfile</td><td>Full path to the scheduled new ICC color profile for the primary monitor. Write-only. See the documentation for ColorManagementSetup.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FileFormat/ReadFilters</td><td>A list of file filters for file formats capable of image read operations, suitable for file dialogs. Read-only. Updated dynamically on-demand.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>FileFormat/WriteFilters</td><td>A list of file filters for file formats capable of image write operations, suitable for file dialogs. Read-only. Updated dynamically on-demand.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageContainerIcon/Prefix</td><td>Prefix for automatically generated image container identifiers.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ClonePostfix</td><td>Postfix appended to image duplicates</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DefaultFileExtension</td><td>The default file suffix used to save newly created images.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/DownloadsDirectory</td><td>Full path to the core downloads directory.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/NewImageCaption</td><td>Window title token for signaling newly created images.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/Prefix</td><td>Prefix used for automatically generated image identifiers.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ImageWindow/ProxyURL</td><td>The proxy that will be used for core network operations.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile01</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #1.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile02</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #2.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile03</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #3.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile04</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #4.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile05</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #5.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile06</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #6.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile07</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #7.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile08</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #8.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile09</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #9.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>MainWindow/WallpaperFile10</td><td>Core workspace wallpaper file #10.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Preview/Prefix</td><td>Prefix used for automatically generated preview identifiers.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ProcessIcon/Prefix</td><td>Prefix used for automatically generated process icon identifiers.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>View/BrokenLinkText</td><td>Text fragment used to signal broken image and/or process relations, such as missing masks.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ViewList/NoPreviewSelectedText</td><td>Text fragment used when there are no previews selected.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ViewList/NoPreviewsAvailableText</td><td>Text fragment used when there are no previews available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ViewList/NoViewSelectedText</td><td>Text fragment used when there are no views selected.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ViewList/NoViewsAvailableText</td><td>Text fragment used when there are no views available.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>Workspace/Prefix</td><td>Prefix used for automatically generated workspace identifiers.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-class PCL_CLASS PixInsightSettings
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents the data type of a global variable.
-    */
-   typedef GlobalVariableType::value_type variable_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. This constructor is disabled because
-    * %PixInsightSettings is not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   PixInsightSettings() = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because
-    * %PixInsightSettings is not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   PixInsightSettings( const PixInsightSettings& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because
-    * %PixInsightSettings is not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   PixInsightSettings& operator =( const PixInsightSettings& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Virtual destructor. This destructor is disabled because
-    * %PixInsightSettings is not an instantiable class.
-    */
-   virtual ~PixInsightSettings() = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves the type of a global variable \a globalId.
-    */
-   static variable_type GlobalVariableType( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the specified global variable \a globalId is defined in
-    * the current PixInsight platform.
-    */
-   static bool IsGlobalVariableDefined( const IsoString& globalId )
-   {
-      return GlobalVariableType( globalId ) != GlobalVariableType::Undefined;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global boolean variable.
-    */
-   static bool GlobalFlag( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global signed integer variable.
-    */
-   static int GlobalInteger( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global unsigned integer variable.
-    */
-   static unsigned GlobalUnsigned( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global floating point real variable.
-    */
-   static double GlobalReal( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global RGBA color variable.
-    */
-   static RGBA GlobalColor( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global font face variable.
-    */
-   static Font GlobalFont( const IsoString& globalId );
-#endif
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of a global string variable.
-    */
-   static String GlobalString( const IsoString& globalId );
-
-   /*!
-    * Begins a global variable update operation.
-    *
-    * \sa EndUpdate(), CalcelUpdate()
-    */
-   static void BeginUpdate();
-
-   /*!
-    * Terminates a global variable update operation.
-    *
-    * \sa BeginUpdate(), CancelUpdate()
-    */
-   static void EndUpdate();
-
-   /*!
-    * Aborts an ongoing global variable update operation.
-    *
-    * Use this function if you catch an exception during the sequence of
-    * SetGlobalXXX() calls. After cancelling an update operation, you
-    * shouldn't call EndUpdate().
-    *
-    * \sa BeginUpdate(), EndUpdate()
-    */
-   static void CancelUpdate();
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global boolean variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalFlag( const IsoString& globalId, bool );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global signed integer variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalInteger( const IsoString& globalId, int );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global unsigned integer variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalUnsigned( const IsoString& globalId, unsigned );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global floating point real variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalReal( const IsoString& globalId, double );
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global RGBA color variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalColor( const IsoString& globalId, RGBA );
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global font face variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalFont( const IsoString& globalId, const Font& );
-#endif
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the value of a global string variable.
-    */
-   static void SetGlobalString( const IsoString& globalId, const String& );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GlobalSettings_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GlobalSettings.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GnomonicProjection.h

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GnomonicProjection.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GnomonicProjection_h
-#define __PCL_GnomonicProjection_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GnomonicProjection.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ProjectionBase.h>
-
-/*
- * Based on original work contributed by Andrés del Pozo.
- */
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GnomonicProjection
- * \brief Gnomonic projection system
- *
- * \ingroup astrometry_support
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GnomonicProjection : public ProjectionBase
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a default %GnomonicProjection object with the specified
-    * origin equatorial coordinates \a ra0 and \a dec0 in degrees.
-    */
-   GnomonicProjection( double ra0, double dec0 )
-   {
-      m_ra0 = Rad( ra0 );
-      m_dec0 = Rad( dec0 );
-      SinCos( m_dec0, m_sinDec0, m_cosDec0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GnomonicProjection object with the specified \a scale
-    * factor and origin equatorial coordinates \a ra0 and \a dec0 in degrees.
-    */
-   GnomonicProjection( double scale, double ra0, double dec0 )
-      : m_scale( scale )
-   {
-      m_ra0 = Rad( ra0 );
-      m_dec0 = Rad( dec0 );
-      SinCos( m_dec0, m_sinDec0, m_cosDec0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GnomonicProjection( const GnomonicProjection& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a dynamically allocated duplicate of this object.
-    */
-   ProjectionBase* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new GnomonicProjection( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the WCS projection identifier for this projection system.
-    */
-   IsoString ProjCode() const override
-   {
-      return "TAN";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the readable name of this projection system.
-    */
-   IsoString Name() const override
-   {
-      return "Gnomonic";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Transforms from celestial coordinates to world coordinates.
-    */
-   bool Direct( DPoint& pW, const DPoint& pRD ) const noexcept override;
-
-   /*!
-    * Transforms from world coordinates to celestial coordinates.
-    */
-   bool Inverse( DPoint& pRD, const DPoint& pW ) const noexcept override;
-
-   /*!
-    *
-    */
-   bool CheckBrokenLine( const DPoint& cp1, const DPoint& cp2 ) const noexcept override
-   {
-      DPoint gp1, gp2;
-      return Direct( gp1, cp1 ) && Direct( gp2, cp2 ) &&
-            (gp1.x - gp2.x)*(gp1.x - gp2.x) + (gp1.y - gp2.y)*(gp1.y - gp2.y) < 45*45;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   bool Project( DPoint& pW, const DPoint& pN ) const noexcept override
-   {
-      return false;
-   }
-
-   bool Unproject( DPoint& pN, const DPoint& pW ) const noexcept override
-   {
-      return false;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   double m_scale = Const<double>::deg();
-   double m_sinDec0;
-   double m_cosDec0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GnomonicProjection_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GnomonicProjection.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GridInterpolation.h

@@ -1,987 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GridInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GridInterpolation_h
-#define __PCL_GridInterpolation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GridInterpolation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AbstractImage.h>
-#include <pcl/BicubicInterpolation.h>
-#include <pcl/Matrix.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-#include <pcl/Rectangle.h>
-#include <pcl/ReferenceArray.h>
-#include <pcl/Thread.h>
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-#  include <pcl/Console.h>
-#  include <pcl/StandardStatus.h>
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GridInterpolation
- * \brief Discretized scalar surface interpolation/approximation in two
- *        dimensions.
- *
- * This class performs the same tasks as a surface interpolation device, such
- * as SurfaceSpline or ShepardInterpolation, but allows for much faster
- * interpolation with negligible accuracy loss in most applications.
- *
- * Interpolation from discrete grids can be orders of magnitude faster than
- * direct evaluation of surface interpolation/approximation devices, depending
- * on the number of input data points.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GridInterpolation : public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. Yields an empty instance that cannot be used without
-    * initialization.
-    */
-   GridInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   GridInterpolation( const GridInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   GridInterpolation( GridInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GridInterpolation& operator =( const GridInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   GridInterpolation& operator =( GridInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this %GridInterpolation object for the specified input data
-    * and interpolation parameters.
-    *
-    * \param rect    Reference rectangle. Interpolation will be initialized
-    *                within the boundaries of this rectangle at discrete
-    *                \a delta coordinate intervals.
-    *
-    * \param delta   Grid distance for calculation of discrete function values.
-    *                Must be > 0.
-    *
-    * \param S       Reference to a surface interpolation/approximation object
-    *                that will be used to evaluate function values at discrete
-    *                coordinate intervals. This object must have been
-    *                previously initialized and must be valid.
-    *
-    * \param verbose If true, this function will write information to the
-    *                standard PixInsight console to provide some feedback to
-    *                the user during the (potentially long) initialization
-    *                process. If false, no feedback will be provided.
-    *
-    * The template parameter SI must provide a member function of the form:
-    *
-    * double SI::operator ()( int x, int y ) const
-    *
-    * or an equivalent operator member function whose return value can be
-    * statically casted to double, with two by-value parameters that can be
-    * statically casted from the int type. This function will be called
-    * multiple times to evaluate the approximated surface at discrete grid
-    * coordinate pairs {x,y}. The implementation of this member function must
-    * be thread-safe if parallel processing has been enabled and allowed for
-    * this object.
-    *
-    * If parallel processing is allowed, this function executes the
-    * initialization process using multiple concurrent threads. See
-    * EnableParallelProcessing() for additional information.
-    */
-   template <class SI>
-   void Initialize( const Rect& rect, int delta, const SI& S, bool verbose = true )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rect.IsRect() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( delta > 0 )
-
-      m_rect = rect.Ordered();
-      if ( !m_rect.IsRect() )
-         throw Error( "GridInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation space." );
-
-      m_delta = Abs( delta );
-      if ( m_delta == 0 )
-         throw Error( "GridInterpolation::Initialize(): Zero grid distance." );
-
-      int w = rect.Width();
-      int h = rect.Height();
-      int rows = 1 + h/m_delta + ((h%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      int cols = 1 + w/m_delta + ((w%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-
-      m_G = DMatrix( rows, cols );
-
-      StatusMonitor monitor;
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-      StandardStatus status;
-      if ( verbose )
-      {
-         monitor.SetCallback( &status );
-         monitor.Initialize( "Building surface interpolation grid", rows );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      Array<size_type> L = Thread::OptimalThreadLoads( rows,
-                                                       1/*overheadLimit*/,
-                                                       m_parallel ? m_maxProcessors : 1 );
-      AbstractImage::ThreadData data( monitor, rows );
-      ReferenceArray<GridInitializationThread<SI> > threads;
-      for ( int i = 0, n = 0; i < int( L.Length() ); n += int( L[i++] ) )
-         threads.Add( new GridInitializationThread<SI>( data, *this, S, n, n + int( L[i] ) ) );
-      AbstractImage::RunThreads( threads, data );
-      threads.Destroy();
-
-      m_I.Initialize( m_G.Begin(), cols, rows );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this %GridInterpolation object with a prescribed discrete
-    * interpolation matrix.
-    *
-    * \param rect    Reference rectangle. Interpolation will be initialized
-    *                within the boundaries of this rectangle at discrete
-    *                \a delta coordinate intervals.
-    *
-    * \param delta   Grid distance for calculation of discrete function values.
-    *                Must be > 0.
-    *
-    * \param G       interpolation matrix.
-    *
-    * The specified \a G matrix must have \a n rows and \a m columns, which are
-    * given by:
-    *
-    * n = 1 + Ceil( rect.Height()/delta )\n
-    * m = 1 + Ceil( rect.Width()/delta )
-    *
-    * If the dimensions of the specified matrix are different from the values
-    * defined above, this function will throw an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Matrix elements must be function values computed at discrete \a delta
-    * intervals within \a rect boundaries. For a given matrix row \a r and
-    * matrix column \a c, the corresponding matrix element must be a function
-    * value computed at coordinates {\a x,\a y} given by:
-    *
-    * x = rect.x0 + c*delta\n
-    * y = rect.y0 + r*delta
-    */
-   void Initialize( const Rect& rect, int delta, const DMatrix& G )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rect.IsRect() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( delta > 0 )
-
-      m_rect = rect.Ordered();
-      if ( !m_rect.IsRect() )
-         throw Error( "GridInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation space." );
-
-      m_delta = Abs( delta );
-      if ( m_delta == 0 )
-         throw Error( "GridInterpolation::Initialize(): Zero grid distance." );
-
-      int w = rect.Width();
-      int h = rect.Height();
-      int rows = 1 + h/m_delta + ((h%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      int cols = 1 + w/m_delta + ((w%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      if ( G.Rows() != rows || G.Cols() != cols )
-         throw Error( "GridInterpolation::Initialize(): Invalid matrix dimensions." );
-
-      m_G = G;
-      m_I.Initialize( m_G.Begin(), cols, rows );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this is a valid, initialized object ready for
-    * interpolation.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return !m_G.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Deallocates internal structures, yielding an empty object that cannot be
-    * used before a new call to Initialize().
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_I.Clear();
-      m_G.Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current interpolation reference rectangle. See Initialize()
-    * for more information.
-    */
-   const Rect& ReferenceRect() const
-   {
-      return m_rect;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current grid distance for calculation of discrete function
-    * values. See Initialize() for more information.
-    */
-   int Delta() const
-   {
-      return m_delta;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the discrete matrix used for interpolation of
-    * function values.
-    *
-    * If this object has not been initialized, this member function returns a
-    * reference to an empty matrix.
-    */
-   const DMatrix& InterpolationMatrix() const
-   {
-      return m_G;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated function value at the specified coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   double operator ()( T x, T y ) const
-   {
-      double fx = (double( x ) - m_rect.x0)/m_delta;
-      double fy = (double( y ) - m_rect.y0)/m_delta;
-      return m_I( fx, fy );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated function value at \a p.x and \a p.y coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   double operator ()( const GenericPoint<T>& p ) const
-   {
-      return operator ()( p.x, p.y );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    * N.B.: Here we need a smooth interpolation function without negative
-    * lobes, in order to prevent small-scale oscillations. Other options are
-    * BilinearInterpolation and CubicBSplineFilter.
-    */
-   typedef BicubicBSplineInterpolation<double> grid_interpolation;
-
-   Rect               m_rect;
-   int                m_delta;
-   DMatrix            m_G;
-   grid_interpolation m_I;
-
-   template <class SI>
-   class GridInitializationThread : public Thread
-   {
-   public:
-
-      GridInitializationThread( const AbstractImage::ThreadData& data,
-                                GridInterpolation& grid, const SI& surface, int startRow, int endRow )
-         : m_data( data )
-         , m_grid( grid )
-         , m_surface( surface )
-         , m_startRow( startRow )
-         , m_endRow( endRow )
-      {
-      }
-
-      PCL_HOT_FUNCTION void Run() override
-      {
-         INIT_THREAD_MONITOR()
-
-         for ( int i = m_startRow, y = m_grid.m_rect.y0 + i*m_grid.m_delta; i < m_endRow; ++i, y += m_grid.m_delta )
-         {
-            for ( int j = 0, x = m_grid.m_rect.x0; j < m_grid.m_G.Cols(); ++j, x += m_grid.m_delta )
-               m_grid.m_G[i][j] = m_surface( x, y );
-
-            UPDATE_THREAD_MONITOR( 32 )
-         }
-      }
-
-   private:
-
-      const AbstractImage::ThreadData& m_data;
-            GridInterpolation& m_grid;
-      const SI&                m_surface;
-            int                m_startRow, m_endRow;
-   };
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class PointGridInterpolation
- * \brief Discretized vector surface interpolation/approximation in two
- *        dimensions.
- *
- * This class performs the same tasks as a point surface interpolation device,
- * such as PointSurfaceSpline or PointShepardInterpolation, but allows for much
- * faster interpolation with negligible accuracy loss in most applications.
- *
- * Interpolation from discrete grids can be orders of magnitude faster than
- * direct evaluation of surface interpolation/approximation devices, depending
- * on the number of input data points.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS PointGridInterpolation : public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. Yields an empty instance that cannot be used without
-    * initialization.
-    */
-   PointGridInterpolation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   PointGridInterpolation( const PointGridInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   PointGridInterpolation( PointGridInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   PointGridInterpolation& operator =( const PointGridInterpolation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   PointGridInterpolation& operator =( PointGridInterpolation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes a %PointGridInterpolation object with a point surface
-    * interpolation/approximation.
-    *
-    * \param rect    Reference rectangle. Interpolation will be initialized
-    *                within the boundaries of this rectangle at discrete
-    *                \a delta coordinate intervals.
-    *
-    * \param delta   Grid distance for calculation of discrete function values.
-    *                Must be > 0.
-    *
-    * \param PS      Reference to a point surface interpolation/approximation
-    *                object that will be used to evaluate function values at
-    *                discrete coordinate intervals. This object must have been
-    *                previously initialized and must be valid.
-    *
-    * \param verbose If true, this function will write information to the
-    *                standard PixInsight console to provide some feedback to
-    *                the user during the (potentially long) initialization
-    *                process. If false, no feedback will be provided.
-    *
-    * The template parameter PSI must provide a member function of the form:
-    *
-    * DPoint PSI::operator ()( int x, int y ) const
-    *
-    * or an equivalent operator member function whose return value can be
-    * statically casted to DPoint, with two by-value parameters that can be
-    * statically casted from the int type. This function will be called
-    * multiple times to evaluate the approximated surface at discrete grid
-    * coordinate pairs {x,y}. The implementation of this member function must
-    * be thread-safe if parallel processing has been enabled and allowed for
-    * this object.
-    *
-    * If parallel processing is allowed, this function executes the
-    * initialization process using multiple concurrent threads. See
-    * EnableParallelProcessing() for additional information.
-    */
-   template <class PSI>
-   void Initialize( const Rect& rect, int delta, const PSI& PS, bool verbose = true )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rect.IsRect() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( delta > 0 )
-
-      m_rect = rect.Ordered();
-      if ( !m_rect.IsRect() )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation space." );
-
-      m_delta = Abs( delta );
-      if ( m_delta == 0 )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Zero grid distance." );
-
-      int w = rect.Width();
-      int h = rect.Height();
-      int rows = 1 + h/m_delta + ((h%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      int cols = 1 + w/m_delta + ((w%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-
-      m_Gx = DMatrix( rows, cols );
-      m_Gy = DMatrix( rows, cols );
-
-      StatusMonitor monitor;
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-      StandardStatus status;
-      if ( verbose )
-      {
-         monitor.SetCallback( &status );
-         monitor.Initialize( "Building surface interpolation grid", rows );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      Array<size_type> L = Thread::OptimalThreadLoads( rows,
-                                                       1/*overheadLimit*/,
-                                                       m_parallel ? m_maxProcessors : 1 );
-      AbstractImage::ThreadData data( monitor, rows );
-      ReferenceArray<GridInitializationThread<PSI> > threads;
-      for ( int i = 0, n = 0; i < int( L.Length() ); n += int( L[i++] ) )
-         threads.Add( new GridInitializationThread<PSI>( data, *this, PS, n, n + int( L[i] ) ) );
-      AbstractImage::RunThreads( threads, data );
-      threads.Destroy();
-
-      m_Ix.Initialize( m_Gx.Begin(), cols, rows );
-      m_Iy.Initialize( m_Gy.Begin(), cols, rows );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes a %PointGridInterpolation object with separate surface
-    * interpolations/approximations for the X and Y directions.
-    *
-    * \param rect    Reference rectangle. Interpolation will be initialized
-    *                within the boundaries of this rectangle at discrete
-    *                \a delta coordinate intervals.
-    *
-    * \param delta   Grid distance for calculation of discrete function values.
-    *                Must be > 0.
-    *
-    * \param Sx      Reference to a surface interpolation/approximation object
-    *                that will be used to evaluate function values at discrete
-    *                coordinate intervals on the X axis. This object must have
-    *                been previously initialized and must be valid.
-    *
-    * \param Sy      Reference to a surface interpolation/approximation object
-    *                that will be used to evaluate function values at discrete
-    *                coordinate intervals on the Y axis. This object must have
-    *                been previously initialized and must be valid.
-    *
-    * \param verbose If true, this function will write information to the
-    *                standard PixInsight console to provide some feedback to
-    *                the user during the (potentially long) initialization
-    *                process. If false, no feedback will be provided.
-    *
-    * The template parameter SI must provide a member function of the form:
-    *
-    * double SI::operator ()( int x, int y ) const
-    *
-    * or an equivalent operator member function whose return value can be
-    * statically casted to double, with two by-value parameters that can be
-    * statically casted from the int type. This function will be called
-    * multiple times for the \a Sx and \a Sy objects to evaluate the
-    * approximated surface at discrete grid coordinate pairs {x,y},
-    * respectively on the X and Y plane directions. The implementation of this
-    * member function must be thread-safe if parallel processing has been
-    * enabled and allowed for this object.
-    *
-    * If parallel processing is allowed, this function executes the
-    * initialization process using multiple concurrent threads. See
-    * EnableParallelProcessing() for additional information.
-    */
-   template <class SI>
-   void Initialize( const Rect& rect, int delta, const SI& Sx, const SI& Sy, bool verbose = true )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rect.IsRect() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( delta > 0 )
-
-      m_rect = rect.Ordered();
-      if ( !m_rect.IsRect() )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation space." );
-
-      m_delta = Abs( delta );
-      if ( m_delta == 0 )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Zero grid distance." );
-
-      int w = rect.Width();
-      int h = rect.Height();
-      int rows = 1 + h/m_delta + ((h%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      int cols = 1 + w/m_delta + ((w%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-
-      m_Gx = DMatrix( rows, cols );
-      m_Gy = DMatrix( rows, cols );
-
-      StatusMonitor monitor;
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-      StandardStatus status;
-      if ( verbose )
-      {
-         monitor.SetCallback( &status );
-         monitor.Initialize( "Building surface interpolation grid", rows );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      Array<size_type> L = Thread::OptimalThreadLoads( rows,
-                                                       1/*overheadLimit*/,
-                                                       m_parallel ? m_maxProcessors : 1 );
-      AbstractImage::ThreadData data( monitor, rows );
-      ReferenceArray<GridInitializationXYThread<SI> > threads;
-      for ( int i = 0, n = 0; i < int( L.Length() ); n += int( L[i++] ) )
-         threads.Add( new GridInitializationXYThread<SI>( data, *this, Sx, Sy, n, n + int( L[i] ) ) );
-      AbstractImage::RunThreads( threads, data );
-      threads.Destroy();
-
-      m_Ix.Initialize( m_Gx.Begin(), cols, rows );
-      m_Iy.Initialize( m_Gy.Begin(), cols, rows );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Initializes this %PointGridInterpolation object with prescribed
-    * interpolation matrices.
-    *
-    * \param rect    Reference rectangle. Interpolation will be initialized
-    *                within the boundaries of this rectangle at discrete
-    *                \a delta coordinate intervals.
-    *
-    * \param delta   Grid distance for calculation of discrete function values.
-    *                Must be > 0.
-    *
-    * \param Gx      interpolation matrix in the X direction.
-    *
-    * \param Gy      Interpolation matrix in the Y direction.
-    *
-    * Both \a Gx and \a Gy matrices must have \a n rows and \a m columns, which
-    * are given by:
-    *
-    * n = 1 + Ceil( rect.Height()/delta )\n
-    * m = 1 + Ceil( rect.Width()/delta )
-    *
-    * If one or both matrices have different dimensions, this function will
-    * throw an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Matrix elements must be function values computed at discrete \a delta
-    * intervals within \a rect boundaries. For a given matrix row \a r and
-    * matrix column \a c, the corresponding matrix element must be a function
-    * value computed at coordinates {\a x,\a y} given by:
-    *
-    * x = rect.x0 + c*delta\n
-    * y = rect.y0 + r*delta
-    */
-   void Initialize( const Rect& rect, int delta, const DMatrix& Gx, const DMatrix& Gy )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( rect.IsRect() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( delta > 0 )
-
-      m_rect = rect.Ordered();
-      if ( !m_rect.IsRect() )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Empty interpolation space." );
-
-      m_delta = Abs( delta );
-      if ( m_delta == 0 )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Zero grid distance." );
-
-      int w = rect.Width();
-      int h = rect.Height();
-      int rows = 1 + h/m_delta + ((h%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      int cols = 1 + w/m_delta + ((w%m_delta) ? 1 : 0);
-      if ( Gx.Rows() != rows || Gx.Cols() != cols || Gy.Rows() != rows || Gy.Cols() != cols )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::Initialize(): Invalid matrix dimensions." );
-
-      m_Gx = Gx;
-      m_Gy = Gy;
-      m_Ix.Initialize( m_Gx.Begin(), cols, rows );
-      m_Iy.Initialize( m_Gy.Begin(), cols, rows );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    *
-    */
-   template <class PSI>
-   void ApplyLocalModel( const PSI& PS,
-                         const String& message = "Applying local interpolation model",
-                         bool verbose = true )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsValid() )
-      if ( !IsValid() )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::ApplyLocalModel(): Uninitialized interpolation." );
-
-      StatusMonitor monitor;
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-      StandardStatus status;
-      if ( verbose )
-      {
-         monitor.SetCallback( &status );
-         monitor.Initialize( message, m_Gx.Rows() );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      Array<size_type> L = Thread::OptimalThreadLoads( m_Gx.Rows(),
-                                                       1/*overheadLimit*/,
-                                                       m_parallel ? m_maxProcessors : 1 );
-      AbstractImage::ThreadData data( monitor, m_Gx.Rows() );
-      ReferenceArray<LocalModelThread<PSI> > threads;
-      for ( int i = 0, n = 0; i < int( L.Length() ); n += int( L[i++] ) )
-         threads.Add( new LocalModelThread<PSI>( data, *this, PS, n, n + int( L[i] ) ) );
-      AbstractImage::RunThreads( threads, data );
-      threads.Destroy();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    *
-    */
-   template <class SI>
-   void ApplyLocalModel( const SI& Sx, const SI& Sy,
-                         const String& message = "Applying local interpolation model",
-                         bool verbose = true )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsValid() )
-      if ( !IsValid() )
-         throw Error( "PointGridInterpolation::ApplyLocalModel(): Uninitialized interpolation." );
-
-      StatusMonitor monitor;
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-      StandardStatus status;
-      if ( verbose )
-      {
-         monitor.SetCallback( &status );
-         monitor.Initialize( message, m_Gx.Rows() );
-      }
-#endif
-
-      Array<size_type> L = Thread::OptimalThreadLoads( m_Gx.Rows(),
-                                                       1/*overheadLimit*/,
-                                                       m_parallel ? m_maxProcessors : 1 );
-      AbstractImage::ThreadData data( monitor, m_Gx.Rows() );
-      ReferenceArray<LocalModelThread2<SI> > threads;
-      for ( int i = 0, n = 0; i < int( L.Length() ); n += int( L[i++] ) )
-         threads.Add( new LocalModelThread2<SI>( data, *this, Sx, Sy, n, n + int( L[i] ) ) );
-      AbstractImage::RunThreads( threads, data );
-      threads.Destroy();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this is a valid, initialized object ready for
-    * interpolation.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return !m_Gx.IsEmpty() && !m_Gy.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Deallocates internal structures, yielding an empty object that cannot be
-    * used before a new call to Initialize().
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_Ix.Clear();
-      m_Iy.Clear();
-      m_Gx.Clear();
-      m_Gy.Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current interpolation reference rectangle. See Initialize()
-    * for more information.
-    *
-    * The returned rectangle is ordered (see pcl::IsOrderedRect()).
-    */
-   const Rect& ReferenceRect() const
-   {
-      return m_rect;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current grid distance for calculation of discrete function
-    * values. See Initialize() for more information.
-    */
-   int Delta() const
-   {
-      return m_delta;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the discrete matrix used for interpolation of
-    * function values in the X direction.
-    *
-    * If this object has not been initialized, this member function returns a
-    * reference to an empty matrix.
-    */
-   const DMatrix& XInterpolationMatrix() const
-   {
-      return m_Gx;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the discrete matrix used for interpolation of
-    * function values in the Y direction.
-    *
-    * If this object has not been initialized, this member function returns a
-    * reference to an empty matrix.
-    */
-   const DMatrix& YInterpolationMatrix() const
-   {
-      return m_Gy;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated point at the specified coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   DPoint operator ()( T x, T y ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( IsValid() )
-      double fx = (double( x ) - m_rect.x0)/m_delta;
-      double fy = (double( y ) - m_rect.y0)/m_delta;
-      return DPoint( m_Ix( fx, fy ), m_Iy( fx, fy ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns an interpolated point at the given \a p.x and \a p.y coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   DPoint operator ()( const GenericPoint<T>& p ) const
-   {
-      return operator ()( p.x, p.y );
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   /*!
-    * N.B.: Here we need a smooth interpolation function without negative
-    * lobes, in order to prevent small-scale oscillations. Other options are
-    * BilinearInterpolation and CubicBSplineFilter.
-    */
-   typedef BicubicBSplineInterpolation<double> grid_interpolation;
-
-   Rect               m_rect;
-   int                m_delta;
-   DMatrix            m_Gx, m_Gy;
-   grid_interpolation m_Ix, m_Iy;
-
-   template <class PSI>
-   class GridInitializationThread : public Thread
-   {
-   public:
-
-      GridInitializationThread( const AbstractImage::ThreadData& data,
-                                PointGridInterpolation& grid, const PSI& surface, int startRow, int endRow )
-         : m_data( data )
-         , m_grid( grid )
-         , m_surface( surface )
-         , m_startRow( startRow )
-         , m_endRow( endRow )
-      {
-      }
-
-      PCL_HOT_FUNCTION void Run() override
-      {
-         INIT_THREAD_MONITOR()
-
-         for ( int i = m_startRow, y = m_grid.m_rect.y0 + i*m_grid.m_delta; i < m_endRow; ++i, y += m_grid.m_delta )
-         {
-            for ( int j = 0, x = m_grid.m_rect.x0; j < m_grid.m_Gx.Cols(); ++j, x += m_grid.m_delta )
-            {
-               DPoint p = m_surface( x, y );
-               m_grid.m_Gx[i][j] = p.x;
-               m_grid.m_Gy[i][j] = p.y;
-            }
-
-            UPDATE_THREAD_MONITOR( 32 )
-         }
-      }
-
-   private:
-
-      const AbstractImage::ThreadData& m_data;
-            PointGridInterpolation&    m_grid;
-      const PSI&                       m_surface;
-            int                        m_startRow, m_endRow;
-   };
-
-   template <class SI>
-   class GridInitializationXYThread : public Thread
-   {
-   public:
-
-      GridInitializationXYThread( const AbstractImage::ThreadData& data,
-                                  PointGridInterpolation& grid,
-                                  const SI& surfaceX, const SI& surfaceY, int startRow, int endRow )
-         : m_data( data )
-         , m_grid( grid )
-         , m_surfaceX( surfaceX )
-         , m_surfaceY( surfaceY )
-         , m_startRow( startRow )
-         , m_endRow( endRow )
-      {
-      }
-
-      PCL_HOT_FUNCTION void Run() override
-      {
-         INIT_THREAD_MONITOR()
-
-         for ( int i = m_startRow, y = m_grid.m_rect.y0 + i*m_grid.m_delta; i < m_endRow; ++i, y += m_grid.m_delta )
-         {
-            for ( int j = 0, x = m_grid.m_rect.x0; j < m_grid.m_Gx.Cols(); ++j, x += m_grid.m_delta )
-            {
-               m_grid.m_Gx[i][j] = m_surfaceX( x, y );
-               m_grid.m_Gy[i][j] = m_surfaceY( x, y );
-            }
-
-            UPDATE_THREAD_MONITOR( 32 )
-         }
-      }
-
-   private:
-
-      const AbstractImage::ThreadData& m_data;
-            PointGridInterpolation&    m_grid;
-      const SI&                        m_surfaceX;
-      const SI&                        m_surfaceY;
-            int                        m_startRow, m_endRow;
-   };
-
-   template <class PSI>
-   class LocalModelThread : public Thread
-   {
-   public:
-
-      LocalModelThread( const AbstractImage::ThreadData& data,
-                        PointGridInterpolation& grid, const PSI& model, int startRow, int endRow )
-         : m_data( data )
-         , m_grid( grid )
-         , m_model( model )
-         , m_startRow( startRow )
-         , m_endRow( endRow )
-      {
-      }
-
-      PCL_HOT_FUNCTION void Run() override
-      {
-         INIT_THREAD_MONITOR()
-
-         for ( int i = m_startRow, y = m_grid.m_rect.y0 + i*m_grid.m_delta; i < m_endRow; ++i, y += m_grid.m_delta )
-         {
-            for ( int j = 0, x = m_grid.m_rect.x0; j < m_grid.m_Gx.Cols(); ++j, x += m_grid.m_delta )
-            {
-               DPoint d = m_model( x, y );
-               m_grid.m_Gx[i][j] += d.x;
-               m_grid.m_Gy[i][j] += d.y;
-            }
-
-            UPDATE_THREAD_MONITOR( 32 )
-         }
-      }
-
-   private:
-
-      const AbstractImage::ThreadData& m_data;
-            PointGridInterpolation&    m_grid;
-      const PSI&                       m_model;
-            int                        m_startRow, m_endRow;
-   };
-
-   template <class SI>
-   class LocalModelThread2 : public Thread
-   {
-   public:
-
-      LocalModelThread2( const AbstractImage::ThreadData& data,
-                         PointGridInterpolation& grid, const SI& modelX, const SI& modelY, int startRow, int endRow )
-         : m_data( data )
-         , m_grid( grid )
-         , m_modelX( modelX )
-         , m_modelY( modelY )
-         , m_startRow( startRow )
-         , m_endRow( endRow )
-      {
-      }
-
-      PCL_HOT_FUNCTION void Run() override
-      {
-         INIT_THREAD_MONITOR()
-
-         for ( int i = m_startRow, y = m_grid.m_rect.y0 + i*m_grid.m_delta; i < m_endRow; ++i, y += m_grid.m_delta )
-         {
-            for ( int j = 0, x = m_grid.m_rect.x0; j < m_grid.m_Gx.Cols(); ++j, x += m_grid.m_delta )
-            {
-               m_grid.m_Gx[i][j] += m_modelX( x, y );
-               m_grid.m_Gy[i][j] += m_modelY( x, y );
-            }
-
-            UPDATE_THREAD_MONITOR( 32 )
-         }
-      }
-
-   private:
-
-      const AbstractImage::ThreadData& m_data;
-            PointGridInterpolation&    m_grid;
-      const SI&                        m_modelX, m_modelY;
-            int                        m_startRow, m_endRow;
-   };
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GridInterpolation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GridInterpolation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/GroupBox.h

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/GroupBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_GroupBox_h
-#define __PCL_GroupBox_h
-
-/// \file pcl/GroupBox.h
-
-#ifndef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/AutoPointer.h>
-#include <pcl/Control.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class GroupBox
- * \brief Client-side interface to a PixInsight %GroupBox control
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %GroupBox.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS GroupBox : public Control
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %GroupBox object with the specified \a title, as a child
-    * control of \a parent.
-    */
-   GroupBox( const String& title = String(), Control& parent = Control::Null() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %GroupBox object.
-    */
-   virtual ~GroupBox()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   String Title() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetTitle( const String& );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool HasTitleCheckBox() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void EnableTitleCheckBox( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void DisableTitleCheckBox( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableTitleCheckBox( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsChecked() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetChecked( bool = true );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Check()
-   {
-      SetChecked( true );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Uncheck()
-   {
-      SetChecked( false );
-   }
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-   // Event handlers
-   //
-   // void OnCheck( GroupBox& sender, bool checked );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   typedef void (Control::*check_event_handler)( GroupBox& sender, bool checked );
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void OnCheck( check_event_handler, Control& );
-
-private:
-
-   struct EventHandlers
-   {
-      check_event_handler onCheck = nullptr;
-
-      EventHandlers() = default;
-      EventHandlers( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-      EventHandlers& operator =( const EventHandlers& ) = default;
-   };
-
-   AutoPointer<EventHandlers> m_handlers;
-
-   friend class GroupBoxEventDispatcher;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-
-#endif   // __PCL_GroupBox_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/GroupBox.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/HammerAitoffProjection.h

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/HammerAitoffProjection.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_HammerAitoffProjection_h
-#define __PCL_HammerAitoffProjection_h
-
-/// \file pcl/HammerAitoffProjection.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ProjectionBase.h>
-
-/*
- * Based on original work contributed by Andrés del Pozo.
- */
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class HammerAitoffProjection
- * \brief Hammer-Aitoff projection system
- *
- * \ingroup astrometry_support
- */
-class PCL_CLASS HammerAitoffProjection : public ProjectionBase
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor.
-    */
-   HammerAitoffProjection() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   HammerAitoffProjection( const HammerAitoffProjection& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a dynamically allocated duplicate of this object.
-    */
-   ProjectionBase* Clone() const override
-   {
-      return new HammerAitoffProjection( *this );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the WCS projection identifier for this projection system.
-    */
-   IsoString ProjCode() const override
-   {
-      return "AIT";
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the readable name of this projection system.
-    */
-   IsoString Name() const override
-   {
-      return "Hammer-Aitoff";
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   bool Project( DPoint& pW, const DPoint& pN ) const noexcept override;
-
-   bool Unproject( DPoint& pN, const DPoint& pW ) const noexcept override;
-
-private:
-
-   double m_Zmin = Const<double>::_1_sqrt2();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_HammerAitoffProjection_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/HammerAitoffProjection.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Histogram.h

@@ -1,660 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Histogram.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Histogram_h
-#define __PCL_Histogram_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Histogram.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ImageVariant.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-#include <pcl/Vector.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Histogram
- * \brief Discrete image histogram function
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %Histogram.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS Histogram : public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a histogram bin count, or the value of the discrete histogram
-    * function at a specific abscissa or range of abscissae.
-    */
-   typedef uint64       count_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * A vector of histogram bin counts, which is the type used internally to
-    * store the values of the discrete histogram function.
-    */
-   typedef UI64Vector   histogram_type;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %Histogram object with the specified \a resolution.
-    *
-    * The resolution of a histogram function is the number of discrete
-    * intervals (or \e bins) used to analyze image data. The minimum possible
-    * resolution is 2. In PCL, the default resolution is 2^16 = 65536 intervals
-    * (also known as a <em>16-bit histogram</em>).
-    */
-   Histogram( int resolution = 0x10000L )
-      : m_resolution( pcl::Max( 2, resolution ) )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( resolution > 1 )
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %Histogram object by importing a copy of the specified
-    * \a data vector as its internal vector of histogram function values.
-    * Automatically sets the histogram resolution equal to the length of the
-    * \a data vector, and calculates the peak level of the newly constructed
-    * histogram.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a data vector has less than two components, this
-    * constructor will yield an empty histogram with the default 16-bit
-    * resolution.
-    */
-   Histogram( const histogram_type& data )
-   {
-      SetHistogramData( data );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Histogram( const Histogram& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Histogram( Histogram&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %Histogram object.
-    */
-   virtual ~Histogram()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Histogram& operator =( const Histogram& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   Histogram& operator =( Histogram&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Assigns another %Histogram object \a x to this object.
-    */
-   void Assign( const Histogram& x )
-   {
-      (void)operator =( x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Deallocates the internal vector of histogram values, yielding an empty
-    * %Histogram object.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_histogram.Clear();
-      m_peakLevel = 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this %Histogram object is empty. An empty histogram has
-    * no computed histogram values.
-    */
-   bool IsEmpty() const
-   {
-      return m_histogram.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current resolution of this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * The resolution of a histogram function is the number of discrete
-    * intervals (or \e bins) used to analyze image data. The minimum possible
-    * resolution is 2. In PCL, the default resolution is 2^16 = 65536 intervals
-    * (also known as a <em>16-bit histogram</em>).
-    */
-   int Resolution() const
-   {
-      return m_resolution;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the highest valid discrete histogram level, or Resolution()-1.
-    */
-   int LastLevel() const
-   {
-      return m_resolution-1;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the resolution of this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * The resolution of a histogram function is the number of discrete
-    * intervals (or \e bins) used to analyze image data. The minimum possible
-    * resolution is 2. In PCL, the default resolution is 2^16 = 65536 intervals
-    * (also known as a <em>16-bit histogram</em>).
-    *
-    * After calling this member function, the histogram will be empty and the
-    * internal vector of histogram function values will be deallocated.
-    */
-   void SetResolution( int resolution )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( resolution > 1 )
-      Clear();
-      m_resolution = pcl::Max( 2, resolution );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * If this histogram object is empty, this member function allocates the
-    * internal vector of histogram function values. Newly allocated vectors are
-    * not initialized, so the histogram will contain unpredictable values after
-    * calling this function.
-    *
-    * If the histogram is not empty, calling this function has no effect.
-    */
-   void Allocate()
-   {
-      if ( m_histogram.IsEmpty() )
-         m_histogram = histogram_type( m_resolution );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current peak level of the histogram. If this histogram is
-    * empty, the peak level is zero conventionally.
-    *
-    * The peak level is simply the index (or integer abscissa) of the histogram
-    * bin with the largest count, or the position on the X axis of the maximum
-    * of the histogram function, in the discrete range [0,LastLevel()].
-    */
-   int PeakLevel() const
-   {
-      return m_histogram.IsEmpty() ? 0 : m_peakLevel;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the histogram peak level as a floating point number normalized to
-    * the [0,1] range. See PeakLevel().
-    */
-   double NormalizedPeakLevel() const
-   {
-      return NormalizedLevel( PeakLevel() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Recalculates the histogram peak level from current histogram function
-    * values. If the histogram is empty, the peak level is reset to zero
-    * conventionally.
-    *
-    * Returns the newly calculated histogram peak level.
-    */
-   int UpdatePeakLevel()
-   {
-      return m_peakLevel = m_histogram.IsEmpty() ? 0 :
-                  int( pcl::MaxItem( m_histogram.Begin(), m_histogram.End() ) - m_histogram.Begin() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the index of the discrete level in this %Histogram object
-    * corresponding to the specified normalized level \a x in the [0,1] range.
-    */
-   int HistogramLevel( double x ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( x >= 0 && x <= 1 )
-      return RoundInt( pcl::Range( x, 0.0, 1.0 )*(m_resolution - 1) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the normalized histogram level in the [0,1] range corresponding
-    * to the specified discrete level \a i in this %Histogram object.
-    */
-   double NormalizedLevel( int i ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i >= 0 && i < m_resolution )
-      return double( pcl::Range( i, 0, m_resolution-1 ) )/(m_resolution - 1);
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Converts the specified normalized levels \a a, \a b in the [0,1] range to
-    * discrete histogram levels \a i, \a j, respectively.
-    */
-   void GetHistogramRange( int& i, int& j, double a, double b ) const
-   {
-      i = HistogramLevel( a );
-      j = HistogramLevel( b );
-      if ( j < i )
-         pcl::Swap( i, j );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Converts the specified discrete histogram levels \a i, \a j to normalized
-    * levels \a a, \a b, respectively, in the [0,1] range.
-    */
-   void GetNormalizedRange( double& a, double& b, int i, int j ) const
-   {
-      if ( j < i )
-         pcl::Swap( i, j );
-      a = NormalizedLevel( i );
-      b = NormalizedLevel( j );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the total sum of the counts in all histogram intervals, or the
-    * sum of all discrete histogram function values. If this %Histogram object
-    * is empty, this function returns zero.
-    */
-   count_type Count() const
-   {
-      return m_histogram.Sum();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the histogram count, or the value of the histogram function, at
-    * the specified discrete level \a i.
-    */
-   count_type Count( int i ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i >= 0 && i < m_histogram.Length() )
-      if ( i < 0 || i >= m_histogram.Length() )
-         return 0;
-      return m_histogram[i];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Subscript operator. Equivalent to Count( int ).
-    */
-   count_type operator []( int i ) const
-   {
-      return Count( i );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the sum of counts in the specified interval of discrete histogram
-    * levels \a i, \a j.
-    */
-   count_type Count( int i, int j ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i >= 0 && i < m_histogram.Length() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( j >= 0 && j < m_histogram.Length() )
-      if ( m_histogram.IsEmpty() )
-         return 0;
-      i = pcl::Range( i, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-      j = pcl::Range( j, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-      if ( j < i )
-         pcl::Swap( i, j );
-      return pcl::Sum( m_histogram.At( i ), m_histogram.At( j+1 ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the histogram function value for the bin at the current peak
-    * level. Typically, the peak count is used to normalize the histogram to
-    * a prescribed range. For example, by dividing all histogram function
-    * values by the peak count the entire histogram will be normalized to the
-    * [0,1] range.
-    */
-   count_type PeakCount() const
-   {
-      return Count( m_peakLevel );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the peak count, or the maximum histogram function value, within
-    * the specified range [i,j] of discrete histogram intervals.
-    */
-   count_type PeakCount( int i, int j ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( i >= 0 && i < m_histogram.Length() )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( j >= 0 && j < m_histogram.Length() )
-      if ( m_histogram.IsEmpty() )
-         return 0;
-      i = pcl::Range( i, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-      j = pcl::Range( j, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-      if ( j < i )
-         pcl::Swap( i, j );
-      return *pcl::MaxItem( m_histogram.At( i ), m_histogram.At( j+1 ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the discrete histogram level where the sum of counts for its
-    * preceding levels is greater than or equal to the specified amount \a n.
-    *
-    * This function is useful to compute an automatic histogram shadows
-    * clipping point. The returned index is the position of the shadows
-    * clipping point that clips (sets to black) the specified amount of image
-    * pixel samples
-    */
-   int ClipLow( count_type n ) const
-   {
-      int i = 0;
-      for ( count_type s = 0; i < m_histogram.Length()-1 && (s += m_histogram[i]) <= n; ++i ) {}
-      return i;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the normalized histogram level (in the [0,1] range) where the sum
-    * of counts for its preceding levels is greater than or equal to the
-    * specified amount \a n.
-    */
-   double NormalizedClipLow( count_type n ) const
-   {
-      return NormalizedLevel( ClipLow( n ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the discrete histogram level where the sum of counts for its
-    * succeding levels is greater than or equal to the specified amount \a n.
-    *
-    * This function is useful to compute an automatic histogram highlights
-    * clipping point. The returned index is the position of the highlights
-    * clipping point that clips (sets to white) the specified amount of image
-    * pixel samples
-    */
-   int ClipHigh( count_type n ) const
-   {
-      int i = m_histogram.Length();
-      for ( count_type s = 0; --i > 0 && (s += m_histogram[i]) <= n; ) {}
-      return i;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the normalized histogram level (in the [0,1] range) where the sum
-    * of counts for its succeding levels is greater than or equal to the
-    * specified amount \a n.
-    */
-   double NormalizedClipHigh( count_type n ) const
-   {
-      return NormalizedLevel( ClipHigh( n ) );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable internal vector of histogram
-    * function values.
-    */
-   const histogram_type& HistogramData() const
-   {
-      return m_histogram;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Causes this %Histogram object to import a copy of the specified \a data
-    * vector as its internal vector of histogram function values. Automatically
-    * sets the histogram resolution equal to the length of the \a data vector,
-    * and recalculates the peak level of the new histogram.
-    *
-    * If the specified \a data vector has less than two components, this member
-    * function will yield an empty histogram without changing the current
-    * histogram resolution.
-    */
-   void SetHistogramData( const histogram_type& data )
-   {
-      if ( data.Length() < 2 )
-         Clear();
-      else
-      {
-         m_histogram = data;
-         m_resolution = m_histogram.Length();
-         UpdatePeakLevel();
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * \deprecated This member function has been deprecated. It is kept as part
-    * of PCL for compatibility with existing modules; do not use it in newly
-    * produced code.
-    */
-   void GetData( count_type* where, int fromLevel = 0, int toLevel = -1 ) const
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( where != nullptr )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( fromLevel >= 0 )
-      if ( where != nullptr )
-         if ( !m_histogram.IsEmpty() )
-         {
-            fromLevel = pcl::Range( fromLevel, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-            toLevel = (toLevel < 0) ? m_histogram.Length()-1 : pcl::Range( toLevel, 0, m_histogram.Length()-1 );
-            if ( toLevel < fromLevel )
-               pcl::Swap( fromLevel, toLevel );
-            ::memcpy( where, m_histogram.At( fromLevel ), (1+toLevel-fromLevel)*sizeof( count_type ) );
-         }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Remaps the histogram function to fit the resolution of a target
-    * histogram \a h.
-    *
-    * If the target histogram has the same resolution as this object, this
-    * member function is equivalent to a plain assignment. If the resolutions
-    * differ, if this histogram is empty then the target histogram is
-    * deallocated and cleared, otherwise the target histogram is recomputed as
-    * a resampled version of this histogram.
-    *
-    * This member function is useful to generate reduced versions of a
-    * histogram. It can also be used to generate bootstrap samples from an
-    * existing histogram function.
-    */
-   void Resample( Histogram& h ) const
-   {
-      if ( h.m_resolution == m_resolution )
-         h = *this;
-      else
-      {
-         if ( m_histogram.IsEmpty() )
-            h.Clear();
-         else
-         {
-            h.Allocate();
-            h.m_histogram = 0;
-            double k = double( h.m_histogram.Length() - 1 )/(m_histogram.Length() - 1);
-            for ( int i = 0; i < m_histogram.Length(); ++i )
-               h.m_histogram[pcl::RoundInt( i*k )] += m_histogram[i];
-            h.m_peakLevel = int( pcl::MaxItem( h.m_histogram.Begin(), h.m_histogram.End() ) - h.m_histogram.Begin() );
-         }
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the discrete entropy of this histogram.
-    *
-    * The returned value is normalized to the total weight of the histogram,
-    * that is, it is independent on the total number of counts stored in the
-    * histogram data vector.
-    */
-   double Entropy() const
-   {
-      double H = 0;
-      count_type n = Count();
-      if ( n > 0 )
-         for ( int i = 0; i < m_histogram.Length(); ++i )
-            if ( m_histogram[i] > 0 )
-            {
-               double f = double( m_histogram[i] )/n;
-               H -= f*Log( f );
-            }
-      return H;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of a 32-bit floating point real image.
-    */
-   const Image&        operator <<( const Image& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of a 64-bit floating point real image.
-    */
-   const DImage&       operator <<( const DImage& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of an 8-bit unsigned integer image.
-    */
-   const UInt8Image&   operator <<( const UInt8Image& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of a 16-bit unsigned integer image.
-    */
-   const UInt16Image&  operator <<( const UInt16Image& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of a 32-bit unsigned integer image.
-    */
-   const UInt32Image&  operator <<( const UInt32Image& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Computes the histogram function of the image transported by an
-    * ImageVariant object.
-    */
-   const ImageVariant& operator <<( const ImageVariant& );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current rectangular selection in this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * By default, the rectangular selection is an empy rectangle, meaning that
-    * the rectangular selection in the target image will be used.
-    */
-   const Rect& SelectedRectangle() const
-   {
-      return m_rect;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets a new rectangular selection for this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * When a non-empty rectangular selection is specified, it is used as the
-    * region of interest (ROI) for calculation of histograms. If an empty or
-    * invalid rectangle is specified, the current selection in the target image
-    * will be used.
-    */
-   void SelectRectangle( const Rect& r )
-   {
-      m_rect = r;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the rectangular selection in this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * After calling this function, histograms will be calculated for the
-    * current rectangular selection of the target image.
-    */
-   void ClearRectangle()
-   {
-      m_rect = Rect( 0 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current channel index selected in this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * By default, the selected channel index is -1, meaning that the channel
-    * selected in the target image will be used.
-    */
-   int SelectedChannel() const
-   {
-      return m_channel;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects a channel index for this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * When a positive (>= 0) channel index is specified, it is used for
-    * calculation of histograms. If a negative channel index is specified, the
-    * current selected channel in the target image will be used.
-    */
-   void SelectChannel( int channel )
-   {
-      m_channel = pcl::Max( -1, channel );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears the channel index selection in this %Histogram object.
-    *
-    * After calling this function, histograms will be calculated for the
-    * current selected channel of the target image.
-    */
-   void ClearSelectedChannel()
-   {
-      m_channel = -1;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   histogram_type m_histogram;             // Discrete histogram levels
-   int            m_resolution = 0x10000L; // Number of histogram levels
-   int            m_peakLevel = 0;         // Maximum level (index of maximum count)
-   Rect           m_rect = 0;              // ROI, Rect( 0 ) to use target image's selection
-   int            m_channel = -1;          // < 0 to use target image's selection
-
-   friend class View;
-   friend class HistogramTransformation;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif  // __PCL_Histogram_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Histogram.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/HistogramTransformation.h

@@ -1,530 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/HistogramTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_HistogramTransformation_h
-#define __PCL_HistogramTransformation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/HistogramTransformation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Array.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class PCL_CLASS Histogram;
-
-/*!
- * \class HistogramTransformation
- * \brief Multiple histogram transformation.
- *
- * ### TODO: Write a detailed description for %HistogramTransformation.
- */
-class PCL_CLASS HistogramTransformation : public ImageTransformation, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a set of chained histogram transformations.
-    */
-   typedef Array<HistogramTransformation> transformation_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a %HistogramTransformation object with the specified
-    * parameters.
-    *
-    * \param mb   Midtones balance in the range [0,1].
-    *
-    * \param sc   Shadows clipping point in the range [0,1].
-    *
-    * \param hc   Highlights clipping point in the range [0,1].
-    *
-    * \param lr   Low dynamic range expansion bound, \a lr &le; 0.
-    *
-    * \param hr   High dynamic range expansion bound, \a hr &ge; 1.
-    *
-    * The default parameter values define an identity transformation:
-    *
-    * \a mb = 0.5, \a sc = 0, \a hc = 1, \a lr = 0, \a hr = 1.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation( double mb = 0.5,
-                            double sc = 0, double hc = 1,
-                            double lr = 0, double hr = 1 )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( mb >= 0 && mb <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( sc >= 0 && sc <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( hc >= 0 && hc <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( lr <= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( hr >= 1 )
-      m_midtonesBalance = pcl::Range( mb, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      m_clipLow = pcl::Range( sc, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      m_clipHigh = pcl::Range( hc, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      if ( m_clipHigh < m_clipLow )
-         pcl::Swap( m_clipLow, m_clipHigh );
-      m_expandLow = Min( lr, 0.0 );
-      m_expandHigh = Max( 1.0, hr );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation( const HistogramTransformation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation( HistogramTransformation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys a %HistogramTransformation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~HistogramTransformation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation& operator =( const HistogramTransformation& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation& operator =( HistogramTransformation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the number of histogram transforms in the transformation chain.
-    */
-   size_type Length() const
-   {
-      return 1 + m_transformChain.Length();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (immutable) transformation at the specified
-    * \a index in the current transformation chain.
-    */
-   const HistogramTransformation& operator []( size_type index ) const
-   {
-      return (index == 0) ? *this : m_transformChain[index-1];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (mutable) transformation at the specified
-    * \a index in this transformation chain.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation& operator []( size_type index )
-   {
-      return (index == 0) ? *this : m_transformChain[index-1];
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (immutable) first histogram transformation in
-    * the current chain. The returned value is always a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   const HistogramTransformation& operator *() const
-   {
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the (mutable) first histogram transformation in
-    * the current chain. The returned value is always a reference to this
-    * object.
-    */
-   HistogramTransformation& operator *()
-   {
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds a histogram transformation to the transformation chain of this
-    * %HistogramTransformation object.
-    */
-   void Add( const HistogramTransformation& H )
-   {
-      m_transformChain.Add( H );
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double MidtonesBalance() const
-   {
-      return m_midtonesBalance;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double ShadowsClipping() const
-   {
-      return m_clipLow;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double HighlightsClipping() const
-   {
-      return m_clipHigh;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double LowRange() const
-   {
-      return m_expandLow;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   double HighRange() const
-   {
-      return m_expandHigh;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsIdentityTransformation() const
-   {
-      return m_midtonesBalance == 0.5
-          && m_clipLow == 0 && m_clipHigh == 1
-          && m_expandLow == 0 && m_expandHigh == 1;
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   bool IsIdentityTransformationSet() const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetMidtonesBalance( double b )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( b >= 0 && b <= 1 )
-      m_midtonesBalance = pcl::Range( b, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetShadowsClipping( double c )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( c >= 0 && c <= 1 )
-      m_clipLow = pcl::Range( c, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      if ( m_clipHigh < m_clipLow )
-         pcl::Swap( m_clipLow, m_clipHigh );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetHighlightsClipping( double c )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( c >= 0 && c <= 1 )
-      m_clipHigh = pcl::Range( c, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      if ( m_clipHigh < m_clipLow )
-         pcl::Swap( m_clipLow, m_clipHigh );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetClipping( double sc, double hc )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( sc >= 0 && sc <= 1 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( hc >= 0 && hc <= 1 )
-      m_clipLow = pcl::Range( sc, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      m_clipHigh = pcl::Range( hc, 0.0, 1.0 );
-      if ( m_clipHigh < m_clipLow )
-         pcl::Swap( m_clipLow, m_clipHigh );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetLowRange( double r )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( r <= 0 )
-      m_expandLow = Min( 0.0, r );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetHighRange( double r )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( r >= 1 )
-      m_expandHigh = Max( 1.0, r );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void SetRange( double lr, double hr )
-   {
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( lr <= 0 )
-      PCL_PRECONDITION( hr >= 1 )
-      m_expandLow = Min( 0.0, lr );
-      m_expandHigh = Max( 1.0, hr );
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets all transformation parameters to yield an identity histogram
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   void Reset()
-   {
-      m_midtonesBalance = 0.5;
-      m_clipLow = 0;
-      m_clipHigh = 1;
-      m_expandLow = 0;
-      m_expandHigh = 1;
-      m_transformChain.Clear();
-      UpdateFlags();
-   }
-
-   // Avoid "hides virtual function in base" warnings by clang
-   using ImageTransformation::Apply;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Apply( double*, size_type, double x0 = 0, double x1 = 1 ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Apply( float*, size_type, float x0 = 0, float x1 = 1 ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Apply( Histogram& dstH, const Histogram& srcH ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make8BitLUT( uint8* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make16BitLUT( uint8* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make16BitLUT( uint16* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make20BitLUT( uint8* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make20BitLUT( uint16* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make24BitLUT( uint8* ) const;
-
-   /*! #
-    */
-   void Make24BitLUT( uint16* ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the value of the <em>midtones transfer function</em> (MTF) for a
-    * given midtones balance \a m and a sample point \a x. Both \a m and \a x
-    * must be in the range [0,1].
-    */
-   static double MidtonesTransferFunction( double m, double x )
-   {
-      /*
-       * Bulirsch-Stoer algorithm for a diagonal rational interpolation
-       * function with three fixed data points: (0,0) (m,1/2) (1,1).
-       *
-       * This is the MTF function after direct substitution in the B-S
-       * equations:
-       *
-       *    double r = 1 + 0.5/((x - m)/(x - 1)/2 - 1);
-       *    return r + r/(x/(x - 1) * (1 - r/(r - 0.5)) - 1);
-       *
-       * We can simplify:
-       *
-       *    double r = (m - 1)/(x + m - 2);
-       *
-       * and then we can further simplify to:
-       *
-       *    return (m - 1)*x/((2*m - 1)*x - m);
-       *
-       * Finally, precalculating (m - 1) we can save a multiplication.
-       */
-      if ( x > 0 ) // guard us against degenerate cases
-      {
-         if ( x < 1 )
-         {
-            double m1 = m - 1;
-            return m1*x/((m + m1)*x - m);
-         }
-         return 1;
-      }
-      return 0;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for MidtonesTransferFunction( m, x ).
-    */
-   static double MTF( double m, double x )
-   {
-      return MidtonesTransferFunction( m, x );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Transforms a real \a value in the normalized [0,1] range.
-    */
-   void Transform( double& value ) const
-   {
-      if ( m_flags.hasClipping )
-         value = m_flags.hasDelta ? ((value <= m_clipLow) ? 0.0 : ((value >= m_clipHigh) ? 1.0 : (value - m_clipLow)/m_flags.d)) : m_clipLow;
-      if ( m_flags.hasMTF )
-         value = HistogramTransformation::MTF( m_midtonesBalance, value );
-      if ( m_flags.hasRange )
-         value = (value - m_expandLow)/m_flags.dr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * \struct pcl::HistogramTransformation::Flags
-    * \brief Characterizes a histogram transformation pertaining to a
-    * histogram transformation chain.
-    */
-   struct Flags
-   {
-      double d = 1.0;             //!< Total width of the stretched dynamic range
-      double dr = 1.0;            //!< Total width of the expanded dynamic range
-      bool   hasClipping = false; //!< The transformation defines clipping parameters
-      bool   hasMTF = false;      //!< The transformation defines a midtones transfer function
-      bool   hasRange = false;    //!< The transformation defines dynamic range expansion parameters
-      bool   hasDelta = false;    //!< The transformation defines a nonzero stretched range of sample values
-
-      /*!
-       * Default constructor.
-       */
-      Flags() = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Copy constructor.
-       */
-      Flags( const Flags& ) = default;
-
-      /*!
-       * Constructs a new %Flags object initialized for the parameters of the
-       * specified HistogramTransformation \a H.
-       */
-      Flags( const HistogramTransformation& H )
-      {
-         hasClipping = H.m_clipLow != 0 || H.m_clipHigh != 1;
-         hasMTF = H.m_midtonesBalance != 0.5;
-         hasRange = H.m_expandLow != 0 || H.m_expandHigh != 1;
-         hasDelta = false;
-         if ( hasClipping )
-         {
-            d = H.m_clipHigh - H.m_clipLow;
-            hasDelta = 1 + d != 1;
-         }
-         if ( hasRange )
-            dr = H.m_expandHigh - H.m_expandLow;
-      }
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the set of flags characterizing this histogram transformation.
-    */
-   Flags TransformationFlags() const
-   {
-      return m_flags;
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   double              m_midtonesBalance = 0.5; // midtones balance
-   double              m_clipLow = 0;           // shadows clipping point
-   double              m_clipHigh = 1;          // highlights clipping point
-   double              m_expandLow = 0;         // shadows dynamic range expansion
-   double              m_expandHigh = 1;        // highlights dynamic range expansion
-   Flags               m_flags;                 // transformation flags
-   transformation_list m_transformChain;        // more transformations
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    */
-   void UpdateFlags()
-   {
-      m_flags = Flags( *this );
-   }
-
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-
-   friend class LUT2408Thread;
-   friend class LUT2416Thread;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_HistogramTransformation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/HistogramTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/Homography.h

@@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/Homography.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_Homography_h
-#define __PCL_Homography_h
-
-/// \file pcl/Homography.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-#include <pcl/Diagnostics.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Algebra.h>
-#include <pcl/Array.h>
-#include <pcl/Matrix.h>
-#include <pcl/Point.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class Homography
- * \brief Homography geometric transformation.
- *
- * A two-dimensional projective transformation, or \e homography, is a
- * line-preserving geometric transformation between two sets of points in the
- * plane. More formally, if P represents the set of points in the plane, a
- * homography is an invertible mapping H from P^2 to itself such that three
- * points p1, p2, p3 are collinear if and only if H(p1), H(p2), H(p3) do.
- *
- * Homographies have important practical applications in the field of computer
- * vision. On the PixInsight platform, this class is an essential component of
- * image registration and astrometry processes.
- */
-template <class P = DPoint>
-class PCL_CLASS Homography
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a reference point in two dimensions.
-    */
-   typedef P               point;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of two-dimensional reference points involved in a
-    * homography transformation.
-    */
-   typedef Array<point>    point_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Default constructor. Constructs a no-op transformation with a unit matrix
-    * transformation matrix.
-    */
-   Homography()
-      : m_H( Matrix::UnitMatrix( 3 ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructor from a given homography matrix.
-    */
-   Homography( const Matrix& H )
-      : m_H( H )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructor from two 2D point lists.
-    *
-    * Computes a homography transformation to generate a list \a P2 of
-    * transformed points from a list \a P1 of original points. In other words,
-    * the computed homography H works as follows:
-    *
-    * P2 = H( P1 )
-    *
-    * The transformation matrix is calculated by the Direct Linear
-    * Transformation (DLT) method. Both point lists must contain at least four
-    * points.
-    *
-    * If one of the specified point lists contains less than four points, or if
-    * no homography can be estimated from the specified point lists (which
-    * leads to a singular transformation matrix), this constructor throws an
-    * appropriate Error exception.
-    *
-    * \b References
-    *
-    * R. Hartley, <em>In defense of the eight-point algorithm.</em> IEEE
-    * Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 19, pp.
-    * 580–593, June 1997.
-    */
-   Homography( const point_list& P1, const point_list& P2 )
-      : m_H( DLT( P1, P2 ) )
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   Homography( const Homography& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator.
-    */
-   Homography& operator =( const Homography& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   Homography( Homography&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator.
-    */
-   Homography& operator =( Homography&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Coordinate transformation operator. Applies the homography matrix to the
-    * specified \a x and \a y coordinates. Returns the transformed point as a
-    * two-dimensional point with real coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   DPoint operator ()( T x, T y ) const
-   {
-      double w = m_H[2][0]*x + m_H[2][1]*y + m_H[2][2];
-      PCL_CHECK( 1 + w != 1 )
-      return DPoint( (m_H[0][0]*x + m_H[0][1]*y + m_H[0][2])/w,
-                     (m_H[1][0]*x + m_H[1][1]*y + m_H[1][2])/w );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Point transformation operator. Applies the homography matrix to the
-    * coordinates of the specified point \a p. Returns the transformed point as
-    * a two-dimensional point with real coordinates.
-    */
-   template <typename T>
-   DPoint operator ()( const GenericPoint<T>& p ) const
-   {
-      return operator ()( p.x, p.y );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the inverse of this homography transformation.
-    *
-    * If this transformation has been computed from two point lists \a P1 and
-    * \a P2:
-    *
-    * P2 = H( P1 )
-    *
-    * then this function returns a transformation H1 such that:
-    *
-    * P1 = H1( P2 )
-    */
-   Homography Inverse() const
-   {
-      return Homography( m_H.Inverse() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the homography transformation matrix.
-    */
-   operator const Matrix&() const
-   {
-      return m_H;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this transformation has been initialized and is valid.
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return !m_H.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this is an affine homography transformation.
-    *
-    * An affine homography is a special type of a general homography where the
-    * last row of the 3x3 transformation matrix is equal to (0, 0, 1). This
-    * function verifies that this property holds for the current transformation
-    * matrix (if it is valid) up to the machine epsilon for the \c double
-    * numeric type.
-    */
-   bool IsAffine() const
-   {
-      return     IsValid()
-          &&     Abs( m_H[2][0] ) <= std::numeric_limits<double>::epsilon()
-          &&     Abs( m_H[2][1] ) <= std::numeric_limits<double>::epsilon()
-          && 1 - Abs( m_H[2][2] ) <= std::numeric_limits<double>::epsilon();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Ensures that the transformation uniquely references its internal matrix
-    * data.
-    */
-   void EnsureUnique()
-   {
-      m_H.EnsureUnique();
-   }
-
-private:
-
-   Matrix m_H;
-
-   /*
-    * Normalization of reference points.
-    */
-   struct NormalizedPoints
-   {
-      Array<DPoint> N; // the normalized points
-      Matrix        T; // 3x3 normalization matrix
-
-      NormalizedPoints( const point_list& points )
-      {
-         /*
-          * Calculate the centroid of the input set of points.
-          */
-         DPoint centroid( 0 );
-         for ( const auto& p : points )
-            centroid += p;
-         centroid /= points.Length();
-
-         /*
-          * Calculate mean centroid distance and move origin to the centroid.
-          */
-         double d0 = 0;
-         for ( const auto& p : points )
-         {
-            double x = p.x - centroid.x;
-            double y = p.y - centroid.y;
-            N << DPoint( x, y );
-            d0 += Sqrt( x*x + y*y );
-         }
-         d0 /= points.Length();
-
-         /*
-          * Scale point coordinates.
-          */
-         double scale = Const<double>::sqrt2()/d0;
-         for ( auto& p : N )
-            p *= scale;
-
-         /*
-          * Form the normalization matrix.
-          */
-         T = Matrix( scale, 0.0,   -scale*centroid.x,
-                     0.0,   scale, -scale*centroid.y,
-                     0.0,   0.0,   1.0 );
-      }
-   };
-
-   /*
-    * Implementation of the Direct Linear Transformation (DLT) method to
-    * compute a normalized homography matrix.
-    */
-   static Matrix DLT( const point_list& P1, const point_list& P2 )
-   {
-      int n = Min( P1.Length(), P2.Length() );
-      if ( n < 4 )
-         throw Error( "Homography::DLT(): Less than four points specified." );
-
-      /*
-       * Normalize all points.
-       */
-      NormalizedPoints p1( P1 );
-      NormalizedPoints p2( P2 );
-
-      /*
-       * Setup cross product matrix A.
-       */
-      Matrix A( 2*n, 9 );
-      for ( int i = 0; i < n; ++i )
-      {
-         double  x1 = p1.N[i].x;
-         double  y1 = p1.N[i].y;
-         double  x2 = p2.N[i].x;
-         double  y2 = p2.N[i].y;
-         double* A0 = A[2*i];
-         double* A1 = A[2*i + 1];
-         //double* A2 = A[3*i + 2]; <-- linearly dependent eqn.
-
-         A0[0] = A0[1] = A0[2] = 0;
-         A0[3] = -x1;
-         A0[4] = -y1;
-         A0[5] = -1;
-         A0[6] =  y2*x1;
-         A0[7] =  y2*y1;
-         A0[8] =  y2;
-
-         A1[0] =  x1;
-         A1[1] =  y1;
-         A1[2] =  1;
-         A1[3] = A1[4] = A1[5] = 0;
-         A1[6] = -x2*x1;
-         A1[7] = -x2*y1;
-         A1[8] = -x2;
-
-         /*                         <-- linearly dependent eqn.
-         A2[0] = -y2*x1;
-         A2[1] = -y2*y1;
-         A2[2] = -y2;
-         A2[3] =  x2*x1;
-         A2[4] =  x2*y1;
-         A2[5] =  x2;
-         A2[6] = A2[7] = A2[8] = 0;
-         */
-      }
-
-      /*
-       * SVD of cross product matrix.
-       */
-      InPlaceSVD svd( A );
-
-      /*
-       * For sanity, set to zero all insignificant singular values.
-       */
-      for ( int i = 0; i < svd.W.Length(); ++i )
-         if ( Abs( svd.W[i] ) <= std::numeric_limits<double>::epsilon() )
-            svd.W[i] = 0;
-
-      /*
-       * Locate the smallest nonzero singular value.
-       */
-      int i = svd.IndexOfSmallestSingularValue();
-
-      /*
-       * The components of the homography matrix are those of the smallest
-       * eigenvector, i.e. the column vector of V corresponding to the smallest
-       * singular value.
-       */
-      Matrix H( svd.V[0][i], svd.V[1][i], svd.V[2][i],
-                svd.V[3][i], svd.V[4][i], svd.V[5][i],
-                svd.V[6][i], svd.V[7][i], svd.V[8][i] );
-
-      if ( Abs( H[2][2] ) <= std::numeric_limits<double>::epsilon() )
-         throw Error( "Homography::DLT(): Singular matrix." );
-
-      /*
-       * Denormalize matrix components.
-       */
-      H = p2.T.Inverse() * H * p1.T;
-
-      /*
-       * Normalize matrix so that H[2][2] = 1.
-       */
-      return H *= 1/H[2][2];
-   }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_Homography_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/Homography.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ICCProfile.h

@@ -1,905 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ICCProfile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ICCProfile_h
-#define __PCL_ICCProfile_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ICCProfile.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/ByteArray.h>
-#include <pcl/Flags.h>
-#include <pcl/StringList.h>
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \defgroup color_management Color Management Classes
- */
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ICCProfileClass
- * \brief Representation of ICC color profile classes
- * \ingroup color_management
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::Unknown</td>              <td>Unknown or unsupported ICC profile class</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::Any</td>                  <td>Any ICC profile class</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::InputDevice</td>          <td>Input device (scanner) profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::DisplayDevice</td>        <td>Display device (monitor) profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::OutputDevice</td>         <td>Output device (printer) profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::DeviceLink</td>           <td>Device link profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::ColorSpaceConversion</td> <td>Color space conversion profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::AbstractProfile</td>      <td>Abstract profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCProfileClass::NamedColorProfile</td>    <td>Named color profile</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace ICCProfileClass
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      Unknown              = 0x80000000,
-      Any                  = 0x00000000,
-      InputDevice          = 0x00000001,
-      DisplayDevice        = 0x00000002,
-      OutputDevice         = 0x00000004,
-      DeviceLink           = 0x00000008,
-      ColorSpaceConversion = 0x00000010,
-      AbstractProfile      = 0x00000020,
-      NamedColorProfile    = 0x00000040
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ICCProfileClasses
- * \brief A combination of ICCProfileClass values.
- * \ingroup color_management
- */
-typedef Flags<ICCProfileClass::mask_type>   ICCProfileClasses;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ICCColorSpace
- * \brief Representation of data and connection color spaces in ICC color profiles.
- * \ingroup color_management
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Unknown</td> <td>Unknown or unsupported color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Any</td>     <td>Any color space in an ICC profile</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::XYZ</td>     <td>CIE XYZ color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Lab</td>     <td>CIE L*a*b* color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Luv</td>     <td>CIE L*u*v* color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::YCbCr</td>   <td>YCbCr color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Yxy</td>     <td>Yxy (luminance and chromaticity coordinates)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::RGB</td>     <td>RGB color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::Gray</td>    <td>Grayscale color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::HSV</td>     <td>HSV color ordering system</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::HLS</td>     <td>HLS color ordering system</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::CMYK</td>    <td>CMYK color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::CMY</td>     <td>CMY color space</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCColorSpace::LuvK</td>    <td>LuvK color space</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * Other color spaces supported by the ICC profile specification, as for
- * example 2-color and 15-color spaces, are unknown to this implementation.
- */
-namespace ICCColorSpace
-{
-   enum mask_type
-   {
-      Unknown  = 0x80000000,
-      Any      = 0x00000000,
-      XYZ      = 0x00000001,
-      Lab      = 0x00000002,
-      Luv      = 0x00000004,
-      YCbCr    = 0x00000008,
-      Yxy      = 0x00000010,
-      RGB      = 0x00000020,
-      Gray     = 0x00000040,
-      HSV      = 0x00000080,
-      HLS      = 0x00000100,
-      CMYK     = 0x00000200,
-      CMY      = 0x00000400,
-      LuvK     = 0x00000800
-   };
-}
-
-/*!
- * \class pcl::ICCColorSpaces
- * \brief A combination of ICCColorSpace values.
- * \ingroup color_management
- */
-typedef Flags<ICCColorSpace::mask_type>  ICCColorSpaces;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ICCRenderingIntent
- * \brief ICC rendering intents
- * \ingroup color_management
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingIntent::Perceptual</td>           <td>Perceptual rendering intent (photographic images)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingIntent::Saturation</td>           <td>Saturation rendering intent (graphics)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingIntent::RelativeColorimetric</td> <td>Relative colorimetric rendering intent (match white points)</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingIntent::AbsoluteColorimetric</td> <td>Absolute colorimetric rendering intent (proofing)</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace ICCRenderingIntent
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Perceptual,
-      Saturation,
-      RelativeColorimetric,
-      AbsoluteColorimetric
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \namespace pcl::ICCRenderingDirection
- * \brief ICC transform rendering direction
- * \ingroup color_management
- *
- * <table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingDirection::Input</td>    <td>Denotes a rendering intent applied to input pixel values.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingDirection::Output</td>   <td>Denotes a rendering intent applied to output pixel values.</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>ICCRenderingDirection::Proofing</td> <td>Denotes a rendering intent applied by a proofing transform.</td></tr>
- * </table>
- */
-namespace ICCRenderingDirection
-{
-   enum value_type
-   {
-      Input,
-      Output,
-      Proofing
-   };
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ICCProfile
- * \brief A high-level interface to ICC color profiles
- *
- * %ICCProfile is a high-level interface to the ICC profile handling
- * functionality implemented in the PixInsight core application. An instance of
- * %ICCProfile transports an ICC profile structure that can be embedded in
- * image files or used to build color management transformations with the
- * ICCProfileTransformation class.
- *
- * %ICCProfile implements a set of utility functions for profile validation,
- * profile information retrieval, profile disk I/O and profile directory
- * search, among other tasks.
- *
- * \ingroup color_management
- * \sa ICCProfileTransformation
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ICCProfile
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an opaque handle to an internal ICC profile.
-    */
-   typedef void*                                handle;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ICC profile device class.
-    */
-   typedef ICCProfileClass::mask_type           profile_class;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ICC profile color space.
-    */
-   typedef ICCColorSpace::mask_type             color_space;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ICC rendering intent.
-    */
-   typedef ICCRenderingIntent::value_type       rendering_intent;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ICC transform rendering direction.
-    */
-   typedef ICCRenderingDirection::value_type    rendering_direction;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %ICCProfile object. An empty %ICCProfile doesn't
-    * store an ICC profile structure.
-    */
-   ICCProfile() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor.
-    */
-   ICCProfile( const ICCProfile& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ICCProfile( ICCProfile&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ICCProfile object and loads an ICC profile from a file at
-    * the specified \a profilePath.
-    *
-    * If the specified file does not exist, is not readable, or does not
-    * contain a valid ICC profile structure, this constructor throws an Error
-    * exception.
-    */
-   ICCProfile( const String& profilePath )
-   {
-      Load( profilePath );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ICCProfile object to store a copy of the raw ICC profile
-    * structure available in the specified container. This constructor simply
-    * calls Set( rawData ).
-    */
-   ICCProfile( const ByteArray& rawData )
-   {
-      Set( rawData );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an %ICCProfile object to store a copy of the raw ICC profile
-    * structure at the specified location. This constructor simply calls
-    * Set( rawData ).
-    */
-   ICCProfile( const void* rawData )
-   {
-      Set( rawData );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %ICCProfile object. If this object stores an ICC profile
-    * structure, it is deallocated upon destruction.
-    */
-   virtual ~ICCProfile()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ICCProfile& operator =( const ICCProfile& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ICCProfile& operator =( ICCProfile&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object stores an ICC color profile structure.
-    */
-   bool IsProfile() const
-   {
-      return !m_data.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * A convenience synonym for IsProfile().
-    */
-   operator bool() const
-   {
-      return IsProfile();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true if this profile has been read from a disk file. Otherwise
-    * this object either does not transport an ICC profile, or the profile has
-    * been generated or assigned directly from a memory buffer.
-    */
-   bool IsDiskProfile() const
-   {
-      return !m_path.IsEmpty();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the ICC profile stored in this object is identical to the
-    * profile stored in \a other %ICCProfile object.
-    *
-    * If necessary, this function performs a byte-to-byte comparison between
-    * both ICC profile structures (when both have the same size in bytes).
-    */
-   bool IsSameProfile( const ICCProfile& other ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable container that stores an ICC profile
-    * in this %ICCProfile object. The returned ByteArray is empty if this
-    * object does not transport an ICC color profile.
-    */
-   const ByteArray& ProfileData() const
-   {
-      return m_data;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the length of the stored ICC profile structure in bytes. Returns
-    * zero if this %ICCProfile object doesn't store an ICC color profile.
-    */
-   size_type ProfileSize() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the full file path of the stored ICC profile, if this object
-    * transports an ICC profile structure that has been loaded from a file, or
-    * an empty string otherwise.
-    */
-   String FilePath() const
-   {
-      return m_path;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized profile description of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * \param language   Optional language code (ISO 639/2) of the requested
-    *                   profile description. The default value is "en" for
-    *                   English.
-    *
-    * \param country    Optional country code (ISO 3166) of the requested
-    *                   profile description. The default value is "US" for
-    *                   United States.
-    *
-    * If this object does not transport an ICC profile, this routine returns an
-    * empty string. Otherwise this routine will always return a valid profile
-    * description, even if no localized version exists for the requested
-    * language and country. The returned description will be as close as
-    * possible to the requested localization.
-    */
-   String Description( const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized manufacturer information of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( const char*, const char* ) const for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   String Manufacturer( const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized device model information of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( const char*, const char* ) const for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   String Model( const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized copyright information of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( const char*, const char* ) const for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   String Copyright( const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Retrieves localized description, manufacturer, device model and copyright
-    * information from the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If this object does not transport an ICC profile, this routine clears the
-    * \a description, \a manufacturer, \a model and \a copyright strings. If a
-    * valid ICC profile is stored in this object, the passed strings will be
-    * assigned with the corresponding information, as close as possible to the
-    * requested localization. See Description( const char*, const char* ) const
-    * for detailed information on localization parameters.
-    */
-   void GetInformation( String& description, String& manufacturer, String& model, String& copyright,
-                        const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the ICC profile class of the stored profile. See the
-    * ICCProfileClass namespace for supported profile classes.
-    *
-    * If this object doesn't transport an ICC profile, this function returns
-    * ICCProfileClass::Unknown.
-    */
-   profile_class Class() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the ICC color space of the stored profile. See the ICCColorSpace
-    * namespace for supported color spaces.
-    *
-    * If this object doesn't transport an ICC profile, this function returns
-    * ICCColorSpace::Unknown.
-    */
-   color_space ColorSpace() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object stores an RGB ICC profile.
-    */
-   bool IsRGB() const
-   {
-      return ColorSpace() == ICCColorSpace::RGB;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object stores a grayscale ICC profile.
-    */
-   bool IsGrayscale() const
-   {
-      return ColorSpace() == ICCColorSpace::Gray;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object stores an ICC profile that supports the
-    * specified \a intent in the specified transform \a direction. See the
-    * ICCRenderingIntent and ICCRenderingDirection namespaces, respectively,
-    * for supported rendering intents and directions.
-    */
-   bool SupportsRenderingIntent( rendering_intent intent, rendering_direction direction ) const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object stores an embedded ICC profile.
-    *
-    * An embedded ICC profile must have the <em>Embedded Profile</em> bit field
-    * (bit #0 of header byte #44) set.
-    */
-   bool IsEmbedded() const;
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets or clears the <em>Embedded Profile</em> header bit field (bit #0 of
-    * header byte #44) of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * \note If this %ICCProfile object is being used to embed an ICC profile in
-    * an image file, the <em>Embedded Profile</em> flag must be set before
-    * embedding.
-    */
-   void SetEmbeddedFlag( bool on = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Clears or sets the <em>Embedded Profile</em> header bit field (bit #0 of
-    * header byte #44) of the stored ICC profile.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * SetEmbeddedFlag( false )
-    */
-   void ClearEmbeddedFlag()
-   {
-      SetEmbeddedFlag( false );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads an ICC profile from a disk file at \a profilePath and stores it in
-    * this %ICCProfile object.
-    *
-    * If this object stores an ICC profile before calling this function, it is
-    * deallocated upon successful load of the specified ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If the specified file does not exist or is not readable, or if the file
-    * contains data that cannot be identified as a valid ICC profile, this
-    * function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   void Load( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces this %ICCProfile object to store a copy of the ICC profile stored
-    * in the specified ByteArray container. Previously existing ICC profile
-    * data will be deallocated.
-    *
-    * If the specified container is empty, calling this function is equivalent
-    * to Clear(). If the container is not empty, it must store a valid ICC
-    * profile structure; otherwise this function will throw an Error exception.
-    */
-   void Set( const ByteArray& profile );
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces this %ICCProfile object to store a copy of the raw ICC profile
-    * data at the specified location. Previously existing ICC profile data will
-    * be deallocated.
-    *
-    * The specified pointer must be the starting address of a valid ICC profile
-    * structure; otherwise this function will throw an Error exception.
-    */
-   void Set( const void* rawData );
-
-   /*!
-    * Deallocates the stored ICC profile structure and all auxiliary data.
-    *
-    * If the profile has been opened before calling this function, any existing
-    * handle to it will not be closed or invalidated.
-    */
-   void Clear()
-   {
-      m_data.Clear();
-      m_path.Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Opens the ICC profile stored in this %ICCProfile object. Returns a handle
-    * to the opened ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If this object does not transport a valid ICC profile structure, this
-    * function throws an Error exception.
-    *
-    * Color management transformations are defined through handles to open ICC
-    * profiles. The caller is responsible for closing ICC profile handles when
-    * they are no longer needed.
-    */
-   handle Open() const
-   {
-      return Open( m_data );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Exchanges two ICC profiles \a x1 and \a x2.
-    */
-   friend void Swap( ICCProfile& x1, ICCProfile& x2 )
-   {
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_data, x2.m_data );
-      pcl::Swap( x1.m_path, x2.m_path );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Opens an ICC profile disk file at \a profilePath. Returns a handle to the
-    * opened ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If the specified file does not exist or is not readable, or if it does
-    * not contain a valid ICC profile structure, this function throws an Error
-    * exception.
-    */
-   static handle Open( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Opens an ICC profile from raw ICC profile data stored at the specified
-    * location. Returns a handle to the opened ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If the argument does not point to a valid ICC profile structure, this
-    * function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   static handle Open( const void* rawData );
-
-   /*!
-    * Opens an ICC profile stored in the specified ByteArray container \a icc.
-    * Returns a handle to the opened ICC profile.
-    *
-    * If the specified container is empty or does not contain a valid ICC
-    * profile structure, this function throws an Error exception.
-    */
-   static handle Open( const ByteArray& icc )
-   {
-      return Open( icc.Begin() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Closes an open ICC profile handle.
-    */
-   static void Close( handle h );
-
-   /*!
-    * Validates an ICC profile handle. Returns true iff the specified handle is
-    * a valid handle to an open ICC profile.
-    */
-   static bool IsValidHandle( handle h );
-
-   /*!
-    * Validates an ICC profile structure stored in a file at \a profilePath.
-    * Returns true iff the specified file exists and contains a valid ICC
-    * profile.
-    */
-   static bool IsValidFile( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Validates an ICC profile from raw ICC profile data stored at the
-    * specified location. Returns true iff the argument points to a valid ICC
-    * profile structure.
-    */
-   static bool IsValid( const void* rawdata );
-
-   /*!
-    * Validates an ICC profile structure stored in the specified ByteArray
-    * container \a icc. Returns true iff the container stores a valid ICC
-    * profile.
-    */
-   static bool IsValid( const ByteArray& icc )
-   {
-      return IsValid( icc.Begin() );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized profile description of an open ICC profile.
-    *
-    * \param h          Handle to an open ICC profile, from which the requested
-    *                   profile description will be obtained.
-    *
-    * \param language   Optional language code (ISO 639/2) of the requested
-    *                   profile description. The default value is "en" for
-    *                   English.
-    *
-    * \param country    Optional country code (ISO 3166) of the requested
-    *                   profile description. The default value is "US" for the
-    *                   United States.
-    *
-    * This routine will always return a valid profile description, even if no
-    * localized version is available for the requested language and country.
-    * The returned description will be as close as possible to the requested
-    * localization.
-    */
-   static String Description( handle h, const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized manufacturer information of an open ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( handle, const char*, const char* ) for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   static String Manufacturer( handle h, const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized device model information of an open ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( handle, const char*, const char* ) for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   static String Model( handle h, const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the localized copyright information of an open ICC profile.
-    *
-    * See Description( handle, const char*, const char* ) for detailed
-    * information on function parameters and behavior.
-    */
-   static String Copyright( handle h, const char* language = "en", const char* country = "US" );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the ICC profile class of an open profile. See the ICCProfileClass
-    * namespace for supported profile classes.
-    */
-   static profile_class Class( handle h );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the ICC color space of an open profile. See the ICCColorSpace
-    * namespace for supported color spaces.
-    */
-   static color_space ColorSpace( handle h );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff an open profile supports the specified \a intent in the
-    * specified transform \a direction. See the ICCRenderingIntent and
-    * ICCRenderingDirection namespaces, respectively, for supported rendering
-    * intents and directions.
-    */
-   static bool SupportsRenderingIntent( handle h, rendering_intent intent, rendering_direction direction );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the list of profile directories.
-    *
-    * The profile directories contain the ICC profiles currently installed in
-    * the system. The specific directories provided by this function are
-    * platform-dependent.
-    *
-    * On X11 Linux and FreeBSD, there is no universally standardized color
-    * management system. By default, the returned list will include a single
-    * directory that can be one of the following:
-    *
-    *    /usr/share/color/icc
-    *    ~/.color/icc
-    *
-    * for system-wide or user-local profiles, respectively. If none of the
-    * above directories exists (and is readable) on the local filesystem, the
-    * routine will return a fallback directory within the installation
-    * directory tree of the PixInsight core application.
-    *
-    * On OS X, the returned list may contain one or more from the following
-    * directories:
-    *
-    *    ~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles
-    *    /Library/ColorSync/Profiles
-    *    /Network/Library/ColorSync/Profiles
-    *
-    * Finally, on Windows this function returns the current COLOR directory,
-    * as reported by the GetColorDirectory() Win32 API function.
-    */
-   static StringList ProfileDirectories();
-
-   /*!
-    * Gets a list of full paths for every ICC profile on a given directory.
-    *
-    * \param dirPath    Optional path to a search directory. If no directory is
-    *                   specified, or if an empty string is passed, the whole
-    *                   list of system profile directories, as returned by the
-    *                   ProfileDirectories() member function, will be searched
-    *                   recursively.
-    *
-    * This routine performs a recursive directory search on the specified
-    * directory, or on each system profiles directory if no directory is
-    * specified. Profiles are quickly identified by opening them and validating
-    * their profile headers. The search is not limited to any particular file
-    * suffix such as ".icc" or ".icm".
-    *
-    * Returns a list of full paths to the ICC profile files found on the
-    * search directory.
-    */
-   static StringList FindProfiles( const String& dirPath = String() );
-
-   /*!
-    * Finds the file path to an installed ICC profile, given its profile
-    * description.
-    *
-    * \param description   Description of the profile to search for.
-    *
-    * \param exactMatch    If true, this routine will search for a profile that
-    *                   matches the specified \a description exactly, including
-    *                   character case. If false, the routine will report any
-    *                   profile whose description contains the specified
-    *                   description performing case-insensitive comparisons.
-    *                   The default value is true, so profile descriptions must
-    *                   be matched exactly by default.
-    *
-    * This function searches the system color directories, as reported by the
-    * ProfileDirectories() member function, until it finds an ICC profile with
-    * the specified \a description. This routine performs a recursive directory
-    * search on each profiles directory.
-    *
-    * Returns the full path to the ICC profile, or an empty string if no
-    * profile was found matching the specified \a description.
-    */
-   static String FindInstalledProfile( const String& description, bool exactMatch = true );
-
-   /*!
-    * Extracts a subset of profile paths and their descriptions from a
-    * previously retrieved list of full paths to ICC profiles.
-    *
-    * \param[out] selectedDescriptionsList   The list of profile descriptions
-    *                                        for selected profiles.
-    *
-    * \param[out] selectedPathsList    The list of paths to selected profiles.
-    *
-    * \param pathList   The input list of paths to ICC profiles.
-    *
-    * \param spaces     A combination of ICC color spaces for selected ICC
-    *                   profiles.
-    *
-    * \param classes    A combination of ICC device classes for selected ICC
-    *                   profiles.
-    */
-   static void ExtractProfileList( StringList& selectedDescriptionsList,
-                                   StringList& selectedPathsList,
-                                   const StringList& pathList,
-                                   ICCColorSpaces spaces = ICCColorSpace::Any,
-                                   ICCProfileClasses classes = ICCProfileClass::Any );
-
-   // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   /*!
-    * \class pcl::ICCProfile::Info
-    * \brief A structure to hold descriptive data about ICC profiles.
-    * \ingroup color_management
-    *
-    * The %ICCProfile::Info structure is designed to be used with the
-    * ICCProfile::FindProfilesByColorSpace() utility function.
-    */
-   struct Info
-   {
-      String description;  //!< Description of an ICC profile
-      String path;         //!< Full path to an ICC profile disk file
-
-      /*!
-       * Constructs an %ICCProfile::Info structure.
-       */
-      Info( const String& a_description, const String& a_path = String() )
-         : description( a_description )
-         , path( a_path )
-      {
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Equality operator. Two %ICCProfile::Info objects are equal if their
-       * profile descriptions are equal.
-       */
-      bool operator ==( const Info& x ) const
-      {
-         return description == x.description;
-      }
-
-      /*!
-       * Less than relational operator. %ICCProfile::Info objects are sorted by
-       * their profile descriptions
-       */
-      bool operator <( const Info& x ) const
-      {
-         return description < x.description;
-      }
-   };
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a sorted list of ICC profile information items.
-    */
-   typedef SortedArray<Info> profile_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a sorted list of profile information items (full file paths and
-    * profile description strings) for the existing ICC profiles of the
-    * specified ICC profile color spaces.
-    *
-    * \param spaces  A combination of ICC profile color spaces to search for.
-    *
-    * The search operation is restricted to the system color directories, as
-    * reported by the ProfileDirectories() member function. This routine
-    * performs a recursive directory search on each profiles directory.
-    *
-    * Duplicate profiles are not included in the output \a info list. If the
-    * same profile is present in two or more directories, or if the same
-    * profile is present on the same directory with different file names, only
-    * the first instance seen will be included. Profiles are compared by their
-    * profile descriptions.
-    */
-   static profile_list FindProfilesByColorSpace( ICCColorSpaces spaces );
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    */
-   static void ThrowErrorWithCMSInfo( const String& message );
-
-private:
-
-   ByteArray m_data; // ICC profile data
-   String    m_path; // empty if this is an embedded or newly created profile
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ICCProfile_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ICCProfile.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z

3rdparty/include/pcl/ICCProfileTransformation.h

@@ -1,691 +0,0 @@
-//     ____   ______ __
-//    / __ \ / ____// /
-//   / /_/ // /    / /
-//  / ____// /___ / /___   PixInsight Class Library
-// /_/     \____//_____/   PCL 2.4.23
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// pcl/ICCProfileTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This file is part of the PixInsight Class Library (PCL).
-// PCL is a multiplatform C++ framework for development of PixInsight modules.
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2003-2022 Pleiades Astrophoto S.L. All Rights Reserved.
-//
-// Redistribution and use in both source and binary forms, with or without
-// modification, is permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-//
-// 1. All redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-//
-// 2. All redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
-//    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
-//    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-//
-// 3. Neither the names "PixInsight" and "Pleiades Astrophoto", nor the names
-//    of their contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived
-//    from this software without specific prior written permission. For written
-//    permission, please contact info@pixinsight.com.
-//
-// 4. All products derived from this software, in any form whatsoever, must
-//    reproduce the following acknowledgment in the end-user documentation
-//    and/or other materials provided with the product:
-//
-//    "This product is based on software from the PixInsight project, developed
-//    by Pleiades Astrophoto and its contributors (https://pixinsight.com/)."
-//
-//    Alternatively, if that is where third-party acknowledgments normally
-//    appear, this acknowledgment must be reproduced in the product itself.
-//
-// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS
-// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-// PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL PLEIADES ASTROPHOTO OR ITS
-// CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
-// EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUSINESS
-// INTERRUPTION; PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; AND LOSS OF USE,
-// DATA OR PROFITS) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-// CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
-// ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
-// POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __PCL_ICCProfileTransformation_h
-#define __PCL_ICCProfileTransformation_h
-
-/// \file pcl/ICCProfileTransformation.h
-
-#include <pcl/Defs.h>
-
-#include <pcl/Array.h>
-#include <pcl/Color.h>
-#include <pcl/ICCProfile.h>
-#include <pcl/ImageTransformation.h>
-#include <pcl/ParallelProcess.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __PCL_BUILDING_PIXINSIGHT_APPLICATION
-namespace pi
-{
-   class ImageWindow;
-} // pi
-#endif
-
-namespace pcl
-{
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ICCProfileTransformation
- * \brief Conversion of pixel values between ICC profile color spaces
- *
- * %ICCProfileTransformation is a portable color transformation based on ICC
- * color profiles. This class is a high-level interface to the color management
- * functionality implemented in the PixInsight core application.
- *
- * %ICCProfileTransformation implements simple profile-to-profile color
- * transformations, multiprofile transformations, and device proofing
- * transformations with out-of-gamut checks.
- *
- * \ingroup color_management
- * \sa ICCProfile, ImageTransformation
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ICCProfileTransformation : public ImageTransformation, public ParallelProcess
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an ICC rendering intent.
-    */
-   typedef ICCRenderingIntent::value_type    rendering_intent;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents an opaque handle to a server-side ICC transformation.
-    */
-   typedef void*                             transformation_handle;
-
-   /*!
-    * Represents a list of handles to open ICC profiles.
-    */
-   typedef Array<ICCProfile::handle>         profile_list;
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs an empty %ICCPRofileTransformation object.
-    */
-   ICCProfileTransformation() = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ICCProfileTransformation( ICCProfileTransformation&& x )
-      : ImageTransformation( x )
-      , ParallelProcess( x )
-      , m_transformation( x.m_transformation )
-      , m_profiles( std::move( x.m_profiles ) )
-      , m_intent( x.m_intent )
-      , m_proofingIntent( x.m_proofingIntent )
-      , m_blackPointCompensation( x.m_blackPointCompensation )
-      , m_forceFloatingPoint( x.m_forceFloatingPoint )
-      , m_highResolutionCLUT( x.m_highResolutionCLUT )
-      , m_lowResolutionCLUT( x.m_lowResolutionCLUT )
-      , m_proofingTransformation( x.m_proofingTransformation )
-      , m_gamutCheck( x.m_gamutCheck )
-      , m_srcRGB( x.m_srcRGB )
-      , m_dstRGB( x.m_dstRGB )
-      , m_floatingPoint( x.m_floatingPoint )
-   {
-      x.m_transformation = nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ICCProfileTransformation& operator =( ICCProfileTransformation&& x )
-   {
-      (void)ImageTransformation::operator =( x );
-      (void)ParallelProcess::operator =( x );
-      m_transformation = x.m_transformation;
-      m_profiles = std::move( x.m_profiles );
-      m_intent = x.m_intent;
-      m_proofingIntent = x.m_proofingIntent;
-      m_blackPointCompensation = x.m_blackPointCompensation;
-      m_forceFloatingPoint = x.m_forceFloatingPoint;
-      m_highResolutionCLUT = x.m_highResolutionCLUT;
-      m_lowResolutionCLUT = x.m_lowResolutionCLUT;
-      m_proofingTransformation = x.m_proofingTransformation;
-      m_gamutCheck = x.m_gamutCheck;
-      m_srcRGB = x.m_srcRGB;
-      m_dstRGB = x.m_dstRGB;
-      m_floatingPoint = x.m_floatingPoint;
-      x.m_transformation = nullptr;
-      return *this;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy constructor. This constructor is disabled because ICC color profile
-    * transformations are unique objects.
-    */
-   ICCProfileTransformation( const ICCProfileTransformation& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Copy assignment. This operator is disabled because ICC color profile
-    * transformations are unique objects.
-    */
-   ICCProfileTransformation& operator =( const ICCProfileTransformation& ) = delete;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %ICCPRofileTransformation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~ICCProfileTransformation()
-   {
-      Clear();
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads an ICC profile from a file at \a profilePath and adds it to this
-    * ICC profile transformation.
-    */
-   void Add( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds the specified ICC \a profile to this ICC profile transformation.
-    */
-   void Add( const ICCProfile& profile );
-
-   /*!
-    * Adds an already open ICC profile \a profileHandle to this ICC profile
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   void Add( const ICCProfile::handle profileHandle );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents a valid color space transformation
-    * based on ICC color profiles.
-    *
-    * For this member function to return true, the underlying low-level
-    * transformation should have been created, either implicitly by using
-    * this object to apply a color transformation, or explicitly by calling
-    * Create().
-    */
-   bool IsValid() const
-   {
-      return m_transformation != nullptr;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns a reference to the immutable list of ICC profiles in this ICC
-    * profile transformation.
-    */
-   const profile_list& Profiles() const
-   {
-      return m_profiles;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the ICC rendering intent for this ICC profile transformation.
-    */
-   rendering_intent RenderingIntent() const
-   {
-      return m_intent;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the ICC rendering intent for this ICC profile transformation.
-    *
-    * When no intent is set explicitly with this function, the default
-    * rendering intent is ICCRenderingIntent::Perceptual.
-    */
-   void SetRenderingIntent( rendering_intent i )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      m_intent = i;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this ICC profile transformation applies a <em>black point
-    * compensation</em> algorithm.
-    */
-   bool UsingBlackPointCompensation() const
-   {
-      return m_blackPointCompensation;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables <em>black point compensation</em> for this ICC
-    * profile transformation.
-    *
-    * When not enabled explicitly with this function, no black point
-    * compensation is applied by default.
-    */
-   void EnableBlackPointCompensation( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      m_blackPointCompensation = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables <em>black point compensation</em> for this ICC
-    * profile transformation.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableBlackPointCompensation( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableBlackPointCompensation( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableBlackPointCompensation( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this ICC profile transformation forces the use of
-    * floating point operations for computation of transformed pixel samples of
-    * all numerical data types.
-    *
-    * When this option is disabled (which is its default state), 16-bit integer
-    * arithmetics will be used for 8-bit and 16-bit integer images. Floating
-    * point will always be used for the rest of images, irrespective of the
-    * state of this option, in order to preserve numerical accuracy.
-    */
-   bool ForcesFloatingPointTransformation() const
-   {
-      return m_forceFloatingPoint;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables enforcement of floating point computations for this
-    * ICC profile transformation.
-    */
-   void ForceFloatingPointTransformation( bool force = true )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      m_forceFloatingPoint = force;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables enforcement of floating point computations for this
-    * ICC profile transformation.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * ForceFloatingPointTransformation( !relax )
-    */
-   void RelaxFloatingPointTransformation( bool relax = true )
-   {
-      ForceFloatingPointTransformation( !relax );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this ICC profile transformation uses high-resolution
-    * color lookup tables (CLUTs) for precalculation of device link functions.
-    *
-    * Disabling high-resolution CLUTs may provide a (usually small) speed
-    * improvement.
-    *
-    * By default, %ICCProfileTransformation uses high-resolution CLUTs.
-    */
-   bool UsingHighResolutionCLUT() const
-   {
-      return m_highResolutionCLUT;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables usage of high-resolution CLUT tables for this ICC
-    * profile transformation.
-    */
-   void EnableHighResolutionCLUT( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      if ( (m_highResolutionCLUT = enable) == true )
-         m_lowResolutionCLUT = false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables usage of high-resolution CLUT tables for this ICC
-    * profile transformation.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableHighResolutionCLUT( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableHighResolutionCLUT( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableHighResolutionCLUT( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this ICC profile transformation uses low-resolution color
-    * lookup tables (CLUTs) for precalculation of device link functions.
-    *
-    * Enabling low-resolution CLUTs may provide a (usually small) speed
-    * improvement.
-    *
-    * By default, %ICCProfileTransformation uses high-resolution CLUTs.
-    */
-   bool UsingLowResolutionCLUT() const
-   {
-      return m_lowResolutionCLUT;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables usage of low-resolution color lookup tables (CLUTs)
-    * in this ICC color transformation.
-    */
-   void EnableLowResolutionCLUT( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      if ( (m_lowResolutionCLUT = enable) == true )
-         m_highResolutionCLUT = false;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables usage of low-resolution color lookup tables (CLUTs)
-    * in this ICC color transformation.
-    *
-    * This is a convenience member function, equivalent to
-    * EnableLowResolutionCLUT( !disable )
-    */
-   void DisableLowResolutionCLUT( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableLowResolutionCLUT( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff this object represents a device proofing transformation.
-    */
-   bool IsProofingTransformation() const
-   {
-      return m_proofingTransformation;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Forces the immediate creation (or re-creation) of the underlying
-    * low-level transformation.
-    *
-    * You normally shouldn't need to call this member function, since
-    * %ICCProfileTransformation automatically creates the necessary low-level
-    * transformations at the points they are required.
-    */
-   void Create()
-   {
-      CreateTransformation( m_forceFloatingPoint );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * \internal
-    * Returns the low-level handle that this %ICCProfileTransformation object
-    * serves as a high-level interface to.
-    *
-    * This function is intended for private use of the PixInsight core
-    * application; you normally shouldn't need to call it.
-    */
-   transformation_handle Handle() const
-   {
-      return m_transformation;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Resets this %ICCProfileTransformation object to a default state.
-    *
-    * The list of ICC profiles is cleared and the underlying transformation and
-    * all associated data structures are destroyed.
-    */
-   void Clear();
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the starting ICC profile in this transformation is a RGB
-    * profile.
-    */
-   bool IsSourceRGBProfile() const
-   {
-      return m_srcRGB;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff the target (last) ICC profile in this transformation is a
-    * RGB profile.
-    */
-   bool IsTargetRGBProfile() const
-   {
-      return m_dstRGB;
-   }
-
-protected:
-
-   /*
-    * Opaque handle to the profile transformation.
-    */
-   mutable transformation_handle m_transformation = nullptr;
-
-   /*
-    * The ICC profiles, rendering intents and operating parameters that define
-    * this color transformation.
-    */
-   profile_list     m_profiles;
-   rendering_intent m_intent = ICCRenderingIntent::Perceptual;
-   rendering_intent m_proofingIntent = ICCRenderingIntent::AbsoluteColorimetric;
-   bool             m_blackPointCompensation = false;
-   bool             m_forceFloatingPoint = false;
-   bool             m_highResolutionCLUT = true;
-   bool             m_lowResolutionCLUT = false;
-   bool             m_proofingTransformation = false;
-   bool             m_gamutCheck = false;
-
-   /*
-    * Flags indicating source and destination color spaces.
-    * ### NB: These refer to the color spaces of the source and target pixel
-    * buffers, *not* to the color spaces of the profiles involved in the
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   mutable bool     m_srcRGB = false;
-   mutable bool     m_dstRGB = false;
-
-   /*
-    * Flag indicating whether the current transformation (if any) has been
-    * created forcing floating point arithmetics.
-    */
-   mutable bool     m_floatingPoint = false;
-
-   void AddAt( size_type, const String& );
-   void AddAt( size_type, const ICCProfile& );
-   void AddAt( size_type, const ICCProfile::handle );
-   void AddOrReplaceAt( size_type i, const ICCProfile::handle );
-
-   void CreateTransformation( bool ) const;
-   void CloseTransformation() const;
-
-   // Inherited from ImageTransformation
-   void Apply( pcl::Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::DImage& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt8Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt16Image& ) const override;
-   void Apply( pcl::UInt32Image& ) const override;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*!
- * \class ICCProofingTransformation
- * \brief A soft proofing ICC profile transformation
- *
- * %ICCProofingTransformation implements a <em>device proofing
- * transformation</em>. This kind of color transformation allows previewing of
- * the final results that would be obtained on a specific <em>proofing
- * device</em> without actually performing any rendition on physical media.
- *
- * A device proofing transformation uses three ICC profiles: a <em>source
- * profile</em>, a <em>proofing profile</em>, and a <em>target profile</em>. In
- * a typical scenario, the proofing device is a printer and we want to proof it
- * on a display monitor. In this common case we have:
- *
- * Source profile = The ICC profile describing the color space to which source
- * pixel values are referred.
- *
- * Proofing profile = The ICC profile describing the device where the final
- * result will be obtained (usually a printer).
- *
- * Target profile = The ICC profile describing the display device where we'll
- * preview the result (usually a monitor).
- *
- * \ingroup color_management
- * \sa ICCProfileTransformation, ICCProfile
- */
-class PCL_CLASS ICCProofingTransformation : public ICCProfileTransformation
-{
-public:
-
-   /*!
-    * Constructs a default %ICCProofingTransformation object.
-    */
-   ICCProofingTransformation()
-   {
-      m_proofingTransformation = true;
-      m_profiles.Add( static_cast<ICCProfile::handle>( nullptr ), 3 );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move constructor.
-    */
-   ICCProofingTransformation( ICCProofingTransformation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Destroys an %ICCProofingTransformation object.
-    */
-   virtual ~ICCProofingTransformation()
-   {
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Move assignment operator. Returns a reference to this object.
-    */
-   ICCProofingTransformation& operator =( ICCProofingTransformation&& ) = default;
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads an ICC profile from a file at \a profilePath and selects it as the
-    * profile describing the source color space in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetSourceProfile( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the specified ICC \a profile as the profile describing the source
-    * color space in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetSourceProfile( const ICCProfile& profile );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects an already open ICC profile \a profileHandle as the profile
-    * describing the source color space in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetSourceProfile( const ICCProfile::handle profileHandle );
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads an ICC profile from a file at \a profilePath and selects it as the
-    * profile describing the proofing device in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetProofingProfile( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the specified ICC \a profile as the profile describing the
-    * proofing device in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetProofingProfile( const ICCProfile& profile );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects an already open ICC profile \a profileHandle as the profile
-    * describing the proofing device in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetProofingProfile( const ICCProfile::handle profileHandle );
-
-   /*!
-    * Loads an ICC profile from a file at \a profilePath and selects it as the
-    * profile describing the target (output) color space in this
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   void SetTargetProfile( const String& profilePath );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects the specified ICC \a profile as the profile describing the target
-    * (output) color space in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetTargetProfile( const ICCProfile& profile );
-
-   /*!
-    * Selects an already open ICC profile \a profileHandle as the profile
-    * describing the target (output) color space in this transformation.
-    */
-   void SetTargetProfile( const ICCProfile::handle profileHandle );
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the proofing rendering intent for this ICC proofing
-    * transformation.
-    */
-   rendering_intent ProofingIntent() const
-   {
-      return m_intent;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Sets the proofing rendering intent for this ICC proofing transformation.
-    *
-    * The default proofing intent is ICCRenderingIntent::AbsoluteColorimetric.
-    */
-   void SetProofingIntent( rendering_intent i )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      m_proofingIntent = i;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns true iff <em>gamut checking</em> has been enabled for this color
-    * transformation. When gamut check is enabled, out-of-gamut colors in the
-    * final rendition are automatically replaced by the current <em>gamut
-    * warning color</em> (see the SetGamutWarningColor() member function).
-    */
-   bool IsGamutCheckEnabled() const
-   {
-      return m_gamutCheck;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Enables or disables <em>gamut check</em> for this color transformation.
-    */
-   void EnableGamutCheck( bool enable = true )
-   {
-      CloseTransformation();
-      m_gamutCheck = enable;
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Disables or enables <em>gamut check</em> for this color transformation.
-    */
-   void DisableGamutCheck( bool disable = true )
-   {
-      EnableGamutCheck( !disable );
-   }
-
-   /*!
-    * Returns the current <em>gamut warning color</em> used to represent
-    * out-of-gamut pixel values in final proofing renditions. The returned
-    * value is a 32-bit RGBA pixel value.
-    */
-   static RGBA GamutWarningColor();
-
-   /*!
-    * Specifies the special RGB color used to represent out-of-gamut pixel
-    * values in final proofing renditions. Only used for proofing
-    * transformations with <em>gamut check</em> enabled.
-    *
-    * \param color   Gamut warning color encoded as a 32-bit RGBA pixel value.
-    *
-    * Note that since this is a static member function, the current gamut
-    * warning color is a global setting that affects all proofing
-    * transformations performed by the calling module.
-    */
-   static void SetGamutWarningColor( RGBA color );
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} // pcl
-
-#endif   // __PCL_ICCProfileTransformation_h
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// EOF pcl/ICCProfileTransformation.h - Released 2022-03-12T18:59:29Z